Update Fourteen: Wrath of The Rhos
  • Wrath of The Rhos

    311px-1921._%D0%9D%D0%B5%D1%81%D1%82%D0%BE%D1%80_%D0%9C%D0%B0%D1%85%D0%BD%D0%BE_%D0%B2_%D0%BB%D0%B0%D0%B3%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B5_%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F_%D0%BF%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%BC%D0%B5%D1%89%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%BD%D1%8B%D1%85_%D0%BB%D0%B8%D1%86_%D0%B2_%D0%A0%D1%83%D0%BC%D1%8B%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B8.jpg

    Nestor Makhno, Commander-in-Chief of the Black Army in Ukraine

    Ukrainian Rumble

    After securing control of the Don and Donbass, Brusilov and his Cossack allies had spent the month of September 1918 preparing for a major thrust into the Ukraine, the aim being to secure control of as much of the fertile if volatile region as possible, in order to strengthen the Don Whites in preparation for a renewed offensive on Tsaritsyn. However, a week before the planned thrust, Brusilov and Krasnov received representatives from the Kuban Army to the south, an insurgent Kuban Cossack force under the command of General Pokrovsky, which had fled Ekaterinodar following a socialist coup against the recently-established Kuban National Republic in early 1918 and had been fighting a losing battle for half a year. Pokrovsky begged for aid from the Don Whites and promised submission to their leadership if they would restore order to the region. After some deliberation, this prompted a reduction of the Ukrainian offensive while General Pyotr Wrangel, who increasingly found himself in Brusilov's good graces, serving as his right-hand man, was given command of the Kuban Expedition numbering some 8,000 men (1).

    Brusilov set out with a force of some 80,000 men, half of which were Don Cossacks under Krasnov's leadership, and invaded the Yekatrinoslav Governate, which was held by a loosely affiliated faction of the Moscow-aligned Ukrainian Soviet Republic. This attack, coinciding with a renewed push by the Hetmanate to restore control of the eastern Ukraine, caught the Ukrainian Soviets from two sides and led to the collapse of Soviet control in the oblast, allowing the Don Whites to secure Luhansk three days into the offensive. On the 14th of October Brusilov marched into the town of Yuzovka and declared it liberated, only to find himself and his men clashing with the Hetmanates forces west of Yuzovka. The brief but sharp fight on the outskirts of Yuzovka would prove a major blow to the complex Don Cossack-Don White partnership when the Don Cossacks refused to fight against the German-aligned Hetmanate.


    In the heated political conflict that ensued between Brusilov and Krasnov, it was revealed that the Germans were the main provider of arms for the Cossack Host, having been supplied with considerable grain shipments and a non-aggression agreement in return. As such, the Don Cossacks and Don Whites were ostensibly aligned on opposite sides of the Great War. With the Don Cossacks unwilling to jeopardise this relationship and the Don Whites too reliant on the Cossacks to risk a breach in relations, Brusilov found himself unable to press further westward, and instead turned his attentions north, towards the Muscovite-aligned city of Kharkhov. The march on Kharkhov would prove considerably harder than the preceding campaign, as Red sympathisers and Green forces caused havoc across the Yekatrinoslav region while Nestor Makhno's Moscow-aligned and rapidly growing Black Army turned eastward from their assault on the Hetmanate to push back the Don Whites. Intense clashes ensued north and north-west of Yuzovka and Luhansk which eventually forced Brusilov to call a halt to the offensive in mid-December 1918. It was around this time that news arrived from the Kuban that General Wrangel had successfully defeated the Kuban Soviet Republic and was marching north with 25,000 hardened veteran Kuban Cossacks to join Brusilov for his planned assault on Tsaritsyn in the new year.

    While the Don Whites had thus inserted themselves into the wider conflict in the Ukraine, there was little doubt that the greater power in the region lay with the Germans under the command of General Alexander von Linsignen and their puppet government under Hetman Pavlo Skoropadskyi. The Hetmanate had experienced a troubled life since its establishment, with little support from the urban classes, nationalist intellectual or the wider peasantry, and was completely reliant on their patrons in Berlin and Vienna. Over the course the latter half of 1918, as the Hetman and his regime's extreme unpopularity became increasingly obvious and the Germans were forced to hand over ever greater parts of the occupation to Austro-Hungarian troops, the Hetmanate's position began to crumble.

    This was the situation when Nestor Makhno, recently returned from pledging his allegiance to Moscow, launched his Black Army into occupied Northern Ukraine in September of 1918, his force having recently been armed with newly-produced arms from the foundries of Tula. Fighting a guerrilla war with the overstretched Hetmanate, Germans and Austro-Hungarians, he was able to push them back and spread his influence as far as the outskirts of Kiev by the time Brusilov and the Hetmanate launched their fateful blow into the Yekatrinoslav Governate Oblast. Abandoning what gains he had made in the region, Makhno rushed his forces eastward to halt the collapse of the Muscovite positions in eastern Ukraine. This bought Skoropadskyi another three months in power, during which time his regime found itself constantly dealing with Green rebels and an increasingly angry set of patrons, who felt that the Hetman's inability to restore order to the Ukraine left their support of him a questionable benefit. The Central Powers' thirst for resources seemed never ending and led to considerable food and heating shortages across the region, as it was stripped of anything and everything that Germany might need to repel the Allied offensives in the west. Once he had repelled the Don Whites' thrust against Kharkhov, Makhno and his army found themselves rushed back westward.

    In the cold of early January 1919, Makhno and the Black Army launched an offensive against Kiev. This time there was little that the Central Powers or the Hetmanate could or would do to stop them. With the Germans having stripped the region of what forces they could while the Austro-Hungarians dealt with a massive influx of former prisoners of war and growing internal turmoil, the resistance to Makhno proved limited in nature. Thus, on the 18th of January 1919 Kiev fell to Makhno while Skoropadskyi fled to safety in Germany where he would spend the remainder of his life in exile. This prompted the collapse of the Ukrainian Hetmanate and spurred the entire region to rebellion as the Central Powers rushed troops back into the Ukraine to shore up their grip on power (2). Makhno pressed down the Dnieper in response and secured control of vast swathes of area in the process, in effect taking all of Ukraine east of the Dnieper and north of Yekatrinoslav. Not to be outdone, Brusilov dispatched General Wrangel and some 15,000 men westward as well, securing everything south of Yekatrinoslav and west of the Molochna River while preparations for the Tsaritsyn Campaign continued. The Germans were swift to consolidate their hold on Crimea and the lands between the Dnieper and Molochna Rivers, the Oddessa region and occupied much of the north-western and western Ukraine with the Austro-Hungarians.

    General Wrangel and Makhno would clash in a series of significant battles across the region, most significantly around Alexandrovsk further south down the Dnieper. It was here, north of one of the great cities of the region, that Makhno and Wrangel met in the first of several major battles that would launch them to ever greater fame. Having rushed south along the rail lines, Makhno and his men were caught by surprise at Wrangel's sudden appearance along their route of advance. Attacked while still entrained, the Black Army took considerable casualties and were left in considerable disarray. Pressing forward, Wrangel's men found themselves under increasingly heavy fire as the Blacks pulled themselves together and began coordinating their resistance. Across a ten-mile line, from north to south, the Black Army found itself fighting with its back to the Dnieper. Over the course of a four hour long battle, Makhno was able to hold the line until enough reinforcements could arrive from further up the rail line to push Wrangel out of his positions through a push on his right flank. He would fall back on Alexandrovsk, which came under siege soon after as a result of the Black pursuit.

    The Siege of Alexandrovsk would last for two months, into April, before being broken by a Cossack relief army under the personal command of Krasnov, whose approach forced Makhno to retreat for fear of encirclement. The Vienna's Red Week and the subsequent turmoil in Hungary caused considerable unrest in Austro-Hungarian ranks and led to a major spike in desertions, causing a collapse of what little order they had been maintaining in the Ukrainian interior. While Green, White, Red, Black and Nationalist groups popped up across the region, turning it into a five-sided bloody factional struggle, the Germans slowly began to release forces from the western front, as pressure in the region fell precipitously following their Moselle Counteroffensive. Over the course of April and May, the Germans were able to extend their control ever deeper into the lawless interior of the Ukraine, eventually bumping up against the Muscovites around Fastiv, south-west of Kiev.

    Romanian agitation for a thrust into the region was quelled by their occupiers in mid-May, although a discussion of whether to transfer the Odessa Oblast to Romania did come under review, while the Germans pushed ever deeper into the Ukraine. It was around this time that events elsewhere in Russia fundamentally changed the Central Powers' approach to the Ukraine. After the defeat at Alexandrovsk, Makhno had found himself forced back north to Yekatrinoslav as the threat to Kiev grew greater. Throughout this period, the Ukraine was pillaged, ravaged and ruined by every contending faction in the region. Green peasants fought Whites, Reds fought Nationalists, Blacks fought Germans. Villages were pillaged and had their grain stocks looted, thousands were killed out of hand while disease and starvation made the rounds. By the middle of 1919, as major victories and defeats were fought on other fronts, the Ukraine remained a deeply divided cauldron of conflict.

    Footnotes:

    (1) Without the Ice March, the Kuban Cossacks are forced to fight a guerrilla war with the Soviet Republic that was established in early 1918. With the Don Cossacks having emerged from their crisis by August 1918, they send off representatives to get aid for their losing war. The Don Whites see this as a fantastic opportunity to strengthen their power in the region and they go for it.

    (2) In contrast to OTL, where the Ukraine remained pretty definitively under German occupation until the end of the war, ITTL the great demands of the western front and the resultant German reliance on Austro-Hungarians for occupation duties comes back to bite them when their positions collapse completely around them. While they are slowly going to rebuild this position, it does cause considerable troubles and creates intermittent shortages from the region.


    Volunteer_Army_recruitment_poster.jpg

    Recruitment Poster For The Petrograd Whites Urging Men To Enlist In The Army

    Moscow In The Middle

    In Moscow, the pressure from all sides played out in a variety of ways. A quiet hush would fall over the populace as they heard newspaper boys declare the latest news from the front, the members of the Central Committee in Moscow met on a daily basis to debate the continued course of the conflict, poems and other forms of art took on a fatalistic but hopeful outlook, claiming that even if Moscow should fall, the workers of the world would muster to continue the fight to free labor. With the terror of the Cheka subsiding, life in Moscow took on a surreal liberated feeling that anything was possible, particularly within the Proletkult movement which grew increasingly ambitious and took on bizarre tones as these pioneers of a 'psychic revolution' pursued diverse experimental forms.

    There was no censorship of art at this time and it was an area of relative freedom. However, given the youthful exuberance with which the avant-garde embraced this spirit of experimentalism, many of their contributions were often bizarre. In music, for example, there were orchestras without conductors, both in rehearsal and performance, who claimed to be pioneering the socialist way of life based on equality and human fulfilment through free collective work. There was a movement of 'concerts in the factory' using the sirens, turbines and hooters as instruments, or creating new sounds by electronic means, which some people seemed to think would lead to a new musical aesthetic closer to the psyche of the workers. Shostakovich joined in the fun by adding the sound of factory whistles to the climax of his Second Symphony, titled 'To September'. Equally eccentric was the renaming of well-known operas and their refashioning with new librettos to make them 'socialist': so Tosca became The Battle for the Commune, with the action shifted to the Paris of 1871; Les Huguenots became The Decembrists and was set in Russia; while Glinka's Life for the Tsar was rewritten as The Hammer and the Sickle.

    There was a similar attempt to bring theatre closer to the masses by taking it out of its usual bourgeois setting and putting it on in the streets, the factories and the barracks. Its aim was to break down the barriers between actors and spectators, to dissolve the line dividing theatre from reality. All this was taken from the techniques of the German experimental theatre pioneered by Max Reinhardt, which were later perfected by Brecht. By encouraging the audience to voice its reactions to the drama, Meyerhold and other Communist directors sought to engage its emotions in didactic allegories of the revolution. The new dramas highlighted the revolutionary struggle both on the national scale and on the scale of private human lives. The characters were crude cardboard symbols: greedy capitalists in bowler hats, devilish priests with Rasputin-type beards and honest simple workers (3).

    By early February 1919 Bubnov found himself ready to go on the offensive against Trotsky's supporters. Thus, the Moscow Reds turned their arms eastward and launched their forces forward in a bid to crush this rival claimant to Red authority. The centre point of this offensive would be an assault on Samara. This attack would run headlong into the defences constructed around the approaches to the city, situated on the western bank of the Volga, and soon turned into a bloody slog as almost 200,000 men clashed in a series of major battles. The Muscovites would make considerable progress over the course of February, reaching the right bank of the Volga, opposite Samara, on the 4th of March 1919. Here, Bubnov tried to force a crossing in the face of intense oppositions at half a dozen points, only to find himself thrown back time after time. It would be a thrust commanded by Mikhail Tukhachevsky, the action which first truly brought his name to prominence in Moscow's cafés, at Volzhkiy which succeeded in securing a bridgehead. However, when Tukhachevsky tried to push down the river towards Samara he ran into the stubborn defences commanded by Mikhail Frunze, a man who had quickly grown in Trotsky's estimation and had been given command of the fields north of Samara. These two talented commanders would clash in a series of bitter raids and skirmishes before news from other fronts forced both sides to abandon their struggle, the Muscovites retreating back across the river Volga, giving up hopes on Samara, but were now able to control the traffic up and down the river, while Trotskyite and Muscovite forces rushed in opposite directions to counter White assaults.


    Following the end of the Finnish Civil War in mid-1918, Kornilov and his followers had turned their attentions to consolidating their hold on the areas around the Muscovite-controlled city of Tver. This required the crushing of the Estonian Independence Movement in a series of bloody battles across Estonia, swiftly followed by brutal repression and the execution of hundreds of nationalist figures. The key to this victory was the support of the Vozhd provided by the Baltic Germans of Estonia, who constituted an important section of the population in the region's major cities, in return for which they would secure rights similar to those enjoyed by expatriate Germans under the White regime. These included their own courts with precedence over other courts in the region, greatly expanded mandates over their Estonian neighbours, tax incentives and much more. What resistance was present in the region was crushed by September of 1918.

    During this same period, Finnish and the Petrograd Whites launched several expeditions into Karelia in order to bring it to order, though Petrograd's efforts would increasingly turn elsewhere, leaving the Finns to lead the struggle and to set up administrative structures in the region. The fighting in Karelia was primarily fought between various Red factions and the disparate Karelian Tribes who found support from the Finns. Further south, in the Pskov and Novgorod Oblasts, the Petrograd Whites experienced considerably greater resistance but were eventually able to enforce their control over the region, instigating intense bouts of White Terror in response to the slightest resistance. Dozens of villages were burned to the ground and several thousand were killed in the repression. Belarus at this time came under Petrograd control, with intense fighting between the Belarusian independence movement and the Petrograd Whites consuming much of the rest of the year. Particularly notable during this period was the sudden bloody spike in Jewish pogroms in the Belarus, in response to the General Jewish Bund's support for independence. Hundreds were killed and thousands more brutalised, prompting a considerable refugee stream south and west, most finding initial refuge in the Polish, Baltic and Lithuanian puppet states set up by the Germans. Thus, by the new year, the Petrograd Whites were finally firmly in control of their territories in north-western Russia and were able to expand mass conscription to their new subjects, relying heavily on ultranationalist propaganda for recruitment and indoctrination (4).

    By March of 1919, Kornilov's Great Moscow Offensive could come under way as 300,000 men attacked on a wide front centring on Tver. The resultant Battle of Tver saw the weakly held city fall rapidly to White arms, before it was subjected to terror on a mass scale, captured Red soldiers being executed out of hand while the city was plundered for the second time in a year. The fall of Tver provoked panic in Moscow and played a key role in ending the Samara Campaign, with Mikhail Tukhachevsky rushed west to take up command of the resistance. As the front lines neared Klin, barely 60 kilometres from Moscow, the Communist Party declared their capital under martial law and began to arm the populace and throw up barricades. The Battle of Klin, fought between the 14th and 18th of April 1919, with the Muscovites under the recently arrived Tukhachevsky, finally saw the White advance brought to a halt.

    However, as all other fronts were stripped of forces to halt Kornilov's assault, this presented an opportunity to the Don Whites who brought their Tsaritsyn Campaign under way in early May 1919. Advancing up the Don River, Brusilov swept all opposition aside. When they finally Tsimlyanskaya, the Muscovite resistance, led by Kilment Voroshilov, began to harden. Over the course of May 1919, the Muscovite defenders would fight a brave but hopeless defence, defending and counterattacking the significantly larger White force, eventually being forced back to Tsaritsyn itself. The struggle over Tsaritsyn swung back and forth, but in the end there was little that Voroshilov or any of the other military leaders in the city could do in the face of superior numbers and leadership. On the 18th of June 1919 Tsaritsyn fell to the Don Whites, inaugurating a new period of conflict in the south (5).

    With the pressure on the Moscow Reds growing, and the Siberian Whites still building up their positions to the east, Trotsky felt this to be the best opportunity he would be presented with for the destruction of the Moscow Reds, an important objective for the RSDLP as it would leave them the sole Red faction in the conflict and hopefully result in a flood of support for the Reds in Yekaterinburg. While Vasily Bluykher was given command of the war effort against the Siberian Whites, Mikhail Frunze and Trotsky turned their attentions firmly westward. Launching several assaults across the Volga, they were able to drive back the Muscovites with the capture of Syzran. Considerable efforts were focused on the city of Simbirsk next which, as the birthplace of Vladimir Lenin, held considerable significance to the Communist Party of Moscow and amongst the old Bolsheviks of the RSDLP. A crossing by riverboats was undertaken in late April 1919, with intense fighting around the city over the next several weeks. However, with the pressure on Moscow to the west holding up most of the Muscovite forces, the city fell into RSDLP hands by early June.

    At the same time, an effort at crushing the Idel-Ural State of Tartars, centred on Kazan, was undertaken in preparation for a thrust on Nizhny Novgorod. This was an important effort due to the considerable grain production of the region and the threat it posed to Trotsky's control of the Urals. Over the course of April and May, pacification efforts in the region grew ever more brutal as considerable peasant and tartar resistance forced the Yekaterinburg Reds to a halt. Trotsky, not at all pleased with this result, ordered the liquidation of any resistance by counter-revolutionary Kulaks and savages culminating in the defeat of the Idel-Ural State and the public execution of its president Sadri Maksudi Arsal. The murder of Arsal would have considerable consequences for the Yekaterineburg Reds in the long run, as it deeply alienated Tartar and Turkish peoples throughout Russia and its neighbouring states against them, but served to break the back of Tartar resistance in the region.

    Over the course of the summer of 1919, as the Muscovites gained access to more forces and the threat of the Siberian Whites grew exponentially, Trotsky would delegate command of the region to the young Commissar Lazar Kaganovich with the aim of turning the region into a centre of food production for the cities of the Urals. Kaganovich would set about this task with gusto, exhibiting incredible efficiency and brutality. Any and all resistance was forcefully crushed while military order was imposed on the region through a series of political commissars with absolute authority over their sector. Kaganovich's actions, while incredibly brutal, would also secure the results Trotsky was looking for - ensuring a strong and steady food supply for his starving cities during the coming conflict, though the consequences of Lazar's harsh methods would make themselves felt in the period between 1921-1922 when the region was subjected to the Great Tartar Famine (6). However, while Kaganovich was working to secure Trotsky's northern and north-western front, it would be to the east that a great threat emerged as Tsar Mikhail, his subjects and his international backers initiated their great effort in the region.

    With Tsar Mikhail as their putative head of state, the Siberian Whites were able to begin forming their state structures around his figure. While Mikhail took his duties seriously, and actively sought to participate in the war effort, his wife Natalia was left to establish a court in Omsk alongside her two nieces, Anastasia and Olga. Natalia would find herself at odds with the reactionary supporters of her husband on more than one occasion due to her own belief that Tsarist autocracy must give way to constitutional monarchism. The court at Omsk was a toxic place to grow up, with countless petty intrigues, murderous power-plays and constant factional infighting, which would mark the Romanov princesses deeply. Particularly Anastasia would be deeply impacted by her time in Omsk, growing to loathe and look down on the courtiers in Omsk while finding her position, as the daughter of a martyred tsar, greatly limited in direct power and influence, forcing her to learn to defend herself and her sister from the court. Both Olga and Anastasia would spend their time in Omsk on the outside, except for the few times anyone sought to use them as a pawn in one game or another.

    While allied visitors to Omsk were horrified at the fractiousness and pettiness of the Omsk royalists, they would direct considerable resources into the fighting in Siberia. In the year between the ascension to power of Kolchak under British auspices and the launching of the Siberian Offensives, the Allies had come to believe that they might be able to secure victory through a proper investment of resources into the Siberian war effort, with the ultimate aim of reestablishing an eastern front to the Great War. Thus, the British and French asked the United States to furnish troops for the Siberian Campaign, which resulted in the dispatch of some 20,000 US troops in the form of the American Expeditionary Force Siberia in July of 1918 under Major General William S. Graves. In the same month, the Beiyang government of the Republic of China accepted an invitation by the Chinese community in Russia and sent 2,000 troops in August 1918 to occupy Outer Mongolia and Tuva. Over the next months, as the Allied offensives in the west failed and the importance of reopening the eastern front grew, more and more men and resources were dedicated to the effort, with particularly the Japanese and Americans leading the effort. By May of 1919, as the western front found itself gripped by failure and disorder, there were more than 60,000 American and 80,000 Japanese troops available to compliment the 200,000 that Kolchak, as commander-in-chief for Mikhail, had been able to amass in Siberia.

    The first great clashes of the Siberian Offensives first came in the thrust towards Tyumen. In a series of major bloody clashes between Omsk and Tyumen, the Reds found their 250,000 men outmanned and outgunned by the vastly superior White forces. While Bluykher was able to hold back Kolchak's initial thrust long enough for reinforcements to arrive, the Yekaterinburg Reds faced their greatest threat yet in this advance. Major battles were fought at Krutinka and Ishim before the Siberian Whites closed on Tyumen itself. Trotsky would rush to the city to help in its defense - urging on the protectors of Tyumen, while Frunze and Blyukher held actual command. The Battle of Tyumen would last for more than two-and-a-half months, from May 19th to the 8th of August, with more than 80,000 casualties, 6,000 of them from amongst the international forces, spread between the two forces, before the Reds were forced from Tyumen and back into the Urals. This brought Yekaterinburg under direct threat and prompted major concerns in RSDLP ranks, though Trotsky was able to keep morale relatively high while fortification efforts in the Urals took on ever growing rapidity (7).

    Footnotes:

    (3) This is actually based largely on the OTL Proletkult movement. Before they were banned, in the heady days of the early civil war, there were actually pretty broad cultural freedoms which were allowed to run wild for a while. ITTL these cultural freedoms are largely preserved for the time being due to Gorky's close relationship with Sverdlov, with the result that Moscow becomes one of the places in the world with the greatest freedom of expression. This does bother some amongst the Communist Party, but Sverdlov has sufficient heft to shield the movement.

    (4) The Petrograd Whites are really not a particularly loveable regime, but then again few of the Russian regimes are particularly pleasant in this period. The Finnish campaigns into Karelia will have some interesting consequences, given the relationships the Finns are able to construct in the region. It is important to note that the British have departed Murmansk with much of their supply depots by this point, meaning they don't play any major role in the region.

    (5) With the Communists fighting a life-or-death struggle for Moscow, Tsaritsyn doesn't receive the support it needs to hold out against the Don Whites. This means that the Don Whites now bestride the lower Don and Volga Rivers, with the Dnieper near at hand. This would give them an immensely strong grip on the Russian logistical network. Furthermore, the fall of Tsaritsyn means that the lands of the lower Volga are cut off from Moscow's support and are now at the mercy of the Don Whites.

    (6) Lazar Kaganovich, while a monster, was one of Stalin's more capable cronies, who played a key role in the industrial miracles of the 1930s. He was absolutely murderous and a harsh task master by any standard, and participated actively in both the Holodomor and Great Purge, but he made sure that whatever task he was given was done, and often done well. ITTL Kaganovich attaches himself to the RSDLP during the chaos of 1917 and swiftly rises through the ranks, coming to Trotsky's attention during the great march east for his willingness to do anything asked of him by his master, who ITTL happens to be Trotsky.


    (7) Due to the much slower buildup of Siberian White power and the considerable amount of difficult they faced in organising and securing enough supplies for the war effort, they find their positions considerably worse when they start their 1919 offensives than IOTL. However, now that they have secured Tyumen it isn't all that far to Yekaterinburg. However, the political climate in Omsk is absolutely toxic and this has its effects on the wider war effort as feuding parties have a tendency to focus on their internal struggles rather than the external threat.

    377px-Polarbearexpedition.jpg

    Executed White Soldier

    The Fight to Survive

    Kornilov arrived at the front in early June of 1919, hoping to secure victory against the Muscovites and establish the Petrograd Whites as the predominant faction in Russia. With the fighting around Klin stalemated, Kornilov chose to imitate Trotsky's swing north of Moscow, leaving Denikin in command of the front at Klin while personally commanding the northern thrust, aimed at capturing Yaroslav and threatening to take Moscow from the rear. The northern thrust began on the 8th of June 1919 and placed incredible pressure on the Muscovites. Rushing forward against these weakly held positions, Kornilov was able to sweep up considerable gains before running headlong into a counterattack by the 1st Cavalry Army of Semyon Budyonny, a man famous for his temper and aggression, near the town of Uglich. It was here, at the Battle of Uglich, that the Communist Party and its supporters were saved in a confused and bloody two-day struggle over more than thirty square kilometers between the 22nd and 24th of June. It would take the better half of the first day of the battle before Kornilov even realized he was under attack, at which point his efforts at coordinating a response to the counterattack were all for naught.

    Defeated and in disarray, the northern flank of the Petrograd Whites' assault shattered, leaving the Klin front's flanks completely open. Budyonny descended on Denikin's men before he could properly coordinate a retreat, prompting Tukhachevsky to launch forward as well. Kornilov's Moscow Offensive had been decisively defeated and the Muscovites now set about a spirited pursuit under Tukhachevsky's overall command. Budyonny would be hailed as a Defender of Communism by the Moscow Soviet and was dispatched south against the Don Whites. The collapse of Kornilov's forces and the resultant retreat was a nightmarish affair, with nearly 200,000 men lost in the rout, and it would only be upon reaching Veliky Novgorod and Lake Ilmen that Denikin and Kornilov were able to restore some semblance of order and set about rebuilding their positions, Tukhachevsky and the Communists struggling to absorb the massive lands they had secured with the victory at Uglich (8).

    While there were a variety of military reasons behind the failure of Kornilov's offensive, at its heart lay the regime's inability to win the support of its subordinate population. They had been unable to muster enough support to keep their conscript army fighting and had too few talented commanders who could deal with the chaos of a sudden counterattack. At the same time, while every army of the Russian Civil War dealt with mass desertions, it was worst in the Petrograd ranks. To mobilise the peasants Kornilov's army had always resorted to terror in their recruitment. There was no effective local administration to enforce the conscription in any other way, and in any case the Petrograders' world-view ruled out the need to persuade the peasants. It was taken for granted that it was the peasants place to serve in the White army, just as he had served in the ranks of the Tsar's, and that if he refused it was the army's right to punish him, even executing him if necessary as a warning to the others. Peasants were flogged and tortured, hostages were taken and shot, and whole villages were burned to the ground to force the conscripts into the army. Kornilov's cavalry would ride into towns on market day, round up the young men at gunpoint and take them off to the Front.

    Thus, it should come as little surprise that as word spread of Kornilov's defeat, all the disparate forces so deeply opposed to Kornilov's regime rose up en masse. The Petrograd regime would find itself increasingly mired in a horrific internal war as protests erupted throughout the cities under their control and peasants burned their crops rather than see them requisitioned by the army, while Muscovite troops were greeted like liberators in one town and village after another.

    With Kornilov's collapse and the considerable successes of the Don Whites, the German leadership began questioning the validity of supporting the Petrograd Whites. While they remained uncertain of how to proceed, they did make an initial approach towards the leadership in Rostov in the hopes of establishing a dialogue with the more successful Whites. It was in this period that Brusilov turned his attentions south towards the Caucasus and Caspian Sea, with the hope of securing control of the major city of Astrakhan. Astrakhan lay at the heart of the Caucasian Clique of the Communist Party, a near-independent coalition of Georgian, Armenian, Circassian, Tartar and Azeri Bolsheviks who exerted near-dictatorial control of Ciscaucasia with little say or input from the Central Committee in Moscow. At the heart of this clique was the trio of Sergei Kirov, Anastas Mikoyan and Sergo Ordzhonikidze, who led the way with an iron hand. Mixing communist and pan-Caucasian nationalism, they instigated a brutal conquest of the region and steadily came to dominate the Soviets of the region (9).

    During this period, the Caucasian Clique established working relationships with the RSDLP, and were able to secure relatively peaceful relations with them and their supporting factions. Following Pyotr Wrangel's victory in the Kuban, the Caucasian Clique had steadily pieced together resistance to the ascendant Don Whites. The conflict to follow, for control of Astrakhan, would prove to be among the greatest challenges experienced by Brusilov and his compatriots at the time. With the White advance beginning in early July 1919, the Caucasian Clique found itself firmly on the defensive. With the weight of the White assault on the Volga, they were able to draw heavily on the steppes to their south and particularly from amongst the large Armenian population, which had grown positively massive following Turkish atrocities to the south, in order to construct a formidable defensive force. Major battles were fought along the river, while both sides relied heavily on large cavalry forces out on the steppes on either side of the river to raid and disrupt their enemies. These clashes would slowly turn in White favor, as the steady pressure of the much larger Don Whites allowed them to overwhelm the fanatical defenders. By mid-August, the Whites had successfully taken the village of Selitrennoe, some 100 kilometers upriver from Astrakhan, and were preparing for this final push when Semyon Budyonny erupted out of the north on a rampage down the Don.

    This placed the Don Whites in a considerable conundrum, to continue pressing towards Astrakhan and risk getting cut off or turn back and lose all forward progress in the region. It was at this point that Krasnov, the great Ataman of All Cossacks, as he was increasingly styling himself, came to the rescue. With the Don Whites expanding out of the regions directly relevant to his rule, Krasnov had increasingly reduced the degree of Cossack investment in the White offensives, finding it a challenge to get his men to go beyond their own lands in a time of great turmoil. However, with Budyonny rushing southward he was able to martial a major Cossack force to repel the attack. Thus, Brusilov was able to continue his push southward, though he was forced to transfer forces north to help hold the line against Budyonny, and continued to make progress in the south. This culminated on the 29th of August in a White victory at the Battle of Astrakhan after several weeks of intense clashes - forcing the Caucasian Clique and the remnants of their forces to retreat into the area north of the Caucasus. Soon after, Budyonny won a major victory over Krasnov at the Battle of Obraszty on the 8th of September 1919 which sent the Cossacks scrambling south towards Tsaritsyn and turned the conflict firmly in Red favor around Tsaritsyn. This forced Brusilov to abandon any hope of chasing the Caucasian Clique, transferring major forces back north to Tsaritsyn to hold the line against Budyonny and allowing the Caucasian Clique to dig into the steppes of Ciscaucasia.

    With the capture of Tyumen in August 1919, the Siberian Whites and their Allies were able to press forward into the Ural Mountains, aiming to secure control of Yekaterinburg from the RSDLP and Trotsky. This offensive would see attacks launched at three points along the frontlines: one directly out of Tyumen aimed at securing Yekaterinburg, one out of Kurgan aimed at securing Chelyabinsk to the south and finally a thrust by the Orenburg Cossack Host under Alexander Dutov aimed at cutting into the RSDLP's soft belly from the far south, while their focus was arrested further north against the other two assaults. By late-September Kolchak's forces had advanced more than 200 miles and had captured an area larger than Britain. While they had taken Chelyabinsk and threatened to overrun the southern districts all the way to the Volga, Trotsky had been able to muster a successful defence of Yekaterinburg itself, throwing tens of thousands of soldiers and party cadres into the fighting and personally joining the fighting on multiple occasions to spur on the defenders.

    However, behind their own lines the Yekaterinburg Reds were struggling to deal with the largest peasant uprising to shake Russia yet, the so-called 'War of the Chapany', named after the local peasant term for a tunic, which engulfed whole districts of Simbirsk and Samara. Kolchak and Tsar Mikhail's prestige soared among the Allies and further credit was advanced to Omsk. It seemed that Western diplomatic recognition for the Siberian Whites was just around the corner. But on the 28th of September the Reds launched a long-prepared counter-offensive under Mikhail Frunze. Thousands of party members were mobilized and dispatched to the Front. The newly organized Komsomol, the Communist Youth League, sent 3,000 of its members. The Soviets were also ordered to recruit ten to twenty conscripts from each volost. Due to the resistance of the peasants, only 13,000 recruits actually appeared, but it still helped to tip the balance against the Whites. The Reds were also joined by the majority of the Bashkir units which defected from Kolchak's side in May. By mid-October, Frunze's forces had pushed Kolchak's armies back to where they had started from around Tyumen (10).

    There were a number of military reasons for the collapse of the Kolchak offensive, but behind all of them lay politics. It was a case of military overstretch, where the regime in the rear lacked the political means to sustain the army at the Front. There were very few commanders of any caliber to be found in Kolchak's army, only 5 per cent of the 17,000 officers had been trained before the war and most were young wartime ensigns. General Lebedev, the de facto head of the army, was only thirty-six and had been a colonel in the tsarist General Staff. Like most of Kolchak's senior commanders, he was more expert in political intrigues than in the sciences of war. The army leaders thought of themselves not just as a military but also as a political corps. Political factions soon developed among the commanders' supporters, with the result that the army broke up into little more than a disunited collection of separate detachments, each pursuing its own little war. The more the army became politicized, the more its bureaucracy ballooned out of all proportion to the soldiers in the field. At the height of the offensive there were 2,000 officers in the staff at Omsk alone to administer 100,000 soldiers. Even in Semipalatinsk, some 1,500 miles from the fighting, there was a staff of over 1,000. Instead of serving at the Front, far too many commanders sat around in offices and cafes in the rear.

    Then there was the problem of supplies. Kolchak's army, even more so than Trotsky's, suffered from shortages at the Front. It had to resort to feeding itself from the villages near the Front, which often meant violent requisitioning, leading to the alienation of the very population the Whites were supposed to be liberating. Nothing was done to resurrect the chronic state of Siberia's industries: they were simply written off as a bastion of Bolshevik influence while consumer goods and military supplies had to be brought in by rail from the Pacific, 4,000 miles away, much of which was held up by bandits east of Lake Baikal, or by peasant partisans. Whole trainloads were also diverted by the railway workers, many of whom were sympathetic to the Reds and all of whom were badly paid. In Omsk itself valuable supplies were often squandered by corrupt officials. The venality of White regime in Omsk was notorious, with the staff of Gajda's army drawing rations for 275,000 men, when there were only 30,000 in his combat units and the Embassy cigarettes imported from England for the soldiers being smoked by civilians in Omsk. English army uniforms and nurses' outfits were worn by civilians, while many soldiers dressed in rags. Even Allied munitions were sold on the black market. The British representative to Tsar Mikhail and Kolchak, Knox, was dubbed the Quartermaster General of the Red Army: Trotsky even sent him a joke letter thanking him for his help in equipping the Red troops (11).

    The atmosphere of the Omsk regime was filled with moral decadence and seedy corruption, which the Tsar and his cohorts could do little to fix, Kolchak increasingly having sidelined his putative monarch to Mikhail's great despair. This was the beginning of the Tsar's slide into drugged and intoxicated paranoia as his closest and most loyal supporters, many of whom had followed him from Novocherkassk, seemed to either find their way quite suddenly to the frontlines or were killed in bizarre back alley robberies. Cocaine and vodka were consumed in prodigious quantities across Omsk. Cafes, casinos and brothels worked around the clock. Kolchak himself led by example, living with his mistress in luxury in Omsk while his wife and son were packed off to Paris. The Admiral had no talent for choosing subordinates and filled his ministries with third-rate hangers-on from the old regime. Baron Nikolai von Budberg-Bönningshausen was appalled by the situation he found as Minister of War: "In the army, decay; in the Staff, ignorance and incompetence; in the Government, moral rot, divisions and the intrigues of ambitious egotists; in the country, uprising and anarchy; in public life, panic, selfishness, bribes and scoundrelism of every sort." In such a climate little could be achieved. The offices responsible for supply were full of corrupt and indolent bureaucrats, who took months to draw up meaningless statistics, legislative projects and official reports that were then filed away and forgotten.

    The worst weakness of this regime, and one shared with the Petrograd Regime, was their inability to muster the support of the peasantry. The Tsarist regime was associated with a restoration of the wider tsarist system. This was communicated by the epaulettes of the officers; and by the tsarist and feudal methods employed by his local officials, who often whipped the peasants when they disobeyed their orders - and most clearly by the fact that they had crowned a Tsar, no matter how powerless he had grown. This was bound to bring them into head-on conflict with the Siberian peasantry, whose ancestors had run away from serfdom in Russia and the Ukraine and whose identity revolved around freedom and independence. The whole ethos of the Kolchak regime was alien to the peasants, a feeling expressed in the peasant rhyming song: "English tunics, Russian epaulettes; Japanese tobacco, Omsk despots." The closer the Whites moved towards central Russia, the harder it became for them to mobilise the local peasantry.

    In the crucial Volga region, the furthest point of Kolchak's advance in the south, the peasants had gained more of the gentry's land than anywhere else in Russia and so had most to fear from a counter-revolution. Here Kolchak dug his own grave by failing to sanction the peasant revolution on the land. Kolchak's government was quite incapable of anything more than a carefully guarded bureaucratic response to what was the vital issue of the civil war. It was a classic example of the outdated methods of the Siberian Whites. "Any future land law", Kolchak's land commission declared on 8th August, would "have to be based on the rights of private property". Only the 'unused land of the gentry' would be 'transferred to the toiling peasantry', which in the meantime could do no more than rent it from the government. With Kolchak's forces increasingly resorting to terror as a recruiting mechanism, they soon found themselves in trouble with their Allies. General Graves, the commander of the US troops, was well informed and was horrified by it. As he realized, the mass conscription of the peasantry "was a long step towards the end of Tsarist regime in Omsk". It soon destroyed the discipline and fighting morale of his army. Of every five peasants forcibly conscripted, four would desert, many of them ran off to the Reds, taking with them their supplies. Major General Knox was livid when he first saw the Red troops on the Eastern Front - they were wearing British uniforms.

    From the start of its campaign, Kolchak's army was forced to deal with numerous peasant revolts in the rear, notably in Slavgorod, south-east of Omsk, and in Minusinsk on the Yenisei. The White requisitioning and mobilizations were their principal cause. Without its own structures of local government in the rural areas, Kolchak's regime could do very little, other than send in the Cossacks with their whips, to stop the peasants from reforming their Soviets to defend the local village revolution. By the height of the Kolchak offensive, whole areas of the Siberian rear were engulfed by peasant revolts. This partisan movement could not really be described as socialist or communist, although Bolshevik and RSDLP activists, usually in a united front with the Anarchists and Left SRs, often played a major role in it. It was rather a vast peasant war against the Omsk regime (11).

    Footnotes:

    (8) While Budyonny never quite got past his glory days during the Civil War IOTL and as such proved himself an absolute disaster in later conflicts, during the civil war he was one of the most aggressive cavalry commanders of the entire war and was able to win several major victories on the back of this aggression. Here he does exactly that, attacking suddenly against a distracted enemy and completely overrunning their positions. The collapse that follows is the logical conclusion to these events.

    (9) This is the Clique that eventually became the foundation for Stalin's rise to power IOTL. They are still present and the clannish tendencies of the Caucasians in a Russian context means that they still band together. However, without Stalin to push their interests in the Central Committee, they are far less powerful and disconnected from the Centre. This means that while they hold an incredible grip on power in the region, they don't have much, if any, influence outside it and don't really play a major part in the Central Committee's deliberations.

    (10) Kolchak's great offensives play out pretty closely to OTL, though here Trotsky is able to hold the line at Yekaterinburg with considerable success. The slower buildup also means that they never really secure control of the Ural Cities north of Yekaterinburg and the Reds are in a position to push the Whites back.

    (11) This is basically based on what the Omsk regime was like IOTL. There are a couple key differences, such as the presence of an actual Tsar making it more difficult for them to not argue that they are tsarists in their propaganda. However, Mikhail does have some positive impact in the period leading up to the capture of Tyumen, after that point he rapidly loses actual power and authority as Kolchak and his cronies take up leadership. Mikhail and his family are placed under close guard and largely muffled, with Mikhail descending into despair and drug addiction as the war turns sour and he grows to regret staying in Russia.


    640px-Mitrophan_Grekov_34_-_On_the_way_to_Tsaritsyn.jpg

    Mikhail Tukhachevsky Urging On His Men Outside Petrograd

    A Crisis of Leadership

    The collapse of Kornilov's offensive against Moscow and the resultant chaos caused considerable infighting in the Petrograd leadership group. Particularly Denikin was absolutely furious at Kornilov and blamed him squarely for the failed offensive, citing his own suggestions that once the assault on Klin failed it would be better to retreat to a more sustainable line at Tver to rebuild White strength before making another attempt on Moscow. Instead, Kornilov had gambled everything in an ambitious but ill thought-out thrust into the north which had left Denikin's forces weak and Kornilov's spread out and uncoordinated when Budyonny attacked. Krymov, having largely been charged with securing order behind the lines, was blamed by Kornilov for the failure, primarily stemming from the Vozhd's belief that his northern thrust had been betrayed by spies amongst the peasantry. Savinkov, ever more angered and frustrated at the incompetence of his fellows, looked increasingly for an escape and began siphoning huge sums out of Petrograd's treasury and banks to safety in secret German and Swiss bank accounts.

    The collapse of the White army had also resulted in a flood of disaffected deserters who took to the forests and hid in villages across Petrograd-governed lands, making the lives of the loyalists to the Vozhd ever more difficult. The sheer savagery of the repression Kornilov unleashed in order to crush this resistance would shock even other White factions. Deserters were captured and shot by the thousands, anyone found to have aided them were either killed or mutilated and any hint of disloyalty was punished with death. Tens of thousands fled the cities for safety in the countryside where they joined the growing Green armies, which Kornilov's ever shrinking armies found themselves hard pressed to defeat. It was as Kornilov began this tailspin into mad tyranny, that the Germans decided to cut their losses. With considerably more men available following the quiet on the western Front, the Germans marched into Estonia and Belarus nearly unopposed, crushing what small resistance they encountered in Estonia, but running into considerably greater opposition in Belarus. This would ultimately result in the German decision to pull out of the region after two weeks of fighting insurgent Green and Red forces, redirecting them south to the Ukraine.

    Panic gripped Petrograd, but there was little they could do against their former patrons nor against their putative Finn allies, who now claimed Karelia and the Kola Peninsula as their own alongside their Karelian allies. It was at this point that the Don Whites, following secret negotiations with the Germans, repudiated their ties to the Allies and declared formally in favor of a German alliance. The negotiations, largely completed in secret already, led to the signing of the Treaty of Odessa on the 13th of September 1919. This treaty would see the transfer of German and Austro-Hungarian occupied Ukraine to Don White control in return for Brusilov's acknowledgement of the border adjustments set forth by the Central Powers in the Treaty of the Tauride: reiterating Georgian independence and the Turkish conquests in the Caucasus, the independence of Poland and of the United Baltic Duchies, now to include Estonia, while the Central Powers promised to transfer the parts of Ukraine under their occupation to White control as soon as it became practical while promising considerable military aid in return for major trade concessions (12).

    This shift in allegiances by the Don Whites to German patronage would prove to be one of the most important decisions taken by Brusilov during the Civil War. While it would take time for Pyotr Wrangel to extend sufficient control over Central Powers-occupied Ukraine, the sudden influx of arms, German military advisors, Freikorps volunteers, rapidly expanded trade networks throughout the Black Sea and much more would have a profound impact on the Don Whites. German forces advanced out of the Crimea to support Wrangel's pacification campaign across southern Ukraine while Brusilov received invaluable reinforcements at the height of the clash with Budyonny. The Second Battle of Tsaritsyn, fought over the course of three months, well into winter, would see major armed clashes in the lands between the Volga and Don. With Budyonny's assault slowed and the threat to Moscow largely ended, the Muscovites secured considerable growth in their available forces resulting in a major slugging match between these two factions of the civil war. Attack was met by counterattack, rapid movement and sudden cavalry charges dominated the fighting and the balance of power during the battle swung back and forth half a dozen times before the arrival of a shipment of light German tanks, 60 in total, took the Muscovites by surprise and sent them into retreat.

    Don White control of Tsaritsyn had been firmly secured and so had the importance of the German alliance. Over the course of the winter, the positions of the Caucasian Clique would find themselves steadily degraded as Georgian, German, Cossack and Don White forces put pressure on them from all sides. By February 1920 the Clique fled across the Caspian Sea with what remnants of their supporters they could save and took up with the Basmachi movement in Kokand - providing all the aid they could to the movement in the region and creating connections to the exilic Armenian population across the region (13). While all this was occurring in the Caucasus, the main theatre of war shifted back west to the Ukraine as Brusilov returned to Rostov-on-Don. With German aid, General Wrangel was suddenly able to vastly strengthen his positions against Nestor Makhno, who was now forced to return to the sort of defensive guerrilla warfare that had first led resulted in his to fame, while the Muscovites desperately sought to end the Petrograd Whites. With the Don White's extension of power across much of southern Ukraine over the last months of 1919 and early 1920, these clashes would largely remain stalemated as both sides steadily grew in power, the Don Whites from their German alliance as well as the securing of most of the Ukraine and the Moscow Reds from their major successes further to the north towards Petrograd.


    Having spent two months absorbing the gains from the victory at Uglich in late June, Mikhail Tukhachevsky was ready to begin what was believed to be the knock-out blow to the Petrograd Whites that they had been dreaming of for the last year. Advancing on a broad line along the rail lines leading to Petrograd, with plentiful Cavalry and even some armoured vehicle support, Tukhachevsky's force was the strongest yet fielded by the Moscow Reds. With the Petrograd Whites already in considerable disarray, this assault served a sledgehammer, slamming through their weak and confused defences with little difficulty. The press forward would see the Petrograd Whites begin to collapse in on themselves, their men deserting by the tens of thousands and seeking safety in the countryside, where they either joined the Green armies or became victims of them.

    As panic gripped Petrograd, Savinkov grabbed what he could carry and abandoned the city, sailing for Stockholm, where he would stay until the shipping lanes to the United States opened up and he could set sail for New York. Savinkov's betrayal caught Kornilov by surprise and prompted a great deal of paranoia in the Vozhd, which quickly erupted when spies in Krymov's retinue revealed the general's plans to escape to German-held lands. Acting quickly, Kornilov surprised Krymov and had him arrested, tortured and summarily executed. With the frontlines growing ever closer to Petrograd, the rats rushed to abandon the ship and Kornilov with it. Kornilov was swift to respond, placing his own generals under guard by his bodyguards and cracking down harshly on Petrograd and the surroundings. In the meanwhile, Denikin, who had been given the thankless task of holding the line against Tukhachevsky, found himself under ever greater pressure as his men deserted in droves. Convinced that defeat was certain, Denikin martialed what forces he could and fought a last stand at Tarasovo. Despite two hours of heroic resistance, the Whites crumpled completely and Denikin was gravely wounded. He would be discovered amongst the wounded by Red Guards and was brought before Tukhachevsky, who ordered his execution. Anton Denikin, General in the Russian Tsar's army, Kornilov's second-in-command and his presumed successor, was shot dead at the age of 46 by a firing squad compromising seven Moscow workers on the 8th of September 1919.

    With Denikin died any hope of Petrograd recovering from this blow and the Petrograd White army scattered to the winds. Tukhachevsky, on the verge of securing Petrograd, stopped for a day to give his men time to recover and to awaken their awareness to the magnitude of their victory before beginning the final march on Petrograd. In the meanwhile, Kornilov spun out over the course of the week between the Red arrival on the outskirts of Petrograd and Denikin's death. Executing anyone he suspected of treason, he instituted a reign of terror to mute all that had come before it, before his own paranoia turned him against members of his own bodyguard and retinue. Finally, as Tukhachevsky's men were entering Petrograd's suburbs, Kornilov's bodyguard turned on him. Having just awoken, Kornilov was taking his breakfast in the Winter Palace when a bodyguard stabbed him from behind. Crying out, Kornilov called for aid only to have the responding guards join in the assassination (14).

    By the time Tukhachevsky arrived at the Winter Palace, it was abandoned, stripped of value by the former Vozdh's bodyguards and Kornilov left dead across his dining table. The capture of Petrograd was a moment of triumph for the Communist Party and the Central Committee was swift to vote numerous honours to the victorious general, including the singular honour of Defender of Communism he would share with Budyonny. Tukhachevsky would spend the rest of the year and the early months of the next skirmishing with the Germans, breaking or assimilating Green armies and securing control of north-western Russia and Belarus, though Petrograd itself remained under considerable threat from the Finns to the north and the Germans to the west, while his gaze turned slowly southward.

    As the Siberian Whites struggled back under immense pressure, they began to steadily give way. The partisans' destruction of miles of track and their constant ambushes of trains virtually halted the transportation of vital supplies along the Trans-Siberian Railway to Kolchak's armies for much of the offensive. Thousands of his soldiers had to be withdrawn from the Front against the Reds to deal with the partisans. They waged a ruthless war of terror, shooting hundreds of hostages and setting fire to dozens of villages in the partisan strongholds of Kansk and Achinsk, where the wooded and hilly terrain was perfect for holding up trains. This partly succeeded in pushing the insurgents away from the railway, but since the terror was also unleashed on villages unconnected with the partisans, it merely fanned the flames of peasant war.

    As Kolchak's army retreated eastwards, it found itself increasingly surrounded by hostile peasant partisans. Mutinies began to spread as the Whites came under fire from all sides as even the Cossacks joined them. Whole units of Kolchak's peasant conscripts deserted as the retreat brought them closer to their native regions. By January 1920, Kolchak's army was falling apart. Once again the Whites had been defeated by the gulf between themselves and the peasantry. On the 14th of January 1920, Omsk was abandoned by the Tsarist forces as the Reds, who now outnumbered them by two to one, advanced eastwards. It was a classic case of White incompetence, with the leading generals caught in two minds as to whether to defend the town or evacuate it, and in the end doing neither properly. Realising that their local allies were starting to fracture, General Graves gave the order for an American abandonment of Omsk, sheltering as many refugees as they could while they pulled back through the horrific cold of the Siberian winter.

    In Omsk the situation was rapidly deteriorating, with the Tsarist court splintering and many fleeing alongside the Americans, while Tsar Mikhail began preparing for the trip eastward alongside his family as he sank ever further into the bottle, rarely appearing anything other than drunk and melancholy, waxing poetically on the doom of his family and the curse of God. The royal family finally made their escape on the 10th of January, with the Reds nipping at their heels. The Reds took the city without a fight, capturing vast stores of munitions that the Whites had not had time to destroy, along with 30,000 troops. Thousands of officers and their families, clerks and officials, merchants, cafe owners, bankers and prostitutes fled the White capital and headed east. The lucky ones travelled by train, the unlucky ones by horse or on foot. The bourgeoisie were on the run. The wounded and the sick, whose numbers were swollen by a typhus epidemic, had to be abandoned on the way. This was not just a military collapse; it was also a moral one.

    The retreating Cossacks carried with them huge supplies of vodka and, as all authority disappeared, indulged themselves in mass rape and pillage of the villages and refugee caravans along their way. Kolchak headed towards his new intended capital in Irkutsk, 1,500 miles east of Omsk, while Mikhail aimed to quite simply escape Siberia alive with his family. However, on the route east, Kolchak's train came under attack by peasant forces, who overran the train and began butchering everyone they had captured out of hand. It was in this massacre that Kolchak was killed alongside his mistress and half a dozen retainers. The royal family had been a bit more successful, but on arriving in Irkutsk their train was mobbed by enraged refugees and soldiers, who broke into their train and captured Mikhail, his hated wife Natalia and their two sons, the Prince George and young prince Nikolai, a child born during the height of the fighting in late 1919. Over the course of several hours all four were beaten, humiliated and murdered by their one-time supporters, enraged at the Tsar's failure to provide victory. Anastasia, at a dinner with General Graves when the attack occurred, was able to secure shelter with the Americans, eventually securing transport to the United States, while Olga Romanova, who had been on the train when the mob attacked, disappeared in the chaos of Irkutsk, her whereabout and condition unknown (15).

    Footnotes:

    (12) The change in Don White allegiance will have considerable consequences but has hopefully been foreshadowed enough to not come as a complete surprise to people. The Don Cossacks were already in league with the Germans and the alliance with the Allies has proven an ever greater stumbling block for Don White success given the way it cuts them off to trade through the Black Sea. We will examine the implications of this sudden change in allegiances to the wider Great War at a later point, but suffice to say it causes considerable trouble particularly since it leaves the Allies with only one faction in play in the civil war.

    (13) How important the Caucasian Clique will remain is something of a question, but they have succeeded in building a pretty important network of pan-Caucasian socialists, including amongst the Armenian exilic community, which will prove important as the Armenians spread further and begin to exert influence.

    (14) The Petrograd regime ends as it started, a totalitarian military dictatorship made up of a bunch of opportunists. Savinkov escapes with considerable wealth and prestige, his handling of the governance in Petrograd largely being viewed as having been relatively successful, but is also hated by Whites of the Petrograd persuasions. Krymov had a thankless job and actually dies in a worse way than IOTL where he committed suicide following the failure of the Kornilov Affair. Denikin meanwhile gets the stubborn hero's farewell, half a dozen bullets, while Kornilov goes Mad King on Petrograd. Given what we know about all these people, is it really a surprise that it ends like this?

    (15) Thus ends the Kolchak-aligned Siberian Whites. A lot of this is based on OTL, though the Siberian White positions crumble somewhat quicker than IOTL. While the Mikhail-oriented iteration of the Siberian Whites have been crushed and we are now left with just one major White faction and two Red factions, there is still plenty more to come in the region. The Americans and Japanese are investing considerable resources in securing the Transbaikal and the Yekaterinburg Reds have a lot of land to occupy, much of it held by fiercely independent peasants who aren't particularly pleased with the Reds.


    Summary:

    The Occupying Central Powers, Ukrainian Hetmanate, Moscow Red and Don Whites all contest control of the Ukraine in a massive and bloody free-for-all, growing particularly bitter following the defeat and collapse of the Hetmanate.

    Moscow is threatened from multiple directions, but is able to hold the line until the Trotskyites find themselves distracted with the Siberian Whites.

    Kornilov's offensive collapses, as does the Kolchak offensives, while the Don Whites make progress around the Volga.

    The Don Whites secure an alliance with the Germans while the Petrograd and Siberian Whites both collapse, with their leaders killed and their supporters scattered.

    End Note:

    Thus we bring the first round of the Russian Civil War to an end with the destruction of the Petrograd and Siberian Whites, leaving only the Don Whites to represent their cause for the time being. That said, there are still plenty of counter-revolutionary forces scattered across Siberia and they could well rebuild their positions given sufficient time, but for now our initial grouping of five major factions have been reduced to three.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Fifteen: A Hope For Peace
  • A Hope for Peace

    640px-Execution_lors_de_la_Premi%C3%A8re_Guerre_mondiale.jpg

    Execution of Émile Cottin (1)

    Coups Are In The Air

    With France in complete turmoil, its soldiery up in arms at the front and Paris in the grips of a general strike, there was little doubt that France was teetering over the abyss. While the American assault up the Moselle collapsed under a German counter-attack, the protests gripping Paris spread rapidly. Calls for peace grew to a roar as an exhausted people pleaded with their leaders to end the war no matter the cost. The French anti-war movement, rallying behind the recently released Radical-Socialists Caillaux and Malvy and the SFIO leadership under Ludovic Frossard, was swift to begin mobilising anti-war fervour while reaching out to more centrist figures like the former premier Aristide Briand once entreaties aimed towards Millerand and Poincaré fell through. While Millerand initially seemed amenable to beginning peace negotiations, he was soon turned against the measure by the strident opposition of Poincaré, fearing that a split between them might doom France to civil war. While the French crisis expanded rapidly, following rail workers from city to city as they worked to spread the shuttering of France's rail network, the British and Americans were left in a major quandary about how to respond to the situation.

    Pershing, still licking his wounds from the failure of the Moselle Offensive, was swift to act and ordered rear-elements to secure control of the major rail lines supplying the AEF - an order soon mirrored by Allenby. The intense clashes between striking rail workers and American soldiers soon turned deadly, prompting absolute outrage when barely trained American soldiers opened fire on a French mob trying to stop a supply train at Omey, south of Châlons-en-Champagne, killing three and wounding five. Outrage over these killings quickly led to copycat actions along the rail lines supplying the American sectors, prompting sudden and major supply shortages. In the meantime the British and American Third Army were able to secure control of their supply lines to Brittany with surprising ease, the militarily relevant railroads having already been run primarily by British railwaymen (2).

    With the Left mobilising increasing strength, the Right sought to mobilise their opposition to this movement in a bid to reawaken the French will to fight, but with the French nation utterly exhausted after five years of constant, bloody warfare they found it difficult to rally any considerable support. It did not take long for the SFIO to rally its supporters in massive demonstrations through Paris' streets in a clarion call for peace. It was during this time that Ferdinand Foch began doing what he could to restore order to France - martialing what troops he thought loyal and informing Poincaré on the 4th of April 1919 that he would march on Paris the moment he was authorised to do so by the President so as to bring an end to the disorder.

    While Poincaré mulled over his options, General Pétain was left scrambling to ensure that the front didn't completely disintegrate. Much as in 1917, Pétain did what he could to quiet the protests of the soldiery, removing abusive and incompetent officers, promising a quick end to the war and much else. However, in contrast to 1917 the belief that victory was possible seemed to have been lost in the French ranks. They had given everything, not once - but twice, in the last year and the war seemed no closer to ending, with the result that the mutinies continued to spread. While the French soldiers did not commonly assault their officers, except in a number of extreme instances, they refused to attack and many began deserting. French soldiers abandoned their positions and began making their way home, having had enough of the war. While Foch, enraged by Pétain's failures, ordered the deserters hunted down and shot, there were few soldiers willing to obey such orders. Once it became clear that there was little the leadership could do to hold them on the line, the desertions grew increasingly endemic (3).

    Germany had entered 1919 uncertain of its ability to repel an assault similar to what they had experienced during the Fourth Battle of Champagne. Over the course of late-winter and early spring, as Allied assault after allied hammered home against the German defences, straining German resources ever thinner, there had been growing worries about Germany's abilities to hold the line much longer. However, the sudden collapse of the French Aisne Offensive had brought a wave of hope to the stressed officers of the German General Staff. When the American assault up the Moselle fell apart under seemingly miraculous circumstances, OHL leapt at the opportunity and launched their carefully husbanded counter-offensive force down the river, capturing Verdun and nearly reaching the outskirts of Nancy.

    These successes prompted considerable discussion at the Crown Council of April 1919 as the various potential paths forward were considered in light of recent successes. One vocal but powerful minority of the officer corps, including the semi-retired Ludendorff from exile as governor-general of Romania, rallied behind an offensive across the Aisne aimed at overrunning the French positions there before launching an all-out assault on Paris in a grand bid to secure total victory over the hated French. This option greatly appealed to Kaiser Wilhelm and he would spend much of the council championing this approach. However, neither Hoffmann at OHL nor the civilian government looked upon such an extravagant assault as feasible nor worth the cost it would entail. Instead Kühlmann, Hoffmann and Prince von Baden united around the prospects of a diplomatic effort to force the Allies to the table. With the military and civilian governments united against the Grand Offensive, as Wilhelm had lovingly referred to it, they pressed the Kaiser towards their positions over the course of the council.

    Finally acquiescing to these demands, the Kaiser immediately set out a series of immense demands which he wanted implemented. Again, the rest of the council were forced to work damage control and eventually were able to turn Wilhelm to their way of thinking. Instead of focusing on the eventual treaty, which Wilhelm envisioned including the transfer of a vast swathe of Central Africa, including Belgian Congo, Kenya and French Congo, as well as the remainder of Lorraine, Belgium, Luxembourg, major indemnities for the costs of the war and the extension of a German sphere of influence across all of Southern and Eastern Europe, they were able to convince him that such matters were better left till after a ceasefire could be negotiated and an end to the infernal blockade could be ensured. It was under these circumstances that the council was able to hammer out the outlines of a set of terms for a ceasefire. These included the immediate termination of hostilities on all fronts, an end to the British blockade as soon as practicable, in return for an end to submarine warfare in the Channel, and the frontlines remaining in position until the negotiations for a peace treaty could come under way. These terms were dispatched to the United States on the 14th of April, where the new civilian government, as a better representative of the democratic spirit of Germany, hoped they would get a proper hearing. After all, the Americans had entered the war to 'Bring Peace to Europe'. However, the Prince von Baden and other German liberals who looked to America with hope of a fair hearing were about to find their hopes shattered (4).

    By the 10th of April, Poincaré had finally come to a decision and sent a secret messenger to Foch, ordering him to march on Paris in order to end the unrest gripping the capital. However, Poincaré had not counted on the affiliations of his messenger, who handed over the message to contacts in the SFIO, quickly reaching Ludovic Frossard. Moving quickly, Frossard informed his fellow leaders in the peace movement before bringing this proof of Poincaré's perfidy to Aristide Briand, who was horrified at the President's suggested actions. Together, this coalition began moving against the President and Foch. First, Frossard ensured that the brilliant socialist journalist Boris Souvarine was made available to turn the masses against Poincaré. Next Malvy and Caillaux dispatched word to Maurice Sarrail asking him to prepare for the worst, should Foch and Poincaré succeed in their planned assault, At the same time, Aristide Briand rushed to build support for a push against Poincaré. After a day of frantic work without word from Foch, Poincaré began to grow suspicious and sent a telegram to the Generalissimo inquiring about his whereabout. Discovery of this telegram reached the anti-war conspiracy soon after it was dispatched and they decided that action must be taken the following day, with Foch once again finding the message to him delayed.

    On the morning of the 11th of April 1919, the left- and centre-aligned newspapers of Paris ran the headline story, written by Sourvarine, with the full text of Poincaré's order to Foch ordering a march on Paris, and calling for the Parisians to mount the barricades. While the newspapers rushed to spread the word, the pacifists moved swiftly, seeking to secure control of Poincaré before he had the opportunity to escape, and dispatched an armed cohort of leftist Parisian garrison soldiers to place the president under house arrest. Aristide Briande and the leaders of the peace movement arrived at Millerand's home at around the same time these events were taking place and requested an emergency meeting with Millerand, wherein they laid out everything occurring and asked that he give retroactive authorisation for their actions. Millerand was initially left flabbergasted, but soon recovered and, after taking five minutes to think things through, gave his assent to the coup, firmly believing that Poincaré's actions would cause the civil war he feared above all else.


    Republican Guards at the Élysée Palace were surprised by the sudden appearance of the soldiers sent to arrest Poincaré, but they opened fire on the soldiers once the guardsmen realised their purpose. A short but sharp firefight ensued in which three guardsmen and four soldiers were killed before the guardsmen surrendered, the soldiers having been reinforced by a growing mob of enraged Parisians. Poincaré, caught as he was preparing for breakfast, was placed under house arrest by the soldiers while a request for orders was dispatched to the coup's leadership at Millerand's residence. With Poincaré in hand, Millerand felt safe enough to dispatch orders to Pétain for the arrest of Foch. Foch's arrest proved less difficult than that of Poincaré, and by the end of the 12th the threat of a march on Paris found itself resolved. While the arrests of Poincaré and Foch sent shockwaves through France, and the Allies as a whole, the leaders of the coup moved to bring order to the streets (5).

    Promising swift action to resolve the war, Millerand and the anti-war clique were able to bring an end to the general strike on the promise of initiating negotiations with the Central Powers as soon as possible. At the same time, Millerand called special meeting of the Conseil Constitutionnel and secured his appointment as, first temporary and then permanent, President of France despite considerable resistance by some right-wingers on the council. Millerand, in turn, called on Aristide Briand to take up the post of Prime Minister in his place and to assemble a cabinet for the start of peace negotiations.

    Footnotes:

    (1) It isn't really enough of an event to get a mention in the actual timeline, but it should be mentioned that Émile Cottin is executed on charges of high treason and murder on the 3rd of March, a few days after the end of his trial. His death serves as one of several ignition points for the protests, strikes and demonstrations that erupt soon after.

    (2) When I was thinking through the consequences of a railway strike and how the Allies would respond, I immediately thought this would be the most likely solution and result. The relations between the French and Americans on a ground level have fallen far from the great heights of 1917. The Americans now view the French as ungrateful cowards, unable to even defend their own country, while the French view the Americans as arrogant interlopers who want to force the shedding of more French blood in order to satisfy their honour at French expense.

    (3) The situation in France is critical to say the least, with considerable anti-war agitation and an accompanying political challenge to the pro-war faction in government. Poincaré and Foch are staunchly pro-war and still believe in victory while Millerand is wavering, his long ties to the French Left and the ever increasing cost of the war weighing heavily on him. At the same time the situation at the front is deteriorating rapidly, promising a collapse if something drastic isn't done as soon as possible.

    (4) The reasons for the opposition to Wilhelm's proposal of a "Peace Offensive" is that Hoffmann believes his men wouldn't be capable of succeeding at it. The Germans launched a once-in-a-lifetime offensive the previous spring and have now stood their ground against a combined seven major offensives since then, even securing success with a counter-offensive. They quite simply don't have it in them to attack. Instead, the Germans present what they believe is a fair armistice settlement to the Americans. For some reason the German Liberals had this obsession with securing a peace through the Americans IOTL, and that attitude is very much present in this situation. Now IOTL that turned into a disaster when the Allies used the collapse of German morale following the armistice to bully the Germans into accepting ever worsening terms, culminating in the absolute shit show of the Versailles Treaty. ITTL the American Congress has secured a considerable influence over the conduct of the war and as such they play a large part in responding to the armistice offer by the Germans.

    (5) I really hope that this comes across as reasonable. I thought that while there might be a limited amount of violence, with the prime minister on board and the element of surprise, both Poincaré and Foch could be taken relatively quickly. Mind you, the sudden arrest of Generalissimo Foch sends shockwaves through the allies, which we will explore more moving forward. The quick moves here are predicated of the longer period of preparation the anti-war movement has been going through in the period between Clemenceau's assassination and the collapse of the Aisne Offensive.


    317px-Portrait_of_Aristide_Briand.jpg

    Aristide Briand, Prime Minister of France

    The Left Rises

    While Aristide Briand and Alexandre Millerand struggled to channel revolutionary fervour towards a constructive outlet, most importantly restoring rail lines to the front and government control of the French logistical system, the Anglophone Allies were left to deal with the fallout from the coup against Poincaré and the removal of Generalissimo Ferdinand Foch from the Supreme War Command. These sudden shifts prompted considerable levels of chaos in the chain of command and nearly led to the collapse of the Supreme War Command in its entirety.

    However, by this point both the British and American commanders had come to realise the critical importance of coordination and were certain that a failure to restore joint command could only result in disaster, made all the clearer by the beginnings of a German buildup around Laon. At the same time, both Pershing and Allenby came to the conclusion that another French Supreme Commander would have to answer to the anti-war government of Briand and Millerand, and as such could not be relied on to hold the line in the face of German aggression. What was needed was a proper, English speaking, Supreme Commander who would be able to restore confidence in London and Washington while ensuring that the French did not suddenly collapse, an event which would spell absolute disaster for the Allies and could well cost them the war. In the end, the choice fell on General Henry Wilson, who was already serving as representative to the Supreme War Council and as Chief of the Imperial Staff. Not only did General Wilson have complete insight into the war at its highest levels, but he had been serving in a similar position to that of Supreme Commander for the British Imperial forces with some distinction. While there was some muttering in the American camp that Pershing should be given the position, there was little they could criticise about Henry Wilson's appointment.

    The French, rather than consider the idea of handing over Supreme Command, chose to back Pétain as Supreme Commander of the Allied Armies. However, when the British and Americans presented Wilson as the man they looked to succeed Foch, the situation turned sour. The French had long been terrified of getting sidelined by the growing power of the Americans and British and were now presented with exactly that prospect. The appointment of Wilson would entail a loss of not only the position as Supreme Commander, but also authority over their own army at a critical point in time. Pétain, who was in the midst of an incredibly delicate effort to restore French combat readiness, balked at the prospect of British oversight and informed the French civilian government that he thought the dissolution of Joint Command preferable to handing over authority to the British or Americans. Under Henry Wilson, Pétain feared that he would be ordered onto the offensive as soon as the British commander felt ready to attack. This was a prospect which would at best leave the French little more than a subservient appendage or would, more likely, result in the complete disintegration of the French Army. This command crisis would continue to plague Allied relations, while Foch's position remained unfilled under the threat of a French abandonment of the Supreme War Council.

    By the 23rd of April 1919, the German ceasefire proposal had reached America where, after Wilson's initial efforts at keeping it secret and dealing with it under the opacity of diplomacy failed, the entire American Senate initiated a public debate on the issue. Over the course of the 23rd-24th of April, the Senate used the opportunity to grandstand against a ceasefire on anything resembling the terms proposed by the Germans. They demanded the German evacuation of France, Belgium, Luxembourg and Italy within 15 days, the abdication of Wilhelm II, the withdrawal of Germany and Austria-Hungary from Eastern Europe, including occupied Russia, Romania and the various client states that had been established from the wreckage of the Russian Empire, the continuation of the blockade until the signing of a peace treaty at a location of Allied choosing, the identification of all minefields on land and sea and the release of all Allied prisoners of war without reciprocity. Both the public nature of the debate and the inflammatory contents of the American response to the ceasefire proposal, happening without input from either the French or British, came as a shock of cold water to the hopeful liberals of the new German government, though they would be far from the last to react to the American ceasefire demands (6).


    With the liberals discredited for their favouring of negotiations with the Americans, Kühlmann was finally able to set about a plan he had been working on since the French collapse on the Aisne. While Kühlmann was preparing to open up ceasefire negotiations with the French, he was surprised by news from the Austro-Hungarian Foreign Ministry which reported that they had been approached secretly by representatives of the new French Government asking for ceasefire terms on the 2nd of May 1919. News of the American rejection of a ceasefire hit the French press and government like a mortar shell. There were major demonstrations across Paris within hours of the news arriving. The American Senate's flippant treatment of the ceasefire negotiations, highlighted by excerpts from the public debate, absolutely enraged the war weary French, who felt betrayed by their ally across the Atlantic. It was news of the German ceasefire proposal which spurred Briand, who had secured the post of Foreign Minister alongside that of Prime Minister, as had been his common practice during previous governments, to order the contacts warmed up by Stephen Pichon the previous year to contact the Central Powers in a bid to negotiate a ceasefire. While anti-war fervour grew ever greater in France, soon joined by major protests at the American Embassy and strikes along American supply lines, growing to a fever pitch on the 1st of May before subsiding as the government began to exert direct influence and guidance of the demonstrations, the Central Powers began to consider how to deal with the secretive French approach. Kühlmann, scenting blood, immediately jumped at the opportunity and threw himself into the negotiations over the course of early and mid-May.

    However, it was not only in France that outrage over the Senate's treatment of the ceasefire proposal was expressed - both America and Britain would feel the effects of the Senate's dismissal of negotiations. In Britain, news of the senate's rebuke of a ceasefire offer arrived in the midst of a rapidly escalating series of major strikes including policemen, rail workers and dock workers, while councils of action had started appearing once more. With the policemen striking, the government found itself increasingly resorting to the military for law enforcement in the capital and many of its other cities. As strikes and protests had grown in response to news of events in France, the government had increasingly sought some sort of solution to the crisis, eventually turning to the expedient of forming the government sanctioned Police Federation of England and Wales under the Police Act of 1919. This provoked immense turmoil over the course of late March and early April, while calls for peace grew ever louder and started securing the support of the strikers. It was in this period that efforts were undertaken to solicit the support of the Trade Union Congress for the anti-war effort, only to experience considerable resistance from the TUC's leadership (7).

    In Britain, the government found itself forced to hold back new British conscripts from the front in order to ensure that they would have sufficient force to counter any attempted coup to mirror that in France. In general the French coup played a considerable influence in Britain, causing considerable paranoia and caution amongst government ministers and a great deal of fear that the Labour Party might mirror the French leftists in supporting the overthrow of the Lloyd George government. Particularly the strident Armaments Minister Winston Churchill was vocal on the need to hold forces ready to counter any possibility of a leftist coup. It was in the midst of this tense situation that news of the American rejection of a ceasefire arrived, turning a bad situation catastrophic. Spontaneous protests sprang up across Britain and councils of action began forming organic bonds between each other in preparation for a general strike to force an end to the war, mirrored on the Parisian efforts in the previous month. Renewed efforts at negotiating the participation of the TUC went more successfully the second time, and by the end of April the TUC leadership had largely been brought into line with their subordinate unions. The First of May would serve as the starting point of the General Strike of 1919 which shut down work across the British Isle. Factories were brought to a halt, trains no longer ran, telegraphers refused to work and ships were no longer loaded or off loaded, while the TUC presented a single solitary demand to Lloyd George's government. Peace.

    In America, the crackdown against anti-war forces and socialist agitators had grown steadily to a fever pitch since the initial Seattle General Strike in January, with the flames fanned by the five-man Overman Committee. First charged with investigating German subversion in 1917, the Overman Committee's mandate was extended on February 4, 1919, just a day after the announcement of the Seattle General Strike, to study "any efforts being made to propagate in this country the principles of any party exercising or claiming to exercise any authority in Russia" and "any effort to incite the overthrow of the Government of this country". The Committee's hearings into Bolshevik propaganda, conducted from the 11th of February to the 10th of March 1919, developed an alarming image of Bolshevism and Socialism in the RSDLP vein as an imminent threat to the U.S. government and American values. The media piled on, often linking the corrosive natures of Communism and Prussian Militarism in a bizarre turn, even going so far as to claim that the Germans were actively supporting the Communists in Russia and supporting the spread of their ideology, pointing to their dispatch of Lenin in 1917.

    As the tenor of the public discourse grew ever more rabid, a series of Galleanist bombings began which prompted immense chaos and killed a number of prominent figures in American public life. Starting on the 29th and 30th of April with a series of seven bombs, four of which worked and two of which reached their intended targets. One bomb exploded in the hands of Mayor Ole Hanson's aide at his offices, killing the aide and wounding three others, and another bomb went off in the offices of J.P Morgan & Co killing two and injuring four, intended for J.P. Morgan Jr, while both the retired titan of industry, John. D. Rockerfeller, and the New York Police Commissioner Richard Enright were killed in individual bombings. While warnings about the distinctive packages went out immediately, and eighteen would be discovered and disposed of, it would prove too late for three more prominent figures, with Georgia senator Thomas W. Hardwick having his housekeeper lose her hands and his wife receive grievous facial wounds, while Anthony Caminetti, Commissioner General of Immigration, and Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr were killed outright (8).


    The shock of the first Galleanist bombing campaign shook America to its core and prompted absolute hysteria. Occurring in the immediate aftermath of the dismissal of the German ceasefire proposal, the bombings were initially linked to the anti-war movement, just as it was starting to garner support, and even to German spies in some cases. Newspapers across America blared lurid headlines blaming the pacifists for the bombings, painting them as murderers and traitors. This would result in the sudden collapse of the anti-war movement and led to ever more hysterical declarations, claiming everything from the bombing campaign being organised by German spies imbedded in the labor and anti-war movements to Trotsky himself having dispatched the bombs. Thus, while British and French pressure for peace grew stronger at an ever greater pace, the American public went the opposite direction, turning towards increasingly jingoistic and nationalistic rhetoric, with strong messianic and Wilsonian interventionist overtones of spreading American values to the rest of the world.

    On the 1st of May, the American Left mounted especially large demonstrations, and violence greeted the normally peaceful parades in Boston, New York, and Cleveland. In Boston, police tried to stop a march that lacked a permit. In the ensuing melee both sides fought for possession of the Socialists' red flags and one policeman was stabbed and killed. Later a mob attacked the Socialist headquarters, followed by the arrest of 114 people, all Socialists. In New York, soldiers in uniform burned printed materials at the Russian People's House and forced immigrants to sing the Star-Spangled Banner while Cleveland, Ohio saw the worst of the violence. Anti-war and socialist protesters against the imprisonment of Eugene V. Debs and supporting the campaign of Charles Ruthenberg, the Socialist candidate for mayor, planned to march through the center of the city. A group of Victory Loan workers, a nationalist organization whose members sold war bonds and thought themselves at war against all forms of anti-Americanism, tried to block some of the marchers and a melee ensued. A mob ransacked Ruthenberg's headquarters before mounted police, army trucks, and tanks were deployed to restore order. Two people died, forty were injured, and 116 arrested. The city government immediately passed laws to restrict parades and the display of red flags.

    Footnotes:

    (6) IOTL President Wilson did everything in his power to control the negotiations with Germany over a ceasefire, partially to ensure that the Fourteen Points were the basis of any peace treaty to follow. ITTL any hope of keeping the negotiations quiet is lost when it has to go past the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War. Once there, George E. Chamberlain makes sure that it is made as public as possible with the support of Henry Cabot Lodge, who views this as a way of stripping further power from Wilson. Declaring the ceasefire negotiations to be of public interest, he is the one who pushes for the open Senate debate. Once in the Senate it becomes a matter of pro-war Democrats and Republicans trying to outdo each other in their denunciations of the Germans in a bid to strengthen their pro-war credentials. This has the unsurprising consequence of turning the American side of the negotiations into a piece of public theatre meant to win political points at home, rather than any serious attempt to address the German ceasefire proposal.

    (7) The Police strike is actually based on OTL events, where Britain experienced several severe police strikes through 1918 and 1919. Here they merge with the rest of the various strikes that were breaking out in the period. While I know that IOTL many of the 1919 strikes can be linked to the end of the war, my reading suggests that Britain was experiencing a precipitous rise in strikes from 1917 onward. The British are nowhere near as close to the abyss as the French are, but it has gotten to the point where the British government needs to decide exactly how willing it is to risk a collapse of the home front in the face of continued German resistance.

    (8) IOTL the first campaign of the 1919 Anarchist Bombings turned out to wildly underperform compared to what the Galleanists (a branch of anarchists particularly strong in the United States) had envisioned. This comes down to the fact that a number of the packages had not been properly post stamped resulting in their being withdrawn from circulation. ITTL the postage fits and as such there are more bombs circulating, with murderous consequences. All of the targets mentioned ITTL were targeted IOTL, though IOTL it would only be the Hardwick bomb that succeeded, resulting in the injuries detailed. The aide, Langer, IOTL pulled out the box with the bomb the wrong way, which served to disable it and allowed him to warn the police of the distinctive bomb packaging, thus enabling the police to secure them before more could go off. ITTL he is killed and as such it takes a while longer for the police to identify the bombs, with deadly consequences.


    lossless-page1-361px-President_Wilson_1919-bw.tif.png

    Woodrow Wilson, President of the United States

    The American Reaction

    The negotiations between Germany and France proceeded slowly over the course of May 1919, as both sides tried to sniff out weaknesses in their opposing party and lobbed salvoes of terms back and forth through the respective foreign ministers' representatives in Switzerland. The French were extremely eager to secure a ceasefire which would lead to a German withdrawal from French territory and pursued such demands with considerable efforts, while the Germans sought to ensure that they would be able to hold defensive positions during the peace treaty. While initial efforts at getting the Germans to completely vacate French territory were undertaken, Briand was swift to reorient to the reality of the situation.

    Rapid-fire exchanges during the middle of May soon secured the broad outlines of an armistice on Franco-German grounds: All hostilities would come to a halt and the English channel would be reopened to traffic immediately, the Germans would withdraw from their troops from around Nancy, back to the St Mihiel Salient, reoccupying their lines from the previous summer while retaining Verdun, but in general the armistice line would remain as it stood, the two sides would exchange prisoners of war on a one-to-one basis and the Germans would refrain from looting or destroying the infrastructure of the lands under their occupation. An initial grace period of one month would follow in which the location for negotiations, in a neutral country, would be ascertained, and a framework for negotiations would be initiated, whereupon the blockade would come to an end. On the initiation of actual negotiations, the Germans would withdraw from French territory, though maintaining the occupation of Belgium and Luxembourg, and provide a map of all minefields in the region, whereupon the negotiations of the peace treaty would take over (9).

    However, by the time these negotiations neared their end, word that a ceasefire was being negotiated had already begun to leak. The Anglophone Allies were understandably shocked and outraged at the French abandonment of collective negotiations and Wilson found himself under immense pressure from the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War to respond forcefully to French perfidy. Lloyd George, not completely surprised by the French decision to initiate negotiations, was, however, surprised to learn that the French had completely given way on the issue of a continued blockade. In British eyes, particularly once the terms were learned by the Admiralty, this represented a major betrayal of the sacrifices of the British navy and they were swift to protest.

    At the Supreme War Council meeting of 24th May 1919 all of these factors came to a head when the American Permanent Military Representative, General Tasker H. Bliss, demanded that the French representative General Paul Maistre explain French actions in initiating negotiations against the express interests of the Allies collectively. This prompted Maistre to point out the Americans' own negotiations with the Germans, which had been conducted without any input from the other allies. Put on the spot, Bliss replied with anger, launching a verbal counterattack which quickly saw the meeting descend into a shouting match. With tempers running high, General Wilson proposed an adjournment which was briskly accepted by both sides. The council met again the following day. After an initially hopeful start, this meeting too nearly saw relations completely collapse. It was all General Wilson could do to keep the situation under control long enough to adjourn the meeting once more. By the end of May, word had begun to spread, initially as a rumour and later confirmed by Briand, that negotiations for a ceasefire were under way, resulting in considerable French jubilation. However, the public rupture with the Americans and strained relationship with the British had the effect of slowing the negotiations with the Germans while Briand sought to repair the alliance enough to present a united front at the negotiating table.

    Intra-Allied relations had never been as strained as they were in early June, as the thought of defeat breathed life into the pro-war factions and efforts to negotiate an end to the war came under immense pressure. Foremost in these efforts were the Americans on the Committee on Public Information created by President Wilson in order to bolster governmental propaganda efforts. Under the chairmanship of George Creel, a prominent supporter of the President and a noted journalist, the Committee on Public Information had been turned into the premier propaganda machines in the world, with more than twenty departments and considerable foreign reach. While this had initially remained in the realm of information, following the assassination of Clemenceau, Creel had been ordered to establish a division charged with more direct intervention in France in order to obtain information and warn of threats to the American forces on the French home front. This Division of Active Foreign Aid (DAFA) had been instrumental in warning Pershing that American supply lines might come under attack by strikers and that something was underway during the leftist coup against Poincaré.

    The American leadership now turned their attentions to this division in the hope that something might be done to undermine Briand's hold on power sufficiently to force a continuation of the war, which Pershing and other prominent American commanders remained convinced could be won with American arms so long as the French didn't collapse around them. The Division of Active Foreign Aid would eventually come to the decision that freeing Ferdinand Foch presented an opportunity to return France to a pro-war footing provided he was given sufficient support. Determining this mission had too great a likelihood of backfiring, the head of DAFA ordered that an approach be made towards the old Generalissimo without informing his superiors, thus ensuring plausible deniability. While Foch initially seemed interested in the prospect of securing a release, he was outraged when he learned what the Americans had planned for him. In a show of loyalty to the French Nation, he betrayed the plot to his captors who brought it to the attention of Briand. Rather than make public this effort at overthrowing him, Briand instead ordered a meeting with General Bliss and informed him that he would support an end to the war effort, or the attempt at instigating a coup would be made public and France would conclude peace with Germany on its own terms. Bliss, caught unaware of the plot, immediately sought explanation for what had happened while informing President Wilson of the French threat. While DAFA was quietly shuttered and its members returned to America, the President grappled with what to do (10).

    He eventually arranged a meeting with the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War on the 1st of June and placed before them the conundrum facing him, asking for their input. Now aware of the seriousness of the situation, they were eventually able to come to an agreement that negotiating jointly with the French and British was vastly preferable to seeing their alliance crumble in the face of French solitary negotiations, and as such the President was given permission to accede to French demands. By this time the President's health had come under increasing pressure and the stress of the work left many worried for his health. However, even as the President sent a missive to General Bliss authorizing the negotiation of a joint ceasefire with the French and British, events in America returned to the forefront of the President's desk when another series of bombings began.

    On the evening of June 2, 1919, the Galleanists managed to detonate eight large bombs nearly simultaneously in eight U.S. cities. These bombs were much larger than those sent in April, using up to 25 pounds of dynamite, and all were wrapped or packaged with heavy metal slugs designed to act as shrapnel. Addressees included government officials who had endorsed anti-sedition laws and deportation of immigrants suspected of crimes or associated with illegal movements, as well as judges who had sentenced anarchists to prison. One of these bombs targeted Attorney General A. Mitchell Palmer, already the recipient of a mail bomb in April, which went off prematurely killing the bomber Carlo Valdinoci, who was a former editor of the Galleanist publication Cronaca Sovversiva and close associate of Galleani, alongside Associate Secretary of the Navy Franklin Delano Roosevelt and his wife Eleanor, then living across the street from Palmer, as they were walking past the Palmer home. Palmer and his family were shaken by the blast, and the house itself was largely demolished, but they escaped uninjured. Another bomb killed New York City night watchman William Boehner, but beyond that there were no casualties from this second bombing campaign (11).


    Each of the bombs was delivered with several copies of a pink flyer, titled "Plain Words," that read: "War, Class war, and you were the first to wage it under the cover of the powerful institutions you call order, in the darkness of your laws. There will have to be bloodshed; we will not dodge; there will have to be murder: we will kill, because it is necessary; there will have to be destruction; we will destroy to rid the world of your tyrannical institutions." The flyer was later traced to a printing shop operated by two anarchists, Andrea Salsedo, a typesetter and Roberto Elia, a compositor. Salsedo committed suicide, and Elia refused an offer to cancel his deportation proceedings if he would testify about his role in the Galleanist organisation. Unable to secure enough evidence for criminal trials, authorities continued to use the Anarchist Exclusion Act and related statutes to deport known Galleanists.

    Throughout the summer of 1919 the United States would find itself gripped by race riots, lynchings and constant turmoil as mobs turned on African Americans as the most likely population group to respond to Red subversion, in addition to near constant strikes and protests, which grew increasingly bloody. During this period, the American Federation of Labor (AFL) found itself increasingly pushed towards beginning to grant charters to police unions while its membership increasingly pressed support large-scale strikes in the iron and coal industries. In mid-June 1919, barely two weeks after the bombing attack on him and his family, Attorney General Palmer told the House Appropriations Committee that all evidence promised that radicals would "on a certain day...rise up and destroy the government at one fell swoop." He requested an increase in his budget to $2,000,000 from $1,500,000 to support his investigations of radicals, but Congress limited the increase to $1,000,000 (12).

    An initial raid in July 1919 against an anarchist group in Buffalo, New York, achieved little when a federal judge tossed out Palmer's case. He found in the case that the three arrested radicals, charged under a law dating from the Civil War, had proposed transforming the government by using their free speech rights and not by violence. That taught Palmer that he needed to exploit the more powerful immigration statutes that authorized the deportation of alien anarchists, violent or not. To do that, he needed to enlist the cooperation of officials at the Department of Labor since only the Secretary of Labor could issue warrants for the arrest of alien violators of the Immigrations Acts, and only he could sign deportation orders following a hearing by an immigration inspector. On the 1st of August 1919, Palmer named 24-year-old J. Edgar Hoover to head a new division of the Justice Department's Bureau of Investigation, the General Intelligence Division (GID), with responsibility for investigating the programs of radical groups and identifying their members. The situation in America was growing ever more heated and the President found himself under ever greater pressure to resolve the domestic crisis while the foreign struggle raged on.

    Footnotes:

    (9) Working out the premises for the negotiations of a ceasefire where neither side is fully defeated in a Great War context is a difficult matter. The key point for the Germans, in my eyes, is ensuring an end to the blockade and that they hold onto strong defensive positions in France until the negotiations begin, both to strengthen their own ability to negotiate and in order to ensure that the Allies don't suddenly renege on the deal. I also considered including a withdrawal from Italy, but came to the conclusion that I don't think either side would view it as important enough at this point to risk forcing a halt to the negotiations.

    (10) I am aware that this probably isn't the most plausible sequence of events, but I do think that under the circumstances the possibility of something like this happening would be there. The insane growth of the Committee on Public Information would have continued if the Great War had lasted longer and given Creel's OTL efforts at expanding the committee's foreign reach, I really don't think it is too great of a stretch for them to move from information dissemination to more active actions. This is one of the first forays into espionage of this sort in Europe by the Americans and it is conducted by a small and obscure division of the Committee on Public Information, with barely any oversight and a lot of patriotic fervour. With that as the basis, I don't think it is out of the question that someone would think, "Hey, why don't we just restore the guy who wants to keep fighting the war to power?", and launching a halfcocked plan to initiate contact with Foch and break him out of prison.

    (11) FDR and Eleanor Roosevelt were nearly killed in this blast IOTL, passing by the bombing site a few minutes before the explosion. In fact, they lived so close to the blast that pieces of the bomber were discovered on their front porch IOTL. Of course, FDR's death will have major consequences as we move forward, but I think this was the best way of derailing his career and presence in American politics in preparation for later events.

    (12) The greater success of the bombings and the fact that the war is still ongoing means that Palmer gets a great deal more support than IOTL. Specifically, the budget increase IOTL was 100,000 USD, so it constitutes a ten-fold increase from what was available IOTL. This means that there is far more money available for Palmer's anti-Red activities and he has a far better starting point for the construction of a federal law enforcement agency than IOTL.


    359px-Armisticetrain_%28slight_crop%29.jpg

    Signatories of the Armistice

    An Armistice

    With the Americans now on board, Briand began working on securing British acquiescence to the terms of the armistice. Of particular importance to the British was securing a proper understanding of German intentions towards Belgium and Luxembourg, their stance on war guilt and their interests in the Middle East, where there remained some hope that Britain's gains might be secured in order to make up for the sacrifices of the war. With the Allies now broadly in favour of negotiating a ceasefire, they dispatched Foreign Secretary Balfour and Secretary of State Robert Lansing to France, where they would be better able to negotiate the ceasefire while news that negotiations had begun were enough to bring an end to the nearly two-month long 1919 General Strike, at least for the time being. In Zürich, where the ceasefire negotiations were under way, the arrival of American and British representation caused some annoyance among German negotiators, but they pushed forward with the proposal as it stood.

    In response to British inquiries regarding Belgium and Luxembourg, the negotiators were able to secure Allied acceptance of the Treaties of Petrograd and Bucharest in return for a promise to not annex or dominate Belgium and to guarantee that France would lose no land, a major success that brought Kühlmann considerable support in taking a lead for the negotiations, as it had been feared that the already concluded negotiations in the east would have to be brought under review once more. Not particularly pleased with German evasiveness on the Middle East or War Guilt, and under French pressure to accept the current blockade provision, Balfour eventually gave way and accepted the broad outlines for the ceasefire. At the same time a conflict between President Wilson and his Secretary of State Lansing erupted over whether to include the establishment of a League of Nations as a precondition for the negotiations, an issue which was important to Wilson but was viewed by Lansing as a surrender of diplomatic capital for an issue of limited interest to the United States. The row eventually brought in the Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War, who were themselves largely opposed to the broad outlines of Wilson's league, resulting in the committee backing Lansing, much to Wilson's rage. Wilson considered removing Lansing from his post, but was eventually convinced that it would bleed him of too much political capital when he could already expect a major political fight over the peace to erupt. As such, on the morning of 16th of June 1919 Kühlmann, Lansing, Briand and Balfour, alongside British First Sea Lord Admiral Rosslyn Wemyss, General Tasker H. Bliss, French General Maurice Sarrail, German Major General Detlof von Winterfeldt and Austro-Hungarian Field Marshal Konrad von Hötzendorf, met at Zürich's Town Hall and signed the Armistice of 16th June 1919, to come into effect at 16:00, and brought an end to the nearly five years of brutal warfare that had consumed the world.

    As men on either side counted down the hours to the start of the armistice, the heavy guns continued sporadically firing and the sound of gunfire could still be heard. However, as clocks across the front hit 16:00, the Front turned silent for the first time in five years. Along the long line, from the Channel to the Alps, it would take until the morning of the 17th before celebrations began to spread through the soldiers on the front. Spontaneous eruptions of cheers were reported up and down the frontline, while word of the ceasefire was delivered to the home fronts.

    In Germany a sense of immense relief led to joyous celebrations as the years of hardship seemed near an end, while in Paris the city was engulfed in delirious excitement at the prospect of the war coming to an end. In Britain, on the other hand, the news was greeted more cautiously and it was here that celebrations came to an end the earliest as the prospect of an empowered Germany began to sink in. The British government did what it could to lighten the mood and sought to push the narrative that this was not a defeat, merely a ceasefire between two unbeaten forces. The reaction in America was nowhere near as restrained. The prospect of having paid so dearly in a conflict that left the world imperiled by both Prussian Militarism and the insidiousness of Russian Socialism left many angrily demanding answer from their governments. Dozens of riots erupted and anti-war congregations celebrating the ceasefire were attacked on dozens of occasions by angry mobs. Efforts at restoring peace would consume much of June and would see curfews instituted in several cities where the situation was believed to be most critical. President Wilson came under considerable attack from Congress and in the media, as the sickly Theodore Roosevelt rose from his malarial sickbed to fiercely denounce President Wilson's handling of the entire conflict. Talk of impeachment made the rounds in the Halls of Congress, but were eventually discarded, although the rancor faced by the President was growing daily.

    While preparing travel to Europe so that he could meet with Briand and Lloyd George, President Wilson found himself called before a joint session of Congress to answer to the conduct of the war. Presenting himself on the 3rd of July 1919, Wilson found himself bombarded by a litany of accusations and demands, which he was left hard pressed to answer for the first hour of the session. Finally well and truly angered, Wilson launched into a fiery defence of his actions and placed considerable blame on Congress' own handling of the conflict and their constant intervention in the war effort. Reaching a crescendo half an hour into the speech, Wilson suddenly collapsed. Medical aid was rushed to the president who was swiftly conducted to the nearest hospital and given what aid was possible, but it soon became clear that the President had suffered a massive stroke which left him completely incapacitated. There was little Wilson's supporters could do to prevent what followed. In short order, the Vice President, Thomas R. Marshall, was called on to assume the president's duties as Acting President of the United States until the president's condition could be clarified. Once Wilson's doctors had determined the extent of his injury and his inability to handle the pressures of the office, Thomas Marshall found himself called before another Joint Session of Congress to take the oath of office - becoming the 29th President of the United States - on the 6th of July 1919 (13).

    Following the establishment of a ceasefire on the 16th, the negotiations on a location for the treaty conference became the paramount issue under discussion. While both sides agreed that the negotiations must be undertaken in a neutral country, there was quite significant disagreement on where that might be. While Switzerland, specifically Zürich or Geneva, was initially considered as a possible location for the negotiations, this option eventually fell through under British influence, who felt that they would be at a disadvantage in either of the proposed locations, and instead proposed Spain as a potential location for the negotiations. This gained considerable support from the French, while the Americans remained hesitant, but was eventually refused by the Germans on account of the Spanish internment of German troops during the war, its location between two Allied belligerents and the fact that the country was experiencing considerable political turmoil at the time. This prompted the Americans to suggest Stockholm, but all of the long-time belligerents were leery of the city's association with the previous Socialist-led effort at negotiating a peace conference there.

    After some back and forth, the German and British negotiators both proposed Denmark as the preferred location for negotiation, a suggestion that eventually secured American and French support under intense British pressure. Denmark had both remained a neutral party during the war, though leaning towards the Germans, and had long trade relations with both the British and Germans, making it the ideal compromise between the two sides. The Danish Foreign Minister, Erik Scavenius, arrived in Zürich on the 12th of July 1919 where he accepted the suggestion that Denmark would serve as the location for this momentous conference, with all sides agreeing to meet on the 1st of September 1919 to begin the Copenhagen Treaty Conference (14).

    Denmark took the reins for the proceedings from here, enjoying the sudden influx of American and British goods that they could sell on to the countries of the Baltic, including to the Germans, at a considerable premium. Immense sums of money were made by Danish middlemen while the trade barriers of the war remained in place, further boosting the already rapidly growing Danish economy. During the war years, one of the most comprehensive welfare states in the world had been steadily constructed in an effort at ensuring national stability in a period of intense military and revolutionary chaos, with the result that Denmark secured one of the richest societies of the war and post-war periods. Using their stability to the utmost, Denmark was able to secure major foreign investments in the immediate aftermath of the war, being viewed as a stable platform from which to interact with Eastern Europe by American banks, even as they were preparing to host the negotiations for the conclusion of the Great War.

    Footnotes:

    (13) IOTL President Wilson had his stroke a few months later while campaigning to secure support for the League of Nations. ITTL he has been under considerably greater strain than IOTL and as a result his health takes a major hit. With constant bombings, a considerably harder war, constant strikes and demonstrations as well as the rampage of the Spanish Flu and constant struggle with the Joint Committee, it all finally gets to be too much. In contrast to OTL where Wilson's wife was able to hide the President away for the remainder of his presidency and prevented his replacement with Marshall, ITTL the situation is quite different. The public nature of Wilson's stroke means that his incapacitation becomes public knowledge immediately and Marshall therefore becomes president ITTL. This has the effect of changing American priorities in the treaty negotiations and a variety of other things related to other policy matters.

    (14) I honestly wasn't aware of Kaiserreich ending their Great War with a Copenhagen Conference when I decided on using the location. I am Danish and there are pretty good reasons for why Copenhagen could be used as a more neutral location to negotiate peace, which is why I chose to use it for TTL. I debated changing it, but I have a number of factors I plan to tie into the Copenhagen Conference so I decided to keep it. I will admit that I have a somewhat shameless tendency to wank my tiny home country, but I try to keep it plausible when I do, and Denmark has such a small size that its impact is often pretty limited on the world around it.


    Summary:

    The anti-war French topple the pro-war government of Poincaré and imprison Generalissimo Foch to the great consternation of their allies.

    Germany makes its first diplomatic approach towards a ceasefire, only to have it thrown back in their face by the Americans to considerable Allied anger.

    The French and Germans negotiate a ceasefire agreement in secret - until it is leaked and the Allies are eventually forced to participate. America experiences considerable turmoil as bombings and strikes plague them.

    The Armistice of 16th July 1919 is negotiated while Wilson sickens and is replaced by his Vice President. An agreement to negotiate the peace treaty in Copenhagen is reached.

    End Note:

    There you have it! Fifteen updates covering just over two years of events to bring a conclusion to the Great War. We have a narrative update next, but after that we have an entire update dedicated to the Copenhagen Conference. There are a lot of things happening here and I have worked hard to try and piece everything together as plausibly as possible. Let me know your thoughts, I am really looking forward to hearing your thoughts on not only events in this update, but everything leading up to it and what you imagine the post-war world will look like.
     
    Last edited:
    Narrative Five: Peace in Our Time? & A Surprising Offer
  • Peace in our Time?

    393px-Erik_Scavenius.jpg

    Erik Scavenius, Foreign Minister of Denmark
    Late-Afternoon, 19th July 1919
    Storchen Zürich Hotel (1), Weinplatz, Zürich, Switzerland


    Erik had spent the better part of the last week ensuring that the fragile ceasefire would hold long enough for the conference in Copenhagen to begin. To say he was tired of listening to the constant backbiting would be an underestimate.

    He now reclined in a sinfully soft chair, trying to unwind from the near conflagration he had just barely put to rest that morning.

    Apparently, one of the American aides had thought it a good idea to provoke a German military attaché and had barely escaped with his life. The resultant squabble had nearly ended the American presence at the negotiations later that day.

    While he had been able to finesse that near-crisis, he had been left to listen to the constant unrealistic back and forth for hours on end after that. One moment the war was Germany's fault, the next it was Russia or Serbia's. Hell, someone idiot had even suggested that the British intervention and resultant expansion of the initial conflict should be viewed as the culprit.

    God damn all populists and nationalists. It was difficult enough dealing with proper politicians who were able to stay rational and act according to decorum, but the rabble-rousers had no sense of the right way of doing things (2).

    Over the last couple of days, a debate over who should be allowed representation at Copenhagen had nearly led to another breakdown in negotiations when the Allies insisted that the various national liberation groups they had been sponsoring during the war be allowed representation at the conference, in response to the Central Powers' demanding that the regimes they had established in the east be given seating.

    It seemed never ending. At last, Scavenius had resolved that particular pickle by granting the national liberation groups the option to appear as observers and petitioners, but without a say in the negotiations, in contrast to the eastern European states established in the Treaty of Petrograd, which the Allies had already recognised as independent states.

    The howls of protest had left him with a deep and abiding headache.

    At least he was leaving soon, to prepare for the Conference. He groaned.

    Why did he agree to this again? Something about serving the nation and bringing peace to the world, if he remembered correctly from his speech on the 13th.

    They are worse than children, he thought sourly. At least with a child, you might expect and understand their irrationality, and if they didn't listen you could smack them on the head.

    An irrational bubbling giggle growing out of his belly nearly burst forth as he imagined slapping Prime Minister Briand on the back of his head, the top-hat falling off his face and Briand's face crumbling into childish tears.

    At least the Germans were halfway tolerable most of the time, as had been his experience when he worked in Berlin a decade ago. Stubborn, arrogant and absolutely obsessed with everything going precisely as planned, but tolerable. The Americans were loud, obnoxious and seemed half-way upset that they hadn't gotten stuck deeper into the quagmire of war before it ended. Lately there had been stories about bombings and riots near-constantly from that quarter, the madmen (3).

    The French were as arrogant as the Germans but at least seemed to understand the seriousness of the situation and wanted any forward progress they could get on the negotiations. The less said about the British, the better. The absolute hypocrisy of perfidious Albion - trying to starve good, godly Danes to death. Oh yes, Denmark knew well the treachery of the British mind (3).

    First they bombarded Copenhagen, burning it to the ground, before stealing Norway and giving it to the Swedes, the damn Swedes! Then they convinced the idiot nationalists that Britain would protect them as they brought the southern duchies to order, only to let Prussia trample all over Denmark's sovereignty and steal good loyal Danes from their natural homeland (4).

    No, the British were never to be trusted. Trust them just once and they would pounce.

    God, he looked forward to when all of this was done and everything settled down again. Maybe he could even get everyone to do something about the ravenous Red Russian hordes when the conference ended. Leaving something that infectious about really was an invitation for it to spread.

    Footnotes:

    (1) The Storchen on Zürich’s Weinplatz is a real hotel which had by this point been in service for more than 560 years. It would have been one of the best places for the delegates negotiating the ceasefire and follow-on negotiations to relax during interludes in the otherwise constant meetings.

    (2) Scavenius is noted for absolutely loathing nationalists and populists, most prominently when he opposed a nationalist push at the Paris Conference to extend Denmark all the way south to its pre-1863 borders, because of the majority German population in the southern reaches of the duchies. He was a descendant of a pretty old noble family and was an elitist of the first order. He absolutely hated when people acted less than rational in their negotiations, one of the reasons he disliked nationalists and populists.


    (3) Keep in mind this is just Scavenius' read of the situation and primary actors. It bears mentioning that IOTL Scavenius was a Germanophile, who leaned strongly towards Germany and away from the British. He held many of his postings in Germany as a diplomat and during the Great War supported a German-leaning neutral position.

    (4) Again, this isn't exactly a completely fair reading of the situation, but it should give a good idea of why Scavenius isn't exactly enamoured with Britain. There is a considerable Anglophile clique of Danish diplomats, but Scavenius is not a part of that faction and he is going to play the primary position during the coming negotiations. Although he prides himself with being able to put aside his own biases, so don't expect his distrust of Britain to have too many effects.

    A Surprising Offer

    640px-Anastasia_Nikolaevna_in_captivity_at_Tobolsk.jpg

    Grand Duchess Anastasia Romanova in San Francisco
    Evening, 4th February 1920
    Port of San Francisco, San Francisco, United States of America


    Anastasia sat quietly atop her luggage, waiting to disembark the cramped ship onto the San Francisco docks.

    She wasn't quite sure how to feel about everything that had happened since her father fell from power nearly three years ago.

    Her incompetent father was dead. Arrogant mother was dead. Weak uncle was dead. Beloved sisters were dead. Only A of OTMA was now left (1). Her sweet brother was dead. Her young cousins were dead.

    She was all that was left of the true Romanov clan excepting poor Grandmama in Crimea under the German. Now even that boorish idiot cousin Kirill was claiming that he was the rightful heir to Michael.

    It would be up to her now, she knew that with a deep and abiding certainty. Her life was given to the cause of Restoration, and only when her family sat the throne of Peter the Great, Nikolai Pavlovich and Ivan Grozny once more would she be able to rest (2).

    She would learn from those who came before her. Remember that feeling of helplessness as she was left to stew in her terror, while men without talent ruled her life. Understand her enemies and allies, to best use that knowledge for the furtherance of the Cause.

    "Miss," said a young man in navy uniform, "We are ready to disembark, there are some men waiting for you on the docks."

    Anastasia spent a second wondering if she should tell him that she was properly titled a Grand Duchess, but decided against it on second thought. "Thank you, sir, could you help me with the luggage?" She asked, with a quiet smile that left the sailor blushing and grinning. "'Course I can, Miss." She nearly grimaced. Maybe her first thought had been the right one.

    She got to her feet and walked towards the landing, the smitten sailor trailing behind with her bags.

    "This is very heavy, if I may beg your pardon, what do you have in here, Gold and Gems?" he japed.

    Anastasia felt a smirk sneak its way across her face before she answered him, looking behind her to answer. "Why yes, how did you know? You are dragging about the Crown Jewels of Russia, my good sir." she replied cheekily.

    She saw the sailor grin for a moment before she walked on, reaching the landing and starting down to the docks, the sailor to her rear.


    ---

    When she got off the ship she was met by two armed men who briskly welcomed her and told her to follow them to her temporary accommodations.

    After half an hour of travel through San Francisco, they finally arrived at a hotel, where she was directed to a room and told to prepare herself for visitors.

    Anastasia was not particularly pleased with how everything had played out so far, but knew that the meeting to come might prove important.


    Two hours later there was a knocking on the door and a short, intense-looking man with a bushy moustache entered. "Grand Duchess Anastasia Nikolaevna, it is an honor." He said, genuflecting with seeming hesitance (3), "I asked to meet you the moment I heard you were coming to America, Your Highness. My name is Boris Savinkov, and I hope that we might work together to restore order to the Motherland."

    Anastasia hissed, nearly sending Savinkov onto his ass, and reached for the knife she had kept strapped to her leg since she and Olga left the cloister more than a year before.

    Before she knew what she was doing, she had the knife to Savinkov's neck. "Give me one reason I shouldn't cut your throat," She asked through gritted teeth, "A single one".

    Savinkov's eyes flickered in every which direction for a moment before he leaned forward into the blade.

    "Kill me, and you lose your best hope at vengeance." He sneered back at her.

    Anastasia tilted her head in thought. She had seen that look in the eyes before, in her own.With a brisk nod, she drew away the blade and got back into her seat. "Acceptable." She said quietly, "Take a seat, please, and tell me precisely what you would have of me. Mind, I do not take kindly to someone wasting my time," She continued, as she indicated the chair across from her (4).

    Boris, clearly still wary, took a seat before grunting satisfactorily to himself, "That should do it."

    He took a moment to clear his mind before launching into the reason he had originally come, though with more of a glint of admiration in his eyes this time.

    "I know that I have caused your family harm in the past and supported a man unworthy of my aid. However, I truly believe that we must find some way of working together in order to spare our great nation the dishonour it has been done these past years."

    "I have tried to reason with the damn Americans, but all they see is a one-time socialist asking for American aid to Russia. They are never going to listen to anything I have to say." He glared into empty air for a moment before continuing, "I do not know if you are aware of it, but those who might favor our cause have been speaking of you constantly since word of what happened in Irkutsk spread, and I think that if you were to go to these people, you might get better results than I."

    Anastasia sat for a moment, tapping her nails against the wooden arm of the chair in a rat-tat-tat, thinking through what approach to take before she spoke.

    "If what you say is true, why would I need you?" she asked, going for bluntness, "As you yourself said, they would listen to me and would give me that aid even without you."

    Savinkov let a grin slip. "Are you aware of the bounty that has been offered on your head?" He asked, "It is more than a dozen times what has been offered for mine, and you have at least as many people baying for your blood here as you would have anywhere else you might turn for refuge. I can offer protection and whatever guidance you should ask for. I am at your service, Grand Duchess, should you accept it."

    "You will understand if I am skeptical of your good wishes, I hope? It seems an odd turn for you to take. You should have more than enough support to form your own faction. Why subordinate yourself to me, when you would have gladly murdered me in my sleep fifteen years ago?"

    "Is a man not allowed his youthful follies?" He asked with laughter in his voice, "I could, as you say, form my own faction, but what good would that do? I would never be able to secure the sort of support that would have any meaningful impact on the fate of Mother Russia. I can set my ego aside in favour of the Cause, as so many others before me." He said with quiet seriousness. "Should you but permit me to."

    Anastasia weighed him up. Around forty years old, not unhandsome, seeming imbued with a manic sort of energy. It might work, she thought to herself.

    "Very well." She she got to her feet and stretched out a hand to Savinkov, "Make your pledge."

    Surprised at the quick turnaround, Boris got to a knee and took her hand, swearing the first oath to come to his mind.

    "I vow to give my life and death to your cause, Grand Duchess, and to work towards furthering whatever goal you should make your own with every measure of my being. I pledge you my loyalty from now unto death."

    Anastasia felt a surge of pleasure on hearing the pledge, but kept her face blank and voice hard.

    "I accept your pledge and bid you rise, to do my bidding in the world at large, as we strive to further the Cause of Russia."

    Footnotes:

    (1) A quick note, Anastasia didn't actually see Olga get killed - but believes her to be so and as such refers to as being dead.


    (2) These should help give you an idea of what Tsars Anastasia looks up to and views as quintessentially the best of Russian rulers. She would ordinarily add Catherine the Great to that list, but she views her as too liberal in outlook to really idolise.

    (3) I don't think Savinkov would have genuflected at any point in his life up until this point, so he is a bit uncertain about his actions here. In general, when both Anastasia and Savinkov try to draw on some of the dramatic gestures and languages of nobility and monarchy, they are basically making it up as they go. Anastasia wasn't really old enough to take notice of much of this stuff before the war and during the war and revolutionary period all of this stuff would have been up in the air. The reign of Michael II is the last thing she wants to mimic, so she freestyles to match Savinkov.

    (4) Anastasia isn't exactly the most stable person around and has seen and done plenty of horrible stuff to survive already, so I hope it makes sense that she would seem a bit murderously mercurial. That said, Savinkov came to infamy originally for several assassinations of Tsarist officials, so this shouldn't be too much of an overreaction.

    End Note:

    Erik Scavenius is mostly just annoyed at dumb foreigners and populists who got caught up in the war fever and are now asking him to fix everything. IOTL Scavenius has a very controversial reputation for his role as head of the occupied government of Denmark during the Second World War, but he was undoubtedly an extremely talented politician and diplomat who was rising rapidly in Radikale Venstre - the Social Radical Party of Denmark, who were in government at the time and doing a damn good job of it if can reveal my political biases.

    I will be honest and say I really enjoy writing Anastasia, she is such a fascinating character to work with. She is still young, at eighteen years old, but is definitely a hardened survivor already. This marks the beginning of her actual story and she will slowly grow in importance as we move forward. Teaming her up with Savinkov seemed like too great an opportunity to miss. I think I might be stretching plausibility a bit here, but I do think that Savinkov has shown a willingness to swap from fanatic support of one position to another, IOTL from a violent SR assassin and terrorist to a fanatical supporter of Kornilov's right wing push. I don't think he was actually all that invested in Kornilov himself IOTL or ITTL, but more with his ideological position, so I think that once Anastasia and Savinkov get to working together there should be a considerable degree of synergy.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Sixteen: The Copenhagen Peace Conference
  • The Copenhagen Peace Conference

    f1.highres

    Kings of Scandinavia - Haakon VII of Norway, Gustav V of Sweden and Christian X of Denmark Meet Prior to The Copenhagen Conference

    The Struggles of Accommodation

    The prospect of hosting the conference to end the Great War was both an honour and a nuisance for the Danish state, which would have preferred to remain at a remove from the conflict where they would be able to continue profiting from their neutrality. However, now that they were hosting the conference, they would use the opportunity to secure whatever gains they could. The discussion over where to hold the negotiations consumed a week, eventually settling on the fittingly named Fredensborg Slot, translating as Peace's Palace, in north-eastern Zealand ,where the King of Denmark and his family would host the primary delegations. This would remove the delegates from the hustle and bustle of Copenhagen while allowing closer oversight by the Danes of the individual delegations, better ensuring their safety and removing distractions from the discussions. Not inconveniently, it also gave the Danish Foreign Ministry a greater ability to learn what each combatant was there to achieve.

    A discussion on who would attend the conference would consume most of the time leading up to the 1st of September, with considerable disagreements over colonial movements, national movement and particularly Russian factional representation. It was eventually settled that once the meat of the negotiations had been completed, the conference would grant these movements a voice at the conference should they so choose, a major concession on the part of the European combatants to an American request. This was not particularly welcomed by the European belligerents, who grew even more annoyed when the Danish delegation decided to call on their fellow neutral nations to provide representation as a counterweight to the two sides, and to serve as guarantors of the peace. In effect, this was meant to considerably strengthened Denmark's hand at the negotiations and prevented either the Allies nor the Central Powers from completely cutting them out of the negotiations.

    During this period, the Danish government was in near constant deliberations over how to handle the negotiations and how to deal with the cost of such a major undertaking as the conference represented. In the end, the conference participants would be asked to provide three quarters of the cost of the conference, equally distributed between the two sides, while the Danish state absorbed the remainder. This was an issue which would cause some political infighting, but was eventually accepted by the Danish public and political establishment. On the warm and sunny morning of 1st of September 1919, King Christian X of Denmark welcomed the assembled delegations, numbering around a dozen major and more than sixty minor delegations from across the globe, to the royal Autumn Residence at Fredensborg and gave a rousing speech calling for the negotiations here to serve as the end of the horrific war which had gripped the world for so long and to keep in mind their duty to humankind to ensure that nothing like this ever happen again. With this done, the King turned over the conference to Foreign Minister Erik Scavenius, marking the start of the Copenhagen Conference.

    Before the Conference began, the Central Powers had been through an intensive period of internal deliberation on how to approach the negotiations. At this series of meetings it quickly became clear that Germany remained the most powerful partner in the alliance by a great deal. Thus, there were a number of issues an prioritizations that needed to be clarified before the conference, often dominated by German decisions. The first issue, and likely among the most critical, was where to place the blame for the war other than one of the Central Powers. Discussion initially turned on whether to place any blame on the western Allies, but with the German wish to conclude the conflict as soon as possible there emerged a broad consensus in favour of placing the onus of the conflict primarily on Serbia. While blaming Russia was considered, it was felt that this would destabilise the Russian situation further and might well turn the Russian Whites against the Central Powers.

    Another key area of discussion centred on the Balkan settlement, with a variety of options considered, while the contentious nature of the issue often left the three lesser parties at odds with each other over the issue. Central to this disagreement were the overlapping territorial ambitions of the Ottomans, Bulgarians and Austro-Hungarians. Eventually it would prove to be German mediation that resolved most of this issue, with Bulgaria abandoning its claims to eastern Thrace, having already secured the Dobruja. They would additionally participate in the partitioning of Serbia and Montenegro with Austria and the German puppet Principality of Albania. Under this agreement, northern Serbia was incorporated in the Austro-Hungarian Empire while Kosovo, a swathe of Albanian-speaking southern Serbia and Montenegro would be absorbed by Albania while the remainder of southern Serbia, including the important province of Macedonia, would fall under Bulgarian sovereignty. While the expansion of the Albanian Principality caused considerable tensions with the Austro-Hungarians and Bulgarians, the Germans were eventually able to convince the two that they would be unable to deal with the inclusion of these regions given the present instability both were experiencing. There were indications from Bulgarian side that they might want to push for complete control of Macedonia, including the parts under Greek control, but this proposal was eventually sidelined under German and Austro-Hungarian pressure.

    Debates over the Middle East also consumed a great deal of time and effort as the discussions over what to do with the lands lost to the British and Arabs in the region , as well as what to do with Turkish claims in northern Persia and in the Aegean. After some back and forth, the Ottomans eventually agreed to accept the loss of their southern territories if necessary as long as they could secure control of the occupied sections of northern Persia (1). This turned the discussion to Italy, where a debate over how to handle that kingdom raged up until barely a couple days before the conference. The primary issue under discussion was whether the Austro-Hungarians wanted to annex any part of Italy, a prospect they considered for a while before it was discarded, given the already burdensome expansion they had agreed to in the south. With Germany the sole colonial power of the Central Powers, they were given broad leeway and support for any actions they might want to undertake in Africa and Asia. By the time the Central Powers met at the Copenhagen Conference, they were thus largely in alignment and ready to embark on a long struggle to secure their gains and reduce their losses.

    While the Central Powers' pre-Conference deliberations had proceeded rather smoothly, with a single dominant power acting as adjudicator, the Allied efforts at coordination would prove considerably more challenging. Meeting in Paris, Lloyd George, Prime Minister Briand and President Marshall all arrived to determine the best way of approaching the coming conference. Over the course of August, with considerable support from their large teams of negotiators, the Allied leaders sought to find common ground for the negotiations to come. A few key points of agreement were established early on, including the continued independence of Belgium, or at the very least a refusal to accept German annexation of Belgium, no annexation of French lands by the Germans, the end of the Central Powers' occupation of Italy and a refusal to accept any Allied war guilt.

    Having already conceded acceptance of the German Eastern settlement, the Allies next bandied about the potential of war guilt, or at least material compensation from the Central Powers for their losses. This was an issue of particular importance to the French, who would find it extremely difficult to rebuild their devastated country without recompense for the damage done to northern France and its peoples. It was eventually determined that this would prove a major point of the effort for the Allies, with fears that without some sort of financial compensation France might collapse economically and drag down the remaining Allied Powers with it. American and British goals centred primarily on reopening trade across the European continent and most importantly, some way of dealing with the immense costs accrued during the war.

    At the same time, Briand sought to secure the continuation of the war-time alliance in some shape or form in order to secure their eastern border from German encroachment. While the British weren't particularly interested in such a major commitment to the continent, the threat of German aggression remained a constant worry, resulting in a preliminary agreement by Lloyd George to support a continuation of the alliance. The Americans were not nearly as sanguine. The United States had a strongly isolationist streak, and President Marshall had at times held to those ideals himself, with the prospect of entanglement in European affairs on the level of a formal post-war alliance seeming a high ask and something Marshall was uncertain he would be able to clear with the US Congress. However, he did accept a looser agreement to provide aid in France's time of need should it be asked of them and promised American economic cooperation to help rebuild the devastated French economy.

    The issues of how to deal with Greece, Italy, the Middle East, Africa and the Pacific all posed considerably greater challenges than the Allies had initially thought it might, with fears of Greek territorial losses to Bulgaria or the Ottoman Empire prompting a promise to guarantee Greek territorial integrity. However, the most contentious issue to emerge prior to the conference came from the Sino-Japanese squabble over German territories in the Pacific region, eventually leading to Allied support of Japanese claims should it become a relevant issue, much to the outrage of the Chinese delegation. Importantly, President Wilson's conception of a League of Nations was not addressed in anything more than the broadest of terms, and when it occurred, it was as part of Briand's efforts to secure protection from Britain and the United States through a defensive league, rather than an international neutral body, as had been envisioned by President Wilson. With numerous issues still up in the air the Allies were forced to end their deliberations early in order to make it to Copenhagen on time for the Conference (2).

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is largely based on the OTL interests and focus of the CUP and Ottoman Empire during the war. They were far more concerned with securing their Pan-Turkic dreams than some Arab infested desert to the south. Outside of controlling the Holy Cities, or at least ensuring they remain in Muslim hands, there really isn't much of interest to them in the region, and as such they turn their focus firmly to the Caucasus and north-western Persia.

    (2) IOTL the Paris Conference to negotiate the Versailles Treaty lasted from January to June for the first treaty with the Germans, and longer for the others. However, the important part to note is that all the negotiations and infighting at Versailles happened between the various Allies, and demonstrates the considerable disagreements they exhibited on a number of issues. In fact, IOTL the Allies were so exhausted by their internal deliberations in this period that they presented what had been meant to be the starting point for negotiations to the Germans as a take-it-or-leave-it deal, forcing their compliance alongside the other Central Powers, resulting in a far harsher treaty than anyone had really expected at the ceasefire. The fact is, all those disagreements are present ITTL as well, and here the Allies have barely a month to get things in order, with President Marshall arriving on the scene with next to no idea about what is going on, having been excluded from almost all war deliberations by Wilson as IOTL up till he was sworn in as President.


    f1.highres

    Delegates Meeting For The First Day of The Copenhagen Conference

    Three Councils Meeting

    The number of states represented and the variety of people demanding to be heard were an inevitable result of the expansion of the diplomatic map, both geographically and in the subjects worthy of international concern. The future architects of the peace remained sensitive to the public mood. Unlike those who met at Vienna a century before, the leaders of the majority of the participating states were elected representatives, responsive and responsible to mass electorates or faced considerable public pressure at the negotiations. There were many who believed that, for the first time in Europe’s history, the peoples’ voices would be heard in the corridors of power. Well over 700 press correspondents eager for news added to the confusion, despite none of the official delegations having given thought to the problem of satisfying the media’s thirst for information. This issue would eventually find itself resolved by the Danes with a series of press conferences and a press schedule for a media presence during select sessions of the negotiations.

    The conference itself was constructed around a series of councils of five representatives from each side and a neutral mediator, primarily Danish, but there would also be Norwegian, Swedish, Spanish and Swiss negotiators in this position, each of whom brought a large number of aides and advisors to the negotiations, with each council occurring one after the other to address each issue under discussion one by one. Once a council had reached tentative agreement, the various representatives of smaller powers and movements would be allowed to present their individual cases on the issues under discussion in that council. At the conclusion of an individual council, the agreed on points would be laid out for inclusion in the final treaty while any major points of contention were set aside for the time being - to be resolved at the end of the conference as part of finalizing the treaty document. Throughout this period, the lead representatives at the negotiations for either side would continually debate and discuss individual issues internally in an effort at ensuring that a jointly acceptable message was conveyed.

    With the Danish interest in ensuring that their neutrality remained inviolate in the negotiations, every draft, minutes of a meeting and other documents from the negotiations were copied and secured in an archive to ensure that every decision could be documented. The councils were aligned thus: first the issue of war guilt would be settled, to ensure that everyone was on the same page as to this issue. This would be followed by a council on the establishment of a League of Nations, a motion pushed forward by peace movements in many of the belligerent countries, and with a considerable degree of support amongst the neutral powers, with its charter to be examined in detail. The issues of the Benelux and Franco-German region would be discussed next, with all territorial as well as diplomatic and trade concessions to be cleared, whereafter the Italian situation would be dealt with. This would, in turn, be followed by a council on the Balkans, with the aim of ending the region's instability a primary goal, and after that the Middle East would become the focus of the next council. From there the councils would cover colonial affair, primarily in Africa and the Pacific, before turning to financial and trade relations, as well as the issues in order to ensure the reconstruction of Europe as swiftly as possible. Then a new council would turn its efforts to the Russian Civil War and how to respond to the growing revolutionary threat to the nations of the world. Once these nine separate councils had come to an end, the entirety of the agreement would be pieced together and reviewed with whatever issues which remained to be discussed being resolved as far as possible before the treaty was signed to end the Great War (3).

    The issue of who was to blame for the eruption of the Great War would prove a provocative start to the negotiations. Despite the American promises of economic assistance, the likelihood of France surviving the economic calamity they had undergone remained extremely uncertain. As such, the Allies hoped to secure some form of monetary compensation from the Central Powers for the sheer scale of the devastation wrought to the French countryside from five years of uninterrupted warfare. The American and British fear was that if the French economy collapsed under the pressure of reconstruction, it could well trigger a wave of defaults, first in France, but then spreading to Britain and eventually America. If this were to happen, the Anglophone leaders feared that their own populations might well turn towards revolution, maybe even under German or Russian auspices, for it was not as though Germany had shown itself reluctant to use revolutionaries against their rivals so far. Their hope was thus that Germany might be made to pay a sum to help prop up the French economy long enough for it to recover, in return they thought themselves willing to accept considerable concessions.


    However, for Germany to accept such a settlement would imply that the onus of the war lay with Germany or the wider Central Powers, a suggestion that met with immense resistance from all of the Central Powers. The subject matter grew increasingly heated over the course of early September, as the disagreements festered. It was under these circumstances that the Danish arbiter, Erik Scavenius, intervened with a suggestion that might bypass the entire matter. Based on knowledge of the Central Powers' wider aims, revealed by his friends in the German delegation, Scavenius was able to incorporate their hoped-for candidate for war guilt in a proposal that would allow for the propping up of the French economy. After all, neither the Danish nor the German governments had any interest in a revolutionary French state, or any other in Europe, particularly given the presence of revolutionary Russia already causing considerable instability across Europe.

    This suggestion amounted to throwing Serbia under the bus in the name of peace. In effect, the Allies would agree to Serbia holding primary responsibility for the Great War. However, rather than characterise the major Allies as sharing in this war guilt, they were portrayed as a wronged party, dragged into a war against their better interests, and as such as deserving of compensation as any of the Central Powers. As the instigator of the calamity, Serbia would thus cease to exist, its territories split between the Central Powers. However, as part of the compensation owed to the western Allied powers, the Central Powers who participated in this annexation would pay Serbia's compensation on their behalf. Thus, it was not the Central Powers paying reparations, since they held no blame for the war, but was rather the Central Powers conveying the war reparations payed by Serbia to the Allied powers for dragging them into the war (4).

    While the Allies had mixed opinions on the proposal, it would prove to be the best deal available. President Marshall initially protested that this was in breach with everything America had joined the war to prevent. However, Marshall was eventually talked around by the European leaders who, after playing on Marshall's relative inexperience with foreign affairs to secure his approval of the matter through obfuscation and diplomatic double-talk, eventually led Marshall to hand over leadership of the negotiations to his Secretary of State Robert Lansing in frustration. Marshall would remain at a remove from the negotiations, setting up base in London wherefrom he hoped to better deal with both domestic American affairs and the Copenhagen negotiations at a shorter remove (5).

    The British were hesitant about accepting the deal as well, and for a time pushed for Germany to acknowledge their wrongdoing in the invasion of Belgium, but were eventually talked around by French pleas to stop anything that might prevent France securing this vital source of financing, Briand playing on Lloyd George's fear of a French collapse. The details of the reparations would take a while to work out, occurring while the rest of the conference pressed on, but in the end they would agree to a sum commensurate to five times Serbia's annual GDP spread between the Central Powers to be paid over the course of a decade, Germany, Austria-Hungary and Bulgaria each undertaking to pay a third of the compensation. Thus, by the 24th of September 1919 the matter of war guilt had been resolved at the broadest level, debates over the specific language of the treaty on this particular issue continuing for several months more in the backrooms of Fredensborg.

    Having already begun work on the Balkan settlement at the war guilt council, it was decided that with much of the Balkan issues at least partially addressed, that the Balkan Council might as well be the next topic for discussion, delaying the planned discussion of a League of Nations. With the dismemberment of Serbia already agreed upon, the focus turned to Greece and the Aegean. First of all, the Dodecanese Islands were returned to the Ottomans, a decision which would prove a minor point to the Italians by the end of the conference, who found themselves on the wrong side of either belligerent coalition. However, as the debate turned to Greece, the discussion came to hinge primarily on the recently overthrown Greek monarch Constantine I and the government of Prime Minister Venizelos.

    At the heart of the matter lay the way in which Venizelos had secured ultimate power over Greece through a coup against his monarch, replacing him with the King's second son Alexander, who was left nearly powerless. The Greek delegation found itself defending their government against a Constantinian return to power with considerable ferocity, provoking a great deal of back and forth on the issue between the Great Powers. However, in this instance the British held firm, and were able to secure proper Allied backing for their position due to the perceived vital importance of not surrendering the Balkans entirely to the Central Powers. Under considerable pressure, the Central Powers eventually gave way on the issue, though they were able to secure the promise of monetary compensation for King Constantine and permission for him to return to Greece as a private figure on having signed a declaration of abdication. Additionally, Venizelos was forced to end the seclusion of Alexander, with the monarchical Central Powers wanting to ensure that Alexander was allowed to exercise his constitutional rights as Hellenic monarch. However, in return for these concessions, the Protocol of Corfu, which allowed autonomous rule for the Greek-speaking Northern Epirotes in Albania, was restored and guaranteed by the powers at the Copenhagen Conference.

    It was at this point in time that news of the German diplomatic coup in Russia, securing the Don White abandonment of the Allies in favour of Central Power patronage, arrived in Copenhagen and sent shockwaves through the conference. The Allies found themselves suddenly on the run, despite recent successes in the Balkans. The loss of the Don Whites was an unmitigated disaster and left the Allies completely reliant on the successes of the Tsarist regime in Omsk for influence in Russia, although last word from Omsk indicated significant forward progress. With the Petrograd regime also collapsing before the eyes of the world, the delegates were suddenly reminded of the gravity of their situation. The Allies began pushing hard for the Russian council to be the next topic for discussion, as their factional allies in Omsk continued their offensive into late September. However, even as they were preparing a final push to secure an early Russian council, they received news that the Siberian positions were collapsing under Mikhail Frunze's offensive. With the situation in Russia suddenly turning firmly against them, the Allies decided to play for time in the hopes that they might be able to rebuild a better position once the situation in Omsk settled and ended their efforts to initiate the council on Russia, asking instead that the League of Nations be considered next. With this sudden reversal of course, the Central Powers and Neutrals were left to bemusedly agree to this request on the 5th of October 1919.


    At the start of the Great War, the first schemes for an international organisation to prevent future wars began to gain considerable public support, particularly in Great Britain and the United States. Goldsworthy Lowes Dickinson, a British political scientist, coined the term "League of Nations" in 1914 and drafted a scheme for its organization. Together with Lord Bryce, he played a leading role in the founding of the group of internationalist pacifists known as the Bryce Group. The group became steadily more influential among the public and as a pressure group within the governing Liberal Party. In 1915, a similar body to the Bryce group proposals was set up in the United States by a group of like-minded individuals, including William Howard Taft. It was called the League to Enforce Peace and was substantially based on the proposals of the Bryce Group. It advocated the use of arbitration in conflict resolution and the imposition of sanctions on aggressive countries. None of these early organizations envisioned a continuously functioning body; with the exception of the Fabian Society in England, they maintained a legalistic approach that would limit the international body to a court of justice. The Fabians were the first to argue for a "Council" of states, necessarily the Great Powers, who would adjudicate world affairs, and for the creation of a permanent secretariat to enhance international co-operation across a range of activities.

    By the end of the war, this peace movement had begun to have a profound impact the social, political and economic systems of Europe. Thus, this was viewed as an issue on which broad agreement could be ensured. However, while the idea of setting up a League of Nations was popular with all parties, the specifics of its mandate and remit were another matter entirely. On French side, there had been some initial suggestions that the League be limited to the Allies, with a common army, court to dispute differences and united economic and trade policies. All of which were fundamentally unacceptable to their American and British allies. While Wilson remained President, the British had been leery of his support for the extremely far-reaching League he envisioned. However, with Wilson's incapacitation and President Marshall's own worries over the implications to American sovereignty of the League of Nations, the British were soon able to find a degree of agreement by suggesting a far looser model, set forth by Lloyd George's representative at the council. Despite fierce criticism from the influential South African General Jan Smuts, the focus soon turned to a considerably looser and less powerful organisation. The Germans were themselves extremely uncertain about the prospect of League involvement in their Eastern vassal states and the prospect of having their military capabilities curtailed, and as such also pushed for a looser model.

    However, at the League of Nations Council in Copenhagen there was one provision, inserted at Smuts' suggestion, that met with fierce resistance from the Neutral powers, to the considerable surprise of the belligerent powers. This was the idea of creating a Council of the Great Powers as permanent members and a non-permanent selection of the minor states to govern the League, a prospect that would vest power almost entirely in the Great Powers to the detriment of the lesser nations. With the Danes in uproar, loudly supported by many of the other Neutrals, under the implicit threat of biased mediators against those who opposed their suggestion, it was eventually agreed that every nation that wished to join the League and fulfilled the requirements for doing so, would join a permanent Congress of Nations where every state would have equal representation. Now granted, this formulation would eventually be amended to make the entry of non-white powers nearly impossible with the exception of China, Japan and the Ottoman Empire. The leadership of the League of Nations congress would be determined at random between all participating states every three years.

    The Permanent Court of Arbitration, set up as part of the Hague Convention, would find itself subordinated to this new League of Nations and would find itself positioned as the most prominent arbitration court in the world, with its rulings made binding and its remits for arbitration expanded, although only at the instigation of both parties in a dispute. This would be accompanied by a General Secretariat to support the League's other activities, setting the groundwork for the League to expand into issues of international import, with permission to establish subsidiary organs through which to resolve urgent issues of the day following a simple majority vote in the Congress of Nations. The first of these subsidiary bodies would prove to be an attempt at implementing a refugee management system to cope with the massive number of refugees created by the war years, though it would be years before anything concrete saw the light of day.

    One issue that would prove particularly contentious would be the Japanese and Ottoman hopes of including a paragraph bestowing equality of treatment on "all racial or national minorities" and providing guarantees against interference or discrimination against any creed or belief which was not actually inconsistent with public order or public morals. These proposals, however, met with considerable opposition, particularly amongst the Western Allies, on the grounds of violating state sovereignty and because of the practical problems of defining and enforcing a freedom-of-religion clause. Traditional attitudes and domestic purities also coloured the treatment of the Japanese recommendation in late October, that the Covenant be amended to include the recognition of "the principle of equality among nations and the just treatment of their nationals". A number of states, in particular Australia and the United States, fearing that this might affect their ability to control foreign immigration, vetoed the Japanese clause, given that for Americans, Australians, and South Africans, racial equality was a highly emotive issue. Liberal and internationally minded Japanese were deeply offended by the absence of the racial-equality clause, and would bear a grudge against their putative allies at their treatment at western hands for years to come. Thus, by the middle of November, the foundations of the League of Nation had been established, though the location of their headquarters remained in question, left for the end of the Conference (6).

    Footnotes:

    (3) I am trying to figure out how something like this would work and I don't think this is too bad of a way of approaching the negotiations under the circumstances. Potentially, all of these topic could be deliberated at the same time, but I think that given the circumstances this would be one of the better ways of approaching the challenge. This is far more organised and formalised than the OTL Paris Conference, where the vast majority of decisions were taken by the Big Three, Wilson, Lloyd George and Clemenceau from secretive hotel rooms, so everything here happens with a good deal more thought than IOTL. This also means it takes considerably longer.

    (4) I really hope this isn't too confusing. In effect, the Central Powers are saying that the war wasn't their fault, but rather that the fault lays with Serbia, but that the Central Powers will pay the Allies on behalf of the Serbians, as they are absorbing their lands. This avoids assigning war guilt to the Central Powers or the Western Allies, leaving the Serbians to serve as scapegoats for the entire conflict, but still letting the allies, France in particular, get paid. The issue of Germany's Belgian invasion is largely viewed as an extension of the Serbian provocations and as such the Germans avoid liability for their violation of Belgian neutrality. Not a sparkling moment of British integrity, but in the end it serves their interests in bringing the war to a quick close, worries about domestic order and Ireland consuming the negotiators.

    (5) This is an extremely important event which will have considerable consequences for the American performance during the negotiations. While President Marshall, lacking the time to familiarise himself with the situation and inexperienced in foreign affairs, was a weak negotiator, his very presence brought greater standing to the American delegation. By withdrawing to London, and eventually to Washington, he puts himself at a remove but tries to stay involved in the negotiations, micromanaging the effort from afar with predictable consequences. All of that is ignoring Congressional efforts to involve themselves in the negotiations, all of which combine to basically cripple Lansing's diplomatic efforts.

    (6) ITTL the League of Nations takes on a considerably different shape from IOTL on the basis of some OTL proposals which I have mixed and matched. Perhaps the most important point is the lack of a Council of Great Powers, which leaves the smaller nations of the League considerably more influential than IOTL. However, this has also meant that the League doesn't secure anything close to the degree of power it was supposed to have IOTL. It is almost exclusively a deliberative body, set up to adjudicate disputes on a voluntary basis. This makes for a weaker League, but also one with considerably more legitimacy than IOTL given that no one is going to expect it to prevent the stuff people thought it would IOTL when or if something like it should happen ITTL.


    640px-William_Orpen_%E2%80%93_The_Signing_of_Peace_in_the_Hall_of_Mirrors%2C_Versailles_1919%2C_Ausschnitt.jpg

    Delegates Meeting At The Copenhagen Conference

    That's Mine, That's Mine and That's Mine

    With at least some work on the settlement between France and Germany already in place from the War Guilt Council, the focus of the Western Council would come to centre primarily on border adjustments and how to deal with Belgium. This was a tricky and deeply contentious issue which had commonly presented the greatest challenge to negotiations during the war, and as such there was a great deal of trepidation going into the negotiations. The importance of Belgium was not to be underestimated under any circumstances, for control of the small country presented Germany with the possibility of ending any and every threat to their western frontier. If they had control of the Belgian ports, they could with relative ease interdict maritime traffic in the English Channel and North Sea, presenting a considerable threat to the British coasts. Furthermore, with control of Belgium, Germany would be able to overrun much of northern France, at least everything north of the Somme, as they had done during the last year of the war, with much greater ease. From the Somme, they would be in a prime position to threaten Paris. For all of these reasons, German control of Belgium was viewed as completely unacceptable to the Allies and as a core objective by the Germans.

    However, the German leadership that had come to power with Ludendorff's fall from grace were willing to approach the issue from a variety of directions, with particularly Kühlmann believing that he might well be able to undermine Allied relations through certain specific concessions to the French, which might then leave them more open to a Belgian settlement. While the German delegation was largely understanding of the fact that they would be unable to secure any larger section of Belgium, there were smaller concessions that might resolve the issue. Thus, in a brazen move, the Germans proposed the partitioning of Belgium between its neighbours, to considerable uproar from the small Belgian delegation. Under the German proposition, Luxembourg and the eastern half of Liège Province, namely the two eastern Arrondissements of Liège and Verviers, would be annexed to Germany, while the Flemish-speaking Flanders would be incorporated into the Netherlands and the remainder of French-speaking Wallonia would go to France (7).

    However, this proposal quickly began floundering under American opposition to supporting such annexationist policies, soon joined by British declarations that the Belgian border remained inviolate. The Belgian delegation caused constant disruptions and in general the proposal was viewed with considerable negativity. While the proposal seemed to be on death's doorstep, the French began jockeying for support. The primary focus of this effort would prove to be the pragmatic British Foreign Secretary Arthur Balfour, who found himself under considerable pressure from his French allies. With much of the conference still to go, the French were able to promise considerable support for points later in the program, with the backing of Germany, as they sought to sweeten the pot for the British. Under this charm offensive and promises of later concessions, the British eventually gave way, but not before demanding significant minority protections and a major payment to the soon-to-be dispossessed Belgian Royal Family. Under internal pressure from Kühlmann, the Kaiser eventually gave way to a suggestion by the foreign minister which would see the Germans, French and Dutch pay out compensation to Albert and see him named Prince of Lüttich, in effect granting him a German peerage and allowing his annexed subjects to remain under Albert's rule.

    While the Americans cried foul and there were considerable demonstrations by pro-peace movements and a national independence movement in Belgium, there was little these powers could do to prevent the decision without the Americans being forced to surrender major diplomatic capital. This would severely strain the relations between the European and American Allies, as had been hoped by Kühlmann, and Robert Lansing even went as far as threatening to abandon the promised economic support for France if action against American interests were to be undertaken again. The contentious nature of this council meant that it was only brought to a close on the 22nd of December 1919.

    Rather than immediately throw themselves into the next council, the Copenhagen Conference was called to recess for two weeks. In this period, Fredensborg Slot was the centre of festivities, as diplomats from across the world mingled and relaxed from the stresses of the negotiations. The Royal family invited the delegates to participate in Christmas Dinner according to Danish traditions, on Christmas Eve, the 24th of December. The Danish hosts put forward their best foot and sought to charm the participants, both diplomats and media. Tours of Denmark were given, both to Copenhagen itself and to the majestic castle of Kronborg, of Shakespearian fame under the name of Elsinore, and the recently arrived former Russian Empress Consort Maria Feodorovna, once Princess Dagmar of Denmark, made her entrance clad in mourning black in an effort to remind all present of the grievous losses she had experienced and to urge them on to resolving the Russian tragedy.

    After celebrating the New Year, the Italian Council was begun on the 5th of January 1920. First to be discussed was the current occupation of the Italian nation by both the Allies and Central Powers following the Italian defeat in late 1917 and how to deal with the Italians themselves, who had sent a delegation to the conference which was so internally divided, that they often provided three conflicting opinions on any single issue. At the heart of the divisions in the Italian delegation was the precipitous divisions within Italy itself which had emerged in the two years since their defeat.

    This had begun with the sudden collapse of Prime Minister Orlando Vittorio's government in early 1918 over the Italian surrender. In the time since, Italy had experienced no less than five different governments, the third of which had seemed to be nearing stability under Francesco Saverio Nitti around the time the Armistice of 16th June 1919 was signed, only to collapse under the prospect of the conference. Since then, a brief interlude under a resurgent Paolo Boselli, prime minister at the time of the Caporetto and Second Asiago, had followed only for Vittorio Orlando to claw back to power in October. However, the Italian delegation consisted largely of Boselli's men, who hated and opposed Orlando for having ousted their patron. Rather than remove these men from the delegation, which would have brought attention to the issue and expended valuable domestic political capital, Orlando had instead simply appointed additional men to the delegation from amongst his own supporters. Thus, the Italian delegation was largely unable to do much to influence the Italian Council.

    With the Italians divided and widely dismissed, the belligerent powers were left to impose their peace on Italy. The result saw Italy stripped of its colonial empire with France securing Libya, Britain taking Eritrea, the Ottomans the Dodecanese Isles while Germany took over the Italian protectorate on the Somali coast and saw the Japanese trade their southern concessions in Tianjin to Germany in return for the Italian concessions in northern Tianjin, this being in closer proximity to their other concessions in the city. Italy was further forced to accept the repayment of debts held by the Western Allies and Central Powers from before the war, but were able to avoid any direct annexations of Italian territory (8). The considerable gains of the Western Allies at Italy's expense were accepted by the Central Powers in return for promises surrounding later councils, where they had considerably greater interests at play. The feeding frenzy came to an end on the 12th of January, with the Italian delegation finally speaking in one horrified voice, seeing their careers going up in flames before them.

    After a brief recess to secure Italian acceptance of the terms, which was accomplished after two days of intense pressure by all parties at the negotiations, the Council on Near- and Middle Eastern Affairs came under way on the 14th of January 1920. With the principal points of the Russian treaty already accepted prior to the start of the negotiations, the British were in a relatively weak position as regarded their claims in the region. With neither the French particularly concerned with the region and the Americans disinterested, it was left to the British alone to truly champion the Allied cause in the region and invest diplomatic capital in the effort, securing some additional support from the French in response for British acquiescence of the Belgian settlement. With most of the Central powers also relatively uninterested, the negotiations as this council would prove relatively sedate. The greatest disruptions experienced by the council in this period would stem from the Arab delegation's efforts to secure a voice in the deliberations. This was a key point which would see considerable debate prior to the council proper, as the Turks viewed the Arabs as rebels rather than a legitimate power. It was eventually determined that the Arabs would be given a voice at the council, but they would find themselves largely a pawn in the negotiations.

    The Turks were largely focused on securing their Pan-Turkish ambitions, and as such proved surprisingly open to territorial exchanges with the British and their puppets in the region. Their focus was firmly on securing control of Persian Azerbaijan and Ardabil provinces from the disintegrating Qajar Persia, and they were more than willing to make concessions to the south if it would secure them those gains. Despite muted Persian protests, the British were more than willing to make such concessions, in return securing the Basra Vilayet for themselves as well as the Hejaz Vilayet for their Arab allies. Now the focus turned firmly to the Levant, where the issues grew a great deal more contentious.

    At the heart of the issue was control of the Holy Sites in Palestine, which the British hoped to secure for themselves, while the Ottomans feared what consequences a loss of religious authority of this level might have on the Ottoman Empire. This issue, as well as the safety of Christians within the Ottoman Empire, brought the French back into the discussion in a big way, soon followed by the Americans. With Jewish Zionists urging on the British and American governments, the Allies soon found themselves united in their aim of forcing Palestine from the Turks. Under growing pressure, and with their allies reticent to burn support over the issue, the Turks were eventually forced to give way. However, the Turks would get one over on the British by proposing that instead of Britain taking direct control of the region, it should instead go to the incipient Hashemite state. A promise to end Christian persecutions and a quiet promise to reestablish the profitable trade relations with France in Syria eventually split the Allies on the issue once more. A further week of back and forth, with the Central Powers now backing their allies fully on the proposal and the Americans weighing in in favor of the proposal in a bid to restore some of their anti-colonial bona fides, finally brought the British around to the issue. The result was that Palestine would be joined with the lands south of the Sanjak of Acre, near the current frontlines in the Levant, as well as the Sanjaks of Ma'an and Hauran which would be joined to the growing Arab Kingdom. This council came to an end on the 8th of February 1920, as the focus moved further abroad to the colonial concessions in Africa and Asia.


    The Colonial Council was initiated on the 10th of February 1920 and would be primarily characterised by German efforts to recoup as much of their colonial empire as possible from the various Allied forces that had occupied them over the course of the war, before slowly degenerating into an imperialistic feeding frenzy. In an effort to deal with the Allies separately, the Germans began negotiations with the Japanese in secret first, hoping to retake what they could of their Asian territories. Seeking to secure the return of at least their most important concessions, the Germans offered the Japanese the entirety of their Hankou concession, the entirety of German Papua New Guinea, a move that was sure get the Japanese and British Dominions at each other's throats, and their pacific colonies in return for reestablishing the German and Austro-Hungarian concessions at Qingdao and Tianjin. Though the Japanese initially balked at the former of the two concessions, they eventually agreed in return for diplomatic support against their British allies (9).

    The British and Japanese had, predictably, erupted in fierce squabbling over the Pacific Isles and Papua New Guinea once word of the German-Japanese negotiations spread as the British dominions of Australia and New Zealand sought to secure the Papua New Guinean mainland, causing tensions to rise considerably in the Pacific. Spying an opportunity, the Americans jumped into the game as well with an effort to secure German Samoa. In the end, the British would find themselves the losers in these negotiations, with the Japanese accepting the transfer of Qingdao in return for German support in their Pacific dispute, securing the islands north of the Papua New Guinean mainland while the Americans secured Western Samoa. This left only the ownership of the German Papua New Guinea main island to be relegated to the final writing of the treaty, with the Chinese delegation protested vocally to their exclusion from the negotiations, having been relegated to the position of a minor power and only allowed to speak once most of the primary points had been established, and the Australians extremely angered at the British failure during these negotiations.

    The discussion next turned to Africa where General Paul von Lettow-Vorbeck had stunned the world by his incredible comeback after having been driven from German East Africa in 1917, only to conduct a continuous campaign through Allied territories in Portuguese East Africa, the Belgian Congo and Rhodesia by late 1918. As British troops were drained from the area to support the war effort in Europe, Lettow-Vorbeck had been able to exploit this weakness to wreak havoc on the Allies and recapture vast swathes of German East Africa around Lake Tanganyika, the Ruanda-Urundi region and into southern Uganga (10). Thus, the Germans were able to claim that German East Africa remained unoccupied at the negotiations, and should not be considered disputed. Furthermore, the dissolution of Belgium left their massive Congolese colony up for grabs, creating major opportunities for expansion to all the neighbours of the Congo. Under the circumstances, the Germans hoped to restore their control of Kamerun and East Africa, hopefully to be expanded at the expense of the Belgian Congo. With the Germans willing to trade both Togoland to the French and German South-West Africa to the British, the European Allies proved more willing to negotiate, accepting German demands for Kamerun and German East Africa in return for Germany providing further financing of the French reconstruction.

    The focus now turned to how Belgian Congo would be divided between the colonial powers that bordered it. German East Africa saw itself expand to the Luapula River in the south, stretching all the way north to Aruwimi River in the north, covering a swathe of eastern Congo, including the major trading point at Stanleyville. The remainder of Katanga, stretching all the way across southern Congo to Angola, would be transferred to Britain alongside a broad section of north-eastern Congo. The German border of Neu-Kamerun found itself stretched to the Ubangi River, through French territory, but the Germans would otherwise have to contend themselves with what they had restored and taken in the east. The Portuguese would trade Cabinda Province with the French in order to secure the Belgian Congo from the southern bank of the Congo River Delta to the Kasai River confluence, east to the Sankuru River confluence and up the Sankuru River. The remainder of Belgian Congo would go the French. As part of the treaty, all of the powers promised to not impede traffic for any reason along the entirety of the Congo River (11). These deliberations finally came to an end on the 22nd of March 1920, to considerable American rumblings, extremely unhappy at the way in which the Copenhagen Conference had turned into a naked land grab by the European Powers and fearing the consequences in the coming Presidential Election.

    Footnotes:

    (7) I want to give props to @Rufus for mentioning this sort of division of Belgium earlier in the thread. I had originally considered just including the German annexation of Liege and Luxembourg, but this makes a lot more sense and works better with what I was imagining.

    (8) Events in Italy have continued playing out since we left them in update five, and that time hasn't been particularly friendly to the Italians. IOTL Italy experienced considerable political chaos following the Great War, which I have decided to have happen a bit differently ITTL. With Orlando having only just come to power in time to surrender, he is initially tarnished with defeat but soon fights his way back to power. That said, after the settlement of the Italian Council it is unlikely that he can hold on much longer. The Italians are so concerned with political infighting that they shoot themselves in the foot during the negotiations and end up bearing the brunt of the peace.

    (9) I know that the Germans retaking Qingdao is probably a bit of a stretch, but I think that it remains plausible if you think of the Japanese as requiring German support to secure the remainder of the German Pacific Empire, rather than seeing it go primarily to the British or Americans as happened IOTL. Control of Qingdao is extremely important if the Germans want to retain any major form of influence in China and as such they are willing to sacrifice a great deal to secure it. While the Japanese might have been able to hold onto it, they value the possibility of a more friendly Germany higher than immediate territorial gains in China. They have already secured considerable Chinese concessions elsewhere, so they are content to see the Chinese frustrated on the mainland.

    (10) IOTL von Lettow-Vorbeck was actually making a comeback in the region when news of the armistice arrived in November 1918. ITTL he has much longer to secure success in the region, while the Allies are draining their support for the region to support the European struggle, allowing the Germans to hold onto significant parts of western German East Africa. I would strongly suggest reading up on the East African Theater of the Great War, it is absolutely incredible.

    (11) I considered retaining Belgian Congo as a League of Nations mandate, but ITTL that concept never comes into play without Wilson to push for "no annexations" at the negotiations. Thus, the European powers prove more than willing to split the spoils. As such, Belgium's crown jewel finds itself partitioned between the Germans and the European Allies in a display of imperialism that will haunt the reputation of the Copenhagen Treaty for decades to come.


    f1.highres

    British Delegation Signs The Treaty of Copenhagen

    Sign On The Dotted Line

    With the Americans having largely been pushed to the periphery of the Conference, they were determined to not find themselves sidelined again now that the vital economic issues came under focus in the Economic Normalization Council, beginning on the 23rd of March 1920. President Marshall was left to stew as word of growing instability and paranoia in the States, and the inability of Secretary Lansing to secure meaningful gains in the face of European cooperation left him increasingly certain that he would not be able to secure the Democratic nomination for president. The main aim of the economic peace, from the American viewpoint, was that the Europeans should be encouraged to reconstruct their economies and restore world trade as quickly as possible, so that there would be a sufficient ability to pay back their debts to the United States and buy American exports. If the Central Powers were not integrated back into the world economy, such a return to normality would be delayed. With the return to sound financial practices, Europe would recover, pay off the costs of the war, and prosper.

    In Copenhagen, Marshall had assembled an impressive group of financial and economic experts, including Norman Davis, the assistant secretary of the Treasury and his chief financial adviser, already in close contact with Keynes, Thomas Lamont from J. P. Morgan & Co., the largest American overseas investment house. However, it was to prove a far more difficult scenario to implement than the experts anticipated. At the heart of the issue were French fears that a return to normalcy would leave the devastated France unable to compete, having to expend vast sums of money to rebuild the tight bands of infrastructure and industry in northern France. As such, the prospect of the Germans returning immediately to the global markets posed the threat of completely undermining French efforts to resist economic domination by the other belligerent nations. Further, the American push to reduce trade barriers as much as possible opened the possibility of French industry might never be able to rebuild properly. The French were joined in opposition to the American demands by the British who, while supporting the reopening of trade with the Central Powers, feared that the Germans would monopolise Eastern European markets, and as such wanted American guarantees of economic support should such an event come to pass.

    The Germans themselves were open to restarting trade with the Western Allies, but wished to keep control of their own trade policies, and those of their puppet states. Even more important for the Central Powers, was the unfreezing of funds in British and American markets which had been frozen at the outset of the conflict - as well as the release of all confiscated ships and the like. There would be a good deal of back and forth during the meetings that followed the initial proposals, with a host of normalization efforts coming into play, ranging from the free exchange of prisoners of war and debt forgiveness to trade arbitration councils and generalized rules of economic conduct. In the end, the European powers would resist American efforts to impose restraints on national trade barriers, but would agree to the steady reopening of international markets, the unfreezing of fund, a free exchange of prisoners of war and the establishment of a permanent Trade Arbitration Court under the auspices of the League of Nations, again lacking enforcement capabilities, but providing a venue for the resolution of trade disputes and negotiations. By the 4th of April 1920, the council had come to an end and excitement began to build for the end of the grueling negotiations. The Americans were once more left feeling that they had lost out in the negotiations, crowded out by the old European Powers who seemed to have joined together during the conference to ensure that they reaped as much reward from the process as possible, while excluding what they viewed as counter-productive American efforts at breaking into European markets.

    The attentions of the conference now turned firmly eastward to Russia, where the twin ascendant Red powers of Yekaterinburg and Moscow seemed closer than ever to driving all other powers from the region. In the more than half a year since the start of the Copenhagen Conference, the situation in Russia had changed drastically. Not only had Germany abandoned their support of the Petrograd Whites, just as they collapsed, in favour of the sweeping the legs out from under the Allies by securing an alliance with the Don Whites, but the Siberian Whites had collapsed completely early in 1920 and the Allies had been struggling to find a successor to support in their stead. The current focus was on holding the line at Irkutsk while a new Russian government was slowly rebuilt in the Transbaikal around the figure of Ataman Grigory Semyonov. However, the murder of Tsar Mikhail II in Irkutsk would result in a major British drawdown in support for the Whites, leaving only the Americans and Japanese to support the successors to the Siberian Whites for the time being.


    One thing that everyone could secure agreement on, however, was a condemnation of Trotsky for his role in the trial and execution of Tsar Nikolai II and his wife as well as the murder of the extended Romanov family, a proposal put forward personally by a grief-striken Maria Feodorovna at the invitation of the Danes. This was followed by another condemnation of the Communist regime in Moscow for its role in destabilising the world order and promoting revolutionary activities across the globe. With the collapse of the Siberian Whites, the Central Powers, particularly Germany, sought to gain recognition for the Don Whites as the legitimate successor state to the Russian Empire. At German invitation, Prince Lvov had travelled to Copenhagen on behalf of the Don Whites and provided a heartfelt plea for aid against the destabilising Red Russians, and for the recognition of the Don Whites.

    This was met with glum anger by the Americans, who had hoped to buy time to build a proper successor state in eastern Siberia, while the British and French eventually gave way, on the condition that the Germans allow free trade with the Don Whites and secure passage through the Bosporus - enabling them to reduce Don White reliance on German support. The Americans, once again abandoned by their allies, were forced to acquiesce through gritted teeth, though they were able to ensure that no language in the treaty prevented them from continuing their Siberian Intervention - the matter now having become one of national pride in the face of European treachery and resistance to the encroachment of Red ideologies. With American dissatisfaction nearing a high point, the Russian Council was brought to an end on the 14th of April 1920, bringing the individual councils to an end and leaving only the final full treaty to deal with.

    The last series of negotiations saw the last few remaining disputes resolved, with the British eventually securing mainland Papua New Guinea, to be placed under Australian management, while the Headquarters of the League of Nations was set to be located in Copenhagen on a preliminary basis, with the Permanent Court of Arbitration remaining in the Hague and the Trade Arbitration Court being set up in Zürich. However, the majority of the time was taken up by a great degree of back and forth on the specific wording of the treaty. As the month neared its end a sense of hope began to suffuse the participants and a push towards the end was undertaken. Finally, on the 30th of April 1920, delegation after delegation signed the Treaty of Copenhagen, ending the Great War nearly six years after it erupted in August 1914.

    There was, however, one major hiccup in the negotiations, because the American delegation insisted on Congress signing off on the agreement before they would agree to sign the treaty. This caused considerable outrage, as all of the powers had been tasked with regularly securing acceptance from their own governments and legislatures after every council and the move was widely considered an attempt by the Americans to wriggle out of a treaty that had not gone their way, threatening world peace and order out of spite and political gain. This was not entirely inaccurate, as the Democratic party sought to delay the signing of the treaty long enough to either secure the coming elections or force the Republicans, should they win, to sign a treaty that was bound to be unpopular. Under considerable pressure from the various delegations and an increasingly hostile European press, Secretary Lansing would eventually sign the treaty on the 8th of May, and the Americans would consider the war at an end, but the legitimacy of the Treaty of Copenhagen would be continually questioned in America and became a point of contention in the election.


    Word of the signing of the treaty would spread far and wide, prompting worldwide celebration, although this would quickly change once the specifics of the terms arrived in the countries who had been punished the most: Italy, Belgium and China. In China, the news from the Colonial Council had arrived already in late February, but there had remained some uncertainty surrounding these rumours. When this came to an end on the 8th of May, it prompted great public outcry, spiralling out of control with great speed and prompting immense internal turmoil. In Belgium, the news prompted mass protests and demonstrations, which proved most successful in Flanders, where they were able to secure religious autonomy, while in both Wallonia and Lüttich the demonstrations were put to an ignominious end with considerable harshness by French and German forces respectively. Italy itself reacted with horror to the treaty, having seen itself reduced to a deeply unstable secondary power without a colonial empire to speak of.

    In America, news of the treaty was greeted with a deeply unsatisfied mien, as the populace was left questioning what they had sacrificed so much for. The clear revelation of the imperialistic natures of both Britain and France, who had participated in the frenzied savaging of their own allies during the negotiations in an effort to strengthen their own positions, left the Americans soured towards their European allies, while reactions to America's own actions in Samoa remained muted. How to respond to these issues would come to play a major role in the 1920 elections and would see President Marshall's already shaky popularity collapse entirely. While the British and French alliance remained strong moving forward, the Americans began distancing themselves almost immediately from the alliance structures, supporting the rebuilding of France solely for fear of a French default on their loans. At the same time, the massive expansion of the Central Powers into Eastern Europe and the Balkans left them glutted and satisfied, working to reestablish their war torn societies. The Great War had come to an end, and the powers of the world now turned their gazes to the future.

    Summary:

    Preparations are undertaken for the Copenhagen Conference as the various sides formulate a preliminary game plan for the Copenhagen Conference.

    War Guilt, the Balkan Settlement and the establishment of a barebones League of Nations are all agreed to after considerable negotiations.

    Imperialism comes to the fore, as the European powers exploit American weakness to participate in a frenzied spate of partitioning and annexations.

    The last councils are concluded and the Treaty of Copenhagen is signed, but signs that not everyone is satisfied become immediately apparent.

    End Note:

    I really hope that this update doesn't disappoint or bore any of you, despite dealing with the intricacies of the diplomatic struggle surrounding the end of the Great War. I know that in a lot of TLs, much of this stuff is skipped and people tend to just go directly to the end product, but given that I am trying to be as detailed as I can with all of this and trying to keep things as plausible as I can, while still pushing things in the direction I want to explore, I think this is the best way to approach it. The struggle to secure a lasting peace is incredibly grueling and I wanted to convey some of the immense work that would have gone into it. To my knowledge this is quite unlike anything I have seen anyone else attempt, and I don't think that we have had anything like it IOTL since prior to the Vienna Peace Conference of 1815.

    To be honest, I think the best parallel, and the treaty negotiations I am drawing most on to understand the dynamics, would probably be the complex negotiations surrounding the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648 which ended the Thirty Years' War, or maybe some of the conferences of the 19th century, though those don't quite fit well either. In the case of the 30YW you had two alliances who were largely unable to completely defeat the other, having been fought to exhaustion and seeking to negotiate peace in a series of marathon negotiations. At Vienna in 1815, at Versailles in 1919 and at Potsdam in 1945 (as well as the other treaties ending World War One and Two) it was very much a matter of securing a victorious peace. While all of these were contentious, the participants almost all came from the victorious powers and in every case the treaty ending the war was largely dictated by the victorious powers. This is a completely different animal and would have played out very differently from Versailles IOTL. I don't think I would be doing it justice without putting all of this work into it.

    In the end, this treaty will come to be seen as one of scapegoats, and as a successful effort by the European Great Powers to redirect the fury of the war onto already defeated powers, sparing the French, British, Germans and Austro-Hungarians from bearing the main burden of the war. That said, the Americans really come out of these negotiations with very little to show for it for a number of reasons. First of all, President Marshall, who sought to influence the negotiations early on, was an inexperienced diplomat who was outplayed by the European ministers, which was compounded when he left Copenhagen and tried to run the negotiations at a remove through Lansing. Second, the Americans really had very few clear ideas of what they actually wanted to accomplish once President Wilson was out of the way and his Fourteen Points lost support. Furthermore, the Americans had very little knowledge or understanding of any of the regions under discussion, being relative newcomers to almost all the primary fields of battle, allowing the European powers to exploit their lack of understanding. Third, the Americans lost most of their ability to influence the negotiations the moment their immense forces were no longer needed. In the end, the Treaty of Copenhagen is even more of a rout for the Americans than the Treaty of Versailles was IOTL, and this time around that fact is considerably clearer to the Americans. We will be exploring the consequences of this as we move forward.

    Here are some maps of the Treaty of Copenhagen (They are rough estimates, so take them with a grain of salt) :

    Division of the Balkans - (Orange = Austria-Hungary, Red = Romania, Green = Bulgaria, Grey = Albania

    Balkan Division.png
    The Division of the Congo - (Blue= France, Yellow=Germany, Orange= British and Green=Portuguese
    Congo Division.png
     
    Last edited:
    Update Seventeen: Picking Up The Pieces
  • Picking Up The Pieces

    638px-Soldiers_with_Black_Resident_of_Washington%2C_D.C.%2C_1919.png

    African-American Questioned by Armed Vigilantes During The Red Summer

    American Living

    The announcement that a ceasefire had been negotiated on the 16th of June 1919 was met with a good deal of consternation in American circles, where the sudden end of the conflict came as a surprise to a populace increasingly steeped in propaganda promising a long and grueling military effort with ultimate victory at the end. The suddenness of the ceasefire, so different from the government's messaging left many confused and worried. This was not at all helped by the devastating stroke President Wilson experienced and the sudden succession of President Marshall - a man who while generally well liked, seemed to have had little involvement in the day-to-day running of the country. While American troops were steadily withdrawn during the Conference Year, as the period between the Armistice of 16th June 1919 and the signing of the Treaty of Copenhagen on the 8th of May 1920 came to be known, and more men were thrown into the fighting in Siberia, the public's reaction remained relatively uncertain.

    However, with the end of open warfare, the demand for the release of all the people jailed under the Sedition Act grew ever louder and general resistance to the government grew exponentially, as calls for a return to normality spread. While there were some efforts within the government to secure the release of political prisoners in an effort to quiet this unrest, President Marshall found himself strongly influenced by the recommendations of Attorney General Palmer, resulting in him refusing these efforts. The anti-war movement grew more militant as a result of all of these developments, prompting major demonstrations and several riots (1).


    The worst the unrest would occur in Boston, where anti-war sentiment amongst the Irish-American population, the start of the Boston Police Strikes and growing general lawlessness culminated in an absolutely horrific tragedy. The roots of the Boston Riots traced back to August 1919, when the spread of police unions finally reached the city - the Boston police deciding to organise under an AFL charter in order to gain support from other unions in their negotiations and any strike that might ensue. On the 9th of August, 1919, the Boston Social Club requested a charter from the AFL. On 11th August, the Boston Police Commissioner Edwin Curtis issued a General Order forbidding police officers to join any "organization, club or body outside the department", making an exception only for patriotic organisations such as the recently founded American Legion. His administration argued that such a rule was based on the conflict of interest between police officers' duties and union membership. Despite this, the Boston Police secured their AFL charter on the 15th, but Curtis refused to meet with the eight members of the police union's committee. He suspended them and eleven others who held various union offices and scheduled trials to determine if they had violated his General Order. At this point, Curtis was a hero to business interests with the New Hampshire Association of Manufacturers calling him "The Ole Hanson of the East" in late August and equating the events they anticipated in Boston with the earlier Seattle General Strike.

    Boston Mayor Andrew Peters sought to play an intermediary role by appointing a Citizen's Committee to review the dispute about union representation and as a result chose a well-known local reformer as its chair, James J. Storrow. Storrow's group recommended that Curtis and the police agree to a police union without AFL ties and without the right to strike. Curtis in turn would recognise the police union and the union would agree to remain "independent and unaffiliated", while stating that no action should be taken against the 19 men whom Curtis had suspended. Curtis, with the backing of Massachusetts Governor Calvin Coolidge, rejected the Storrow Commission's proposal and proceeded with department trials of the 19 and on 8th of September found them guilty of union activity. Rather than dismiss them from the police force, he extended their suspensions. The police union members responded that same day by voting 1134 to 2 in favour of a strike and scheduled it to start at evening roll call the next day on the grounds of omitted wages and working conditions. They said the strike's rationale was to protest the Commissioner's denial of their right to ally themselves with the AFL.

    On the 9th of September, the Boston Police Department officers went on strike with 1,117 - around 72% - failing to report for work. Coolidge assigned 100 members of the state's Metropolitan Park Police Department to replace the striking officers, but 58 of them refused to participate and were suspended from their jobs. Despite assurances from Commissioner Curtis to Mayor Peters and Governor Coolidge, Boston had little police protection for the night of the 9th while volunteer replacements were still being organized and were due to report the next morning, many of those who provided scab labor being students at Harvard University. Over the night of 9th–10th September, the city witnessed an outbreak of hooliganism and looting. Some was rowdy behavior that scared respectable citizens, such as youths throwing rocks at streetcars and overturning the carts of street vendors. More overtly criminal activity included the smashing of store windows and looting their displays or setting off false fire alarms. Such activity was restricted to certain parts of the city and, according to the New York Times, "throughout the greater part of the city the usual peace and quiet prevailed." In the morning the mayor asked the governor to furnish a force of State Guards, which Coolidge promptly agreed to, providing almost 5,000 men by the following day. The morning papers following the first night's violence were full of loud complaints and derogatory terms for the police including talk of them as deserters and servants of Trotsky, fit only to be shot (2).

    The next day, a series of pre-planned protests against the ongoing American alliance with the British, who were themselves deeply enmeshed in a bloody conflict in Ireland, by Irish-Americans coincided with the strike, while other unions across the city, alienated by the government's harsh line against them declared that they would launch solidarity strikes. In response to these major protests, and with no real police force to keep them in check, Governor Coolidge ordered even more State Guards into the city, but these would be unable to arrive in time for the evening of the 10th when violence engulfed the city. After a day of relatively peaceful protests, the arrival of a large number of State Guards provoked considerable anger from the crowds. Inexperienced at handling such large and angry crowds, the State Guards reacted violently to provocations. Gunfire erupted across the city, provoking panic and outrage. By the time dawn rose red over Boston there would be more than eighteen protesters lying dead in the streets and almost sixty injured enough to be rushed to the hospital to have their wounds treated, most of the injuries and three of the deaths having resulted from the panic of the packed crowds.

    As more State Guards rushed into the city, the populace reacted with horror. Particularly in Irish quarters of the city, there was a feeling that the government was making war on them. Schools shut down and the Central Labor Union met to discuss a general strike, with votes streaming in from their constituent unions over the course of the day. Despite efforts at delaying the vote, an agreement was eventually made to launch a Boston General Strike on the 12th, to capitalize on the situation. At the same time, a message arrived from AFL President Samuel Gompers urging an end to the strikes and demonstrations. However, with blood spilled there was little that could hold back the strikers. With a curfew enforced harshly to push people off the streets on the night of the 11th-12th, the outpouring of rage against the State Guard came on the 12th.


    Massive protests were launched on the morning of the 12th, alongside a General Strike, but when the State Guard opened fire once again, the situation quickly degenerated. Enraged, the mobs stormed points across the city, seeking to drive the Guard from the city. Bloody street fighting resulted, while criminals rushed into the chaos to exploit the situation. By evening, the State Guard found itself driven out of much of the city with casualties nearing 40, and Boston found itself abandoned to the mob. It would take until the 20th of September before order could be restored in an effort led by the former Mayor of Boston James Curley, both Mayor Andrews and Governor Coolidge having completely failed to quell the unrest. The Boston Riots, resulting in casualties in the excess of six hundred and several thousand injured, as well as unimaginable amounts of damage to the city itself, would shock the American public and resulted in further divisions, as conservative America rallied against communism, socialism and unruly minorities such as the Irish and African Americans while liberal, anti-war and socialist America cried out in horror at the violence and trampling of rights that had come to characterise the period (3).

    Prior to the violence in Boston, more than two dozen American communities, mostly urban areas or industrial centres, would see racial violence in the summer and early fall of 1919. Unlike earlier race riots in U.S. history, the 1919 riots were among the first in which blacks responded with resistance to the white attacks. Martial law was imposed in Charleston, South Carolina, where men of the U.S. Navy led a race riot on 10th May. Five white men and eighteen black men were injured in the riot. A Naval investigation found that four U.S. sailors and one civilian, all white men, were responsible for the outbreak of violence. On 3rd July, the 10th U.S. Cavalry, a recently returned segregated African-American unit founded in 1866, was attacked by local police in Bisbee, Arizona.

    Two of the most violent episodes occurred in Washington, D.C. and Chicago. In Washington, D.C., white men, many in military uniforms, responded to the rumored arrest of a black man for rape with four days of mob violence, rioting and the beating random black people on the street. When police refused to intervene, the black population fought back. When the violence ended, ten whites were dead, including two police officers, and 5 blacks. Some 150 people had been the victims of attacks. The rioting in Chicago started on 27th July, where the beaches along Lake Michigan were segregated in practice, if not by law. A black youth who drifted into the area customarily reserved for whites was stoned and drowned to which blacks responded violently when the police refused to take action. Violence between mobs and gangs lasted 13 days and resulted in 38 fatalities included 23 blacks and 15 whites. Injuries numbered 537 injured, and 1,000 black families were left homeless. Some 50 people were reported dead but unofficial numbers were much higher. Hundreds of mostly black homes and businesses on the South Side were destroyed by mobs, and a militia force of several thousand was called in to restore order.

    On the heels of the Boston Riots, the AFL membership voted 98% to strike. They shut down half the steel industry, including almost all mills in Pueblo, Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; Wheeling, West Virginia; Johnstown, Pennsylvania; Cleveland, Ohio; Lackawanna, New York; and Youngstown, Ohio. The owners quickly turned public opinion against the AFL. As the strike began, they published information exposing AFL National Committee co-chairman William Z. Foster's radical past as a Wobbly and syndicalist, and claimed this was evidence that the steelworker strike was being masterminded by radicals and revolutionaries. The steel companies played on nativist fears by noting that a large number of steelworkers were immigrants and public opinion, already scarred by the Boston Riots and the Red Summer, quickly turned against the striking workers. State and local authorities backed the steel companies and prohibited mass meetings, had their police attack pickets and jailed thousands. After strikebreakers and police clashed with unionists in Gary, Indiana, the U.S. Army took over the city on October 6, 1919, and martial law was declared. National guardsmen, leaving Gary after federal troops had taken over, turned their anger on strikers in nearby Indiana Harbor, Indiana leaving many injured. Steel companies also turned toward strikebreaking and rumor-mongering to demoralize the picketers while they brought in between 30,000 and 40,000 African-American and Mexican-American workers to work in the mills. Company spies also spread rumors that the strike had collapsed elsewhere, and they pointed to the operating steel mills as proof that the strike had been defeated. The Chicago mills gave in at the end of October and by the end of November, workers were back at their jobs in Gary, Johnstown, Youngstown, and Wheeling. The strike collapsed on January 8, 1920, though it dragged on in isolated areas like Pueblo and Lackawanna (4).

    The United Mine Workers under John L. Lewis announced their own strike for 1st November, 1919. They had agreed to a wage agreement to run until the end of World War I and now sought to capture some of their industry's wartime gains, but Attorney General A. Mitchell Palmer invoked the Lever Act, a wartime measure that made it a crime to interfere with the production or transportation of necessities. The law, meant to punish hoarding and profiteering, had never been used against a union. Certain of united political backing and almost universal public support, Palmer obtained an injunction on 31st October 31 and 400,000 coal workers went on strike the next day.
    Palmer stated that the President had authorised the action, proffering a telegram from London, while also asserting that the entire Cabinet had backed his request for an injunction. This infuriated Secretary of Labor William Wilson who had opposed Palmer's plan and supported President of the AFL Samuel Gompers' view of President Wilson's promises when the Act was under consideration. The rift between the Attorney General and the Secretary of Labor rapidly grew bitter, as Palmer turned his attentions on Secretary Wilson, initiating a bitter power struggle between the two. While Gompers sought to protest Palmer's actions, there was little he could do with President Marshall in Europe and believing Palmer to be the only man seemingly able to do anything to hold in check the domestic turmoil that had engulfed America.

    Under threat of criminal charges and an intensive propaganda campaign set to smear him, Lewing withdrew his call to strike, though many strikers ignored his actions. As the strike dragged on into its third week, coal supplies began running low and public sentiment called for ever stronger government action, eventually resulting in Palmer getting authorization from Marshall to break up the strikes, sending in National Guard units to accomplish the job. By the 10th of December the strike had been broken and Palmer had gained enough political capital to force Secretary of Labor Wilson from his post. He would be replaced on Palmer's suggestion with the controversial Ole Hanson, the former Mayor of Seattle who had helped break up the Seattle General Strike and built a profile on that basis. Hanson and Palmer would work hand-in-glove against strikers, socialists, anarchists and various other perceived threats to the social order, seeing J. Edgar Hoover's Bureau of Investigations secure near total support from the Department of Labor in the deportation of suspected anarchists (5).

    While it had taken Palmer months to get under way, by the last quarter of 1919 his efforts to combat revolutionary radicalism, terrorism and domestic disturbances were truly about to come under way. Despite the initial raids in July, the public and Congress believed that too little was being done. With the Boston Riots causing considerable anxiety, the Senate demanded that Palmer explain what he was doing to resolve the issue and what support he would need to secure America against the crises facing it. These would be key factors in allowing Palmer to break the Coal Strike and force an end to the Steel Strike. Palmer replied to the Senate's questions on the 17th of October, reporting that his department had amassed 60,000 names with great effort but that they were required by the statutes of the Anti-Sedition Law to work through the Department of Labor. In its place he proposed a new Anti-Sedition Law to enhance the authority of the Justice Department to prosecute anarchists and other seditious groups. After some deliberations, work to prepare such a law was begun (6).

    On the 10th of November 1919, agents of the Bureau of Investigation, together with local police, executed a series of well-publicised and violent raids against the Union of Russian Workers in 12 cities. Newspaper accounts reported some were badly beaten during the arrests, although efforts to suppress such accounts were undertaken by the Bureau, who spread rumours of the reporters having anarchist or socialist tendencies, occasionally with merit but most often without. Government agents cast a wide net, bringing in people of all sorts, including American citizens, passers-by who admitted to being Russian, teachers conducting night school classes in space shared with the targeted radical group and many more, in fact arrests far exceeded the number of warrants. Of the 650 arrested in New York City, the government would deport nearly 400 with the backing of the Department of Labor. As Attorney General Palmer struggled with exhaustion and devoted all his energies to the United Mine Workers coal strike in November and December 1919, Hoover organised the next series of raids. He successfully persuaded the Department of Labor to ease its insistence on promptly alerting those arrested of their right to an attorney, instead being issued with instructions that its representatives could wait until after the case against the defendant was established, "in order to protect government interests." Less openly, Hoover decided to interpret Labor’s agreement to act against the Communist Party to include a different organisation, the Communist Labor Party, provoking former Secretary of Labor Wilson's outrage, but securing Secretary Hanson's go ahead.

    The Justice Department launched a series of raids on the 2nd of January, 1920, with follow up operations over the next few days. Smaller raids extended over the next 6 weeks during which some 3000 were arrested, and many others were held for various lengths of time. The entire enterprise replicated the November action on a larger scale, including arrests and seizures without search warrants, as well as detention in overcrowded and unsanitary holding facilities. The raids covered more than 30 cities and towns in 23 states, but those west of the Mississippi and south of the Ohio were mostly publicity gestures designed to make the effort appear nationwide in scope. Because the raids targeted entire organizations, agents arrested everyone found in organization meeting halls, not only arresting non-radical organization members but also visitors who did not belong to a target organization, and sometimes American citizens not eligible for arrest and deportation. The Department of Justice at one point claimed to have taken possession of several bombs, but after a few iron balls were displayed to the press they were never mentioned again. All the raids netted a total of just four ordinary pistols. While most press coverage continued to be positive, with criticism only from leftist publications like The Nation and The New Republic. The Washington Post endorsed Palmer's claim for urgency over legal process: "There is no time to waste on hairsplitting over infringement of liberties." (7).

    Within Palmer's Justice Department the Bureau of Investigations had become a storehouse of information about radicals in America. It had infiltrated many organisations and, following the raids of November 1919 and January 1920, it had interrogated thousands of those arrested and read through boxes of publications and records seized. In the early February of 1920, the bill proposed by Palmer in October finally passed, greatly strengthening the Department of Justice, giving it the power to enforce deportations, hold people on suspicion of revolutionary activities and a whole host of other capabilities that greatly strengthened the Department's abilities to act, expanding the wartime capabilities of the Department of Justice into the Conference Year and beyond. Furthermore, in the landmark case of Abrams v. United States the Sedition Act was upheld unanimously, further legitimising the Departments activities.

    As news of the American failures at the Copenhagen Conference spread, first by rumour and later by media and political speeches, a sense of outrage began to consume America - a feeling that the sacrifices of so many brave soldiers had been for nothing more than the furtherance of European Imperialism. As it became ever clearer that the war had been a costly and wasteful affair, and particularly that President Marshall had seemingly pissed away any American leverage at the negotiating table, the mood in the United States turned increasingly sour. The former anti-war movement, still campaigning for the release of those imprisoned on sedition and espionage charges, built considerable support and were able to organise major rallies. At this time, in early March, word began to spread amongst agents of the Bureau of Investigations that amongst the information collected in the roundup of radicals, there had been indications of a planned overthrow of the United States government on May Day 1920.

    With Palmer's backing, Hoover warned the nation to expect the worst: assassinations, bombings, and general strikes. Palmer issued his own warning on April 29, 1920, claiming to have a "list of marked men" and said domestic radicals were "in direct connection and unison" with European counterparts with disruptions planned for the same day there. Newspapers headlined his words: "Terror Reign by Radicals, says Palmer" and "Nation-wide Uprising on Saturday." Localities prepared their police forces and some states mobilized their militias. New York City's 11,000-man police force worked for 32 hours straight. Boston police mounted machine guns on automobiles and positioned them around the city. These warning coincided with plans to hold the largest series of protests yet against the Copenhagen Treaty, despite the best efforts of some of the more moderate organisers to delay the demonstrations, and in protest of the prominent socialist Eugene V. Debs' continued incarceration.

    The result was that on May Day 1920, peaceful mass demonstrations were launched in most of America's largest cities. However, with the police prepared for violence these demonstrations quickly turned bloody as the order to suppress them went out, with claims that the protests were a front for the Radicals' plans. Around three thousand were injured and more than one hundred fifty people were killed across the United States on that day, as the demonstrations collapsed in chaos and panic - the day becoming known as Bloody Saturday. Many thousands were rounded up and arrested with over a thousand eventually facing deportation. Palmer claimed absolute victory, presenting himself as the vanquisher of sedition and revolutionary radicalism, to great acclaim. While some newspapers quietly lamented the violence, most were drawn along in howling hysteria.


    Drowned out by the political battle that ensued over the Democratic Nomination was the publication of the Report Upon the Illegal Practices of the United States Department of Justice by the nascent American Civil Liberties Union, signed by prominent lawyers and law professors such as Felix Frankfurter, Roscoe Pound and Ernst Freund. In response, Palmer ordered the ACLU disbanded as a subversive organisation, undertaken by an eager Hoover who had much of the staff arrested and held in detention for several days before releasing them - having secured all of their documentation and suspending the organisation indefinitely (8).

    Footnotes:

    (1) In contrast to OTL, where many of the people imprisoned for breaches of the Sedition Act were released, ITTL they are kept in prison. This is mainly because with President Marshall focused on events in Europe, he is forced to rely on the recommendations of his cabinet to a much greater extent, allowing Attorney General Palmer to push himself to the forefront.

    (2) Up until this point most of this is largely based on OTL as regards the Boston Police Strike. However, the fact that this is so soon after the ceasefire and the uncertainty about whether the ceasefire will hold means that the situation is even more heated than IOTL and the strike finds itself snowballing as others throw their own issues into the mix. In the end everything spins out of control and Boston goes through a major crisis. This will have consequences, particularly for the politicians involved, but also for Boston and the political situation in America as a whole.

    (3) IOTL things didn't quite spin this far out of control, and leadership on various sides were able to force an end to the Police Strike before it could cause further tension. Keep in mind this is in the midst of the Red Scare and with the threat of war still on the horizon, so the entire situation is even further heightened. The State Guard opening fire on protesters is also OTL, though with more people on the streets it is a bit more bloody on the 10th-11th. Another key shift is the Central Labor Union voting in favour of a general strike, which is the result of slightly more casualties and the fact that they seem to have greater backing both nationally and in Boston itself. From there the situation completely spins out of control as violence on the part of the State Guard whip up popular fury, as mobs of poor people, mostly Irish-American, tear through the city. With law and order collapsing, the entire city is given over to criminality and vandalism. In the end it takes a community leader to restore the public peace.

    (4) This is basically all based on OTL, there aren't any major divergences but I have included it because it plays an important role in the growing paranoia of the Red Scare. This is really not a period that is particularly nice to read about in any particular detail. American history can get very grim at times.

    (5) While the Coal Strike is OTL, the differences here are that Palmer is considerably more powerful than IOTL, with Marshall distracted and distant. In this situation, Palmer is able to better make his case than Secretary Wilson and makes himself seem increasingly indispensable. The result is that when the OTL power struggle between the Attorney General and Labor Secretary occurs ITTL, Palmer is in a better position to secure victory. The end result is that Palmer secures even further domestic power and is able to remove a key rival. By the time we get into 1920, his power has massively consolidated and he is likely one of the most powerful men in America.

    (6) Here we see another butterfly from the greater success of the bombing campaigns in early and mid-1919 come into play. This is all a matter of events cascading, one after another, with the strikes leading into the bombings leading into the race riots leading into the Boston Riots and the major strikes that follow. For the past year, it has been one crisis after another. Most of these happened IOTL, but here the greater success of the bombing campaign, the scale of the Boston Riots and the continuation of the war combine to increasing support for Palmer's efforts. As such, he is able to gain enough support for the bill he proposed IOTL which would have further expanded his remits.

    (7) This is almost exclusively OTL, with the exception of the Labor Department cooperating. Under these circumstances, there aren't anywhere near the same limitations on deportation and as a result many of those scooped up in the raids end up harmed for it. There are pretty widespread abuses in these efforts but it does secure considerable popular support, particularly on the right wing.

    (8) It took a while to get there, but there you have it. Rather than have the Red Scare turn out to be a hysterical movement, ITTL it gains further credence when peaceful May Day demonstrations against the peace treaty intersect with the Justice Department. With Palmer's May Day Revolution averted bloodily, he comes across as an American savior and gains even further support. With President Marshall declining rapidly in popularity, he is now set to contest the Democratic nomination. The ACLU is also nipped in the bud, with its resources drained away, leaving the advocacy of civil liberties neutralised, at least for the time being. Additionally, with Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes killed in the anarchist bombings earlier in the year, he isn't available to write his dissent to the Abrams v. United States case, resulting in a much more strident and undivided position on the issue by the Supreme Court. Civil Liberties in the United States thus take a pounding at this time, with plenty of consequences to follow.


    640px-Rathaus_Bremen_15111918.jpg

    Proclamation of The Treaty of Copenhagen in Bremen

    The Busy Bees of Germany

    Germany's Conference Year would prove as event filled and contentious as any of the war years, with considerable internal turbulence, demobilisation efforts, an active conflict in eastern Europe and the incredibly important negotiations in Denmark. With the ascension of a civilian government under the Prince Max von Baden, the pressure for electoral reform and liberalisation kicked into high gear, while an accompanying counterreaction on the part of the conservatives brought these pressures to a head. With Germany already stretched to the brink and a reform-oriented government in power, the decision was made to conduct a series of constitutional reforms exploiting the federal nature of the German Empire.

    These reforms included the formulation of a series of basic rights and obligations held by every German citizen, although privileges of social status remained in place, if somewhat reduced, while economic and religious freedoms were enshrined and all public offices were to be opened to all citizens based on merit while gender discrimination towards female civil servants was abolished. Freedom of speech was pushed for, but conservative forces were able to place limitations on seditious and revolutionary speech, concepts that would remain ambiguous for quite some time and find themselves used against both the far-left and far-right. The expropriation of property would be made only on the basis of law and for the public welfare, with appropriate compensation. The Reich further protected labor rights, intellectual creation, and the rights of authors, inventors, and artists. The right to form unions and to improve working conditions was guaranteed to every individual and to all occupations, and protection of the self-employed was established. Workers and employees were given the right to participate, on an equal footing with employers, in the regulation of wages and working conditions as well as in economic development.

    When it came to electoral reforms, the franchise saw itself extended from 25 years of age to 20 and women's suffrage was included. However, the main shift would prove to be the shift from single-member constituencies by majority vote to direct proportional representation single transferable voting at the state level and in local elections, with indirect voting to the Reichstag state-level representatives. This would allow for greater proportional representation at lower levels of government, but would leave the Reichstag a more elite body, where securing the good will of state representatives was more important than popular acclaim. Given that such representatives would commonly belong to the societal elites, it was believed by both Conservatives and Liberals that they would be able to secure greater support than those of a left-wing orientation to the Reichstag while the left believed that dominance at a local level would transfer to the national level. These changes to the constitution were voted through by the Reichstag and Bundestag in early 1920 and were signed into law by the Kaiser soon after, despite Wilhelm's own considerable reservations (9).

    In the year between the ceasefire and treaty signing, the Germans rushed vast numbers of men eastward to exploit the end of the Western Front and the reopening of trade to considerably strengthen their uncertain hand in Eastern Europe. In Poland, the initiation of negotiations prompted mass unrest, as the Poles sought to throw off the German yoke and secure independent representation at the Copenhagen Conference in late September. The insurrectionist forces were led by members of the Polish Military Organization, who formed the Citizen's Guard, later renamed as the People's Guard, which included many volunteers, including many veterans of the Great War. The first contingent to reach the Bazar Hotel, wherefrom the uprising was initiated, was a 100-strong force from Wilda’s People’s Guard led by Antoni Wysocki. As the insurrection spread rapidly through the Polish countryside, and men took up arms under the political leadership of Jędrzej Moraczewski. However, the sudden arrival of German forces crushed any hope of success, and over the course of the Conference Year the Polish Military Organization would find itself ground to pieces.

    It was during this period that a candidate for the Polish throne was selected in the form of Friedrich Christian von Wettin, Margrave of Meissen, who was elected King of Poland in early March 1920 at German insistence, followed by a crowning ceremony attended by the Kaiser and a host of other royalty. Beneath the new Polish king, a civilian government led by the former first Prime Minister of Poland, Jan Kucharzewski, was formed and work was begun to summon a Polish Sejm modelled on the recent constitutional model established in Germany. During this period a number of Polish exiles, primarily from the former Blue Army in France, sought passage to Poland. However, for fear of further Polish unrest their requests were denied by the German government, to the great distress of the Poles. Martialing around their former commander, Jozef Haller, these Poles would form the nexus of a continued Polish independence movement which stretched across the Channel and the Atlantic, based out of London. While they did not secure official support from any of the former Entente powers, they would find themselves welcomed with opened arms by all of them in the hopes that they might prove of use at some point in the future.

    Around the same time a civilian government under Augustinas Voldemaras had been formed in Lithuania and Duke Wilhelm von Urach was given permission by Kaiser Wilhelm to take up the Lithuanian throne - ascending as Mindaugas II in mid-1919. With control of Vilnius, the city quickly became the center of the nascent Lithuanian kingdom formed under German auspices. This left only the United Baltic Duchy, which saw itself affiliated but not incorporated into the German Empire under Adolf Friedrich, Duke of Mecklenburg-Schwerin, and now Duke of the United Baltic Duchy, with a government formed by the Latian Andrievs Niedra in an initial effort to secure Latvian backing for the new government. The Baltic Duchy would find itself struggling to conform to its new circumstances, but as money flooded in to rebuild the new duchy's capital of Riga and the world went mad across the border, it was generally felt that waiting out the Russian storm under German protection would probably be for the best. In addition to securing their eastern allies, the Germans provided immense amounts of aid to the Don Whites, sending military surplus and mercenaries in the form of quickly forming Freikorps made up of volunteers from amongst the general German soldiery who wanted to keep fighting, allowing Germany to work towards demobilization in a slower and more orderly manner. Throughout this period, large streams of refugees from the conflict in Russia rushed into the German subordinate states across Eastern Europe while those who had fled their homes during the Great War for fear of the German advance began their steady return to their new home countries. As Germany moved into the post-war world, it faced considerable danger and pressure from the East (10).


    Germany itself would experience some turmoil in the lead-up to the signing of the Copenhagen Treaty, as socialist and communist extremists sought to whip up a furore in an effort to provoke a revolution. However, many of the leaders of these groups remained imprisoned at the time of the unrest, and the USPD remained reluctant to commit to such an effort when revolution might threaten the prospect of peace. Furthermore, the recent governmental reforms had done much to take the wind out of these revolutionary efforts and, following a brief economic recession in the immediate aftermath of the ceasefire as the demands of the war fell precipitously, lasting until just around the new year, the German economy had begun shifting away from a war footing as preparations for demobilisation of millions of soldiers were begun. A sudden influx of foreign imports and the rebuilding of Germany's civilian economy prompted the beginnings of an economic boom as factories were steadily shifted back to the pre-war production of consumer goods and work on restoring and expanding the logistical network across Eastern Europe was begun. A spending frenzy ensued, as pent up purchasing power from the war years was let loose while revolutionary new technologies and products were shifted from military to civilian use. The government, concerned at the sudden leap in inflation that resulted from this economic boom and the weakened taxation structures of the war years, sought to stabilise the economy in as stage-managed a manner as possible.

    However, it would take until the signing of the Copenhagen Treaty in May before the German economy truly took off. With the reopening of international trade, the already expanding German industrial complex suddenly had markets aching for their products, prompting an explosion in German exports across the world, with particularly their by now well proven weapons industries remaining a strong economic driver. While the war years had been hard, Germany had largely been able to keep the fighting outside its borders, meaning that its industrial and logistical networks were fully operational when the peace was signed. By October 1919, the Germans had begun a slow and orderly demobilisation of their army, ensuring work for as many of them as possible. At the same time the expansion of social security was undertaken, with the creation of veteran's care facilities as well as a host of subsidiary organisational structures to support the large number of invalids from the war. At the same time, the forces moving eastward to help stabilise the new German vassals in the east further reduced the need for immediate job creation, with many intrepid Freikorps men eventually settling into the growing German expat communities in Eastern Europe.

    During this period a variety of veterans organisations were founded, both by the military itself and by home-bound veterans. (11). At the same time, the political reforms, the general political ferment and the return of so many soldiers from the front resulted in a dynamic and chaotic political scene as parties sprouted up across Germany seeking to secure support for their goals. This coincided with OHL ending its funding of the Vaterlandpartei, forcing the party to adapt. This would lead to the party's transition into the national conservative DNVP party, which took on a more fervently militaristic and nationalistic tone than the other conservative parties and was thus able to secure more of the former Vaterlandpartei members, making them one of the strongest conservative forces in Germany in the process. This would prompt the older conservative parties, the German Conservative Party and the Free Conservative Party, to join together as a more moderate alternative under the name of the German Conservative Party, DKP. Shortly after this, the Christian Conservative Party splintered between supporters of the DNVP and DKP, with anti-Semitism at the heart of the issue, with the DKP securing the more moderate faction of the Christian Conservative Party while the more reactionary joined the DNVP.

    This coincided with the unification of most social liberals into the powerful Progressive People's Party, FVP, while the National Liberal Party, NLP, remained dominant amongst national liberals. However, the most significant political shift in the immediate post-war period would occur with the SPD, which first saw the USPD join back with the MSPD, only for the more radical wing of the party to revolt against the increasingly national socialist nature of the MSPD under the influence of its right wing, led by ideologues like Paul Lensch and the up-and-coming Ernst Niekisch, resulting in the formation of the Communist Party of Germany, KPD, led by the recently released Rosa Luxembourg and Karl Liebknecht, mixing their ideology with some of the anarchist and syndicalist factions in a bid to follow the lead of Moscow. Although there were some extremists who proposed attempting revolutionary unrest, this was eventually rejected by the recently formed party after a great deal of back-and-forth.

    These political shifts culminated in the November 1920 elections, the first under the new constitution, which saw the conservative and liberal parties secure considerable gains on the federal level, but saw the conservative grip on Prussia collapse in favour of an FVP-SPD coalition government led by the ascendant Friedrich Ebert, with the KPD seeing some success particularly in the Ruhr and Berlin and capturing three seats in the Reichstag as a result which would allow them a national platform for their message. The federal elections led to the ascension of Gustav Stresemann as Chancellor of Germany on the basis of a liberal-conservative coalition between the NLP, the DKP and the Centre party (12).

    Footnotes:

    (9) While this isn't quite what @Rufus proposed for Germany, it does hold a number of similarities so I feel I should give kudos for some of the inspiration. I think that this is probably the best set of reforms Germany could have secured at the time and given the political climate. This reform answers many of the critiques and problems most people had with the German system at the time, at least to some degree, while also protecting conservative and monarchical interests to some extent. By moving to a federal indirect voting system, the system becomes considerably harder for populist parties to secure federal power in, be they left or right wing, while greatly strengthening the status quo. At the same time, the direct proportional elections at a state and local level means that there are places for popular will to find itself expressed which, when coupled with the relatively power held by the state and local levels in the Imperial system mean that these are actually pretty significant avenues to power. Perhaps the most important point here is that this opens up the Prussian Kingdom from the iron grip previously held by the conservatives in the region with the end of the Prussian Franchise, which will have some interesting consequences. While Germany already had a bill of rights, this sees an expansion of those rights based partially on what was set out in the Weimar Constitution, though of a considerably more limited nature. The most implausible point is probably Wilhelm accepting the change, but I think he is on thin enough ice at this point that informal pressure would be sufficient to force him to accept.


    (10) I need to call on @Augenis for the invaluable discussions on Eastern Europe post-Great War in a German victory scenario for this. I have decided to take something of a middle path in regards to how great an amount of autonomy most of these states possess and how interfering the Germans are in local affairs. The defeat of the Polish uprising sees most the remaining Polish resistance collapse. With Pilsudski and various other Polish nationals still imprisoned as IOTL, there isn't much that can be done to hold the line here. With Poland and Saxony's historic ties, I thought the Wettin candidate would work best, while Lithuania gets Urach, who just generally seems to be the best candidate available for Lithuania. As IOTL Adolph Friedrich becomes Duke of the United Baltic Duchies, though this time around he actually takes up residence there. At the same time, we see the appearance of Freikorps, but only in their mercenary role, serving as an outlet for those who don't think they will cope well with demobilisation. They bring invaluable resources and capabilities to the Don Whites, greatly strengthening Brusilov's position.

    (11) From my reading of the post-war situation in Germany, even with the defeat and absolute political chaos the main source of Germany's economic woes in the late 1910s and early 1920s stemmed from governmental sabotage and reckless economic policies more than anything else. Without any of the restrictions of the Versailles Treaty and with massive new markets in Eastern and Central Europe, as well as the opening up of international markets, it would present a massive economic opportunity. In similar ways to America in the same immediate post-war period, Germany goes through a short recession as the industries of war shift to civilian production, but then the economy takes off. This actually happened IOTL as well, but ended up getting wasted in the fight over reparations IOTL, where the German government deliberately tried to make itself appear so weak that it wouldn't be able to repay reparations. Furthermore, without the crash demobilisation of OTL there is far less political and economic turmoil as the economy prepares for their return. All in all, Germany is set to massively expand its already powerful economy, now with a massive captive market in the east to exploit.

    (12) There isn't the same degree of political fragmentation and destruction as IOTL, where many of the pre-war parties dissolved. Instead, we see the rise of a new political forces in the DNVP and KPD, the consolidation of the SPD and DKP and the ascendance of the NLP. It is important to note that the SPD take a more nationalist line ITTL, retaining its socialist character but adding some nationalist elements to the mix. This is part of what leads to the KPD forming. In addition, without a Sparticist Rising, Rosa Luxembourg and Karl Liebknecht live on to influence politics in a post-war world. It also bears noting that Otto Strasser is slowly gaining a following in the SPD and is one of their young but rising leaders. Gregor Strasser is involved in the Freikorps fighting in Russia while Adolph Hitler is back in Münich, having joined a local veterans organisation, involving himself in local politics and flirting with joining the DNVP. He is not elected in 1920 but is able to build a minor following of fellow anti-Semites and ultranationalists.

    368px-Mandel_1932.jpg

    Georges Mandel, Clemenceau's Heir

    Rebuilding The Republic

    France's Conference Year was a time of considerable fear and uncertainty, which saw itself expressed in political hysteria, leftist agitation, as their opportunity to provoke revolutionary sentiment seemed shrinking and rightist pressure on the government to free Poincaré and Foch, leading to an immensely difficult restoration of peace and order. One of the first matters to be resolved was the slow retaking of French lands, occurring in the lead-up to the negotiations, as the Germans pulled back from their positions in stages. The sheer cost of reclaiming these lands were immense and efforts to reestablish domestic order proved incredibly challenging. The restoration of the Béthune Mines would occur in early September and while work would be required to restore them, by late October coal production began ramping up to meet France's heating and industrial needs once more. The reclamation of factory lands would follow soon after, although the cost of restoring these to working order would prove considerable and would leave the French reliant on American and British imports for the time being, to be joined by German products once the Copenhagen Treaty was signed.

    While the initial protests and demonstrations against the partition of Belgium took place during the Conference Year, it would be the Summer Uprisings in Wallonia which consumed French focus in the immediate aftermath of the treaty signing, as Belgian nationalists sought to provoke general revolt across the region, but were largely met by exhausted apathy amongst the general public. The French soldiers were thus able to secure the region after a few skirmishes and the imprisonment of the movement’s ringleaders. One immense challenge facing the French government of Aristide Briand came in the form of the hundreds of thousands of deserters who had abandoned their posts during the chaos of the war and now lived in a state of limbo, fearing that the government might well punish them for the act. In the end the issue would be solved by a general pardon, though this would inflame the French Right even further than the concessions in the peace treaty. Agitation against Briand grew increasingly raucous over the course of 1920, while the governmental coalition he had pieced together piecemeal in 1919 began to crumble around him. It was during this period that political prisoners, including both Poincaré and Foch, were pardoned and released as efforts at reconciling with the right to ease the tense French political situation were undertaken. However, as 1920 moved from summer to autumn, the calls for elections grew ever louder, culminating in Briand and Millerand's decision to call for elections in early December 1920, when they felt that they would be able to showcase as much of their reconstruction efforts as possible.

    In the months that followed the peace treaty, the political legacy of the Great War became a key point of contest and conflict between a wide variety of political factions. On the far left, revolutionary agitation by a large portion of SFIO and the anarcho-syndicalist faction of the French General Confederation of Labor (CGT) led by Pierre Monatte, provoked considerable worry and disarray in the French labor market. The vital role that these organizations had played in securing the peace resulted in a rush of support towards the factions in the Conference Year, which had been exploited fully by the far-left’s leadership. With the CGT increasingly dominated by Monatte, in spite of moderate opposition, and the SFIO increasingly aligning itself behind the Communist ideology coming out of Moscow, the fears of revolution grew ever greater. While violence remained limited during the lead-up to the 1920 elections, this did not prevent the rise of relatively a united right wing in fearful opposition to the radicals on the left, even if they could barely stand each other. At the forefront of this right wing movement was Clemenceau's chosen successor, Georges Mandel, who took his mentor's assassination by the anarchist Cottin hard and turned fervently against any compromise with such terrorists. While conservative republicans rallied around Mandel, the far-right ligues, foremost among them Action Francaise, agitated against the growing leftist revolutionary menace. Caught between these two factions were the moderates around Briand and Millerand, who set themselves forward as the only true hope of France for a secure post-war period (13).

    It would be these moderates, of split left and right belief, who joined together during the elections. In the end, the French people were weary of conflict and voted for what was widely viewed as the safest option, returning a majority to the parties supporting Briand and Millerand, restoring the stable foundations of their coalition for the time being. However, the election period would see the CGT and SFIO grow closer, and see the ascent of more radical figures within both the confederation and political party, while the far-right was able to mount a surprising degree of support on the basis of claiming that true victory had been stolen from the French people by the weakness of their home front - an argument that met with only limited agreement even amongst the right.

    Former Generalissimo Ferdinand Foch was named ceremonial president of the Union Nationale de Combattants (UNC), which was founded in Paris on 16th June 1919 on the initiative of Catholic veterans led by Father Daniel Brottier. While the association founded a national weekly newspaper called La Voix du Combattant, it would be with the support of the Church, the army and conservative political business interests, that the UNC grew to become the largest right-wing veterans’ association in France. By contrast, the moderate Union Féderale (UF) was founded in Lyon in February 1918 as a federation of provincial veteran and war-wounded associations and quickly began aligning itself with the moderate Briand and Millerand governments. The UF would soon prove itself extremely active in the international veterans’ community, building contacts with veterans organizations in all combatant nations. A number of smaller veterans associations would align themselves with the Left, but they were never able to achieve quite the same level of success or cohesion as the UNC and UF.


    The Briand and Millerand government would find itself constantly overburdened, resolving crisis after crisis, while investing massively in the reconstruction of France. Paying for these efforts would prove an immediate challenge, and reconstruction efforts would find themselves disrupted on a continuous basis by strikes over insufficient and intermittent wages, harsh working conditions and revolutionary agitation, all while dealing with ferocious efforts by the CGT to unionise working men and women wherever they could find them. Clashes between the CGT and right-wing ligues would prove a common occurrence in this period, often requiring direct governmental intervention to separate the two. It was during this period, as American support for the wartime alliance seemed to waver and with the British increasingly occupied with domestic affairs, that Briand was able to secure what would widely be considered one of the greatest diplomatic achievements of his eighth term as Prime Minister of France. Prompted by the seemingly breakneck rise of Germany, Lloyd George offered a military guarantee of immediate aid against German aggression in the early months of 1921. It was a sensational suggestion, and was strengthened by Lloyd George’s promise to authorise the building of a Channel tunnel, already under discussion in London, so that British troops could be quickly dispatched to France (14).

    However, the Americans would prove more reticent, as the new President of the United States weighed the merits of such an alliance, eventually giving his response in mid-1921. Either way, Lloyd George's promise would open the floodgates of Anglophone investment, as investor confidence in the French domestic situation grew, soon joined by payments from the Central Powers of Serbia's war guilt and German encroachment into the French market. This sudden influx of capital greatly expanded the capabilities and security of the French government, who were now able to direct considerable financial flows into their reconstruction efforts. However, the growth of German, British and American imports would follow soon after, threatening the viability of domestic French industry and, resulting in considerable protests from the French business community. Under considerable pressure from his own coalition, Briand would call on the League of Nations' Trade Arbitration Court for the first time in order to avoid provoking conflict through unilateral trade sanctions, hoping to secure some form of understanding with the other great powers on the issue.

    In its first major case the recently established permanent Trade Arbitration Court in Zürich sought to bring together the various parties. In a series of negotiations, Briand was able to negotiate an agreement with new German Foreign Minister Walther Rathenau, a major Jewish-German industrialist who had supported Stresemann's campaign in 1920 and been rewarded for it, whereby the Germans promised to limit dumping of products in struggling French industries in return for a significant reduction in the sum they were paying as part of Serbia's war guilt. The British were agreeable to such measures as well, but the Americans would prove intransigent on the issue of tariffs, eventually forcing Briand to give in to American pressure for fear of losing their economic aid and investments. While unpopular in radical circles, these moves would ease the pressure on French capital considerably and allow for the continued rebuilding of devastated industries, though American imports would present a considerable threat which the French business community could do little about for the time being. This agreement with the Germans would mark the beginnings of the Briand-Stresemann Rapprochement as Germany and France sought to lessen the mutual animosity between their peoples, working through veterans organisations such as the UF and cultural exchanges primarily early on, most prominently in a joint project to create a massive Verdun Peace Monument and mausoleum (15).

    Since the moment the war ended, all belligerents had been trying to deal with the challenge posed by the millions of dead. The first part of this challenge was to recover the bodies, identify, and inter them. It had been clear from the opening campaigns that this war was the greatest in history and all sides believed that its memory must be kept alive, not only to honour the fallen but also to prevent them from becoming a matter of indifference to later generations who might never understand what this one had endured. The names of the lost had to be preserved, and already during the war the belligerents prepared to commemorate them. Lawrence Binyon’s elegy, ‘To the Fallen’, whose refrain ‘We will remember them’ became a fixture of British Armistice Day rituals, was written in September 1914.

    The Western European belligerents quickly established that all dead soldiers of whatever rank would be buried in special cemeteries. American legislation during the Civil War provided a precedent, but there was little in Europe, where the Napoleonic war dead had been shoveled into mass graves and their remains sometimes re-used as agricultural fertilizer. During the nineteenth century, however, tremendous romantic and humanitarian changes had suffused the attitudes of Western societies towards death, and democratic citizen armies, whether volunteer or conscript, evoked different feelings from the mercenary forces of earlier conflicts. The French passed legislation in 1914 creating military cemeteries; by the end of 1915 they were gathering their dead for reburial, and the war ministry issued regulations for the permanent care of the graves. In 1916–17 proposals emerged for a national mausoleum at Verdun, which would morph into the Verdun Peace Monument in cooperation with Germany. Other countries followed this lead. Once the guns fell silent, the first tasks on the battlefields were to remove the detritus of combat, explode the mines and shells, reclaim the soil, and reconstruct towns and villages.

    Along the Western Front these tasks were mostly accomplished within six years, but monuments such as the cathedral and cloth hall at Ypres were lovingly reconstructed and were not completed until 1930–34. Of the corpses, many of which had been buried in mass or unmarked graves, tens of thousands were condemned to remain anonymous. Battlefield monuments represented only a portion of the construction effort, with the memorials in the home countries leaving an architectural imprint throughout the Western world. Perhaps the most characteristic creations of the period, and another innovation, were the tombs of the Unknown Soldiers. To some extent a forerunner of the idea in Britain was the Cenotaph, literally an empty tomb, which Lutyens designed as a temporary feature for the Whitehall peace parade that celebrated the end of the war. It proved so popular that a permanent replacement was unveiled on 11 November 1920 when the Unknown Warrior was buried at Westminster Abbey.

    The idea for such a tomb originated separately in France and in Britain and had a special significance after a conflict that had simply obliterated without trace huge numbers of combatants. In Paris a warrior was buried on the same day under the Arc de Triomphe in the midst of elaborate ritual, before spreading across the Atlantic and to the Central Powers. Having poured forth unprecedented resources on the war, the new industrial civilization now did likewise to commemorate it, creating a memorial architecture unparalleled since ancient Egypt. Yet the monuments were not simply static representations: they became the focal points for public acts of mourning, and here too patterns of ritual were pioneered that have would become familiar calendar fixtures. As the war itself had been an apprenticeship in modern conflict, so in its aftermath Western countries evolved new modes of mourning, but they drew heavily on established civic and religious motifs. In societies that were only partly dechristianized such symbols had an evocative and reassuring potential that abstract and modernist alternatives lacked (16).

    Footnotes:

    (13) ITTL the pressure for a split over joining a Communist International is not present, at least not at this point in time, and as such, there is less internal conflict amongst the French Left. Furthermore, with their role in forcing an end to the war, they are able to reap considerable benefits. This is a key factor in the continuation and strengthening of Anarchist influences in the CGT, although Communists also have a growing presence in the confederation, while the SFIO remains a united party for the time being. The French Right remains deeply divided, but they are able to unite behind Mandel on the issue of opposing revolutionary leftism.

    (14) When I read that there were actual considerations given to constructing a Channel Tunnel in the immediate post-war period IOTL, being abandoned when Anglo-French relations soured over reparations, I felt I had to include it somehow in TTL. We will follow the efforts of France and Britain to build this tunnel for a while, but I hope to make it an interesting journey. The British made a similar promise of alliance IOTL, but tied it to American agreement. ITTL I think that they would be more willing to make such a guarantee for fear of German aggression.

    (15) I personally think that without the rancor of the fight over war guilt and reparations, the OTL rapprochement efforts of the mid and late 1920s could have happened a lot earlier with considerably greater impact. While these initial meetings are tense, you saw a general wish to prevent conflict on both sides IOTL and would see similar ITTL. Here the politicians are more willing to go for it. Briand is the great peacemaker who avoided losses at the Copenhagen Conference, while the Germans want peace in the west so they can deal with their massive new acquisitions and unstable subordinates in the east and south-east.


    (16) This is basically based on OTL. The important difference is that ITTL, the Germans and Austro-Hungarians follow suit in these practices, and participate in all of these rituals as well, creating ones distinct from their western adversaries. IOTL memorialising the Great War was largely something done by the victorious powers, the Weimar Republicans wanting to forget the conflict and put it in their rearview mirror, while the nationalists looked at the conflict as a betrayal of their nation. Basically, no one wanted to remember the ignominy of defeat, while the victors felt better able to try dealing with their sacrifices. At the same time many former Austro-Hungarian nations had their independence struggle in this period, which tended to fill a larger part in their collective memory. Here the situation is considerably different.

    640px-The_Burning_of_Cork_%289713428703%29.jpg

    The Aftermath of the Burning of Cork

    Rule Britannia

    Britain's Conference Year was a period marked by considerable uncertainty and worry, as the end of the Great War turned British attentions more towards the degenerating situation in Ireland and the deep rumblings of discontent rippling through their deeply wounded colonial Empire. The British colonies were amongst the hardest hit by the Flu, known at the time as Spanish Flu because a lack of war censorship in Spain meant that word of the disease's spread was readily available in Spanish newspapers, and saw immense unrest entering into the post-war era. With the clampdown on coverage of the Flu in all belligerent powers, it would thus ultimately be Spain that gave its name to the Flu during the pandemic, though later the name "Great Flu" would see increased popularity.

    The end of the war was swiftly followed by a general election in a bid to strengthen Lloyd George's hand at the negotiating table, the first election held under the expanded franchise created by the 1918 Representation of the People Act, which had effectively introduced universal male suffrage and extended the vote, on a limited basis, to women. The election proved a tumultuous affair, as Lloyd George's rivals sought to smear the Prime Minister with the stench of defeat, while Lloyd George claimed to have brought peace with honour. With labor unrest at a height and Ireland up in arms, there were considerable questions about Lloyd George's success as prime minister and whether his continued hold on power would be for the best. At the heart of this campaign was Lloyd George's rival Asquith, who sought to rally Liberal opposition to the Prime Minister. It would be the October 1919 election which marked the devastation of the Liberal Party. A week prior to the election, Lloyd George’s Liberal ministers agreed to continue their membership of the coalition, but an invitation to Asquith, who had remained the official leader of the Liberal Party after 1916, to join the government as Lord Chancellor was rejected. This would mark the official schism of the Liberal Party into the Asquithian "Official" Liberals and the Coalition Liberals of Lloyd George. Lloyd George’s lieutenants secured from the Unionists an agreement not to challenge 150 Liberal MPs identified as supporters of the government, many on the basis of their loyalty throughout the challenges to Lloyd George's power, with 133 of these duly reelected. However, the Asquithian Liberals, denied the protection of the coalition “coupon”, were routed at the polls and reduced to just thirty-six MPs. Asquith, McKenna and most of their senior colleagues lost their seats.


    While the Liberals’ position at Westminster deteriorated, the prospects for the Labour Party in 1919 were rather brighter. Like the Liberals, Labour was torn between patriotism and pacifism during the war, but unlike the Liberals the party never suffered a serious institutional split. Indeed, while the Liberal Party organization had decayed conspicuously since the general elections of 1910, the war enhanced the political and social importance of the industrial working class and the trade union movement from which Labour drew its strength. Experience of ministerial office boosted the party’s credibility, yet Henderson’s defiance of Lloyd George in 1917, when he left the government, ensured that Labour retained its political independence. After his resignation Henderson embarked on a major reorganisation of the party which led to the adoption of a new constitution, containing an explicit commitment to socialism, and laid the basis for Labour’s emergence as a truly national party. The party was able to field an unprecedented 400 parliamentary candidates in 1919, winning 78 seats.

    The real political “winners” to emerge from the Great War, however, were the Conservatives. With Ireland in chaos and both Sinn Fein and the Irish Parliamentary Party unable to contest the elections due to their participation in the conscription crisis, allowed the Unionists to sweep up a vast majority of the seats in Ireland while the Conservatives secured just over 100 seats in Britain - leading to a combined increase of nearly 170 seats leaving them with what amounted to a supermajority in the Parliament with around 440 of 707 seats. While Bonar Law and his conservatives could have taken power, they decided instead to continue the coalition government under Lloyd George on the condition that everything possible be done to restore order to Ireland and secure an honourable peace (17).

    The British, too, emerged from the war in a weakened financial position. There had been a considerable sale of overseas assets quite apart from domestic war debts and money lent to their allies, which would be difficult to recoup. The British owed the Americans immense sums and were, for the first time, in debt to their transatlantic cousins, though still in a creditor position worldwide. With a far more effective tax structure than the French, British governments had covered more of their war costs through taxation, but there was still a large budgetary deficit in March 1920. The removal of wartime controls fueled an inflationary spiral; the pound, off gold and no longer pegged to the dollar, began to fall below its pre-war dollar-exchange rate. Lloyd George’s Coalition government was determined to put its financial house in order. The Treasury, the Bank of England, and the City, London’s financial district, charted a strict deflationary policy, arguing that by cutting expenditure, restricting government borrowing, and raising interest rates to discourage private investment, the country would be prepared for a return to the gold standard and the restoration of the international financial structure, and Britain’s own dominant position in international finance would be ensured. Even when it became clear by the summer that the post-war boom was over and that further deflation would depress trade and create massive unemployment, Austen Chamberlain, the chancellor of the Exchequer, persisted with these policies, and his second budget of 1921 already showed a surplus available for debt redemption.

    Britain’s deflationary policies did not stop the pound’s deterioration in relation to the dollar, nor reverse the flow of gold to the United States. The government insisted that London could meet the competition from New York and resume its place as the center of the world’s financial system. Imperial ties, habit, and geography meant that many continued to look to London. The need to strengthen the pound was seen, above all in the influential City of London, as more important than worries about British trade. There was, in the immediate post-war period, little opposition to the Treasury position or any challenge to its assumption that balanced budgets, stabilized currencies, and the reintroduction of the gold standard were essential for economic recovery. Like the French, the British hoped to secure, if not the cancellation of the war-debt payments owed to the Americans, then at least better terms than those that had been set near the end of the war. In the face of a sharp recession and mounting unemployment during late 1920 and early 1921, the London government insisted that financial instability was the cause of the present malaise, with uncertainty regarding French repayment of loans a primary factor in the instability. It would be these factors that led to Lloyd George backing the series of economic support policies for the French in this period, strongly lobbying the US government to either remit British and French debt, or push forward with economic aid for the French and British, using their own position as creditor in Europe to threaten a wider default (18).


    While the Great War played a key role in weakening the British economy, it would be the ongoing conflict in Ireland and the British efforts at restoring their colonial empire which turned what could have been a brief post-war recession into an economic depression. By the signing of the ceasefire, more than 80,000 Irish Conscripts had found themselves forced into uniform, of which some 4,000 would die either as a result of the Flu or the fighting. In that time, the situation in Ireland had turned ever more violent as a bitter Irish insurgency sought to force an end to the conscriptions, while calls for independence grew ever louder, even amongst the ostensibly Home Rule favouring Irish Parliamentary Party, although support and politicians from the IPP were increasingly jumping ship for Sinn Fein. On March 1919, as word of continued fighting in France spread and news of the French strikes and pro-peace protests hit Ireland, the Sinn Fein found themselves provoked into establishing an independent Parliament, called the First Dáil, and a ministry to govern it, named the Aireacht, consisting of pro-independence Irish figures from Sinn Fein and pro-Independence members of the IPP.

    Throughout this period, Haig worked to coordinate British military responses to insurgent assaults with the Unionist population, tacitly accepting Unionist assaults on anti-conscription supporters and pro-independence strongholds. The signing of the 16th of June Ceasefire brought a temporary slowing of the march to war, as conscription came to an end and hopes for the restoration of Home Rule rose precipitously. While the situation remained tense through the first quarter of the Conference Year, with numerous skirmishes, ambushes and raids between Unionists and Sinn Fein in particular, a sense of hope was present as everyone looked towards the promised elections and the return of the conscripts. While the conscripts returned from the front, all eyes turned to London as the weak hopes that the British would uphold their promises slowed everything to a crawl.

    The decision to declare Sinn Fein and the Irish Parliamentary Party ineligible for election as seditious and treasonous movements was taken by Lord Lieutenant John French in an effort to bring the treasonous Irish out into the streets where they could be met forcefully by the rapidly expanded British forces in Ireland. Events would largely proceed as expected, with the declaration prompting outrage and sending thousands into the streets in protest, where they were met by heavily armed British soldiers who began mass arrests of the protesters, weeding out ringleaders and protest leaders for extradition to Britain on a variety of charges, most significantly Arthur Griffin and Kevin O'Higgins. The harsh and clearly prepared nature of the crackdown sent waves through the Irish populace and forced many prominent pro-independence Irish leaders into hiding and brought more radical figures to the forefront of the movement, most prominently the recently returned Michael Collins, Frank Aiken and Liam Lynch, who had forged close bonds and a seething hatred of the British during their time as conscripts (19).

    Volunteers began to attack British government property, carry out raids for arms and funds and target and kill prominent members of the British administration. The first was Resident Magistrate John C. Milling, who was shot dead in Westport, County Mayo, for having sent Volunteers to prison for unlawful assembly and drilling. They mimicked the successful tactics of the Boers' fast violent raids without uniform. Although some republican leaders, notably Éamon de Valera, favored classic conventional warfare to legitimize the new republic in the eyes of the world, the more practically experienced Michael Collins and the broader IRA leadership opposed these tactics as they had led to the military debacle of 1916. The violence used was at first deeply unpopular with Irish people but the heavy-handed British actions both during and after the war did much to popularize it among large segments of the population. During the early part of the conflict, roughly from the middle of 1919 to early 1920, there was a relatively limited amount of violence while much of the nationalist campaign involved popular mobilization and the creation of a republican "state within a state" in opposition to British rule.

    Unrest finally became open rebellion in the first six months of 1920. The most prominent representatives of the British state in Ireland, the armed Royal Irish Constabulary (RIC), came under increasing attack from the Irish Volunteers, who by now were generally known as the Irish Republican Army (IRA). Ambushes of police patrols and attacks on constabulary stations grew more frequent and more violent. The strength and morale of the RIC declined, as hundreds of constables quit the force and the remainder were concentrated in fewer, more defensible stations. Sinn Féin won local government elections across the country, and both town and county councils proclaimed their allegiance to Dáil Eireann. More seriously, the revolutionaries undermined the British legal system: the Dáil established its own courts of justice and Volunteers acted as Republican police. Once again, the baffled British government’s response was ineffective. A new Home Rule Bill was introduced, which would create two devolved assemblies: one at Stormont for the six counties of Northern Ireland, which were dominated by Ulster Protestants, and one in Dublin for the remaining twenty-six counties; but this concession was widely seen as too little, too late. The Dublin Castle administration was reformed, but both its conciliatory gestures and its clumsy counterinsurgency campaign did nothing to slow the collapse of the British regime.

    By the summer of 1920, faced with a choice between crushing Ireland’s rebels by force, and offering the country dominion status, the Lloyd George government opted for increased repression. Thus, in the summer and autumn of 1920, the war began to ramp up. The British government rushed emergency legislation through Parliament, the Restoration of Order in Ireland Act, while the RIC was reinforced with large numbers of British ex-servicemen. Ex-soldiers became ordinary constables, and were quickly nicknamed Black and Tans, as ex-officers joined a mobile and heavily-armed paramilitary gendarmerie, the Auxiliary Division. Assisted by the military, the police went back on the offensive: but the IRA rose to the challenge. Ambushes of police and military patrols grew bloodier and more frequent, and, in retaliation, the police in particular took reprisals, looting and burning homes and shops and summarily executing suspects. Meanwhile, as both sides fought a war of words for public opinion, in Parliament and in the press, their intelligence services played a deadly game of cat and mouse on the streets of Dublin.

    As the conflict grew ever bloodier, increasingly radical action came to be called for. Terror attacks on civilians, assassinations of rival supporters, extrajudicial executions and a series of bloody massacres would raise the stakes in late 1920. County Cork was an epicentre of the growing conflict. On 23rd November 1920, an RIC in civilian dress threw a grenade into a group of IRA volunteers who had just left a brigade meeting on St Patrick Street in Cork, killing three and injuring sixteen. In retaliation, on the 28th November 1920 the IRA's 3rd Cork Brigade ambushed an Auxiliary patrol at Kilmichael, killing 17 Auxiliaries. This was the biggest loss of life for the British in County Cork up till this point and prompted the British forces to declare martial law in counties Cork, including the city of Cork, Kerry, Limerick, and Tipperary. With martial law in effect, the IRA launched an assault on an auxiliary patrol in Cork city on the 11th of December, wounding a dozen and killing two, provoking horrific retribution that evening.

    The Auxiliaries, Black and Tans and British soldiers looted and burnt numerous buildings in the city centre. Many civilians reported being beaten, shot at, and robbed by British forces. Firefighters testified that British forces hindered their attempts to tackle the blazes through intimidation, cutting their hoses and shooting at them. More than 40 business premises, 300 residential properties, the City Hall and Carnegie Library were destroyed by the fire while more than £3 million worth of damage was wrought, 2,000 were left jobless and many more became homeless. Two unarmed IRA volunteers were shot dead in the north of the city and terror ran through the Irish populace. The Burning of Cork threw the conflict into overdrive and led to a massive expansion in the level of violence of the conflict and marked the beginnings of plans to expand the war across the Irish Sea to Great Britain itself. At the same time, the growing levels of violence in Ireland proved increasingly unpopular in England as calls for an end to the conflict grew louder (20).

    Footnotes:

    (17) With Home Rule suspended and both Sinn Fein and Irish Parliamentary Party up in arms, the Conservatives make even greater gains than IOTL. At the same time the longer conflict and greater labour agitation results in a somewhat better result for Labour ITTL at the expense of the Asquinian Liberals and the National Democratic Party. The main impact here is that the coalition holds and the Conservatives, particularly the Unionists, are even stronger than IOTL.

    (18) A lot of this is based on pressures that were present in OTL and British efforts to restore the European economy. The main difference is that with Germany recovering from the war and with their markets expanding explosively into Eastern Europe, the necessity of keeping France on its feet makes Lloyd George much more willng to coordinate with the French. This in turn places greater pressure on the Americans, who are forced to aid their wartime allies for fear of default. This isn't exactly something that improves Transatlantic relations, but it does stabilize the British and French economies allowing them to begin rebuilding their economic positions.

    (19) The circumstances surrounding what turned into the Irish War of Indepenence IOTL are somewhat different ITTL. The primary point is that with the expanded Conscription crisis and conflict surrounding it, Irish society is more brutalized than IOTL and violence proves greater as a result. Perhaps the most significant divergences here are the absence of Griffith and O'Higgins from amongst the Irish leadership. This has the effect of increasing the radicalism of the IRA and Sinn Fein, pushing them to fight to the finish. While this won't have too immense an impact immediately, it will become particularly clear as we move further into the conflict and particularly when we start nearing the OTL treaty negotiations.

    (20) This is largely based on OTL events and probably doesn't fit completely with what is actually happening. The conflict plays out with a lot of similarities to the OTL early period of the conflict, but as we move forward from here events are going to move increasingly in a different direction in Ireland.


    Summary:

    The United States experiences immense internal turmoil as a result of the Red Scare

    Germany seeks to recover from the Great War and sets up their empire in the east.

    France is wracked by leftist and rightist disturbances while they rebuild their nation and seek peace and prosperity.

    Great Britain experiences considerable economic turmoil while Ireland goes up in flames.

    End Note:
    This is something of a monster update covering a ton of events in several of the key powers of the period. We have the 1920 US elections coming up soon and that is going to be a major can of worms, while the Russian conflict moves into its next phase and revolutionary efforts spread further into Europe.

    While I was right in saying I wouldn't get much done today, I was able to get my computer to work and read corrections on this update so I decided to post it, don't want to leave you all hanging. That said, I should start getting more time to work after tomorrow. I really hope you enjoy.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Eighteen: Old Problems, New Problems
  • Old Problems, New Problems

    309px-Baron_ungern.ruem.jpg

    Baron Roman von Ungern-Sternberg, Leader of the Urga Whites

    A Siberian Nightmare

    The defeat and splintering of the Siberian Whites in early 1920 was a disaster for the heavily invested Americans, who found themselves scrambling for someone to back against the rising tide of Red Russia. Leon Trotsky, with his vocal internationalism, contacts to American socialists and avowed support for continuous revolution, was the perfect boogeyman for the American press and played a key role in ensuring continued active American opposition to the Russian revolutionary forces. As the American political scene moved forward and the 1920 elections grew closer, the tone of political discourse grew ever more fevered as isolationists and interventionists clashed in both parties and accusations of jingoism and sedition entered into the political struggle. For the time being, the interventionist President Marshall continued, and even expanded, American support for Whites in Siberia eventually began to coalesce around the form of Ataman Grigori Semyonov of the Transbaikal Cossacks, who took up leadership in the region with American and Japanese backing. The Far Eastern Republic that formed around Semyonov, his supporters and international backers, was not, however, the only White faction to emerge from the chaos of the Siberian collapse (1).

    Farther to the south, in the regions of Central Asia where the Mongols held sway and where Semyonov had first emerged as an independent power in 1918, before he threw his support behind Kolchak and Tsar Mikhail, a young Baltic German nobleman by the name of Baron Roman von Ungern-Sternberg, who had initially come to authority and power as a lieutenant to Semyonov, was making moves that would see him break with his putative overlord and set him on the road to power. During 1918 and 1919 Ungern had several successful military operations in Hailar and Dauria, which had led to his appointment as Major General. Semyonov entrusted him with forming military units to battle Bolshevik forces, enrolling Buryats and Mongols in their national military units while, in Dauria. Here Ungern formed a volunteer Asiatic Cavalry Division, which included Russians, Buryats, Tatars, Bashkirs, Mongols from different tribes, Chinese, Manchu, Polish exiles and many others. Ungern reinforced his military station at Dauria, creating a fortress from which his troops launched attacks on Red forces and extended his influence far into the Mongolian Steppe in the months that followed.

    In 1919 Japanese backed Chinese forces of the Anhui Clique entered into conflict with the Siberian Whites over control of Mongolia, in the process escalating the warfare gripping the factional fighting in the region, as the struggle turned the two Japanese backed forces against each other and Red forces in the region. However, in early June of the following year, following the Siberian White collapse and the rise of Semyonov, the Anqui Clique was crushed in the Zhili-Anhui War and their forces in Mongolia left leaderless, creating an opportunity for Ungern, who rushed in and filled the power vacuum, absorbing much of the Anhui Clique's gains in the region and securing many of their leaderless troops. Ungern was at this time a pan-monarchist, believing in the universal application of absolute monarchies, and as such had initially been a fervent supporter of the Tsarist regime in Omsk, supporting it as much as he could. However, following the Siberian collapse he turned increasingly against Semyonov who he viewed as having abandoning the Tsarist cause in favour of his own petty power plays (2).

    As a result, over the course of early 1920 he had increasingly begun considering other avenues for the spreading of universal monarchism, most significantly in Mongolia, and was preparing to set out on his own, when a young woman was brought before him at his latest base of operations at Urga, apparently having set out into the steppe on her own for fear that she might be killed if she revealed her identity. This young woman, in her twenties, was quickly identified as Olga Romanova by officers who had met her in Omsk, much to her own dismay. Ecstatic at having secured a Romanov heiress, Ungern immediately began covertly meeting with other White leaders in the region who were growing disenchanted with Semyonov's leadership, most prominently the Orenberg Cossacks, who had been driven from their homes by the advancing Trotskyite hordes and felt that Semyonov had abandoned the fight against the Reds. Using Olga as figurehead, Ungern was soon able to secure a considerable following across Central Asia, stretching from Manchuria to western Mongolia, before breaking publicly with Semyonov. In a large public ceremony held on the 18th of May 1920 in Urga, Olga Romanova was declared Tsaritsa of Russia and married to Roman von Ungern-Sternberg - who took up the title of Tsar for himself. While some of the supporters of this new Romanov-Ungern faction proved leery about breaking with tradition in accepting a female Romanov, and with the sheer gall of Ungern for declaring himself Tsar, those who spoke up against the new Tsar's actions quickly learned the error of their ways, when they were handed over to Ungern's personal torturers. Terrified of Ungern and still somewhat drawn to the tarnished legitimacy of the Romanovs, most simply bowed to their new Autocrats (3).

    While all of this was going on in Central Asia and Far Eastern Russia, the Trotskyites proved surprisingly slow when it came to securing control of the Siberian reaches which had been opened up by their defeat of the Siberian Whites. Vast swathes of Siberia were still filled with peasant armies, who proved as unwilling to accept Yekaterinburg's dictates as they had those of Omsk, while Yekaterinburg's western territories remained engulfed in major peasant uprisings as well. At the same time, the advance of the Don Whites to the Volga, and the victories of the Muscovites over Petrograd, presented major threats on Yekaterinburg's western and southern frontiers, while the rapid growth of power in the Basmachi movement in Central Asia presented a further threat to Yekaterinburg's growth in power. Thus, the defeat of the Siberian Whites allowed the Yekaterinburg Reds to turn towards more pressing threats both internal and external to their faction, seeking to deal with both the mass peasant uprisings and the Central Asian resistance of the Basmachi movement alongside their more conventional foes on the Don and in the Kremlin.


    This presented one of the first instances in which Trotsky's grip on the RSDLP seemed to slip and a threat to his leadership emerged. At the center of this struggle was an anti-Semitic counterreaction to the prominence of Trotsky, Martov and Kamenev, all Jews and all supportive of focusing foremost on the defeat of the internal Russian peasant uprisings, rather than fighting the Whites. This counterreaction was led by what came to be known as the Greater Russian Clique, a collection of Russian RSDLP party leaders surrounding Alexei Rykov, who had been tricked by Trotsky into accepting the nearly powerless post as ceremonial head of the Yekaterinburg government early in the conflict. The Greater Russians had found their power on the wane since Trotsky's emerged as the dominant figure in the party, and bridled ever more intensely at their lost power and authority. Trotsky's arrogant manners and autocratic actions left him susceptible to whisper and rumour campaigns ,which weakened his increasingly tenuous grip on the party.

    All of this culminated in early spring of 1920, just as the euphoria of victory in the east had begun to dissipate and the realisation that there was much more fighting to get through before peace could come to war-torn Russia began to spread. Rykov moved to expel Trotsky from all leadership positions in the RSDLP, and as a result as leader of the Yekaterinburg Reds, on charges of Bonapartism and as leader of a Jewish cabal set on strangling Russian Socialism at birth. Caught off guard, it was all Trotsky and his supporters could do to formulate a defense, struggling to disprove the assault and deal with the external threats. As the leadership struggle grew fiercer and Trotsky's position increasingly seemed vulnerable, the threat to the Yekaterinburg leader became clear. In the end Trotsky would find inspiration in the charges against him, turning to a man he had become a patron and mentor to over the course of the previous year, Mikhail Frunze. In the early morning hours of the 21st of March 1920, troops loyal to Frunze and Trotsky launched a series of raids across Yekaterinburg against Trotsky's enemies.

    Caught off-guard by this sudden turn, Rykov was murdered by a squad of soldiers in his doorway alongside some five other prominent figures in the Greater Russian Clique, while more than 200 were arrested and imprisoned. These would come not only from the Greater Russian Clique, but included a wide cross-section of Trotsky's enemies in the RSDLP, allowing him to purge his enemies and consolidate his hold on power. Martov and Kamenev both protested the violence and extra-judiciality of these actions, warning of the danger posed by autocratic behaviour such as this, Kamenev going so far as to warn Trotsky to not bring truth to Rykov's charges, but there was little they could do to prevent Trotsky from these actions. In Rykov's place, Trotsky had the utterly subservient Russian political non-entity Mikhail Kalinin named as Head of State, while Frunze was rewarded with a seat on the Central Committee and was brought even further into Trotsky's orbit. The defeat of Rykov also marked the end of any effective party resistance to Trotsky's leadership for years to come, pushing all resistance to the margins (4).

    This allowed Trotsky to turn his attentions against the peasant rebels rising up against Yekaterinburg's rule across their lands, unleashing gangs of soldiers to enforce the peace and crush any resistance to his rule. Throughout the grain-producing regions along the Volga, the Yekaterinburg Reds deliberately set their food levies higher than the estimated harvest surplus, on the grounds of a claim that the peasants would hide up to one-third of their actual food surplus. On this same basis the requisitioning brigades indiscriminately seized whatever foodstuffs they could find in the village barns, often shooting peasants who resisted as kulaks, even though, as many RSDLP officials were forced to admit, these were usually the poorest peasants who would simply starve if they lost their last vital food stocks to the levy. During 1920, as the signs of the crisis became clearer, provincial food officials pleaded with the Centre to call a halt to their disastrous levies. "There is simply no grain left to take," warned one official from the German Volga region in September 1920, and yet Yekaterinburg pressed for more.

    In the German Volga region 22 percent of the paltry 1920 harvest was seized and shipped off to the hungry cities of the Urals. Villages were ransacked, children held to ransom, peasants whipped and tortured to squeeze their last few grains from them. As starvation began to threaten and peasant forces found themselves crushed one after another, exhausted and terrified despair gripped the peasantry slowly forcing them into compliance. In the south, particularly in the German Volga, many picked up roots and set off for the Don or Crimea, where it was believed German assistance might become available. While conflicts between the Trotskyites and their rival powers continued throughout the year, 1920 would go down in history as one of consolidation for the Yekaterinburg Reds, in which they crushed their internal opposition, set the stage for events to come on the Volga and began extending their grip into Siberia while leaving the Muscovites and Don Whites to engage in major clashes throughout the year (5).

    In sharp contrast to the east, the west would be dominated by titanic clashes between the Don Whites and the Moscow Reds. From Tsaritsyn on the Volga, across the steppe to the Don and cutting through northern Ukraine to the southern Belarus, the two most powerful forces of the Russian Civil War fought each other in a bitter effort to crush the greatest of threat to their power and supremacy. In 1920 the Don Whites mustered their largest and best equipped armies yet, drawing heavily on German military stores, advisors, and Freikorps fighters in the face of an ascendant Moscow. At the heart of this struggle lay the struggle for control of the Ukraine and the lands between the Don and Volga. While nowhere near the problem it had been for the Siberian and Petrograd Whites, as well as for the Yekaterinburg Reds, the Don Whites and Muscovite Reds had found themselves struggling to contain their peasant populace as the fighting grew ever more bitter and the demand for resources ever greater.

    In Central Russia, Sokolnikov worked around the clock to keep the exchange of goods between countryside and city running despite mass shortages, hoarding and countless disruptions of industry. With strikes endemic, over everything from an end to the war and better food to greater workers' authority and much else, and the costs of inexperience and corruption growing rapidly as uneducated farmers and workers were thrown into positions of immense authority, the Central Committee was deeply split over how to proceed. On one hand there were some who believed that at least for the duration of the civil war, corruption, particularly within the Communist Party itself, should be ignored for the regime's stability rather than risking the wrath of the populace by revealing the corruption, while on the other, there were key figures on the Committee who felt that this corruption had to be purged if they were to have a chance at winning the war.

    Despite fierce resistance, the decision was made to enact a major purge of both the government and the party in a bid to root out corruption, led first and foremost by Sokolnikov and Sverdlov and opposed most strenuously by Bubnov. With Dzherzhinsky still under cloud for his lax control of the Cheka, the Central Committee turned to a man who had proven himself completely dedicated to the cause of Communism since he split with the RSDLP over the Parsky Offensive, and who had lived a largely ascetic lifestyle since, with little to suggest he had been corrupted himself - Moisei Uritsky. Having served in the Moscow Cheka, Uritsky was appointed to a position acting as oversight on Cheka operations in the Ukraine following Blumkin's fall from power, where he had quickly weeded out the most uncontrollable of the Cheka in the region, creating one of the most effective sections on the Cheka. Now Uritsky was given a mandate to hunt down and cut out any corruption in the party, state or military. What followed was a political bloodbath, as thousands were arrested on corruption charges and more were sacked (6). In a bid to secure greater manpower for the front, those whose corruption was proven were given the option of joining the soldiers on the frontlines with a promise that all would be forgiven at the end of the war. This was an option taken by many thousands rather than face the Cheka's dungeons.

    This coincided with the height of the fighting in Autumn of 1920, the Don Whites having already driven the Communists from Kharkov and were now advancing up the Don towards Voronezh, with Bubnov throwing every man available at them. The bloody fighting along the Don River reached a fever pitch on the outskirts of the city, with Bubnov himself travelling to Voronezh to urge on these defenders. It was in the midst of this chaotic fighting that Uritsky uncovered Bubnov's key role in corrupting and spreading graft throughout the Red Army, which had played a key role in weakening the Muscovite efforts at defending Kharkov and had left the Muscovites defences in the Don weakened, primarily through the diversion of food for the front to the black market and the rampant looting of religious shrines for his rapidly expanding personal collection. With Bubnov fighting bravely at the front, the Central Committee were left at something of a quandary in regards to Uritsky's revelations.


    Eventually, it would prove to be Bubnov's own protégé, Tukhachevsky, who determined the matter. Turning on his mentor, the young General moved to have Bubnov removed from command, a move eventually backed by the other committee members. Rushing south, Tukhachevsky delivered the news in person to the enraged Bubnov, who felt ill treated by those he had viewed as friends. Rather than depart, Bubnov instead enlisted as a private and marched for the front. Following a week on the front lines, bravely fighting for the revolutionary cause, Bubnov would be killed holding off an assault on the bastions of Voronezh. Bubnov would become a martyr for the Republic and his tale became a key Communist myth, telling the tale of a loyal but sinful and corrupted man giving his life bravely and selflessly for the Revolutionary Cause. Tukhachevsky now took up leadership of the Red Army and the military positions on the Central Committee previously held by Bubnov, launching an early armoured offensive against the Don Whites which forced them to retreat back down the Don for almost 50 kilometres (7).

    The sudden appearance of the Urga Whites presented an incredible threat to Semyonov's rule. Attacking out of the steppe barely a month after his marriage, Ungern was able to cut the Trans-Siberian Railway in a dozen separate places, preventing communications and logistics across the region, before storming into the Transbaikal. Slamming into the weak and disorganised defenders around Semyonov's capital at Chita, far behind the primary American base of operations at Irkutsk, Ungern's men swept through the city like the Mongol Hordes of old, putting all resistance down with extreme brutality and capturing much of Semyonov's following in the city. Semyonov himself was able to make his escape from the city and took refuge amongst his kinsmen in the Transbaikal Cossacks. Ungern in the meanwhile, paraded through the streets of Chita alongside his decked out wife, Olga Romanova, who was clad in the remnants of the Tsarist Crown Jewels which she had fled Omsk with. Stunning the populace of Chita into submission, Olga was able to take pledges of fealty from many of those who had been captured in Chita, the few who resisted being quietly dispatched by Ungern's men on the outskirts of the city and dumped into mass graves.

    From Chita, Ungern threatened the supply lines of the Americans at Irkutsk, leading them to dispatch negotiators up the railroad, while Ungern rushed eastward into the Far Eastern territories previously held by Semyonov. Tearing through the strung out and demoralized remnants of Semyonov's men, Ungern had reached the outskirts of Vladivostok before the Americans and Japanese were able to open channels of communication to him. Most significant for the Americans was the issue of the nearly 50,000 American troops trapped in Irkutsk, with demands for a reopening of the rail lines and the restoration of Semyonov encompassing their first efforts at negotiating with the putative Tsar. Tsar Roman did not respond favourably to these initial forays, threatening the embassy with physical violence before displaying the recently captured Semyonov, who had been skinned and crucified at the orders of Ungern. Horrified and revolted, General Graves and the American negotiators saw little other option than to accept Ungern's new predominance. The sudden rise of Ungern caused considerable unrest and even saw the attempted formation of a Far Eastern Republic by former Right-Menshevik and even a few SRs, with tacit support from the Americans and Japanese, only to see this uprising crushed violently by Ungern supporters.

    In a move which left the Allies outmaneuvered, Ungern made a pact with the Chinese Marshal Zhang Zuolin, who had emerged as the supreme power in Manchuria, to support the restoration of Emperor Puyi and to support the Marshal against his domestic enemies in return for free transit through Manchuria, a limited level of military aid and the right to recruit from amongst the Manchurian population. This allowed Ungern to transit between Vladivostok and his new headquarters at Chita faster than any other faction in the region and significantly boosted his manpower sources (8).

    In America, the news of Olga's survival and her marriage to the former Baron von Ungern-Sternberg coincided with the first series of public appearances by the fierce Anastasia Romanova, who immediately began pressing for aid to her sister and brother-in-law. Partnering with Boris Savinkov, Anastasia was able to exploit the feverish paranoia of the Red Scare to drum up support for her family, touring cities across the United States and meeting with American senators and congressmen, succeeding in interjecting the Russian Civil War into the political scene in the midst of an already fevered electoral season. With the mood firmly against anything that smacked of the Reds, Anastasia was able to turn enough people to the cause of her family, forging important connections with the Russian Emigre population, New York elites and anti-Red politicians like Attorney General Palmer, General Leonard Wood and former mayor Ole Hanson, who all found themselves talked into supporting the Ungern-Romanov cause. As a result, while the soldiers stationed in Russia had mixed feelings about the firm if eccentric new leadership of their Russian allies and those who actually had to deal with the Tsar were terrified of him, a large groundswell of support for the Ungern-Romanovs emerged in America.

    News that Tsaritsa Olga Romanova had fallen pregnant in late July 1920 was quick to add fuel to the fire while Anastasia's efforts at building contacts in Hollywood resulted in the filming and release of several movies, most famously the semi-autobiographical Escape From Russia, dramatising Anastasia and Olga's escape from the Reds in 1918 and their flight to a remote cloister in Siberia, gratuitously depicting the horrors perpetrated by the Reds while presenting the Siberian Whites as heroes struggling to save their country in the process (9).

    Footnotes:

    (1) It bears mentioning that this is not the OTL Far Eastern Republic set up by moderate leftists before it was incorporated into the USSR IOTL, but rather an expansion of the Eastern Okraina (Green Ukraine) which IOTL backed Semyonov. With more American backing, and as a result less of a reliance on the Japanese and more resources available to him, Semyonov is able to control most of the Trans-Siberian Railway from Irkutsk to Vladivostok. Further, IOTL Marshall was in favour of escalating and strengthening the Siberian Intervention, which he does ITTL.

    (2) It is important to mention that with the Siberian Whites having been explicitly Tsarist, Ungern was far less involved in trying to build up a royalist movement in Mongolia and as such never actually married his OTL wife Princess Ji. His greater efforts on behalf of the Romanovs take up more of his time and see him taking greater efforts in that conflict, which is part of why he is also more successful in this region than IOTL.

    (3) Given that Ungern didn't hold himself back from marrying into a Royal lineage IOTL, I don't see him holding back here either. Precisely what the relationship between Olga and Roman is will remain somewhat of a mystery to historians and precisely where she falls between a willing participant and a forcibly married prisoner is something that will see considerable debate ITTL's future. I realise how completely illegitimate all of this would be according to not only the Romanov House Rules, and also how completely unacceptable it would be even amongst the royalist factions of the Whites, but Roman isn't exactly a man known for his rationality. I also don't think it is completely out of the realm of possibility that the Romanov-Ungern regime might secure local support. I mean, the Romanovs came to power originally because Tsar Mikhail's aunt had been married to Ivan Grozny. By comparison this is a much closer tie to the Romanov's legitimacy. The Urga White regime is one of terroristic autocracy where almost everyone is more terrified of angering Roman than they are of either the Far-Eastern Whites or the Trotskyites, but Roman has also shown himself a highly capable military leader, so those who want to keep fighting find themselves drawn to him. And hell, if he proves successful enough you might even see a foreign power or two throw their support behind him.

    (4) While Trotsky eventually stamps down all opposition in the RSDLP to his sole leadership, it is important to mention that up until this point there were figures in the party able to challenge his leadership. Particularly the failure of Kamenev or Martov to act decisively against Trotsky's actions here significantly undermine their own power and authority in the party, despite it already having been pretty compromised by the Great March East. The defeat and death of Rykov ends any hope of replacing the Jewish leadership of the RSDLP and leads to an exodus of the more anti-Semitic of their members, often joining Green peasant gangs or crossing the lines to the Muscovites, who aren't quite as clearly Jewish-led due to the collective leadership of the Central Committee containing a variety of individuals, as contrasted with the RSDLP where almost all positions of prominence are held by Jews or people closely aligned with them.

    (5) 1920 is a pretty quiet year for the Yekaterinburg Reds all things considered for a couple of reasons. First of all the sudden appearance of a major threat from within the RSDLP really, truly shook Trotsky and left him wary of getting involved in any major struggle before he had secured his back. Furthermore, the threat of the peasantry is growing rapidly, far more so here in the east than in the west. IOTL peasant rebels actually took control of the Urals, including most of the major cities in the region, and as such must be considered a major threat to the Yekaterinburg Reds. As a result, the Trotskyites use the combination of enforced starvation and brutal military might that proved so successful when the Soviets used it against the Ukrainians and these same peasant grounds IOTL. It is horrific, but eventually secures the region in Yekaterinburg favour. That said, this will undoubtedly lead to considerable famines which could become the end of the Yekaterinburg Reds further down the road.

    (6) Uritsky was assassinated in 1918 IOTL, but ITTL the differing circumstances leaves him alive and engaged. I haven't been able to find much about his personality, but I hope creative license is accepted in this regard. IOTL the Bolsheviks strongly considered cracking down on corruption, but decided against it pretty early on - with Lenin even talking about how party leaders having to be treated commensurately to their sacrifices as guides and leaders of the revolution. This set the mold for corruption moving forward, and was a key development which influenced events in the USSR for the remainder of its lifetime.

    (7) Tukhachevsky puts the dagger in Bubnov, leading to his total ascendancy in the military field. The removal of Bubnov, happening without violence, is a pretty major step forward but at the same time his removal is the first instance of the original Central Committee turning on each other, and sets a dangerous precedent for many of them. It is unlikely that they will be as trusting as Bubnov of their proteges in the future.

    (8) The key to understanding the suddenness of Ungern's rise is the weakened and dispersed nature of Semyonov's Whites, which allows Ungern to overrun positions one after another, always outnumbering Semyonov's forces locally even if the Urga Whites are gravely outnumbered elsewhere. Ungern isn't quite as insane as he became by the end of his life IOTL and is charismatic enough to draw support to him, but he remains a murderous tyrant who can be set off by nearly anything. Where the Siberian Whites were corrupt and incompetent, the Urga Whites under the Ungern-Romanovs are smaller and even more murderous than the Siberians but are also considerably more disciplined and well led.

    (9) Anastasia plays a vital role in building support for her family in a protracted campaign to whip up support for Ungern and Olga. Here she and Savinkov, after a period spent building a political partnership, suddenly discover a cause they can support and are able to use their knowledge of the Russian conflict and the ongoing Red Scare to whip up support for White forces in Russia, specifically Ungern and Olga.


    640px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_183-R14433%2C_Vertrag_von_Rapallo.jpg

    Meeting Between Delegates at the Saratov Conference

    The Rising Pressure

    With the failure of the Don offensive on Voronezh, the Germans found themselves forced to invest to an even greater degree in the Russian war effort, much to their own annoyance. With constant skirmishing along the Baltic border, the fall of Petrograd and the scale of fighting in southern Russia growing rapidly, German OHL were increasingly convinced that direct intervention would be necessary to secure the safety of German gains in eastern Europe, as reverberations of the Russian Civil War spilled over the border into the United Baltic Duchy. The collapse of the Petrograd Whites had sent waves of refugees streaming into the duchy and had been followed soon after by members of the Latvian Red Rifles, commanded by Jukums Vācietis, Despite having taken bitter casualties in the Parsky Offensive and the fighting since, the Latvian Red Rifles had slowly regained their fighting strength from amongst Baltic refugees, and now hoped to overthrow the German government in the Baltic to spread the revolution.

    The Red Rifles commenced a guerrilla campaign and terrorised the Baltic German population, burning down their houses and assassinating them whenever they got the opportunity, while building support with the Latvian and Estonian population. Despite Prime Minister Andrievs Niedra's best efforts at calming the situation, the Baltic German minority in the region began crying out for aid from Germany itself, championed first and foremost by General Rüdger von der Goltz, who agitated for support to the United Duchy and intervention to create a buffer to shield the Baltic. The result was the sacking of Andrievs Niedra in late 1919 and his replacement by the former regent of the United Duchy, Adolph Pilar von Pichau, soon followed by the imposition of martial law across the Duchy. The following campaign, conducted by von der Goltz, saw considerable violence against the majority Baltic population for their support and defence of the Latvian Rifles, but the region would eventually be pacified by late 1920.

    This led to the winter of 1920-21, where von der Goltz's suggestion for a blow against the Moscow Reds from the west was finally accepted. Martialing some 25,000 Germans and 30,000 Russian Whites, primarily former Petrograders, von der Goltz launched his men out of the United Baltic Duchy towards Petrograd in late January 1921, catching the Muscovites by surprise. With most of their forces focused in the south against the Don Whites and in the east against the Yekaterinburg Reds, the Muscovites gave way before the assault. This was among the first instances where the Germans were able to utilise their recently developed armoured capabilities, attacking with a spearhead of 80 tanks in three columns, commanded by the war hero Oberst Hermann Balck, having already played a key role in the armoured counteroffensive of the Four River Campaign. The sudden assault broke through the lines with relative ease, thrusting towards an encirclement of Petrograd. Caught unaware, the Muscovites found themselves on the run once more while the battered Petrograd swapped ownership yet again.

    From Petrograd, the Germans cooperated with the Finns to the north, while pressing southward towards Belarus. The Germans faced intense peasant uprisings throughout their new-found gains, sufficient to press them back into the westernmost reaches of Belarus, where they began fortifying the border and Petrograd itself, considering the threat posed by Red access to the Baltic too great to simply surrender without a fight. In order to run the former Russian capital, they turned to the Kadet Emigre Nikolay Maklakov who was named Governor of Petrograd while German military commanders were appointed to construct the defenses. During this period von der Goltz was charged with building the defensive line along the Baltic border, while Balck was dispatched south to the Ukraine to take up leadership of a rapidly forming Freikorp of Panzer troops, bringing the panzers from the Petrograd offensive with him (10).

    While the German pressure grew from the west, to the east the Trotskyites of Yekaterinburg were preparing themselves for a thrust of their own into Muscovite territory after a year focused on stabilising their home front. In February 1921, Mikhail Frunze and Leon Trotsky launched a coordinated offensive across the Volga, aimed at securing control of Nizhny Novgorod and threatening the capture of Moscow itself. For this purpose, they mustered nearly 350,000 men who would form the bulk of the men in this Nizhny Novgorod Offensive. The assault had, however, been anticipated by the Muscovites, who had rushed forces from their western domains to help force this offensive to a halt, leaving Petrograd and Belarus weakly defended when von der Goltz attacked. The fighting that resulted was amongst the most bitter of the entire Civil War, and saw tens of thousands killed in bloody headlong charges. Massed ranks rushed forward into the waiting guns of the 250,000 defending Muscovites, resulting in absolute carnage. Charge after charge went forward, in a series of coordinated thrusts, as the Muscovites were steadily pressed backwards, with some of the fiercest fighting engulfing the lands immediately north of Nizhny Novgorod. By the end of February the Trotskyites had secured the city, but in the effort they had shed so much blood that they could not keep up the pressure and were forced to fortify their grip on the region while conflict elsewhere drew the Reds apart from each other once more.

    With the Don Whites suddenly advancing up the Volga and Don Rivers with strong German backing, the exhausted Reds were rushed southward down their rivers to counter this thrust while initial entreaties towards forming a united front against the Whites were begun by both sides, increasingly realising the existential threat still posed by the Whites and their foreign allies. While the Yekaterinburg Reds shifting their forces down the Volga, they now found themselves significantly outgunned by German armed Don Whites. The pressure in the region grew ever greater, with Saratov falling to the Whites in mid-April while the Basmachi movement in Central Asia, having secured considerable Ottoman support, launched major raids into the Trotskyite heartland in the southern Urals and defeated the weak Alash Autonomy government which had remained in place since the start of the Civil War. To make matters worse, far to the east, the threat posed by the rise of Tsar Roman von Ungern was brought to the forefront of Trotsky's mind when Ungern suddenly launched an assault down the Trans-Siberian Railroad, capturing Krasnoyarsk by surprise and threatening Yekaterinburg's control of their Siberian hinterlands.

    In late April 1921, the Muscovites met the Don Whites head on in eastern Ukraine, with Makhno's Black Army and Budyonny's First Cavalry Army charging into the steppes of the region. The fighting grew rapidly in scale and ferocity, as both sides threw everything into the fighting, with the important impact of slowing the Don Whites assault up the Volga to a crawl north of Saratov, while Tukhachevsky met the Freikorps' armoured thrust with their own early attempts at an armoured vehicle alongside the effective, if ramshackle, Tachanka. With the Tula foundries having expanded during the war years to meet Muscovite demand, the weight of arms available to the Muscovites allowed them to secure local parity outside of the regions of Don White concentration and unless they were facing the elite Freikorps forces. This allowed the Muscovites to initially recapture Kharkov, but they were eventually forced back out of the city in a Don White counteroffensive and eventually surrendered Kiev to a Freikorps thrust as well, but were able to hold the line at Voronezh once more. With the Don Whites focused westward again, the Trotskyites launched another offensive, this time against Saratov, scrambling forward to the outskirts of the city by mid-June 1921. Another attack by Ungern, this time securing Tomsk and Novosibirsk, finally forced Trotsky to move beyond diplomatic feelers towards the Muscovites, making the first bid for a United Red Front against the Whites and their many foreign backers.

    It was in this period, with the Basmachi movement firmly on the advance, that a key division in Central Asia grew from a disagreement to bloody conflict. At the heart of this development was the Caucasian Clique, which had slowly rebuilt its influence around the Khan of Khiva, in opposition to the Pan-Turkic ambitions of Ibrahim Bek's Basmachi movement and their Ottoman allies. With the backing of Enver Pasha, the Basmachi had found themselves the recipients of considerable military aid ferried across the Caspian to support their buildup of forces. In this period, Ibrahim Bek had built a close relationship with Mohammed Alim Khan of Bukhara and ostensibly pushed for the independence of the region. However, an immense number of Caucasian refugees and a large variety of minorities found themselves firmly opposing the Turks and their Basmachi supporters. In 1921, with the Basmachi and other Central Asians on the advance, the issue of leadership had grown from a minor issue to a major challenge for the region, soon drawing in the relatively weak Khan of Khiva, Sayyid Abdullah, who had increasingly found himself completely dominated by Ordzhonikidze, Mikoyan and Kirov. With these three backing him, and their countless Armenian and Assyrian emigres rallying against the Turks, the Khan of Khiva found his power growing rapidly.

    In response to the rise of this rival to Turkish ambitions, the Basmachi launched an attempted coup against the Khan, only to find themselves completely outmaneuvered by the Caucasians who had learned of the plan from Armenian merchants in Bukhara. This provoked yet another conflict, adding to the dimensions of the Russian Civil War, as Khivan-aligned and Bukhara-aligned factions went after each other with absolute fury. The bitter fighting would quickly descend into a tortured mess of mass murder and ethnic cleansing as Caucasian militias, particularly Armenians, murdered any Turk they could get their hands on, with the Turks quick to reciprocate - quickly spreading their repression to other minorities as well - turning the conflict into a truly horrific multiplicity of genocide (11).

    With Central Asia descending into this chaos, the Trotskyites were granted just enough time to refocus their efforts eastward against Ungern, meeting him in open battle on the Siberian Tundra. With the Muscovites themselves under incredible pressure, the push for a united front grew ever louder, with the Communist Central Committee eventually giving their assent on the 22nd of August 1921. Rapid negotiations followed at the recently recaptured Saratov, culminating in the formation of the Third International at the end of the Saratov Conference - claiming to unite all revolutionary Leftists in a joint International although for the time being they were limited only to the Communists, Trotskyites and the Khanate of Khiva, which was swift to enter into the International in order to secure Red backing against the Ottoman-backed Bukharans. This agreement placed the dividing line between the two Red Russian factions along the Volga and promised that both factions would aid the other with arms, resources and soldiery depending on availability, most importantly including a guns-for-grain scheme in which the Tula Arsenal supplemented the Trotskyite arms industry in the Urals in return for Siberian food stock (12).


    The formation of this United Front, the rapid advance of Tsar Roman von Ungern-Sternberg and the expansion of the Don Whites all coincided with the beginnings of the single greatest calamity of the revolutionary years, accounting for some six million lives and coming in the form of the famine crisis of 1921-1922. Like all famine crises, the great Volga famine was caused in part by man and in part by natural circumstances. The natural conditions of the Volga region made it vulnerable to harvest failures, and there had been many in recent years, 1891-92, 1906 and 1911 just to name a few. Summer droughts and extreme frosts were regular features of the steppeland climate. Gusting winds in the spring blew away the sandy topsoil and damaged tender crops. These were the preconditions of the Volga famine in 1921: major crop failures in 1920 were followed by a year of heavy frost and scorching summer drought that transformed the steppe lands into one huge dustbowl.

    By the spring it became clear that the peasants were about to suffer a second harvest failure in succession. Much of the seed had been killed off by the frosts, while the new corn stalks which did emerge were weedy in appearance and soon destroyed by locusts and field-rats. Bad though they were, these cracks in nature's mould were not enough to cause a famine crisis. The peasants were accustomed to harvest failures and had always maintained large stocks of grain, often in communal barns, for such emergencies. What made this crisis so disastrous was the fact that the peasant economy had already been brought to the brink of disaster, even before nature took its toll, by the requisitioning of the civil war. To evade the levies, the peasants withdrew into subsistence production, growing just enough grain to feed themselves and their livestock and provide for seed. In other words, they left no safety margin, no reserves of the sort that had cushioned them from adverse weather in the past, since they feared that the warring factions would take them. In 1920 the sown area in the Volga region had declined by a quarter since 1917, and by the spring of 1921 one-quarter of the peasantry in Russia was starving.

    Famine struck not only in the Volga region, but in the Urals and Kama basins, the Don, Bashkiria, Kazakhstan, western Siberia and the southern Ukraine. The famine was accompanied by typhus and cholera which killed hundreds of thousands of people already weakened by hunger. The worst affected regions were on the Volga steppe. In Samara province nearly two million people, around three-quarters of the population, were said to be dying from hunger by the autumn of 1921: 700,000 of them would in fact die by the end of the crisis. Throughout the Volga region hungry peasants resorted to eating grass, weeds, leaves, moss, tree bark, roof thatch and flour made from acorns, sawdust, clay and horse manure. They slaughtered livestock and hunted rodents, cats and dogs. In the villages there was a deathly silence. Those with enough strength boarded up their ruined farms, packed their meagre belongings on to carts, and fled to the towns in search of food. At the town markets a few loaves of bread could be exchanged for a horse. Many people did not make it but collapsed and died along the road. Huge crowds converged on the railway stations in the vain hope of catching a train to other regions: Moscow, the Don, Siberia, Yekaterinburg, almost anywhere, so long as it was rumoured there was food.

    Hunger turned some people into cannibals. In the Bashkir region and on the steppe lands around Pugachev and Buzuluk, where the famine crisis was at its worst, thousands of cases were reported. The phenomenon really took off with the onset of winter, around November 1921, when the first snows covered the remaining food substitutes on the ground and there was nothing else to eat. Mothers, desperate to feed their children, cut off limbs from corpses and boiled the flesh in pots. People ate their own relatives, often their young children, who were usually the first to die and whose flesh was particularly sweet. In some villages the peasants refused to bury their dead but stored the corpses, like so much meat, in their barns and stables. They often begged relief workers not to take away the corpses but to let them eat them instead. In the village of Ivanovka, near Pugachev, a woman was caught with her child eating her dead husband and when the police authorities tried to take away his remains she shouted: "We will not give him up, we need him for food, he is our own family, and no one has the right to take him away from us." The stealing of corpses from cemeteries became so common that in many regions armed guards had to be posted on their gates, although this quickly created a black market run by those very same guards. Hunting and killing people for their flesh was also a common phenomenon. In the town of Pugachev it was dangerous for children to go out after dark since there were known to be bands of cannibals and traders who killed them to eat or sell their flesh. In the Novouzensk region there were bands of children who killed adults for their meat. Relief workers were armed for this reason. There were even cases of parents killing their own babies, usually their daughters, in order to eat their flesh or feed it to their other children. Russia had already been on the brink at the start of the famine. During it, Russia was turned into a literal hell on earth (13).

    Footnotes:

    (10) The Germans finally expand their involvement in Russia with direct intervention, taking Petrograd in the effort after the Muscovites shifted their attentions elsewhere. However, while the Germans can take Petrograd with limited difficulty, they can't really push farther than that without resorting to considerably greater investment by the state. For the time being the Germans are largely relying on volunteer Freikorps soldiers and military surplus to run their efforts in the region. While the loss of Petrograd is a pretty bitter blow for the Moscow Reds, it only has a limited impact due to the decrepit state of the city by this point.

    (11) Events in Central Asia play out very differently ITTL without the Tashkent Soviet to really enflame Central Asian opinion against the Soviets. Instead, the Basmachi have time to consolidate and grow in power, incorporating both Khiva and Bukhara, before they attack the Reds for their actions against the Tartars of Idel-Ural. However, with the larger number of Caucasians and the Caucasian Clique itself in the region, there is a sizeable enough refugee population to turn the situation against the Turks. With the Ottomans in power and across the Caspian Sea, the internal Turkic-Other conflict becomes a main focus and the situation collapses.

    (12) With the growing pressure on so many sides, the Reds finally decide that they can only survive if they stand together. Now, while this agreement is established - the relationship between the two factions remains atrocious. The most important aspect of this development, outside their ability to trade with each other and support each other's military efforts, is that they can now significantly reduce the forces dedicated to their mutual border, allowing the Muscovites and Trotskyites to significantly strengthen their other frontiers just as those come under extreme pressure.

    (13) And on that grim note we move onto other places in the world. These circumstances and the specific descriptions are not something I have made up. This is almost wholly based on the OTL 1921-22 famine that gripped the USSR and can at least partially be attributed with forcing an end to the civil war, breaking the back of the remaining peasant resistance to the Soviets. I was a bit hesitant about going into this level of detail, but I think there is a tendency to gloss over these sorts of events and to skip the sheer horror of a famine, as contrasted with a plague or other calamities like it, but I think it is important that this serve as a major point in the TL. We haven't really gotten into what happens during the famine, militarily or geopolitically, and we aren't done with the famine and its consequences yet but those things will be consigned to the next updates to touch on Russia.


    806px-Biennio_rosso_settembre_1920_Milano_operai_armati_occupano_le_fabbriche.jpg

    Milanese Red Guards Occupy a Factory

    Anni dei Rossi e Neri

    The Italian situation was degrading by the day well before the Italian Council of the Copenhagen Conference sealed the fate of Rome's Child. Italy had been a deeply divided nation before it entered the Great War, and the end of the conflict only promised to worsen the situation. The Italian economy was in deep crisis, and had been so since before their defeat in late 1917, when the forcible demobilisation instituted after the Italian defeat had broken the economy and shattered fragile political unity established between Vittorio Orlando and his various rivals to power. Thus, while northern Italy had remained at least somewhat stable for the duration of its occupation, even if a low-key insurgency had begun forming in the region, the central and southern regions of the country had increasingly fallen into lawlessness, as criminal bands and brigands, often former conscripts, took up residence in the southern Apennines and demanded payment for passage through the mountains, while the Mafia strengthened their grip on Sicily. With news of the Copenhagen Treaty and its associated dismantling of Italy's Empire, the political situation came to a head while the previously stabilising force of the Central Powers departed northern Italy, leaving behind a massive power vacuum and unguarded arsenals, open to anyone willing to make a bid for power. The Copenhagen treaty signalled the collapse of Orlando's so recently reformed government and led to a push for the long-delayed elections in the midst of the chaos, although major events during the lead-up to the election would eventually prevent those elections from occurring (14).

    The withdrawal of the Central Powers in early June 1920 provoked near-instant action from a number of revolutionary movements. The first to act would be Venetian Anarchists, who had been able to emerge as the most powerful faction in the city during the occupation, when they stormed the Venetian Arsenal on the 7th of June 1920 - only days after the occupiers departed, and secured control of the Arsenal's vast stores of arms confiscated from Italian conscripts in 1917. From the Arsenal, the Anarchists spread rapidly through the city, arresting anyone who might oppose their grasp for power, executing many of them out of hand and leaving the Venetian canals running red with blood. Proclaiming the formation of the Venetian Syndicate, a collection of rapidly elected representatives dispatched an invitation to the famous Italian Anarchist Errico Malatesta with plans to name him head of the syndicate. Throughout Venice, work was reorganized while the means of production were seized, often violently. Initial forays across the Lagoon saw Treviso and Padua fall to the Anarchists, where the activities in Venice were soon mirrored with the establishment of syndicates at various levels and rule by elected representatives who joined the elected leaders in Venice. Furthermore, the Venetians took control of the Italian Navy left at anchor in Venice, with sailors streaming into the city to serve in the incipient Black Navy.

    The Venetian Revolution served to light the fires of revolution across northern Italy, with Milan the second centre of the revolution to form, this time under the leadership of Amadeo Bordiga, Giacinto Seratti and Antonio Gramsci. Proclaiming the formation of a Revolutionary Socialist Italy from Milan, this triumvirate was swift to secure power and extend their grip rapidly into the countryside while their supporters amongst the Milanese factory workers churned out weaponry in support of the revolution. Expropriating private ownership of the factories in Milan and the surrounding cities, the Milanese revolutionaries quickly sought to organize their forces into a Red Army. Despite the lack of an actual government, portions of the military were swift to respond under the leadership of Major General Emilio de Bono, dispatching significant forces towards Milan while the naval forces in southern Italy were called into the Adriatic to counter the Venetian Black Navy, which had already begun using its naval mobility to establish syndicates up and down the Italian east coast. On the 18th of July, as military forces neared Milan, Malatesta arrived in Venice to wild jubilation, cries of "Long Live the Revolution! Long Live the Syndicate!" ringing across the canals (15).

    On the 21st of July 1920 the first blow of the Italian Civil War was struck when Italian military forces numbering some 4,000 attacked Milan. Word had arrived of the military's advance well before they arrived, allowing the Socialists to build barricades and fortify their factories across the city while calling the citizenry of Milan to arms. With much of the confiscated arsenal in their hands and control of the Milan factories, the Socialists were actually better armed than the attacking soldiers, handing out machine guns and mortars by the hundreds and thousands of rifles to the worker-soldiers. The result was a quick rout, with the Italian conscripts of the attacking force already deeply unhappy about being called into service and completely unwilling to attack what quickly proved to be formidable defences. Several officers were lynched following the first assault and by the end of the day most of the force had disintegrated as the conscripts deserted en masse, although around 2,000 would join the rapidly forming Red Army in Milan itself.

    The farce of the Battle of Milan greatly weakened the authority of both the Royal Army and the King they ostensibly fought for while serving to spread the revolution even further - the scale of the catastrophe soon drawing counter-revolutionary forces to action. In Ferrara, Benito Mussolini rallied fascist gangs and recruited several thousand young men for the counter-revolution, while raising the call for emergency powers to be granted to the war hero and ardent ultra-nationalist Gabriele D'Annunzio, who many believed could serve as a saviour from the rising Leftist menace (16). During this period these fascist squardisti found themselves increasingly organized and uniformed, with Mussolini and his right-hand man Italo Balbo beginning work for the formation of a proper counter-revolutionary movement. The men recruited by Mussolini were formed into militias and placed under the leadership of various Fascists and ultra-nationalists directly loyal to Mussolini, while Emilio de Bono made contact with Mussolini in this period to secure Fascist support for the military. D'Annuzio would exploit his sudden growth in popularity to place pressure on the King to name him Prime Minister, which allowed him to declare a state of emergency and open the path for D'Annuzio to take up power and leadership of the counter-revolution.

    While revolution spread across northern Italy, for the time being the situation in French-occupied Turin remained peaceful with General Maurice Sarrail firmly in command, securing the peace through major concessions to the Turin socialists and even a level of partnership with them, allowing for the illicit transfer of arms and supplies across the border to aid the Milanese. For the time being the ties between French and Italian socialists would remain tentative and secret, but the revolutionary fervor in Italy would begin to seep into the radical fringe of the French Left as the conflict continued. By the 18th of August 1920, the first major clashes between the Royal Army and the Milanese Red Army had already occured with a series of skirmishes around Cremona going the way of General de Bono, and the city falling to Royal forces on the 21st. Further east a struggle between between fascist bands and anarchists in the Po Delta culminated in the death of 22 fascists and 31 anarchists while the Venetians were forced north of the Po. On the 24th of August the first naval clash between the Black Navy and the Royal Navy occured off the tip of the Istrian Peninsula in which two Royalist destroyers found themselves disabled, while their sailors mutineed and declared themselves part of the Black Navy. Further clashes would follow a week later around Ravenna, when a pair of Black torpedo boats carrying a small force of infiltrators was fired on by a Royalist destroyer, one of the torpedo boats sinking while the other was able to seek shelter in the Po Delta after dropping off its infiltrators. The few sailors who survived the sinking of their torpedo boat were summarily executed, their bodies tossed overboard. By early September the Civil War was really beginning to take off while pressure to name D'Annuzio Prime Minister grew ever greater.

    King Victor Emmanuelle III was finally forced to bow to rightist pressure in late September 1920, calling on D'Annuzio to take up the post of Prime Minister with a mandate to see if he could form a government, and if not declare an emergency situation. D'Annuzio would exploit his sudden and unforeseen rise to power with incredible speed, barely making any effort to form a government on the back of a Liberal and Conservative Coalition, before declaring a state of emergency and grasping power for himself. He was swift to partner with radical rightists like Mussolini and Syndicalists such as Alceste de Ambris and Michele Bianchi who were growing rapidly in power and importance. He also made common cause with the Mafia in Sicily, essentially handing over local government to the various Mafia families in return for their support in recruiting amongst the Sicilian peasantry. D'Annuzio was thus able to bring a measure of stability to the Royal Italian situation and served as focal point for the growth of a counter-revolutionary movement against the northern revolutionaries.

    Despite ruling with only the King's mandate behind him, D'Annuzio's swift actions were sufficient to bring just enough support in the parliament to scrape together an argument in favour of continuing his emergency government. While D'Annuzio was focused on building a sufficient force to combat the revolutionaries, he increasingly turned over the actual running of the nation to factions like the Mafia in Sicily, the Fascists in the north-east and a variety of conservative and nationalist factions spread across central and southern Italy. However, with his attentions focused firmly northward on the war effort he remained only peripherally aware of the spreading influence of the Fascists, who spread rapidly down the Adriatic coast in order to counter the landings perpetrated by the Black Navy (17).

    By the end of the year, Italy north of the Po had come under the control of revolutionary forces and non-violent clashes between Socialist and Anarchist forces grew increasingly common for control of territory while the leadership on both sides sought some sort of common cause. Before any agreement could be made between them, the two leftist factions found themselves distracted by the sudden massed assault of the Royalists and Fascists from the south. The conflict between Fascist Ferrara and Anarchist Venice would play out across a field split by the Po. Urged on by Mussolini, the squadristi, fascist bands formed in and around Ferrara, commanded by Attilio Teruzzi launched themselves across the Po River in early 1921 with murderous abandon. Ravaging the countryside and executing any Anarchists they could get their hands on - as well as anyone believed to be sympathetic to them, the squadristi quickly found resistance to their advance growing. Bloody skirmishes and ambushes consumed the fighting in the region as locally organized and mobilized bands of anarchists and fascists clashed violently. The disruption caused by the fighting were sufficient to draw the recently formed Black Army from Venice, who marched into the lands south of Padua with panache, heavily armed and extremely motivated. Suddenly outgunned, the squadristi were forced into retreat, eventually concentrating around Rovigo and using the Adige to shield themselves while crying out for proper military aid from the Army.

    However, since early November 1920 the Army had found itself increasingly bogged down in bloody fighting for control of Parma, which the Milanese had launched a gambit for control of a week prior. The city quickly became the scene of countless small street battles between Socialist and Royalist soldiers, steadily turning against the Socialists as the populace itself revolted against the bitter fighting. Thrown back across the Po by the start of 1921, the Socialists seemed on the retreat before General de Bono's men. However, clashes around Piacenza turned suddenly in Milanese favor when they were able to deploy a trio of French-pattern Renault FT tanks recently produced in Milan. Caught without armor or artillery with which to counter them, the Royalists had little choice except to retreat before the Milanese. Exploiting this retreat, the Milanese rushed forward capturing Parma and Reggio Emilia in quick order. Panic gripped the Italian counter-revolutionaries, who now feared the fall of Bologna - which might well cut off Ferrara as well, and they reacted rashly by ordering the newly recruited Sicilian soldiers into battle to defend the city.

    The barely trained Sicilian conscripts streaming into the city and the natural clashes that followed from their interactions with the Bolognese which ensued quickly brought the city to a boil. Bologna was home to a strong leftist current and was swift to spread anti-royalist propaganda while seeking to undermine the Sicilians' morale. Bloody street fights broke out as weeks passed and the Milanese grew ever closer, moving on Modena in preparation for the assault on Bologna. On the 22nd of March 1921 they reached the gates of Modena, just as the Fascist cries for support arrived at Military Headquarters located in Bologna's Town Hall. With their interests split quite firmly, General de Bono decided to reroute arriving reinforcements north to Rovigo, where they were able to steady the Fascist line over the course of early April while further to the south the Battle for Modena turned sharply against the Royalists. On the 8th of April the Royalist defence of Modena collapsed and they were thrown firmly into retreat, clogging the road towards Bologna with refugees fleeing the Milanese Socialists, who had taken to executing hated local figures in power to generate support for their cause, often spilling over onto the rest of the civilian population in an orgy of violence.

    News of the defeat at Modena was sufficient to set off the Bolognese leftists on the night of the 9th, prompting them to launch a surprise assault on the Town Hall while firefights erupted throughout the city. The Bells of Bologna tolled incessantly through the night as the attack on the Town Hall was thrown back and the Sicilian conscripts rallied to their commanders, terrified of the leftists and seeking shelter together. By the morning of the 10th, the city's streets ran with blood, but the Royalists remained in control. While the Milanese continued their seemingly inexorable advance, military discipline found itself imposed on the Bolognese, with the ringleaders of the revolt publicly executed and hundreds imprisoned. The Battle of Bologna, fought between the 18th and 27th of April would prove to be a major climax of the first year of the Italian Civil War. While the fighting around Bologna increased steadily in violence, Attilio Teruzzi, Italo Balbo and Mussolini quickly spotted an opportunity to secure glory for their rapidly growing movement. The military reinforcements to Rovigo had steadied the line and pushed the Blacks across the Adige, with the fighting slowing to a crawl by mid-April. This meant that when battle was joined north and west of Bologna, the Fascists were able to load up a large number of squadristi, increasingly bloodied, experienced and disciplined, and dispatch them south. Their arrival on the 23rd turned the tide of the battle and saw the Milanese slowly, painfully, driven back from Bologna, concluding with the Milanese commander Palmiro Togliatti, himself a major Socialist figure and commander of the Red Army since the Battle of Piacenza, ordering a retreat from the city.

    Ensconcing himself in Modena, Togliatti drew up a defence of the city while the Royalists and Fascists licked their wounds from the bitter fighting and the Fascists basked in their newfound glory. It would be news of the Fascist successes at Bologna that prompted a surprising and unexpected event which brought the French more openly into the spotlight. Since the French occupation of Turin, Mussolini and a host of other right-wing journalists and politicians had made a national sport of condemning the French for their countless betrayals, only further ensconced with the French annexation of Libya. This anti-French ferment had become grist for the mill in the Tuscan and Ligurian Fascist organizations and their propaganda as increasingly rabid calls to action rose from the throats of the relatively autonomous Tuscan and Ligurian Fascists led by the war hero Achille Starace who called for action against the French. With the Fascists growing rapidly in popularity following the Battle of Bologna, Starace decided that the time had grown ripe for his own attempt at glory.


    The result was that in mid-May 1921 Starace called for all loyal sons of Italy to martial on the outskirts of Genoa, amassing an extremely disorganised force nearly 28,000 in number who set out for Turin on the 18th of May. Marching on Turin, men continued to rush to join them from across Italy, growing to number 35,000 by the 22nd as they entered the Piedmont. Here they were met by fortified French outposts whose commanders ordered them to turn around and when the disorganized mob refused and charged the outposts, the French opened fire with machineguns. More than 300 were killed and nearly 1,800 were injured in the panicked collapse that followed, with Achille Starace only barely survived the fiasco - but his name was made and his status as a Hero of Italy would grow rapidly, threatening to eclipse Mussolini within the Fascist movement.

    The March on Turin would also have major consequences for the French, as it brought their continued occupation of the city and its environs firmly into the French political spotlight and nearly revealed Sarrail's support for the Milanese, including his sharing of the blueprint to the Renault FT, while causing major political debate over how to approach the situation. In the end, Briand and his coalition voted in favour of turning the region back over to the Royalists, with the original plan being for the Royal Army to slowly replace French Army forces in the region. However, on learning of the direction events were taking in Paris, Sarrail spread this news amongst the Socialists in Turin, urging them to rise up against the French occupation. With a few pot shots exchanged and without wounded or dead on either side, Sarrail ordered the evacuation of the city before orders to turn it over to the Royalists could arrive. In this way, Turin and the Piedmont with it fell into the hands of Turin's Socialists, who immediately declared their allegiance to Milan and the French occupation of the Piedmont. The abandonment of the Piedmont without a fight would grow into a major political scandal in France, but there was little that could be done at this point without actual intervention in the conflict, however, the brazen actions of General Maurice Sarrail would come into question, setting the fuse for a French conflagration (18).

    Footnotes:

    (14) With half the country under occupation, the Italians do not have the 1919 elections ITTL and as such the parliament remains that which was elected in 1913, and thus primarily dominated by a Liberal coalition constantly at odds with itself. The major problem here is that while Orlando's government falls, there isn't enough agreement to secure a successor, so Italy is actually without any government while all of the events to follow occur. This greatly hampers governmental action and leaves only the King as a figure of legitimacy and authority.

    (15) The situation in Italy is significantly different from OTL and there are a couple important divergences that must be mentioned. First of all, with the Russians not nearly as internationally focused in 1920, the divisions between revolutionary socialists and communists isn't a major issue, at least not yet, and as such the Maximalists and other radicals are able to unite in favour of the revolution. While the Milanese revolution is quite demonstrably being stage managed by the revolutionary wing of the Socialist Party, the Venetian revolution is far more organic and lacks clear leadership until Malatesta makes his way to Venice.

    (16) D'Annuzio is an interesting figure who occupies a fascinating position in Italian history IOTL and an even more fascinating one ITTL. With Mussolini still a relatively minor play, if one growing rapidly in stature, I felt D'Annuzio would be a perfect fit as a claimant to the title of Italian Saviour. His tenure is not exactly going to be one of peace and tranquility, but I think he is an interesting person to throw into the mix at a higher level than IOTL, where he largely lost much of his influence after the Fiume debacle.

    (17) D'Annuzio is sort of forced to work with whoever he needs to build some sort of resistance to the Milanese and Venetians, particularly following the degradation experienced by the Italian Royal Army. With the Mafia to keep the conscripts in line, the Sicilians will prove at least somewhat of a worthwhile investment, but allows the Mafia to dig deeper into Sicily. At the same time the Fascists experience considerable growth while the conflict begins to take off.


    (18) The consequences of Sarrail's surrender of Turin are far from over, but that is a tale for another update. For the time being we have reached a point at which we can get a clearer look at the Italian situation. In the north-west, the Milanese are utterly dominant and have secured control of most of Lombardy and the Piedmont, in the north-east the Venetians and Fascists are duking it out for control of the Po and Adriatic coastline while their organisation in the west has taken a pounding from the March on Turin, although the role of the March in prompting the French withdrawal will become a major point of pride for large sections of the Fascist movement, particularly those aligned with Achille Starace. Italy is in for an interesting time.

    326px-Sherif-Hussein.jpg

    Malik Bilad-al-Arab Hussein I al-Hashemi

    Turmoil of the Orient

    The signing of the Copenhagen Treaty inaugurated what would come to be known in the west as the Hashemite Kingdom of Arabia, ruled by the Sharif of Mecca Hussein bin Ali, now styling himself King of Arab Lands, and set the stage for one of Britain's most contentious colonial relationships. At the heart of the issue lay the question of British authority and influence over the Arab kingdom, which the British were of the firm conviction fell inside the British sphere of influence. Even with the close of the Copenhagen Conference, British forces remained in place in Palestine, refusing to depart despite Hussein's protests. At the same time, the British used this opportunity to support Jewish Zionist immigration to Palestine, believing that the Jews could provide the build blocks for a colonial administration in the region alongside more esoteric religious reasons. As a result, the British remained in position in Palestine and turned a blind eye to Jewish immigration. While the numbers of Western Jews immigrating remained low, Eastern European Jews would flock to the region, fleeing the murderous chaos of eastern Europe and Russia, bringing with them unexpected religious and ideological beliefs.

    The sudden flood of Jewish settlers quickly provoked local resistance, with several bloody riots breaking out during 1920 and 1921, while the Hashemites grew increasingly angered and belligerent, searching for alternate patrons who might not prove quite as overweening as the British. While some considered rebuilding the relationship with the Ottomans, this met with a great deal of resistance, eventually leading to a search for European backing. Word of these efforts soon reached British ears and led them to end all support for the Hashemites, turning instead to favouring the Saudi Emirate of Riyadh, which had already fought a successful campaign against Malik Hussein in late 1918-1919. Backing Emir Abdul Aziz bin Abdul Rahman al-Saud, the British financed the defeat of the Rashidi Emirate of Jabal Shammar while granting aid to the Wahabi Ikhwan raiders who began to terrorize the Hashemite Arab Kingdom. These raids would begin to trouble the British when their southern Mesopotamian colonial holdings were raided and almost 700 Shia peasant were killed by marauding Ikhwan raiders.

    Under growing pressure from the Saudis and with the British continuing their de facto occupation of Palestine, the Hashemites were finally able to catch a break in early 1922 when Prince Faisal al-Hashemi was able to secure an audience with Kaiser Wilhelm II, who despite a considerable decline in power and influence was still able to pressure policy makers in one direction or another. Faisal's heartfelt pleas for aid to the noted Islamophile Emperor proved fruitful, with more sober policy makers agreeing with the Emperor's wish to aid the Arabs for more practical reasons than the Emperor's rambunctious support for the Mohammedan. The result was that over the course of 1922 and 1923, German military advisors and supplies began to create a marked improvement in the Arab Kingdom's ability to resist the Saudi onslaught, throwing back half a dozen Ikhwan raids and even making inroads against the Idrisid Emirate of Asir further to the south, an allied state to the Saudis. In early 1924 the Saudis would make another attempt on the Hejaz region, seeking to conquer the Holy Cities. The result was a quickly escalating war of manoeuvre, in which German volunteer pilots and British volunteer pilots fighting on behalf of the two Arab states clashed in aerial skirmishes, as both sides sought to support their side of the struggle alongside military advisors on the ground. The result was bloody as the Ikhwan fanatics fought fearlessly against the slightly better armed Hashemite forces in a hundred scattered skirmishes across the dunes, oases and villages.

    In the end, the onslaught would be turned back on the Saudis when word of British demands that the Saudis rein in the Ikhwan raiders spread, provoking open Ikhwan revolt. As the Saudi lines crumbled in the face of internal strife, the Hashemites leapt into action, sweeping eastward into the Arabian Desert and capturing town after town, village upon village. The Saudis and Ikhwan fought bitterly throughout the Hashemite advance, with the result that by the time the Ikhwan were finally suppressed, the Hashemites were at the gates of Riyadh. On the 23rd of April 1924 Abdul Aziz ibn Saud was killed in the Battle of Riyadh alongside several of his eldest sons, while much of the remainder of the Saudi family was scattered, most making their escape into exile in Britain, with the fourteen-year old Muhammad bin Abdulaziz Al Saud becoming the head of the family there. This marked the ascendance of the Hashemites to dominance amongst the Arabs, their control quickly expanding to the Persian Gulf coast by October of 1924 (19).

    The Ottoman Empire emerged from the Great War deeply exhausted and with considerable territorial losses in the south, but these were more than made up for with the victorious conquest of most of the Caucasus. However, key divisions between the Ottoman Sultan and his favourite Mustafa Kemal Pasha on one hand and the three pashas who dominated the ruling CUP faction would come to dominate the post-war period, as divisions over how to approach the new eastern conquests, the Basmachi movement, the Arab Kingdom to the south and the various European Powers to the north-west abounded.

    The first of these was particularly vital, because the conquests in the east included the immensely important Baku Oilfields, which helped kickstart the Ottoman Economic Miracle of the 1920s, built on the back of the rapidly growing Turkish oil industry and helping to repay many of the ruinous international loans which had crippled Ottoman economic development through the 19th century. The key dividing line here had to do with how the massive influx of wealth should be dealt with - whether it should be used to further the CUP's pan-Turkish ambitions or used to enrich the Ottoman state itself. In the end some degree of compromise was reached, with considerable funds allocated to support of the Basmachi movement and the Alash Authority, prior to the latter's destruction during the Trotskyite defeat of the Siberian Whites by Trotskyite and Basmachi forces. The increasing importance of Bukhara to the Basmachi and the dominance of the Caucasian Clique in Khiva would increasingly make efforts to support these pan-Turkish ambitions difficult, and would force the investment of considerable resources in naval defences in the Caspian Sea as Khivan pirates raided Baku's environs on the Caspian Coast near-constantly from late-1920 and onward. This proved to be a major blow to the CUP, and particularly Enver Pasha, who found his grip on power loosened and was eventually pushed from power by Kemal Pasha in 1923.

    At the same time, the sudden influx of money provoked an industrial boom along the edges of the Turkish Empire, in Baku, in Constantinople and in Syria, where the discovery of oil prompted an oil rush by Baku prospectors, with investments streaming in soon after. With demand for oil constantly increasing, the Ottoman Empire was able to pull in considerable wealth with which to invest into state infrastructure and social services under Kemal Pasha's watchful eye, hoping to steal away the remaining Pashas' support to as part of his and Sultan Mehmed VI's plans to take power away from the two remaining Pashas. This opportunity arose when an Armenian assassin murdered Djemal Pasha in Berlin on the 27th of August 1923, during the latter's visit to their German allies at the head of an Ottoman delegation to negotiate a trade deal. This left Talaat Pasha the sole remaining figure of the original triumvirate in power, and he was quick to find himself pushed from positions of influence and into more ceremonial roles as Kemal Pasha increased his power and authority with incredible rapidity. A failed assassination attempt on Kemal Pasha three months after Djemal's death by CUP party members who disagreed with Kemal Pasha's plans served as the excuse Kemal Pasha had been waiting for.

    Leveraging his own immense popularity with the military, Kemal Pasha was able to launch a coup against Talaat which saw him arrested and eventually consigned to house arrest on a small Aegean island until his death in the late 1920s. Thus, by early 1924 Kemal Pasha had emerged as the unquestioned leader of the Ottoman Empire, working closely with Sultan Mehmed VI, enacting what would come to be known as the Ottoman Restoration, a reference to the end of the CUP era and what was presented as a return to power of the Sultan, though in effect it would serve as the foundation for the establishment of a properly constitutional monarchy under the leadership of Mustafa Kemal Pasha as Grand Vizier. He would begin a series of ambitious reforms in economic, cultural, social, legal, military, religious and political spheres which would see the Ottoman Empire completely reshaped by the end of his tenure (20).


    The patent failure of the Chinese to secure any gains at all despite their participation in the Great War, particularly on finding themselves completely excluded from the reshuffling of Chinese concessions at the Copenhagen Conference, would provoke considerable turmoil and led to major protests. As this turmoil, grew a collection of students from thirteen Beijing universities joined together to plan the major student-led protests to come. On the 12th of May 1920, 13,000 students gathered at Peking University to begin their protests. They voiced their anger at the Allied betrayal of China, denounced the government's spineless inability to protect Chinese interests, and called for a boycott of Japanese products. Demonstrators insisted on the resignation of three Chinese officials they accused of being collaborators with the Japanese. After burning the residence of one of these officials and beating his servants, student protesters were arrested, jailed, and severely beaten. The next day, students in Beijing as a whole went on strike and in the larger cities across China, students, patriotic merchants, and workers joined the protests. The demonstrators skilfully appealed to the newspapers and sent representatives to carry the word across the country. From early June, workers and businessmen in Shanghai also went on strike as the centre of the movement shifted from Beijing to Shanghai. Chancellors from thirteen universities arranged for the release of student prisoners, and Cai Yuanpei, the principal of Peking University resigned in protest. Newspapers, magazines, citizen societies, and chambers of commerce offered support for the students. Merchants threatened to withhold tax payments if China's government remained obstinate. In Shanghai, a general strike of merchants and workers nearly devastated the entire Chinese economy.

    Under intense public pressure, the Beijing government released the arrested students and dismissed the three officials but with the Copenhagen Treaty already signed they had little except platitudes to offer when it came to the concessions. Coincidentally, President Xu Shicheng's Anhui backers found themselves crushed by the Zhilli Clique of the Beiyang Army, who remained hostile to Xu Shicheng. Thus, without forces to crush the movement and without concessions to give, there was little Xu Shicheng could do to prevent what followed. With their demands unmet and with the Beiyang government in turmoil, the students in Beijing decided to storm the Forbidden City. The Beijing Rising of 1920 saw tens of thousands of demonstrators overthrow the Beiyang government, tearing apart Xu Shicheng and much of his cabinet in their fury, catching the Zhili-Fengtien Clique alliance completely by surprise and forcing them to immediately deal with the power vacuum that resulted rather than having time to work out their differences - with Zhang Zuolin of the Fengtian backing the restoration of Emperor Puyi and the Zhili Clique itself backing its own leader, Cao Kun, for President of the Chinese Republic.

    The result was open warfare between the two central Cliques of the Beiyang Government, which grew rapidly in scale as their forces clashed. Here Zhang Ziolin would enjoy the spoils of his alliance with Tsar Roman, who was able to divert American supplies and aid to his ally in the bid to secure control of the Beiyang government. The result was that while the Zhili were able to call on the extremely capable military leadership of Wu Peifu, their soldiers found themselves quite simply outclassed and outarmed by the Fengtian forces, making even Wu Peifu's gambits insufficient to stopping the Manchurian juggernaut. Slamming through Zhili lines to secure Beijing, Zhang Zuolin re-elevated Puyi to the throne while restoring order to the city with force, crushing the student rebels and sending much of the incipient movement fleeing south to the Kuomintang-controlled regions of the south.

    From Beijing, the Fengtian pressed into the soft underbelly of the Zhili, catching them unprepared and exploiting their superior aerial forces to keep an eye on Zhili movemets, allowing Zhang Zuolin to avoid an attempt by Wu Peifu to trap forces from his left-wing in an encirclement. With defeat increasingly a certainty, and his relationship with Cao Kun failing in response to his inability to defeat the Fengtian, Wu Peifu betrayed his mentor to Zhang Zuolin in August 1920 and declared for the Fengtian - bringing down the Zhili Clique in the process. In a bid to secure support for the Emperor Puyi, Zhang Zuolin had the Russian concessions abrogated in October 1920, provoking intense international worry about Chinese intensions for other concessions, but with Tsar Roman's acceptance given other, secret, concessions granted to the Siberian Whites (21). The May 12th Movement and its aftermath would have a profound impact on China moving forward, not least for the key role it played in provoking the formation of the Communist Party of China in 1921 when Chinese socilists and anarchists joined together for the founding congress of the Party on the 4th-22nd of June 1921 in the Shanghai French Concession.

    Japan’s labor movement changed dramatically from 1917 through 1919 in the realms of ideas and actions. Until this time, despite pressure from increasingly radical young activists such as Nosaka Sanzō, the Yūaikai, literally Friendship Association, leaders disavowed strikes. They called for respect as members of the nation, or kokumin, rather than a separate class of workers. In 1917, however, actions at hundreds of productions sites nationwide revealed that thousands of working men and women were no longer inclined to politely appeal for improved conditions. Before this year, no more than fifty strikes were reported in any given year, involving no more than 10,000 participants in total. That count leaped to 398 strikes with 57,000 participants in 1917, 417 strikes and 66,000 strikers in 1918, and 497 actions involving 63,000 men and women in 1919. Most of these actions took place in the machine industry, shipbuilding, and mines, where the workforce was mostly male, but a surge in protests also took place at textile mills, where most operatives were young women living in tightly monitored dormitories, expecting and expected to work only a few years. Before 1917, no more than fourteen strikes took place in spinning mills and weaving sheds, involving at most 2,000 workers each year. From 1917 to 1919, textile factories witnessed more than fifty strikes each year, with a peak of 30,000 participants in 1918. In a clear response to the surge in wartime prices, 80 percent of strikes, and more than four-fifths of strikers, demanded wage increases. Smaller numbers of actions, about 5 percent each year, sought shorter working hours, opposed pay cuts, or sought redress from unfair supervisors. About two-thirds of the strikes either won all their demands or ended in compromise, most often a wage increase short of the full demand.

    This was a sharp turnaround from previous years, when fewer than half of strikes ended in full or partial gains. This surge of protest came from the bottom up. It pulled the organised labor movement toward greater militancy and a more critical view of capitalism. Unions led few of these actions, but the Yūaikai leader, Suzuki Bunji, was occasionally asked by a “strike group” to mediate a dispute. Through such experiences, and at the instigation of more radical younger leaders, the Yūaikai shed its skin as a moderate “Friendly Society.” It began supporting the assertive labor unions already being organised in workplaces and federated by industry and in the fall of 1919, the organisation adopted a new name, the Friendly Society Greater Japan Federation of Labor (Dai Nihon Rōdō Sōdōmei Yūaikai), in 1921 abbreviated to simply Japan Federation of Labor.

    The strike wave of 1917–19 was a sign of major social change, to be sure, but the most momentous social upheaval of this era, one which also inspired the labor movement toward greater militancy, were the protests that have come to be called the Rice Riots. They took place in the summer and fall of 1918, beginning in late July 1918 in a small fishing village in Toyama prefecture with a protest led by wives in the fishing families. Protests spread rapidly to major cities, farming villages, and mining towns. By the end of September 1918, riots had taken place in forty-two of forty-seven prefectures. Rallies protesting rice prices in major cities drew as many as 50,000 attendees and sometimes ended in riot - growing rapidly across Japan to tens of cities and more than a million participants. The actions of so-called rioters varied. They did not all fit a common-sense definition of riot. They included peaceful marches on government offices and boycotts of grain shipment, as well as more classic tactics of grain riots also found in many other times and places: attacks on rice wholesalers or retail sellers, destruction of rice stores, and the forced sales of rice at a “fair” price determined by the crowd. Running through all of these riots is a powerful combination of historically rooted appeals to honor a traditional moral economy with demands framed by the constitution of a modern empire, calling for reform of the new capitalist system (22).

    The response of the state to the rice riots would follow what the Japanese referred to as the “candy and whip” approach. The “candy” included large imperial and corporate donations to enable distribution of relief rice, as well as sale of rice at a discount to those judged needy by local officials. The “whip” ranged from state bans on public meetings and censorship of press reports of the riots, to the mobilisation of military police and infantry sent to major cities and mines. Police or troops killed more than thirty protestors around the country. They detained over 20,000 people and charged more than 8,000 with rioting or related offences. Some of those arrested were brutally interrogated. In speedily concluded trials, most got off with fines, but thirty rioters received sentences of life imprisonment and hard labor. The Justice Ministry focused most attention on rooting out ideologically motivated rioters. By mid-September 1918, calm had returned to almost all the sites of protest or riot.

    While the period of rioting was brief, the impact of the social protests of the final years of World War I was long-lasting. Prime Minister Terauchi Masatake resigned on 29 September 1918, replaced by Hara Takashi heading Japan’s first political party cabinet. Hara, among the most cautious and equivocal of the party leaders, had joined the ruling alliance. The sole survivor among the oligarchs who built the Meiji political order from above was Yamagata Aritomo. A man not given to displays of emotion or fear, even Yamagata was “terribly upset” by the Rice Riots, according to a visitor in August 1918. He had no choice but to turn reluctantly to the once upstart politician, Hara, as the only man who could control the masses. Policies of accommodation would continue, such as the founding of the Harmonization Society (Kyōchōkai) in 1919, jointly funded by the state and major corporations, and the Ōhara Institute for Social Research, founded by an industrialist concerned to address labor and other social issues. A Social Bureau was created in the Home Ministry in 1920, the first state agency with the explicit mission to resolve these newly prominent social “questions” – the labor, farmer, and women “questions” most prominently. But labor unions and labor strikes continued apace, as did the founding of tenant unions and tenant protests, and demands for universal suffrage for men and for women. The first May Day celebration in Japan took place in 1920, and an underground Communist Party was founded in 1922 (22).

    Footnotes:

    (19) Yep, I decided to have the Hashemites win out in Arabia and send the Saudis packing. I hope this doesn't come across as too implausible, both the British and German aid for either side is pretty limited but ITTL Malik Hussein is able to draw on considerably more forces from the Transjordan in his clashes and the British direct control of Basra means that the Ikhwan attacks are actually against directly held British holdings rather than at a remove. Furthermore, the Hashemite power base isn't as firmly divided as IOTL with Hussein retaining the sole throne. The situation in Palestine isn't exactly tenuous in the long run and the British will eventually have to loosen their grip on the region or face intense unrest, but this does allow them to let in a large number of Jewish settlers who will almost certainly look to Britain for protection from the Hashemites.


    (20) The Ottoman-Turkish Transition isn't nearly as traumatic ITTL and happens over a wider span of time, with a key difference being Kemal Pasha's partnership with the Porte rather than resistance to it. IOTL Ataturk's dismissal of anything to do with the Sultanate had a lot to do with the way the Sultan completely fell under British auspices, which is avoided ITTL and as such he is somewhat more open to a partnership. I haven't gotten into the various reforms in any sort of detail, but expect a somewhat more moderate version of Ataturk's OTL policies, with the focus being on retaining the international prestige and authority of the Caliphate while secularising actual Turkish society where possible through educational and religious reforms to reduce the influence of religious figures below the Caliph. There might be some loose similarities to the way in which the Japanese Emperor exerted extremely limited direct authority over Japanese politics, but retained immense moral authority when exercised. This period basically sees the Sultan/Caliph pushed out of day-to-day politics in favour of a elected grand vizier, but with him retaining the ability to intervene in emergency situations.

    (21) This is a pretty major divergence from OTL which sees the struggle between Anhui, Zhili and Fengtian Cliques ended considerably earlier than IOTL and results in a more cohesive Beiyang government under the restored Puyi. For the time being this Qing faction only really holds power in the north-east, but they are considerably more stable than anything in the region IOTL. Furthermore, the fall of the Zhili Clique and the rise of the Fengtian should have some important consequences for who receives backing from whom on an international basis given the close relations between the Fengtian, the Tsarists to the north and the Japanese. This isn't exactly a trifecta which is built towards Chinese popularity, but it does give them a pretty strong basis of support. Another important consequence here is that the fall of the Beiyang Government to the May Twelfth Movement will be the consequences for southern China, but we won't be dealing with that just yet.

    (22) This is basically all OTL, but I felt it was important to go through the setup of labor issues in Japan and the creation of the Communist Party - which follows the Moscow line ITTL rather than the OTL Leninist party. The main point to convey is that Japan moves forward into the period of prosperity it experienced in the early 1920s ITTL as well, while experiencing the same economic and social boom. Their involvements in China and Russia have been dealt with peripherally elsewhere, and will be dealt with more later on but this should serve as an introduction of Japan to the TL.


    Summary:
    Tsar Roman von Ungern rises to power and sweeps all before him while the Russian Civil War grinds on.

    Germany enters the Russian Civil War proper while a Red United Front and the Third International are formed.

    The Italian Civil War begins.

    The Middle East, Ottoman Empire, Chinese Republic and Japanese Empire all experience considerable turmoil and change.

    End Note:

    Well that brings an end to this monster of an update. Quite frankly, this update is probably twice as long as it should be and has taken much longer than anticipated to work through but it should bring a lot of interesting things into the TL. We have the rise of the Ungern-Romanovs, the continuation of the Russian Civil War and its extension into Central Asia, the expansion of German efforts into the region, the Italian Civil War's beginning and a host of events in the East ranging from the rise of Hashemite Arabia and Kemal Pasha's growth in power to the reshuffling of the Beiyang Government and the strengthening and radicalisation of the Japanese labor movement.

    The Ungern-Romanov section might be among the most implausible sections of the timeline to date, but keep in mind how absolutely chaotic the situation is in Russia at this point. Hell, if Olga had fallen into another warlord's hands, it would probably be them making this sort of gambit - although I think it might take the sort of insanity only possessed by Ungern for someone to declare themselves Tsar in this way. It isn't like the monarchies of Europe are going to look positively on these events.
     
    Last edited:
    Narrative Six: Reflections & The Bloodied Republic
  • Reflections

    309px-Empress_Maria_Feodorovna_of_Russia%2C_circa_1886.jpg

    Grand Duchess Anastasia Romanova

    Evening, 7th of June 1920
    Sagamore Hill, New York, United States of America


    Anastasia studied her recently-made friend, Flora Whitney Roosevelt (1), from across the North Room and considered the whirlwind of events over the last several months. Learning of her sister's survival had been an incredible relief, though the whispers and quiet reports brought to her by Savinkov of her new brother-in-law's character could do naught but leave her worried for her sister's happiness.

    Since her arrival in America, Anastasia had done all in her power to promote her familial cause, which was how she had come to meet Flora one bright day in Manhattan. With the turmoil and labor unrest of that gripped America, she had been perfectly positioned to make headway for the cause amongst the anti-Red contingent in both Democratic and Republican parties.

    It was at a meeting with General Leonard Wood, a hopeful Republican presidential primary candidate, a couple months before that she had met Flora's husband, Quentin Roosevelt. Charming, bold and handsome, he had been an easy friend to make as she sought enter into New York society (2).

    A bit of flirtatious back and forth after her meeting with the gruff and forthright General Wood had netted her an invitation to a small party being held by Charlie Taft, where she had been quick to seek out and befriend the cosmopolitan Flora, who had leapt at the opportunity to parade around with a Russian princess.

    Anastasia couldn't really muster any heat in her critique of Quentin and Flora. They were bright and kind, welcoming her into their home with open arms. She enjoyed spending time with them both, even if they often seemed woefully naive about the world. Sure, Quentin had played dashing knight of the sky during the war, but he seemed to have swept through the conflict like it was all one grand adventure, not truly letting the conflict touch him. Flora had such a sunny view of everything that even Anastasia's pessimism seemed unable to crack her welcoming guise.

    Flora left behind the conversation and sashayed through the crowded room, people making way for the young pregnant woman as she held out an arm to shield her stomach and dragged along the famously acid-tongued Alice Roosevelt Longworth behind her (3). Anastasia overheard her reply to an unheard question, "Oh, don't be such a worrywart L, you will love her. She is nearly as pithy as you!"

    Alice Longworth harrumphed audibly even as the pair reached Anastasia's corner of the room, her mouth twisting tartly, "Ah yes, the infamous Grand Duchess. I could swear I read she had horns, Flora. Where are her horns?" She turned her attention firmly to Anastasia with a self-satisfied smirk.

    Flora grimaced at the rather crass reminder of the latest rumours in the socialist rags, which had apparently taken to claiming that Anastasia was a demoness unduly influencing the elite in aid of the devil, but could do little but shrug at her sister-in-law's comment.

    Anastasia grinned back. "Oh, those? I keep them in my purse for soirées like this... Wouldn't do to scare people off when I am trying to get entice them into satanic worship, would it?" (4)

    "I like her already," replied Alice with a grin and laughter in her voice, "Call me L or Mrs. L. That's what everyone else does." she continued with a gleam in her eye.

    Flora spent a moment looking suspiciously between the two women before speaking.

    "I think I already regret introducing you two, this can't lead to anything other than mayhem." She raised her face to the heavens and exclaimed, "Dear God, what have I unleashed?"

    She kept her face straight for a couple seconds, but she was unable to keep it up when her lips tugged into a brilliant smile and a giggle escaped her.

    "Oh dear, Flora, I do feel you may have a point, this does seem like some devilish plot to subvert all that is good, right and godly." said Alice, before turning back to Anastasia.

    "Let us sit and talk, I want to hear all about this tour you have been on." Referring to Anastasia's well publicized campaign to influence the American political climate in favor of her sister and brother-in-law, by talking to any and every sympathetic politician, from mayors and governors to senators and presidential candidates, she could.

    Flora got a couple of servants to move some chairs around for them, so that they could sit quietly together in the corner and speak without disrupting the rest of the party.


    "Well, as you already know, the question of whether to continue aiding my family against the Reds has been consuming a considerable amount of political debate, so I wanted to make sure that anyone who might have a voice on the matter knew full well what abandoning Russia to Trotsky would mean. Most seemed receptive, but there were a couple who seemed reluctant. I guess there is little I can do other than sit back and hope the Republican Convention finds favourably for my people's case."

    Alice remained silent for a moment, scanning Anastasia's face for some hint of what precisely she had meant by that comment. Eventually coming to some conclusion with a nod to herself, she replied - her voice a bit cooler than previously.

    "From what I hear, you aren't exactly the most powerless of observers, now are you?" she said with quiet certitude.

    Anastasia grimaced at the reminder that her family's fate rested wholly on Savinkov's ability to sway the Republicans in favour of continued Russian intervention, while she was left here to continue building her relationships amongst this half of the elite (5).

    "What do you mean by that, L?" Said Flora, a bit of sharpness in her voice, "Of course we have our voice in events, even though we can't quite match you in influence, both Ana and I have our due influence through the men in our lives. Why, your very own brother and my dear husband is in Chicago with General Wood as we speak."

    Alice sighed, "Not what I meant Flora, but you are right, we do all exert our influence. Under the circumstances, I guess I would do the same Anastasia." she said with seeming remorse, giving Anastasia an apologetic glance.

    Flora clapped her hands excitedly. "Well then, can we change the subject? I think we have had quite enough of politics."

    Shaking her head ruefully, Alice motioned her agreement.

    The rest of the night would pass with Alice getting to know Anastasia, ending when all three departing for bed shortly after midnight, to await word of events in Chicago.

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is Flora Whitney Miller from OTL. With Quentin Roosevelt living through the war, he marries his fiancée soon after his return in early 1920.

    (2) General Leonard Wood had a close relationship with the Roosevelt family and helped along the careers of TR's sons in the military, particularly Quentin's career. Here Quentin is serving as aide to Wood, working as a key figure in organizing the General's election campaign in 1920 - in this case seeking to secure the backing of the anti-Red faction of the Republicans by way of a quiet word from Anastasia and her network of supporters, headed by Savinkov.

    (3) Alice Roosevelt Longworth is honestly one of my favourite female figures in the US, if not the world, during the first half of the 20th Century. She is hilarious and has a sense of sarcasm that few could match. When reading a biography about her there were numerous occasions where I straight up laughed out loud at a lot of her quotes - not a common occurrence for me. Hell, by this point she had already been forbidden entry into the Taft and Wilson White Houses because of her acid tongue and willingness to cut through the bullshit.

    (4) Anastasia's influence campaign did not go unnoticed during the period between her arrival in the US and the Republican Presidential Convention. She has steadily risen up the list of people absolutely hated by the Left as she has exploited her platform to smear them all with Trotsky's crimes, exacerbating and exploiting the Red Scare while spending liberally on political causes.

    (5) Savinkov is basically exerting what influence he can in favour of interventionist and pro-White candidates for the presidency in as secret a manner as possible. Blackmail, bribery and threats all combine with the general cajoling which was part and parcel of politics in this period.


    The Bloodied Republic

    355px-Michael_Collins.jpg

    Michael Collins, Irish Independence Leader

    Night, 21st of February 1921
    Adare, County Limerick, Ireland, United Kingdom


    "We have to cross the sea and hurt them in their homes if we want any chance of winning this conflict!" Shouted one of the officers who had joined Michael for the meeting with de Valera's cabinet.

    They were hours into a heated debate over how to force an end to the war and tempers were fraying badly.

    At stake was the independence of Ireland and, in many cases, their lives. On one hand there were those who wished to keep the ever-escalating conflict contained to Ireland and to grind down the British resistance with time, while on the other there were those who wished to expand the conflict to Britain, extending the threat of the war into the homes of the electorate in hopes of forcing the British to the table (1).

    Michael Collins was decidedly in the second of the two camps. Already action was underway for the largest ambush of the war yet, some 80 British officers and soldiers at Templeglantine. He was just waiting on word of their success at this point.

    "No reason to raise your voice, O'Connel, we can hear you fine as is." Said one of Valera's aides with considerable disdain in his voice.

    "We are well aware of the situation. The risks of extending the conflict to Britain are too high, as we have stated multiple times already." He continued with something nearing a sneer.

    Michael put a hand on O'Connel's shoulder to quiet him before the situation spun out of control further and turned his attentions squarely to Valera.

    "Come now, Eamon, we both know that continuing as we have so far is unfeasible. We need to be proactive. We need to remind the British public that there is a cost to continuing the war and that it won't only be the bloody Black an' Tans' who bear that cost."

    The aide seemed about to respond before Valera signalled for his silence.

    "You are right when you say that we cannot continue as we have, but what makes you think moving the fighting to Britain will improve our situation? Just because the status quo won't work in the long term does not mean that any change would be for the better."

    A moment of silence engulfed the gathering while Michael mustered the arguments his side had brought already, seeking to figure out a way of convincing the Irish leader before him.

    "This is the only path forward that has any chance of success, Eamon. Right now we are being ground to the nub because the Brits are able to focus their resources here. With their labour unrest settling down, they will be able to martial ever greater resources against us. Only by turning the public against the government on the issue of Irish independence can we have any hope of success."

    Valera scanned Michael's face, looking for some hint as to how to proceed.

    Sighing, Valera eventually responded, "Very well Michael, let us make some initial forays and see if the response favours us."

    Michael nearly grinned, but was able to smother his smile. His entourage were not quite as controlled in their relief at having gotten support for their plans. Michael rose and saluted before marching out.


    As he was leaving the building, word from Templeglantine arrived. Twenty seven dead and nineteen wounded in the fighting on the British side, in return for eight dead and fourteen wounded. It would seem events were turning his way now (2).

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is based on an OTL debate within the IRA from the war with the British. IOTL the decision was taken to expand the conflict to Britain was taken, but was never implemented because the treaty was proposed before events could get to that point.

    (2) This was an attack that was planned and about to be launched when the treaty was proposed IOTL.. Here it happens before any sort of treaty can be proposed on the part of the British - although whether they would actually be willing to begin negotiations for peace remains a question. The failures at Copenhagen and Lloyd George's generally weaker position means that he doesn't have the same sort of diplomatic and domestic political capital to invest in a peace effort. Particularly the Conservatives would look very askance at anything that might threaten their sudden gains in Parliament from Ireland.

    End Note:

    Anastasia enters American high society and is up to a lot of things behind the scenes, while the Irish move closer to extending their war into Britain itself. I don't have too much to state, we will be exploring the events this narrative section hints at in the next update.

    These narrative sections were a bit weird to write, given how much interaction and dialogue there is between multiple characters at once. Let me know what you think.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Nineteen: A Time of Transition
  • A Time of Transition

    534px-EugeneDebs.gif

    Eugene V. Debs Presidential Election Political Cartoon

    A Contentious Election

    Behind the veil of war, America had been left completely changed by two important constitutional amendments. The Eighteenth Amendment which prohibited the sale or manufacture of alcohol in the United States, and the Nineteenth Amendment which gave women the right to vote. These two amendments were the culmination of the two separate but interlinked movements of suffrage and prohibition, and fundamentally altered the composition of the United States. Particularly the woman's vote would come to play an important role in the debate within both parties, as efforts at securing these new voters were undertaken and women of influence became important powerbrokers in the elite establishment of particularly the East Coast Republican progressives, perhaps most prominently featured in the form of Corinne Roosevelt Robinson, the recently deceased former President Theodore Roosevelt's youngest sister. While the party had seemed to be aligning behind another presidential run by Theodore Roosevelt, his death in early 1919 had thrown the Republican party into chaos, as various factions sought to exploit the situation to thrust past the previously dominant former president and his faction of Progressives.

    In the lead up to the Republican National Convention the divisions within the party had grown increasingly clear - falling along two major fault lines, one split between progressives and conservatives and the other between the isolationists and interventionists. Importantly, there were relatively few conservative interventionists of any prominence and as such the conservatives were largely able to align themselves behind the figure of Governor Frank Lowden of Illinois. The progressives were more divided, with a prominent minority of the party arguing that with the world growing ever more dangerous and treacherous it would be better to pull back and focus their attentions on bettering America, as they had sought to do for decades. This wing of the party coalesced around the vocal figures of Hiram Johnson and William Borah, both of whom felt that the fear-mongering of the internationalists, riding the wave of hysteria provoked by the Red Scare, was going too far and felt that the diplomatic failures surrounding both the United States entry into the Great War and its miserable departure following the Copenhagen Conference were a clear indication that foreign entanglements were far too dangerous to entertain.

    This left the third major wing of the Republican Party, the progressive interventionists, who had formerly been the backbone of Roosevelt's power in the party. Without the former president to back this faction was left without a figure to coalesce around until the Roosevelt family presented an old family friend and former Rough Rider. That man was Leonard Wood. A Major General during the war, General Wood had been sidelined for its duration and had spent most of the conflict leading training and logistics efforts in the US due to his close Republican ties, which had resulted in an unwillingness by the Democratic government to provide him any field commands where he might be able to acquire further fame and glory. The joke would ultimately be on the Democrats, for Wood's distance from the frontlines meant that he avoided the tarred reputations that so many of the American top commanders acquired during the war for the high casualty numbers experienced by America on the fields of France. As a result, Leonard Wood was not only a nationally known and respected military figure with significant backing from the Roosevelt machine, but was positioned so as to exploit this fact to the fullest degree with the backing of the Roosevelts. Campaigning on a progressive and interventionist platform, including backing the wildly popular Attorney General Palmer's campaign against the Reds to the hilt, Wood was able to cut a formidable figure, promising a safe harbour in a time of turmoil (1).

    The Republican National Convention, lasting from the 8th to the 10th of June 1920, was dominated by the momentum built up by the progressive interventionists and Leonard Wood during the preceding twenty primaries, and saw Leonard Wood nominated by the Republican Party despite the efforts of party elders to stymie the slide in Wood's favor. It was in a bid to ameliorate relations with these party elders and to secure a better grip on the electorally important state of Ohio that Wood offered the Vice Presidency to Warren G. Harding in an attempt to reach an accommodation with the other wings of the party (2).

    The Democratic Party, as the party in government, had hoped to enter the election year of 1920 on the backs of a successful war and with favourable peace terms to present to the American people. That was decidedly not the case when the terms of the Copenhagen Treaty became public, immediately provoking considerable turmoil within the Democratic Party. President Thomas R. Marshall found his already tenuous popularity crater, as his own party sought to distance themselves from him and the Copenhagen Treaty. This would culminate in an effort by the Democrats to repudiate the treaty with claims that Marshall had sullied the legacy of President Wilson, seeking to create a clear divide between the brave and capable Wilson and his scapegrace successor, who had wasted the hard-won gains of the war. While this effort to repudiate the treaty quickly ran into the problematic realities of leverage and international reputation, and the effort came to a quiet end in the aftermath of the 1920 election, the Democratic Party was left chained to the treaty and Marshall's presidency for the coming election.

    It was here that Wilson's son-in-law and former Secretary of the Treasury, William Gibbs McAdoo, was able to exploit his ties to president Wilson and his departure from the cabinet in late December to distance himself from the Democratic failures of 1919, and reap the rewards of his exemplary efforts during and prior to the war, building significant support within the party. In sharp contrast to McAdoo was Attorney General Palmer, who with his red-baiting rhetoric and reputation built during 1919 and 1920 had been able to build a considerable following within the Democratic Party. With McAdoo distancing himself from the extreme position of Palmer, the Attorney General was able to press forward with his ambition of securing the nomination. However, during the convention, running from the 28th of June to the 1st of July, Palmer's manic and overtaxed mien left many with considerable reservations about his suitability for the office and worried for his health. With the Wilsonian Democrats increasingly aligning themselves behind McAdoo and Palmer's erratic behaviour turning party elders against him, McAdoo was able to secure the nomination from the Democratic Party.

    The struggle over the vice presidency would prove as fierce as that for the presidency, as dozens of candidates were considered. While McAdoo initially considered Palmer, a backroom meeting with his former opponent left McAdoo firmly opposed to the suggestion. He turned instead to some of those who had been able to secure a strong backing on the presidential ballots, weighing this against their potential benefits in the coming election. With Warren Harding selected as Wood's vice presidential candidate, there was considerable pressure in favor of the Ohioan James M. Cox who would help outweigh Harding's effect on the Wood ticket in the mid-west. However, McAdoo was disquieted by Cox's willingness to work with labor movements and feared that he might well prove a liability against the red-baiting Wood. With some remorse, McAdoo would thus decide to go with Iowan Edwin T. Meredith instead, who had considerable popularity amongst rural voters and name recognition through his magazine Successful Farming, but lacked the crucial Ohio link. However, in contrast to Cox, Meredith also happened to be a supporter and ally of McAdoo which proved attractive to the presidential candidate (3).

    The incarceration of Eugene V. Debs had already provoked considerable turmoil in the United States, when it played into the events of Bloody Saturday, but it would be his campaign for the presidency, the fifth of his career, which would be remembered. Having been sentenced to ten years imprisonment, Debs had recently been moved from the West Virginian Moundsville State Penitentiary to the Atlanta Federal Penitentiary when he decided to make the run for presidency. He was largely able to unite the Socialist Party behind his campaign of "Vote For Convict 9653", but with the tense anti-red climate of the election many were too scared to campaign in public, and the Socialist campaign would prove little more than a protest campaign.


    While the Debs campaign continued on, viewed as little more than a nuisance, the two major party candidates went forward like two heavyweight boxers entering the ring for a championship match. Both sides rallied their bases as well as they could, while delegating campaigning in specific parts of the country to the vice presidential candidates, with Harding and Meredith focusing their efforts in the Midwest, with Harding famously conducting his campaign from the front porch, speaking engagingly with any who would meet him there. This move by Harding provoked considerable media interest and his rather surprising local approach would bring with it considerable support in Ohio, though the rest of the Midwest also looked positively at his rather sedate approach, particularly when contrasted with the histrionics of the two presidential candidates. Wood met with veterans groups, anti-red defence organisations, women's leagues, progressive rallies and toured the country in imitation of Roosevelt's highly active campaigns. Throughout this period he was ably supported by the Roosevelt family and their political machine, with Corinne Roosevelt Robinson and Alice Roosevelt Longworth supporting his efforts to secure the woman vote, Quentin Roosevelt and his brothers campaigning amongst veterans groups and with the backing of Anastasia Romanova's increasingly expansive network of anti-red contacts to draw on.

    McAdoo concentrated his efforts primarily in New York, where he exploited his business connections and contacts from his time as Treasury Secretary to secure support from amongst the New York business elite who rallied against the openly progressive campaign of Wood. In the South he campaigned as both a Southerner and as a supporter of veterans, promising veterans' bonuses and pensions, which were an increasingly loud demand from the demobilising soldiers who had fought in France. As the elections moved forward into the home stretch, the tone grew ever sharper, with Wood presenting McAdoo as a spineless creature of the corrupt business elite and a lackey of the Wilson-Marshall presidency, which had so bungled the conduct of the war. While continuing to emphasis the threat posed by Red revolutionaries, Wood also began to emphasise Democratic overreach on the issue of civil liberties, focusing his ire primarily on press censorship and government interference in private affairs during the war, an irony lost on many considering Wood's own support for extensive federal powers to pursue Red forces. McAdoo did what he could to distance himself from the Marshall presidency, and succeeded to some extent, but continued to champion the Wilson administration as a time of good governance and leadership, to the detriment of his support in the west and northwest where progressives were strong on the ground and had grown disenchanted with the Wilson administration already in 1918.

    On election day, Leonard Wood swept to victory with 351 electoral votes, while McAdoo was left to console himself with a good showing - even if he hadn't been able to truly break through outside the south. However, surprising many, Debs was able to run away with nearly 5% of the popular vote despite not winning any states - convincing many that there remained a considerable groundswell of Red support in the United States. In the end, the Republicans were able to pick up seven seats in the senate, further bolstering their majority (4).

    Leonard Wood immediately set about constructing his cabinet in preparation for his inauguration. He asked the venerable Elihu Root to serve as Secretary of State, bringing immense prestige and experience with him to the position. At treasury, Wood was able to secure the appointment of the highly active and famed humanitarian, Herbert Hoover. In a bid to retain his ties with the Roosevelts, Wood proposed Brigadier General Theodore Roosevelt III, the eldest son of the president by the same name, as Secretary of War while appointing young Quentin Roosevelt assistant private secretary to the President, in effect continuing to serve as aide to the soon-to-be president, as he had since his return from the front soon after the armistice was signed. To replace Attorney General Palmer, Leonard Wood turned to a man he had gotten to know in the War Department during the war, Harlan F. Stone, who he had come to trust in matters of organising and structuring the chaotic efforts of Palmer, who had recently been quietly been removed from the public eye after experiencing a breakdown. As he filled post after post he drew on a number of different sources. Some held connection to his time in the Rough Riders, others were prominent Progressive figures in the Republican Party, a few were directly linked to the Roosevelt machine and a couple were conservatives who had demonstrated their efficiency and capabilities (5). By the time of his inauguration in early March 1921, President Leonard Wood was more than ready to put into effect his plans for the future.

    Footnotes:

    (1) These are similar leaders of the Republican wings as IOTL, but with a couple of key differences already having a pretty major effect. IOTL as ITTL Leonard Wood was one of the most vocal supporters of Attorney General Palmer as the latter whipped up terror and hysteria during the Red Scare. However, IOTL Wood was dealt an egregious wound to his political ambitions when the 1st of May conspiracy proved a complete fabrication. ITTL Palmer was able to shift this narrative and extended the lifetime of the Red Scare by quite a bit, leaving Wood's gamble in backing Palmer's raids a fruitful one.

    (2) IOTL particularly Harding's campaign manager Daughtry was able to keep any other of the candidates from securing an early majority, allowing him to negotiate with the party elders on Harding's behalf. I have considered a variety of candidates for this vice presidential post, but ultimately Harding quite simply brings too many benefits to ignore electorally. He is quite popular in Ohio and a native of the state, which would give Wood a leg up in this swing state, while also ameliorating any hurt feelings on the part of party elders who were extremely suspicious of Wood's sudden jump to the forefront of the party. In contrast to OTL, Wood is able to secure sufficient support by the fourth ballot to secure the nomination due to his anti-Red position remaining viable.

    (3) McAdoo was the favourite to win the nomination IOTL until Wilson sabotaged his bid in hopes of running for a third time. With Wilson completely out of politics, left barely able to speak or walk and requiring constant care, McAdoo is able to press forward with his candidacy. While Palmer had a lot of popular wind behind him, he was unstable and overstressed enough by this point in time for it to be visible in extended conversations, which makes his candidacy considerably more difficult. I felt Cox would be too much of a rehash of OTL, and he has some legitimate weaknesses ITTL's context. As a result McAdoo goes with his friend Meredith who, while not a particularly major figure in the party, is both a Midwesterner and extremely popular with rural voters.

    (4) The election isn't quite a rout on the same scale as the OTL election experienced by the Democrats. They still lose the West Coast and Northwest, however they improve on their OTL results with victory in Tennessee, Oklahoma, Missouri and Iowa, as well as winning a good deal more votes in New York. An important key to these increases come from Meredith, who provides valuable rural voters in these states. This represents a fall back to the Democrats pre-Wilson days, but at 180 electoral votes McAdoo actually does better than William Jennings Bryant and Alton B. Parker. It isn't the historic defeat of OTL and doesn't completely destroy McAdoo's career. Debs is also able to secure 5% in contrast to his OTL 3% because despite the violence and repression, or perhaps because of it, the Socialists have actually grown more popular with time. Finally, while Leonard Wood sweeps a lot of states it isn't quite the landslide election Harding experienced IOTL. This is mostly due to the more competitive campaign by McAdoo and the more splintered and disjointed political scene of TTL. While people yearn for peace and stability, neither candidate quite seems to have the same appeal as Harding in that regard.

    (5) Here is a list of the full cabinet:
    President: Leonard Wood
    Vice President: Warren G. Harding
    Secretary of State: Elihu Root
    Secretary of Treasury: Herbert Hoover
    Secretary of War: Theodore Roosevelt III
    Attorney General: Harlan F. Stone
    Postmaster General: Henry W. Anderson
    Secretary of the Navy: Beekman Winthrop
    Secretary of the Interior: James Rudolf Garfield
    Secretary of Agriculture: John M. Parker
    Secretary of Commerce: John Hays Hammond
    Secretary of Labor: Harold L. Ickes


    BriandKellogg1928b.jpg

    Signing of the Root Plan

    Restoring The European Order

    Germany entered the post-war world with an immense domestic debt burden, having financed much of their war effort through the sale of bonds to both their financial sector and the German middle class. The weight of this debt on public finances, while having remained manageable up until late 1916, had grown uncontrollably following the implementation of the Hindenburg Plan, expanding so rapidly that neither the private financial sector nor the citizenry had been able to follow along, leaving the central bank to print more money to finance this debt. The result was that by the end of the war, the German economy had experienced a considerable rise in inflation and found itself deeply mired in debt. Under more acrimonious circumstances, this could well have turned into a disaster, potentially leaving the financial sector devastated and cutting a swathe through the middle class. However, the relatively swift restoration of international trade, coupled with the slow stabilisation of Germany's Eastern Empire and the re-entry of millions of working age men into the workforce had the effect of providing a rapid growth in prosperity as the economy expanded explosively, which in turn resulted in alleviating the immediate pressure on Germany's national finances and allowed for the beginning of repayment on its domestic war debts. With factories shifting over to consumer production and pent up domestic spending on the rise, the threat to Germany's economic stability seemed to slowly ease. While continuing to fund military activity in Russia and across Eastern Europe, Germany's future seemed bright but for the solitary factor of continuing inflation. In early 1921 this would be dealt with through the slow and measured implementation of contractionary financial policies lasting well into 1922, which brought inflation increasingly under control while having only a minor negative impact on the economic boom Germany was undergoing - a process made possible by the highly competent leadership of Stresemann.

    The immediate post-war period would also mark the start of a period of intense cultural change for the Empire. For young people, in particular those who were old enough to work in the war industries but still too young to serve in the military, the war, despite all its hardships, also had liberating effects as many figures of authority, such as teachers and policemen, were no longer present and substantial wages provided novel opportunities for consumption. The flourishing cultural renaissance of Moscow would inspire hundreds of German artists, sparking a period of immense creativity in German literature, cinema, theatre and musical works, as innovative street theatre brought plays to the public while the cabaret scene and jazz bands grew to incredible popularity. While the conservative values of the pre-war period remained of importance, the euphoria of victory would open the doors to these new liberal cultural developments and movements.

    The clash between these old and new values would play out during the 1920s, with rapid swings back and forth as an intense cultural struggle occurred which did much to strengthen the dynamism and inventiveness of both sides. The opening up that occurred following the war would create a level playing field for free expression, within the bounds outlined in the 1920 settlement. In the early years of the 1920s, the government with its liberal government would focus first and foremost on promoting and strengthening trade and industry while continuing debt servicing in order to continue fueling the economic boom. The result was that little was done at a national level to combat income inequality and squalor, being left mostly in the care of local and regional governments with vastly varying levels of success. Perhaps the most revolutionary change would occur in stodgy, conservative Prussia, where the changes to the state's voting structures meant the sudden rise of Social Democratic government in the largest German state. While the conservatives were able to hold onto power in the provinces of East Prussia, Saxony, Hannover, Hesse-Nassau and Pomerania, they had been swept from power in the Rhine provinces, in Schleswig-Holstein, Brandenburg, Silesia and West Prussia, which had fallen into the hands of social liberals and social democrats. This meant that while the conservatives were able to resist or slow some changes, they had to give way on others.

    The new Prussian government would model its efforts on the welfare model that had been developed in Denmark during the Great War and which had received considerable German interest during the Copenhagen Conference. Working closely with trade unions in both the Ruhr and Berlin, the Prussian government of Friedrich Ebert set up industrial dispute arbitration courts and set out clear guidelines and rules for when and how industrial actions on either side were permitted. If no agreement could be reached through arbitration, a neutral conciliation service would intervene to help resolve the issue, with the ability to call of the government for support in enforcing agreements. A host of other initiatives would be attempted in the years to follow as efforts at improving the lives of Prussian citizens continued to be undertaken with varying levels of success. The conservative elite, particularly those in the Prussian Herrenhaus, sought to slow these changes as much as possible but they had seen the powers of their house of parliament significantly curtailed during the constitutional reforms. As such they were left to join the business elite in protesting these developments, and seeking to secure more power in the elections for state representatives with some success, while the national government proved limited in its willingness to intervene when the developments seemed to strengthen rather than hinder the German economy and remained relatively moderate (6).

    While France had limped away from the Great War with territorial gains and pledges of economic support from both their allies and enemies, it remained a country beset by troubles. Under the leadership of Aristide Briand the country had been able to begin its long road to recovery through a series of international loans and investments. Drawing deeply on its colonial African population, France was able to generate the necessary work force required for the hard work of clearing battlefields and rebuilding the country. It would be this population, merging with the colonial tirailleurs who had stayed behind following the end of the war, which formed the foundation of the African minority in France and which would bring with them a surprising flavor to north-eastern France where they settled in sizeable numbers, leaving particularly Rheims, Soissons and Amiens with a noticeable African minority. At the same time, the French government found its hands full dealing with the recently annexed Walloons, who despite French efforts retained a sizable number of Belgian nationalists. However, securing Wallonia's industrial and logistical network would prove a major boon to the struggling French industrial complex, which helped the French buy time for the remainder of their industry to rebuild.

    Politcally, France found itself increasingly split on the edges while a firm majority clung to the status quo in search of safety and stability. On the Right a variety of ligues and veterans organizations sought to band together, forming Union de la Droite (UD) in 1921 as an umbrella organisation under the nominal auspices of Ferdinand Foch, although in truth it would prove to be the monarchist Charles Maurras who was able to exploit the UD the most. Using the structured and expansive Action Francaise's organisational capacity to support the formation and strengthening of the UD, he was able to secure better access to the resources of their rival ligues and contacts to right-wing political voices.

    On the left, a split was developing between the radical leadership of CGT which was increasingly leaning towards supporting revolutionary action, hoping to build on the successes of the Venetian Syndicate and Milanese Italian Socialist Republic in Italy in a bid to spur on revolution across Europe, and the more moderate French socialists who feared the consequences of a violent revolution. The formation of the Third International did much to bring the divide between radicals and moderates in both CGT and SFIO to a head, culminating in the victory of the radicals in late 1921 in a series of what amounted to coups against the moderates, hijacking the French Left. This would result in a split between moderates and radicals, the former greatly outnumbered by the latter, and prompted the moderates to depart the SFIO in favor of the Republican-Socialist Party, despite their disagreements with the leadership of that party on the role of reform in bringing about the socialist world order. The result was that the Republican-Socialist Party secured political stars such as Léon Blum, Marcel Sembat and Paul Faure. At the same time, the SFIO took a turn firmly in direction of communism under the leadership of Ludovic Frossard and Boris Souvarine, both heroes of the struggle against Poincaré and Foch, allying with the anarchist CGT with both declaring themselves part of the Third International. This split on the left would see nearly half of the SFIO's parliamentary seats transferred to the Republican-Socialist Party, but allowed the SFIO to take an increasingly belligerent line against the moderate government under Briand. As 1921 came to a close and 1922 dawned, the CGT turned increasingly belligerent while the SFIO pressed forward their case for workers' rights with an ever louder voice, provoking considerable fear and worry in government ranks (7).

    With Germany's return to the world economy, the French reconstruction and American shift back to commercial production, Britain would find itself struggling to restore its pre-war trade dominance. Lingering economic and social troubles, coupled with massive war debts, the escalating war in Ireland and rising disaffection in colonial and dominion realms all combined to hinder Britain's return to pre-war prosperity. The threats to previously secure international markets grew rapidly as Japanese Cotton, German heavy industrial goods and American manufactured consumer goods all expanded into true trade competitors in the post-war period.

    The gold standard had been part and parcel of the increasing integration of the global economy during the nineteenth century, assisting both international trade and international lending. From the perspective of the government, the principles of this fixed exchange rate system had been undermined during the war through inflation, severe budgetary imbalances, and the enormous insurance costs of transporting gold across the Atlantic. From the autumn of 1915 through the autumn of 1919, the sterling-dollar exchange had been at $4.765, fractionally below the pre-war level of $4.86, through the assistance of American lending. Once this artificial support was terminated in May 1920, the value of sterling fell on the exchanges. In order to prevent a catastrophic loss of gold to export, the British government issued a temporary gold embargo that brought sterling off the gold standard. Such a suspension of the gold standard was not new, a similar measure had operated between 1797 and 1819 due to the Napoleonic Wars, and it in no way undermined the Lloyd George government's commitment to the gold standard: the government had already signalled a return to gold at the pre-war parity as a key goal of Britain’s post-war financial policy, and the 1920 gold embargo was interpreted as a tactical withdrawal in the face of enormous financial difficulties. The ultimate goal of restoring the gold standard was not abandoned, as the embargo was later regularised as the Gold Embargo Act (1921), a piece of time-limited legislation that would automatically return Britain to the gold standard once it expired at the end of December 1926.

    This pegging of the pound would have extensive consequences both in Britain and internationally as the artificially inflated pound made British products even more expensive and led to a boosting of the competitive power of their international competitors, damaging domestic production and provoking increasingly dire economic straits. This was coupled with a considerably heightened taxation effort in hopes of paying off international debts, which placed further burdens on both industry and the populace. At the same time the issues of war pensions, life insurances and the various other costs of the war incurred by the British soldiery grew rapidly into a point of considerable contention as veterans groups, whose members were often caught up in these economic doldrums began to protest government actions. With former servicemen protesting often, and a concurrent strengthening labor movement, there were many in government ranks who feared an alliance between the two. However, many service members viewed the labor movements with considerable distrust and dislike, often blaming them for the war ending before the British Army had a chance to regain its honor following the Flanders defeat. The result was that while both veterans associations and labor organisations demonstrated and protested regularly throughout the first years in the post-war era, whenever the two ran into each other they were as liable to attack each other as cooperate.

    Particularly the Conservatives were swift to exploit this state of affairs, sponsoring and supporting various veterans associations and pushing the coalition government of Lloyd George to support benefits for these associations and the veterans they represented, even at the detriment of other government efforts. The result was that while Labour found its support amongst the working classes growing ever stronger, and even found support amongst the increasingly pressured middle class, the Conservatives were able to build a vanguard of veterans who owed everything to them and would protect should it come to it. Even working class loyalties would break down in the face of the Conservative charm offensive, as veterans pensions, bonuses, scholarships, healthcare and jobs programs were all undertaken. These efforts were led by the conservative up-and-comer, Stanley Baldwin, who had entered the cabinet late in the war and was increasingly amongst the leading figures in the party demanding that the Conservative party break with the coalition and establish themselves as the sole ruling party (8).

    With British prospects looking increasingly dismal economically, there was considerable resistance to French entreaties in early 1922 for debt relief, with Briand hoping to lessen the external economic burden of interest payments in the hopes of further boosting their reconstruction efforts without a cloud hanging over them. France was forced to default on minor loans to Spain and Argentina in early 1921 and faced immense challenges in raising the money required to repay the 1915 J.P. Morgan loan of $250 million, resorting to lending at 8% interest rate from Wall Street to make the requisite payments by the end of 1921. It should come as little surprise that neither the British nor the Americans proved particularly interested in any such relief, particularly when the French economy seemed on the rebound and their own were undergoing considerable pressure.

    Further worsening matters were the increasingly troubled relations between Lloyd George's increasingly Francophobic Foreign Minister George Curzon, who had replaced Balfour following the war, and Premier Briand. With the British reading French cables, Curzon had direct access to Briand's rather colorful dispatches in which he described Curzon in extremely unflattering terms for the continual British delays in debt negotiations. It was with Anglo-French relations increasingly dismal, that the Germans spied an opportunity to further break up the Entente alliance, publicly offering France loans at good terms with which to replace their debts to the British. This sent British and American negotiators scrambling, fearing the consequences of a France indebted to Germany, and led to the dispatch of Elihu Root by President Wood to support the negotiations and press forward on the issue of debt restructuring. The resultant tense negotiations would eventually result in a settlement agreeable to the French, allowing the French longer time to repay their loans, suspending interest payments and actually relieving some of the debt, while the British were able to secure a few important concessions in the form of an American interest payment freeze and a restructuring of their debt repayments, but were largely forced to accept the Root Plan as regarded French concessions. The Americans additionally strengthened their specific treaty obligations towards the French, in line with President Wood’s internationalist attitudes, and forced open new sectors of the French market alongside select colonial markets in Western Africa, securing congressional support through heavy-handed pork barreling and red-baiting aimed at those who resisted (9).


    Just as these negotiations came to a close, the American economy began to experience the combined impact of a host of post-war factors. While America had experienced a brief economic recession in the half year following the June 1919 armistice as the shift to a civilian economy was undertaken and many of the war-time economic controls were loosened, but by 1920 the economy had seemed well on its way to recovery - experiencing a minor boom leading into the elections. However, by early 1921 the demobilisation of millions of soldiers had begun to cause considerable turmoil in the labor market and caused unemployment to rise drastically while labor unrest had grown increasingly volatile following the clashes of 1919, with major grumblings amongst rail workers while the West Virginia Coal Wars neared their height. This would combine with a sharp hike in interest rates by the Federal Reserve to combat inflation during the lame duck period of early 1921 while the natural swings of a gold standard economy provoked considerable deflationary expectations in the market and reduced willingness to invest within the United States, something that played a role in the growth of investments in France and Germany.

    The American economy would thus begin to slow over the course of 1921 and the first half of 1922, growing into a recession by the middle of the year. This would slowly grow worse, with America seeming increasingly destined for an extended depression by the end of the year. Government intervention was swift to follow, with the imposition of agricultural tariffs to prevent the dumping of Eastern European agricultural products, particularly Ukrainian grain, which was increasingly flooding international markets. This was followed by attempts to resolve some of the many labor disputes currently disrupting the American economy, which proved difficult given the President's very vocal position on the threat of leftist agitation. He would, however, take inspiration from the actions of the British Conservatives and champion veterans benefits before congress, securing the passage of a major bill to that effect in February 1922 which established an entire administrative framework for veterans affairs within the Department of the Interior, Wood expecting veteran Secretary of the Interior and Roosevelt ally James Rudolph Garfield to manage this task well. In a bid to counter the growing American labor movement, Wood also sponsored the creation of veterans organizations along the lines of Baldwin's efforts in Britain which would take the place of unions amongst a considerable number of these veterans as they entered the work force (10).

    Footnotes:

    (6) Germany faced significant but manageable challenges in the post-war period if it had not been for the destabilising impact of the November Revolution and subsequent constant domestic turmoil and international pressure. With far more breathing room and relatively capable government leadership, they are able to support Germany enough for it to make its way out of the danger period of 1919-1922. By the end of 1922, the German economy is booming and the entire system is beginning to click together. I don't think it is possible to butterfly away the liberalizing cultural developments of the Weimar Republic even in this scenario, but it would have had a more robust pre-war conservatism with which to counter the cultural liberalization. The back and forth between the two cultural directions result in a variety of divergent but interrelated cultural movements which feed off each other and cause a sort of cultural arms-race between different cultural schools, inspiring each other to ever greater heights. This is all coupled to the rise of strong local and state governments, with the most significant being the Prussian one. While Ebert ends up borrowing quite heavily from the Danish model, which impressed many when they visited for the conference, it has a uniquely Prussian spin and is adapted to the very different situation in Germany. The tension between the FVP-SPD Prussian government and the NLP-DKP-Centre national governments are considerable, but remain largely dormant for the time being. There is still considerable KPD agitation, but with the economic times and spreading prosperity they have a hard time getting much of a following.

    (7) With the added prestige of having a principal role in forcing an end to the war, with particularly Boris Souvarine among the most popular journalists in France, the split between the SFIO and Communist Party turns in favour of the communists ITTL. The different tenants of communism ITTL help sway considerably more in favour of the communists and allows them to retain control of the SFIO, although discussions on whether the change the name are already under way. The effect of this is to force many of the moderate leaders who dominated the socialists during the inter-war period IOTL into a smaller party with a considerable loss in power and influence as a result.

    (8) In OTL the British situation was pretty dire throughout the 1920s and ITTL the situation is even worse. While the labor movements and veterans organizations were splintered over whether to cooperate or not IOTL, ITTL they are pretty uniformly opposed to partnership with Labor which presents an interesting opportunity for the Conservatives - who exploit it to the fullest. While it does place a further burden on the economy, it not only defuses a tense situation but also secures the allegiance of the many veterans who benefit from their programs. A lot of the economic policy is very similar to what was done IOTL and has some similar effects.

    (9) I had a bit of fun with the Root Plan, which is aimed at securing the French can continue paying their debts without becoming too great of an impediment to their recovery rather than on the issue of German reparations as its OTL counterpart the Dawes Plan was. The German offer of loans is not really too feasible, as the German state still has an incredible tax burden and sending more money than they already are to the French would be a step too far for the electorate. The diplomatic gambit of offering a loan actually backfires on the Germans in this instance, bringing the Allies back closer to each other and triggering American involvement in Europe once again.

    (10) The depression that hit the United States immediately post-Great War is delayed longer than IOTL and plays out over a longer period ITTL. Rather than a sudden economic shock, it is a steady slowing of the economy which makes it both less worrying but also more difficult to deal with. While something like Hoover's proposed wage freeze might be implemented at a later date, for now Wood is reluctant to do something that would alienate his support with the business classes who, despite his progressive leanings, are supportive of him for his staunch anti-red stance.


    594px-thumbnail.jpg

    Revolutionaries Drive Through Vienna's Streets

    Austria-Hungary's Woes

    While the economic and social situation was tense amongst all of the former combatants of the Great War, the situation was undoubtedly worst in the Austro-Hungarian Empire. Like Germany, the Austro-Hungarians had enormous war costs but it had lacked adequate financial resources, even if monetary and fiscal authorities found ways to cover the growing expenditures to sustain the long lasting war efforts. Ordinary public incomes had been of limited significance, as internal political conflicts made the increase of tax and non-tax revenues practically impossible, while neither Austria nor Hungary were able to borrow significant amounts of foreign capital over the years. From mid-1914, war loans and the credits of the joint Central Bank had been the main source of financing to cover the growing budget deficits, however from July 1916 onward, Vienna had begun accumulating larger and larger deficits and relied increasingly on the Central Bank’s. This was in contrast to the politicians in Budapest who were able to limit their expenditures, putting Austrian state finances in a much worse position than its Hungarian equivalent by the end of the war, even if both economies were ramshackle at best.

    The Conference Year had seen the Austro-Hungarians transfer as many responsibilities as they could to the Germans in the recently established states of eastern Europe, while demobilisation played havoc with Austria-Hungary's economic stability. With the economic pressure of both foreign loans from Germany and the Scandinavian nations, as well as an immense domestic debt, alongside out-of-control inflation, the domestic pressures grew ever greater on the Austro-Hungarian governments. The natural result was increasing internal unrest across all parts of the empire. As demobilisation played out over the course of 1919 and much of 1920, the domestic situation grew tenser and tenser.

    It was in this context that the continued dominant position held by court insiders over Emperor Karl, and their resultant grip on power, proved particularly problematic. At the heart of the matter was the fact that these court functionaries were extremely reliant on their German backers, and as such did everything in their power to retain German good will, including expediting the repayment of foreign war loans to the detriment of their domestic creditors. It would be this small clique of courtiers who sought to speed up the economy through inflationary policies, seeking to create sufficient jobs for the demobilising soldiery by having the federal government print money with which to buy up agricultural and manufactured goods in a bid to kick-start the economy. Initially this actually worked quite well, and the Austrian economy was able to enter an inflation-driven economic boom over the course of 1920, while making the necessary compromises to ensure domestic order by compromising with the Social Democrats. Most significantly, they released Friedrich Adler and began working to implement the Emperor's treasured Trialist plans by ordering the loosening of national ties within Cisleithania and the calling of national congresses for Bohemia, German-Austria and the united Duchies of Carniola and Carinthia. However, while these concessions did seem to reduce the tension between the Cisleithanian government and its nationalist and socialist subjects, it did little to hold in check the spreading menace of Venetian Anarchism which began to cross the border in early 1921 (11).

    From early 1921, the situation in Cisleithania degenerated swiftly as anarchist labor agitation provoked conflict with the socialists in Vienna while nationalist forces in Bohemia sought to distance themselves from the increasingly unstable situation to the south. At the same time Serbian agitation in the recently annexed territories of former Serbia grew ever more ferocious, rallying around the image of the exiled former Crown Prince of Serbia, Alexander, and led by the seasoned guerilla commander and Chetnik Kosta Pećanac who had remained in hiding within Serbia leading the resistance against the Habsburgs for years. Although his attempts at destabilising the occupation during the war had seen only limited success, the end of the war and the resultant return of many Serbian veterans, who had travelled north from Greece following the armistice, provided Kosta Pećanac with the manpower, weaponry and experience he would need for the coming struggle. Having spent much of 1919 and 1920 organizing the coming uprising and as it became increasingly clear that the situation in Vienna was reaching a breaking point, Pećanac set the date for the coming uprising, settling on the 15th of June 1921, a day of momentous importance to the Serbs for its connection to Serbia's founding myth, the Battle of Kosovo and Prince Lazar's assassination of Sultan Murad. As the date of the rising grew closer, the Serbian resistance movement worked hard to prepare, setting up arsenals and safe houses across the lands of former Serbia and well into Bosnia while recruiting heavily to their cause.

    However, before the planned launch of the rising, events in Cisleithania came to a head. With the arrival of the Venetian anarchist Camillo Berneri, the Viennese labor conflict found itself the staging ground for an attempt by the Venetians to spread the revolution. On the 23rd of May 1921, the Venetians launched their gambit. Provoking strikes and demonstrations across Vienna on the 22nd, swiftly growing into open clashes between police, anarchist strikers and socialist strikers in a free-for-all, the anarchists used the cover of the labor conflict to amass a strike force near the Schönbrunn Palace. Early in the morning on the 23rd, as everyone else was gearing up for a continuation of the preceding day of violent clashes, the Venetian strike force attacked. Berneri and nearly twenty others attacked through the gardens abutting the back of the palace, killing several palace guards silently before launching their assault on the palace itself. Blowing a hole in a wall, the strike force charged into the palace, catching the guards by surprise. A bloody firefight erupted as the Habsburg palace guards rushed to defend their sovereign. Over the course of half an hour these defenders were killed, alongside nearly half of the strike force, but this opened the passages for them to attack the Imperial chambers themselves. Storming the Imperial chambers, the anarchists would discover that while they had come as close to wiping out the Habsburg royal family as could be imagined, they had turned up just short. The protracted firefight with the palace guards had bought sufficient time for the Imperial family to make their escape, chivied out by a cadre of loyal bodyguards, nannies for the children and assorted other Habsburg loyalists.

    The strike force, finding that it had failed in its major objective, instead set fire to the palace to cover their retreat and tried to make their escape. Unfortunately for them, the sounds of the fighting at the palace had attracted plenty of attention and garrison troops had rushed towards the sound of fighting - catching the strike force as they tried to flee through the gardens. The resultant firefight would see most of the strike force killed, while Berneri and three others made their escape and two men were captured - the role of the Venetians becoming known during their interrogation. However, by this time the Habsburgs had already made their escape from Vienna, fleeing to safety in Budapest (12).

    The arrival of Emperor Karl and the Habsburg imperial family in Budapest sent shockwaves through the Austro-Hungarian Empire. With control of the Emperor and his family, who were largely confined to the Royal Palace in Budapest under what was effectively house arrest and a strong guard, the ambitious Hungarian Minister-President János Hadik made his move. Hadik having navigated the tense period following the Budapest Rising with increasing confidence, focusing on the fight against Socialist guerrilla forces in the Hungarian countryside led by Tibor Szamuely and strengthening his own grip on power, now set about pushing forward Hungarian leadership of the Empire. In the year and a half between the Budapest Rising and the signing of the Copenhagen Treaty, Hadik had been able to stabilise the Hungarian government and, by combining liberal monarchist principles with Hungarian nationalism, had been able to pull together a movement strong enough to hold together the Kingdom of Hungary. With the King-Emperor now in residence, Hadik decided to press his luck and moved to brazenly steal control of the Empire from the mostly Austrian court functionaries who had dominated Austro-Hungarian politics for centuries.

    With Karl mostly focused on ensuring the safety and health of his own family following the shock of the Schönbrunn Raid, Hadik was able to secure his ascent to directing Imperial policy on behalf of the Emperor, in effect shifting the centre of political gravity from Vienna to Budapest. Claiming that the labor unrest in Vienna, which had peaked in the immediate aftermath of the raid, urged on by the potent symbol of the Schönbrunn Palace in flames, had made the Austrian capital too dangerous for the Imperial family, Hadik claimed that it was time for the Hungarians to take over their protection, including representing the Emperor's interests to the Austrian government. Hadik had thrown down the gauntlet against Austrian dominance and the Empire would never be the same. In effect, Budapest and the Hungarians were now laying claim to ruling the Austro-Hungarian Empire in its entirety, a move which provoked immense outrage in Austria over the course of the following month. However, rather than focus on the growing Austrian resistance, the Hungarian Premier found himself occupied fully by the sudden eruption of the Third Serbian Rising, so named to call to mind the Serbian struggles against oppression in the former century.

    Attacking Hungarian officials, military outposts and various representatives of Habsburg order on the 15th of June, Pećanac was able to convince the Serbian populace that Habsburg authority had weakened sufficiently to support their rising. Spreading in a wave from Šabac, the Serbian Rising provoked intense unrest across the lands annexed by the Austro-Hungarians, even spilling over into Bosnia where the Serbian minority rallied to the call of the uprising, stirred by nationalist sentiments. Relatively well armed and prepared, the Serbs were able to overrun many key military posts and took control of a large swathe of territory. The rising would spill over the border to the south and provoke intense but disorganized and under armed resistance in Bulgarian Serbia, prompting the Bulgarian government to crack down bloodily in the region, massacring villages of relatively unprepared Serbs as the conflict grew fiercer, and in Kosovo. Perhaps the most important Habsburg success in the initial crisis of the Rising would be the defeat of Serbian forces in Belgrade itself. Here it would prove to be the very size of the city which undermined the chance of success for the Rising, with the large Austro-Hungarian garrison instituting martial law and clearing the streets of rebels with open violence. In response to the Serbian Rising, Hadik called up the Honvéd and ordered it armed from the Common Army's arsenals before deploying a major troop concentration compromising both Honved and Common Army forces south to Serbia under the leadership Pál Nagy, a grizzled veteran general of the Great War (13).

    The brazen Hungarian grasp for power left a devastated Austrian leadership scrambling for a response. The sudden disappearance of the Emperor left the previously dominant Austrian court clique without any legitimacy and prompted the rise of the former Police Chief of Vienna, Johannes Schober, who had played an instrumental role in ending the Anarchist agitation in the city, and was swift to grasp control in the sudden power vacuum. Supported by a wide cross-section of Austrian political parties, Schober was able to forge a temporary alliance between pan-German nationalists like himself, and both the Christian Social Party and Social Democratic Party in favour of stability and a restoration of Austrian power and authority in the Empire. While there were some Pan-Germanists who called for the immediate abandonment of the rest of the Empire in favour of joining with Germany, these were eventually turned down in favour of a policy aimed at restoring Austria to the head of its empire, with the aim of finally bringing the intransigent Hungarians to heel.

    To that end, Schober received considerable backing in calling up the Austrian Landwehr and what parts of the Common Army were willing to fight on behalf of the Austrians, before setting about securing control of Cisleithania in preparations for a move against the Hungarians, in a bid to return the Habsburgs to their rightful home in Vienna. Schober and his allies were able to force an early end to the national congress in Carniola and Carinthia, but met with considerably more opposition from the much more organized and ordered Bohemian congress. After nearly a month of negotiations, Schober was able to secure an agreement with the Bohemians whereby they would support the Austrian bid to restore the Habsburgs to Vienna in return for accepting a more autonomous subordinate Kingdom of Bohemia, with its own Minister-President and with control over many of the internal policies of their Kingdom. Efforts to establish contact with the Croatian Stjepan Radić who led the Croatian Peasant Party and wished for co-equal status for Croatia with Austria and Hungary were undertaken at around the same time in a bid to split the Kingdom of Hungary along ethnic lines in support of the Austrians. Deciding that supporting an autonomous Croatia against the Hungarians would strengthen the Austrian position, Schober proved more than willing to partner with various significant Croatian figures such as Radić, securing support against the Hungarians should it come to violence, on the promise of autonomy for Croatia. Schober was, however, not nearly as successful in far-off Galicia which experienced a rapid growth of Polish nationalism calling for the joining of Galicia to the German-backed Kingdom of Poland (14).

    Agitation would rise rapidly, inspired by the Serbian Rising, and the threat of violence grew ever greater, stretching Austrian resources considerably. It was near the end of June, with the Hungarians increasingly distracted by the conflict with the Serbs, that Schober decided that a swift victory against the revolutionaries in Venice might build sufficient confidence in his regime for the bid against the Hungarians. The result was that over the course of July the Austrian Landswehr and the Austro-Hungarian Navy began preparations for a blow against the anarchists. Diplomats were dispatched to Rome, where they offered Austrian assistance in crushing the Venetians. Despite initial misgivings, D'Annuzio eventually gave his sanction to the offer on the 14th of July, setting the stage for a joint naval and land offensive against the Venetian Syndicate and their Armed Forces.

    Martialing forces around Ferrara, the Royal Italian assault launched across the Adige alongside considerable Fascist militia forces while the Austrian Landswehr crossed the border and attacked the Venetian rear by surprise. At the same time the Italian Regia Marina and the Austrian-controlled K.u.K. Fleet under Franz von Holub launched a coordinated attack on the Black Navy, prompting the Battle of The Gulf of Venice. The Regia Marina quickly fell apart under an intense Venetian bombardment, with the Black battleship Giulio Cesare sinking its sister ship Conte di Cavour alongside half a dozen lesser ships. The Austrians, however, held firm and the SMS Viribus Unitis and SMS Tegetthoff were able to force the Guilio Cesare from the battle with considerable damage done to it. Fighting between torpedo boats and destoyers proved intense, but eventually the Venetians were forced to withdraw in good order to the shelter of Venice's Lagoon (15).

    Footnotes:

    (11) This is quite different from OTL events, as the Austro-Hungarian Empire is able to make it through the war. However, with both internal and external pressures growing at a rapid rate and spill-over from the Italian Civil War serving to worsen the stability of Cisleithania, the Austro-Hungarian domestic situation rushes rapidly towards disaster.

    (12) I hope the drama isn't a touch too much, but given the various attempts at murdering royalty in the region during this period, I don't think something like this is too implausible. It bears mentioning that while the labor unrest is planned and supported by the Venetians, and they do provide the arms that are used in the Schönbrunn Raid, no one in Venice actually signed off on this attack and they were unaware of it until it happened. The idea was to arm the local labor movement to provoke a labor uprising, but Berneri, who is the Venetians' man on the ground, decided to be more ambitious.

    (13) Yup, the Hungarians straight up stole the Emperor and now claim to rule on his behalf, which, granted, was exactly what the Austrian court functionaries were doing, but god damnit! They are Hungarians! Only civilized Austrians have that right! On a serious note, with Hadik having been able to secure his reign (which doesn't last 17 hours as IOTL), the Hungarians are actually on relatively stable legs as they move forward. However, they now have to deal with a major Serbian uprising and it isn't like the Austrians are going to accept getting sidelined without a fight.

    (14) With their control of the Empire in its entirety now threatened, the Austrians prove more willing to make concessions to several of their subordinate nationalities. The impact of these events are only just beginning to play out and are going to fundamentally shift the entire setup of the region for years to come. The alignment behind Schober comes as a result of the felt need for someone acceptable to all parties. While he was of Pan-German sympathies himself, he proved surprisingly acceptable to Social Democrats and Christian Social Party members IOTL when they moved on from partisan efforts to secure the government for their own party. Here the crisis provoked by the Schönbrunn Raid is sufficient to set off a similar push.

    (15) The Austrians getting involved in Italy really sets things off in the region and prompts a major escalation of the conflict across the region, turning it two separate civil wars into a conjoined conflict spanning Italy and Austria-Hungary, with alliances between factions in both nations - although only between the Royal Italians and Austrians for the time being.


    640px-Four_Courts_Conflagration.jpg

    Destruction of the Four Courts Building in Dublin

    An Irish Conflagration

    Over the course of the first half of 1921, the Irish conflict continued to escalate in scale and violence as the IRA grew ever more organised and powerful, securing greater and greater support from across the Atlantic in the form of arms smuggling, financing and support in spreading the message of the Irish struggle for independence. The execution of captured prisoners grew more common, with nearly twenty five executions between November and June, while warfare spilled out into every part of the island. The biggest single loss for the IRA in this period came in Dublin when, on the 25th of May 1921, several hundred IRA men from the Dublin Brigade occupied and burned the Custom House, the centre of local government in Ireland, in Dublin city centre. Symbolically, this was intended to show that British rule in Ireland was untenable. However, from a military point of view, it was a heavy defeat in which five IRA men were killed and over eighty captured by responding forces.

    From the point of view of the British government it appeared as if the IRA's guerrilla campaign would continue indefinitely, with spiralling costs in British casualties and in money. More importantly, the British government was facing severe criticism at home and abroad for the actions of British forces in Ireland. On 6th June 1921, the British made their first conciliatory gesture, calling off the policy of house burnings as reprisals. On the other side, IRA leaders, in particular Michael Collins, felt that the IRA as it was then organised and acting could not continue indefinitely. It had been hard pressed by the deployment of more regular British soldiers to Ireland and by a lack of arms and ammunition.

    These pressures led the British to restart their efforts at negotiating an end to the conflict. Such efforts had previously failed under Lloyd George's leadership, when the Prime Minister demanded the IRA unilaterally disarm prior to any truce. By June, the pressure from Asquith's Labor Party and the Labour Party, backed by the Trade Union Congress, to end the conflict had grown sufficient for the Prime Minister to press forward with another attempt at negotiations despite the strident opposition of Bonar Law and the Conservatives. The relationship between Lloyd George and the Conservatives had grown increasingly sour over the preceding year, most prominently over his wish to end the Irish conflict without a clear victory and his push for deflationary policies which would compromise British ability to finance the war against the Irish Nationalists. This division within the government, between the influential Conservative Unionists and Lloyd George's Liberals, would cripple British efforts at negotiating an end to the conflict long enough for Irish actions to make a truce untenable when the decision to expand the conflict across the Irish Sea to Britain itself, taken soon after Lloyd George had made his demand for unilateral disarmament, was implemented (16).

    Planned by Michael Collins with the aim of doing as much economic damage as possible to make the war too expensive for the British to continue fighting, the plan called for a rapidly escalating series of assaults and bombings of a variety of British targets. The first of these attacks occured in Glasgow on the 19th of June 1921 when a grenade was tossed into a customs house - killing two and injuring a third. This was followed by the much larger bombing of the Liverpool Docks on the 2nd of July 1921, which killed seventeen and injured in excess of thirty while crippling traffic through the port for several weeks. This was followed by a series of bombings and assassinations across the country, in Manchester, Liverpool and London most prominently. By the end of July terror had gotten a firm grip on the British populace, with a backlash against Irish workers living and working in Britain. Irish servants were fired in many places, while Irish workers in the Liverpool and Manchester factories found themselves dismissed, their positions quickly filled from the large number of unemployed generated by government deflationary efforts, and attacked by angry mobs. The British public and press found itself gripped by fear and paranoia, with attacks on Irish individuals a common-place matter. The attempted bombing of the Daily Mail's headquarters in London would turn the British press firmly against any compromise with the Irish, outraged at the attack on one of their own and fearful that they might prove the next target (17).

    The Irish bombing and terror campaign in Britain would have a profound consequence for the political climate in Britain and the for the Irish War of Independence. As the Conservatives leapt into the fray, criticising the conduct of Lloyd George in trying to negotiate with the Irish and attacking the Labour and Liberal parties for thinking that the Irish could be negotiated with. They whipped up public outrage at the terror attacks in Britain, further worsened when the Dublin Brigade launched an attack on Four Courts in Dublin in a bid to free captured IRA soldiers who were about to be brought on trial. The attack failed miserably and quickly turned into a hostage situation when British forces surrounded the building and tried to force a surrender. After a five hour standoff, the British went in, provoking the Dublin Brigade to begin executing its prisoners, including several judges and lawyers who had been caught up in the attack. The Dublin Brigade saw nearly its entire force caught up and killed in the resultant fighting, any prisoners being shot out of hand, while nearly two dozen lawyers and judges were left dead and the building itself was left in ruins.

    Bonar Law, whose strident Unionist beliefs had been firmly trampled on by what he viewed as Lloyd George's weakness, led a leadership bid, calling for a vote of no confidence in late August 1921. Lloyd George and his coalition government collapsed as a result, and Bonar Law made a bid for Downing Street on the basis of a Conservative government with Royal acquiescence. The new government immediately escalated the conflict in Ireland, ordering the deployment of significant forces and giving wide leeway to the British Army when it came to combatting the Irish insurgency. However, while the Conservatives were undoubtedly the largest party in Great Britain at this point in time, it was a party with considerable divides internally. On one hand there was the nationalist, populist and unionist wing of the party which was firmly in favour of building mass support for the party and crushing the Irish insurgents, while on the other there were more fiscally and elitist conservative voices which disliked the agitating nature of their fellow Conservatives and were supportive of a continuation of Lloyd George's policies, particularly domestically.

    At the heart of this division lay the issue of deflation which had been kicked off when the American Federal Reserve had begun hiking interest rates. This had slowed the American economy, and inflation with it, bringing economically hard times but considerably strengthening the American claim to being the center of world finance. This policy had also had the added benefit of weakening the violently agitated labor movement in the United States by slowing American industry, provoking unemployment and creating an employer's labor market which allowed businesses across the United States to strengthen their position against labor unions with the threat of replacement. This American deflationary push had forced the hand of the British government earlier in 1921, leading fiscal conservatives and the financial institutions of the United Kingdom to press for deflationary policies themselves in order to keep up with the Americans and to avoid losing London's position at the heart of world finance (18).

    However, the need to cut government spending in order to restore the United Kingdom's global financial standing presented a major problem for the unionists and populists in the Conservative party. Not only were the deflationary policies of the Liberal-led coalition government deeply unpopular, they also severely hampered any hope of securing victory in the Irish struggle - a matter which had grown into an issue of British honour following the infamy of the British failure to hold the line on innocent Belgium's behalf. A reckoning with government deflationary policies grew ever more urgent as unemployment grew steadily throughout Britain and the calls for money to finance the conflict in Ireland grew louder over the course of the latter half of 1921.

    The rise of Bonar Law's government in 1921, packed with Unionists baying for revenge against the Irish Nationalists, had a predictable impact on the course of the Irish conflict. With attacks growing in Britain itself, the British Army in Ireland grew ever harsher in its repression. Summary executions of captured fighters or suspected fighters spiked, while the policy of retaliatory arson was reinstated as British manpower commitments swelled. With the decimation of the Dublin Brigade, the British Army was able to establish a relatively safe cordon of control in the Pale extending north to much of Ulster, where volunteer Unionist brigades and militias formed to combat insurgents, or often just Catholic neighbours, while aiding the British war effort. The British reliance on the RIC was also greatly reduced, as militia and paramilitary forces took up supporting roles to the Army proper in combatting the Irish insurgents. Permission was granted for the use of teargas soon after while insurgent tactics pioneered during the Boer Wars and in Cuba were implemented. American opinions were outraged at the British conduct in Ireland but the shift was met largely with equanimity by the Germans and French, not particularly surprising given their own conduct against insurgent forces. The growing harshness of conditions in Ireland would provoke another wave of Irish migration to the Americas, most settling either in the United States, Mexico or Argentina, which grew rapidly in proportion.

    The increasingly organized nature of British repression slowly began to strangle the IRA, with prominent leaders such as Liam Lynch, Eion O'Duffey and Thomas Derrig killed while Frank Aiken and Cathal Brugha were forced to flee Ireland to America with the British on their heels by the middle of 1922. Curfews and martial law were extended across Ireland, with every city and major town steadily brought under control, forcing the IRA into the countryside. From there a slow but steady grid search forced the insurgent forces into smaller and smaller spaces, making them increasingly vulnerable to British assault. By late 1922, Field Marshal Haig, who had been directing the conflict for nearly half a decade at this point, was finally able to unleash on the insurgents who had eluded him and his men.

    A major concentration of insurgents led by the trio of Charlie Hurley, Tom Barry and Liam Deasy, numbering some 3,000 insurgents had found itself forced into hiding in the Glenveagh region of County Donegal, having taken refuge in the forests and glens of the region. It was here that Haig was able to bring the Irish insurgents to heel on the 23rd of January 1923. After finding his demand for their immediate and unconditional surrender rebuffed he authorized the use of mustard gas, having it fired into the forest with artillery and dropped by bombers from on high, while setting up machinegun nests around the woods. As the coughing and choking insurgents streamed out of the forest, having had no gas masks with which to protect themselves, the British opened fire. For six hours this continued, as section after section of the forest was cleared of insurgents, until it became too dark to continue. The survivors, some four hundred in all and including only Tom Barry of the original leaders, would be permitted to surrender thereafter but faced detention, separation according to their level of activity, and extended prison sentences for the lesser offenders, while those identified as having participated for any greater length of time or as having participated in active fighting against the British were executed, including Tom Barry.

    The Glenveagh Massacre was what finally broke the back of the Irish resistance, coupled to a general amnesty for those lesser offenders who laid down their arms and surrendered to British justice - although no such agreement was laid out for any officer of the IRA nor for any cabinet member or functionary in the Irish revolutionary government. Dozens of prominent figures in the Irish independence movement would find themselves captured, imprisoned and executed depending on their level of involvement in the movement. However, three of the most prominent Irish resistance leaders, Michael Collins, Richard Mulcahy and Eamon de Valera, were able to make their escape aboard a pair of American smugglers, surviving the trip to America where they were welcomed with open arms by the Irish-American community in Boston. This marked the collapse of the Irish Resistance Movement in Ireland and the end of the Irish War for Independence, as the British government rooted out any hint of opposition to their rule, only gradually easing martial law and the powerful military presence in early 1924 (19).

    This major expansion in British military resources for the Irish conflict would have been impossible if the Conservative Party had held the line on the government's deflationary efforts and in late 1921 that had proven to be the main argument for easing deflationary pressure. The result had been that while the British money supply expanded, and British industry found its exports increasing, its global financial standing had taken a major hammering as the Pound fell in value. Trust in the government's ability to maintain fiscal discipline eroded rapidly and the risk of investing in Britain was felt to be a growing concern on the part of both international and domestic financiers. This would play a key role in spurring further investments internationally, most prominently in America, where the Republican government's continued support for deflationary policies had caused considerable dissatisfaction with the working classes, but had seen trust in the government reach a previously unimagined high in the international financial community, an attitude which was also extended the German government's surprisingly adept handling of its inflationary pressures. The result was that London's status as an international centre of finance began to erode over the course of 1922 and 1923, New York and Frankfurt grew rapidly in its place.

    The easing of deflationary pressures would, however, prove a godsend to the British coal industry when further international trade and tariff barriers on German coal were removed in Franco-German trade negotiations, prompting a flood of German coal on the international market. Particularly Welsh Coal Country had experienced a considerable economic shock at this sudden development, which caused a precipitous drop in coal prices. By suspending the pound's pegging to the Gold Standard and extending the gold embargo, the Conservative government was able to exploit the fall in the Pound's value to strengthen British competitive advantages in a variety of industrial sectors. This meant that British products could now be sold at a lower price than that of their deflationary competitors, and as such Welsh coal was able to make inroads in the international market, rebuilding market share. This, however, had wider impacts internationally, with particularly American coal experiencing a precipitous fall in market share, prompting a crisis in American Coal Country, which exacerbated what had seemed to be the dimming fires of the Coal Wars.


    The Conservatives used the brief Bonar Law government to strengthen Conservative populist power, building mass support through their support of war veterans and their families, their inflationary policies and by securing a clear victory in the Irish conflict. although the loss of London's status as global financial hegemon would have major consequences far into the future. This period came to an end in May 1923 when Bonar Law was diagnosed with terminal throat cancer and was forced to tender his resignation to the King. In his place, the King summoned Austen Chamberlain, who had played a pivotal role in toppling Lloyd George from power in an alliance with Stanley Baldwin, and had spearheaded the shift to inflationary politics before serving as Leader of the Commons when Bonar Law had retired in 1920.

    Austen Chamberlain accepted the King's offer to become Prime Minister and proceeded forward with some adjustments to his cabinet, most significantly selecting Stanley Baldwin to succeed him as Chancellor of the Exchequer and moving his half-brother Neville Chamberlain to head the Board of Trade to replace Baldwin. The Chamberlain Government would seek to slow the inflationary policies of the previous government somewhat in order to restore some level of financial order and to prevent the pound from running away from them, but the new Conservative government was increasingly of the opinion that returning to the pre-war value of the pound would be next to impossible and would do immense harm in the effort. As such, the Conservative government moved forward towards the coming elections of 1924 with relatively broad public support, but with a severely weakened financial sector. The outcry over British actions in Ireland had largely been quieted by the Irish terror campaign unleashed in 1921, but as the elections grew nearer the leadership of the Labour Party began to ponder whether they might be able to use the government's conduct as a cudgel against them (20).

    Footnotes:

    (16) The most important factor for why the British are unable to start negotiations for an end to the conflict, as they did IOTL, is the greater presence of Irish Unionists in the Conservative Party ranks. This is a result of the changed parliamentary results which saw the Conservative Unionists sweep the Irish parliamentary seats that were captured by Sinn Fein and IPP IOTL - mostly the result of a wide-scale boycott of voting by anyone not explicitly Unionist in Ireland during the elections. As a result, the Conservatives are even more powerful than IOTL and could in theory remove Lloyd George and still retain a supermajority. The only reason it hasn't happened yet having to do with Lloyd George's ability to make good with the Conservative leadership and an unwillingness to create any opening for reconciliation between the two branches of the Liberal Party. However, the end of the Great War greatly damaged the PM's prestige and resulted in the Liberal Opposition being a greater threat to his position than IOTL, making him more responsive to pressure from the Left. However, since he is completely reliant on Conservative backing for his coalition he is unable to push forward with his hoped-for negotiations to end the conflict, with Bonar Law most prominently pressing for harsher measures in Ireland.

    (17) This is actually based on a series of plans Michael Collins developed in the period leading up to the OTL truce and which would have been implemented had the truce not come first. The beginnings of action in Glasgow actually did occur IOTL although it didn't amount to much. Here the delay in beginning negotiations on the part of the British delay events long enough for the campaign in Britain to begin, at which point the conflict escalates out of control of any single faction.

    (18) This process of deflation was described in update seventeen as well, but was primarily focused on the issue from a domestic point of view, whereas this provides the international context of the move. The deflationary pressures exerted by the United States, while provoking considerable unemployment, inequality and poverty, does weaken labor movements and strengthens the hand of business and capital. This need for deflation is also at the heart of Lloyd George's push to end the expensive Irish conflict - a war is difficult to run on a shoestring budget after all - and as such this creates a problem for the new Conservative government.


    (19) That marks the end of the Irish War of Independence, in about as horrific a way as it could have happened. The immense investment of resources and prestige in the effort, as well as the impact of the Irish terror campaign, has considerable consequences for Britain as it moves forward, leaving the horrors of the previous decade behind, and will also play a role in how events play out in the wider British Empire. While the Irish independence movement has been crushed this time, it is far from the first time this has happened and it is unlikely to remain compliant indefinitely. Rather than the revolutionary events of OTL, where the Irish War of Independence actually paved the road towards independence, no matter how long that took, ITTL the conflict becomes just another sordid chapter in the British dominance of their Irish neighbours. The survival of Michael Collins, Richard Mulcahy and Eamon de Valera, and their efforts to make a new home in the United States, could also have interesting consequences as we look towards the future.

    (20) This marks the end of the Irish chapter of this saga, at least for the time being, and leaves Britain in an ambiguous position, its status as a financial superpower gravely undermined but with its economy seeming increasingly on the rebound and with unemployment dropping steadily. The issue of how to repay wartime loans remains a major worry, and Britain's willful disregard for the importance of a deflationary policy to secure the financial heft required to repay their loans has caused immense worries and tension in the Americas. We will examine the consequences of this as we move forward.

    Summary:

    The United States Elections of 1920 lead to the election of President Leonard Wood and a sweep for the Republicans, despite a surprising showing by the Socialists and a competent Democratic campaign.

    Efforts at restoring European and Global order are undertaken on economic, diplomatic and military fields of battle with varying degrees of success.

    Austria-Hungary experiences a collapse in order as their primary nationalities come into conflict with each other while the Italian Civil War spills over the border.

    The Irish Conflict escalates and eventually crosses the Irish Sea, prompting mass British retaliation and the restructuring of its government and policies.

    End Note:

    This update is a bit weird and jumps all over the place. It deals with US politics, the developments in the international economy, public economic policy, the crumbling of Austria-Hungary, the end of the Irish Conflict and much more. It has been a bit difficult to piece together and I hope it doesn't come across as too disjointed, but there are so many separate events playing out at once, influencing each other in a complex web, that it is difficult to piece it all together. There are events which have happened by the end of this update chronologically which I haven't covered yet, perhaps most egregiously the situation in the colonies, but which have an impact on events here. Particularly the disjointed timeline might be a bit difficult to follow, but I try to provide dates, or approximations to dates, where possible so people have a bit of an easier time with it. If there is any confusion please feel free to ask - I know it is a mess and I am happy to try and explain it.

    I have also made changes to the format, moving footnotes up below the sections they are directly related to. This was a suggestion made by @LordVorKon which I have decided to implement and for which I am extremely thankful. The idea is that this should make it easier to follow my mess of footnotes without having to scroll through the entire monster of an update. Let me know what you think and if you have any suggestions yourselves then I welcome them. I doubt I will implement everything suggested, but I am always open to considering such ideas.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty (Pt. 1): The United International
  • The United International

    640px-Voroshilov_Budyonny_Frunze_Bukharin.jpg

    Semyon Budyonny and Nikolai Bukharin With The First Cavalry Army

    United They Stand

    Even as word of the Saratov Treaty, establishing the United Red Front and the Third International, spread in mid-1921, Tsar Roman pressed forward with an all-out offensive aimed at capturing Akmolinsk, before sweeping north towards Omsk. The primary focus of the offensive was in the south, where a recently established alliance with the Bukharans gave the resurgent Siberian Whites the ability to attack Trotskyite forces in the region from two sides. The result was a series of scattered battles and a hundred bloody skirmishes, as the Yekaterinburg Reds found themselves outmanoeuvred, having expected a continued thrust down the Trans-Siberian Railroad towards Omsk. Whipping up Tartar and Turkic outrage and horror at the repression and later starvation perpetrated by the Trotskyites against the Tartars on the Volga, the Tsar and his supporters were able to martial considerable support and recruited heavily from the tribal peoples of the region.

    Having been caught by surprise to the south, Frunze and Trotsky decided that rather than follow their enemy onto a prepared battlefield, they would take the initiative. Having gained considerable arms and resources from the formation of the United Front, the Yekaterinburg Reds went on the offensive, attacking down the Trans-Siberian Railroad themselves with the aim of capturing Novosibirsk, which would cut off the White forces to the south from their supply lines running from the Transbaikal. This was accompanied by a declaration by the Caucasian Clique on behalf of the Khan of Khiva, entering into the Third International and joining the United Red Front. This alliance with the Khivans would prove beneficial to all parties involved, most significantly allowing the Khivans to finally secure control of their Caspian coastline, thereby cutting off the Ottomans from their Bukharan clients to the east. It was in the midst of all this chaos that Tsaritsa Olga Romanova announced that she was pregnant once more, having already given birth to her first child on the 22nd of April 1921, a daughter named Anastasia Maria Ungern-Romanova, the first child of the incipient Ungern-Romanov clan.

    Mikhail Frunze's Novosibirsk Offensive went ahead on the 27th of August, initially making considerable headway and putting the Whites under significant pressure. However, after nearly a month of grinding combat, as the Tsar threw his Central Asian forces into the cauldron of war, the Yekaterinburg Reds finally found themselves brought to a halt by the arrival of American reinforcements. This marked the culmination of more than a year of effort on the part of Anastasia Romanova and the clique of anti-Red American political and economic players she had backed. In this period, Anastasia and Boris Savinkov had played an invaluable role in pushing the American electorate onto a more rabidly anti-Communist line and in favor of foreign intervention, using a variety of means to lobby on behalf of Ungern-Romanov family interests. Having played a role in the backroom deals which had secured President Wood the nomination, the Romanovs were richly rewarded when the new President authorized considerable financial and military aid to the Tsar soon after his election (1).

    It was the result of this authorisation, coming in the form of arms and financing for the White forces as well as an expansion of the American Expeditionary Force to 75,000, that ensured Novosibirsk was not lost to the Trotskyites. Mounting a fierce defense, a division of American soldiers were able to hold the line long enough for the Tsar to launch an assault out of the steppe on the Trotskyite rear, catching them out of position and sending them skittering back in retreat. The Whites rushed forward in pursuit, with the ensuing conflict seeing the Trotskyite forces slowly ground down as they retreated further and further westward. On the 3rd of January, Tsar Roman von Ungern marched through the streets of Omsk, having effectively restored the Siberian Whites to glory. On the 9th of February 1922 Olga Romanova gave birth of Nikolai von Ungern-Romanov, the new Tsarevich of Russia.

    As the conflict in Siberia swung back and forth, so did the Ukrainian struggle. Even as Saratov fell back into Red hands in August of 1921, the Don Whites and their German allies set about preparing for a thrust meant to break the stalemate which had begun to emerge. With the Bosporus open to trade, the Don Whites were able to diversify their backing and as a result soon saw French, British and Portuguese volunteers swelling the ranks of their forces, while the reopening of international markets allowed the Whites to sell to international markets, to the considerable displeasure of the Germans. With wider European support for the Don Whites growing once more, it was widely felt that an opportunity now presented itself for securing a major victory. The result was that in early September, as the next White offensive neared implementation, the focus shifted away from the Don river valley and instead originated in the west, near the south-eastern edge of Belarus.

    Launched out of Chernigov, the White forces and their Freikorps auxiliaries, numbering nearly combined 300,000 in all, swept through relatively weakly held lands, catching Tukhachevsky and the Communist leadership by surprise. Budyonny and his First Cavalry Army was rushed westward from the Volga while Tukhachevsky began redirecting forces westward to meet this new onslaught. However, there was little to be done to hold the line. The Whites broke through and captured town after town, city after city, rapidly closing on the inner ring of cities which surrounded Moscow itself. Bryansk was captured by the middle of September while Kursk fell a week later, Oryol a few days after that. However, Budyonny and his men finally arrived in numbers by the end of September and were able to throw themselves into the bitter fighting. Calling up Red Guard militias from across the Muscovite heartland, the Communists threw anyone able to carry arms into the bitter fighting, but even then they found it difficult to hold back the White juggernaut. Mtsensk was captured in mid-October, just as Tukhachevsky's defensive positions began to firm up and the massive troop transfers from the Don were brought to an end.

    The Battle of Tula, fought on the outskirts of the great arsenal of Red Russia, vital to their continued ability to fight, would prove the climactic battle of the campaign and potentially the war. Beginning on the 18th of October 1921, it would last nearly a month as more and more men were poured into the fighting and the intensity grew greater and greater. Massed artillery bombarded either side while pilots dueled in the air above and men dug into the earth in a scene reminiscent of the Great War. This would prove the greatest conflict of Tukhachevsky's career up to this point, and saw him work around the clock to manage the immense burdens of command. Nestor Makhno, Semyon Budyonny and a dozen other military heroes of the Russian Revolution fought in the battle and led armies in the field, some even giving their lives. While the Don Whites pressed ever closer to Tula, step by step, the resistance at the center of the line grew ever more intense and forward progress slowed steadily over the course of a week while the wings pressed forward, increasingly forming a sickle shape engulfing much of the Red lines, however, as the Whites stretched their lines ever further they found themselves increasingly vulnerable to attack from the flanks.

    This would be the opportunity Tukhachevsky had been waiting for. At the start of the battle he had slowly withdrawn Budyonny and his men from the frontlines and sought to buy them time to rest and recuperate so that he might unleash them when the time was right, by the 12th of November Tukhachevsky judged the time to be right, unleashing Budyonny. The attack on the White's left wing hit them where they were spread the thinnest, blowing through the frontline and catching nearly 10,000 in the fighting. With the left disintegrating, the Whites had little choice but to withdraw on the 15th, an order signed by General Pyotr Wrangel. The nightmarish Retreat from Tula, occurring as the first storm of winter hit the retreating Whites, saw the Muscovite Reds give chase while across the line the Red forces of Moscow launched forward. In the month that followed, the Reds were able to sweep the Don Whites before them, culminating in their recapture of Kiev in early 1922. This left the frontline stretching from Pinsk in the west, through Kiev and Voronezh to Saratov (2).

    However, even as the Muscovites advanced back into the northern Ukraine, they found their military capabilities increasingly sapped and their urban heartland in crisis from the famine. This was a crisis which would come to engulf all combatants in the Russian Civil War spreading from its epicentre in Yekaterinburg-controlled lands along the Volga and affecting them in a variety of ways. The Volga abutted three of the four major factions and its heartlands were part of the breadbasket for all three. The failure of the Volga harvest, coupled with the widespread and near-constant fighting across the length and breadth of Russia, saw harvests collapse and famine spread as starving refugees fled in search of food, eating anything they could get their hands on and thereby further straining both the infrastructure networks and logistical capabilities of all the Russian factions far beyond capacity. As the rail network ground to a halt and cities reliant on Volga grain began to starve, the situation grew ever more dire. This internal crisis forced an end to much of the fighting for the duration of 1922.

    The Yekaterinburg Reds initially wished to suppress any word of the famine, viewing it as an advertisement of their weakness, but as hunger began to grip not only the Yekaterinburg Reds, but also the Moscow Reds and Don Whites, the situation became increasingly dire. As word spread, it became clear that some sort of action must be taken. While all four major factions would implement major efforts to combat the famine on a factional level it would prove to be a joint organization which would lead the relief efforts. With a group of other public figures Gorky appealed to the Central Committee for permission to organise a voluntary body for famine relief alongside government efforts, this was the All-Russian Public Committee to Aid the Hungry, or Pomgol for short, which was set up on the 18th of March 1921.

    In a surprising course of events, Gorky would succeed in establishing contact with the Don Whites in order to secure their participation in the relief efforts, eventually resulting in their sanctioning of Pomgol activities across frontlines and independent of factional conflict. The ninety-eight members of Pomgol included leading cultural figures such as Gorky, Korolenko, Stanislavsky; liberal politicians including Kishkin, Prokopovich, Kuskova and Prince Lvov; the ex-tsarist minister N. N. Kutler and a veteran Populist, Vera Figner; famous agronomists such as Chayanov, Krondatev alongside engineers including P. I. Palchinsky; doctors; and Tolstoyans. There was even a place for Alexandra Tolstaya, the writer's daughter, whose activist efforts had made her a prominent figure in Moscow society. Pomgol sought to revive the public spirit that had saved the country in 1891 and appealed to the public at home and abroad to contribute to the relief campaign, in hopes of bringing to an end both the famine gripping Russia and hopefully the war which had consumed the country for years. Prince Lvov, who had taken part in the relief efforts of thirty years before, collected money and sent off food supplies through the Paris Zemgor organization while connecting Russian emigre organizations to the effort.

    As the crisis spread eastward into Siberia, and reports of it returned to America, it was decided that Herbert Hoover would coordinate relief efforts in the region given his experience from the Great War. Hoover set up the American Relief Administration to Russia to supply food and medicine to the starving and sickened population of Siberia, eventually making contract with Pomgol to coordinate relief efforts with two demands, the release of all American prisoners from their jails and that all parties help protect the ARA workers, this was eventually negotiated to a release of all non-military prisoners as Trotsky and the Yekaterinburg Reds feared released American soldiers would be thrown back into the line opposing them. By the summer of 1922, when its activities were at their height, the ARA was feeding ten million people every day. It also dispatched huge supplies of medicine, clothes, tools and seed — the last helping to enable the two successive bumper harvests of 1922 and 1923 that helped secure Russia's recovery from the famine. As Russia began to recover from the famine over the course of 1922, efforts at negotiating and end to the conflict grew to a fever pitch even as fighting restarted (3).

    One of the saddest legacies of the revolution and civil war was the huge population of orphans who roamed the streets of every city. By 1922 there were around eight million children living rough in stations, derelict houses, building sites, rubbish dumps, cellars, sewers and other squalid holes. These ragged, barefoot children, whose parents had either died or abandoned them, were a symbol of Russia's social breakdown. These orphans of the revolution were a ghastly caricature of the childhood they had lost. The struggle for survival on the streets forced them to live like adults. They had their own jargon, social groups and moral codes. Children as young as twelve got 'married' and had their own children. Many were seasoned alcoholics, heroin or cocaine addicts. Begging, peddling, petty crime and prostitution were the means by which they survived. At stations they swarmed like flies, instantly swooping on any scraps of food thrown to them from the trains. Some child beggars maimed themselves or shamed themselves in public to gain some small gratuity. There was a close connection between them and the criminal underworld. Gangs of children stole from market stalls, mugged pedestrians, picked people's pockets and broke into shops and houses. Those who were caught were likely to be beaten in the street by members of the public, who had very little sympathy for the orphans, but it seemed that even this would not deter them. Nearly all of these orphans were casual prostitutes, some as young as seven. "There are twelve-year-old children who already have three murders to their name," Gorky wrote to Sverdlov in April 1920 in despair. Once an orphan of the streets himself, Gorky was one of the first to champion the struggle against "juvenile delinquency". That summer he set up a special commission to combat the problem, which provided colonies and shelters for the children and taught them how to read and write.

    Similar initiatives were undertaken by the League for the Rescue of Children established in 1919 by Kuskova and Korolenko with the approval of the Central Committee and later by Pomgol and the AMA. But with only one and a half million places in all the institutions put together, and eight million orphans on the street, this could only scratch the surface of the problem. Increasingly, the various factions turned to penal remedies, seeing little other option. Prisons and labor camps contained thousands of children, many under fourteen, the age of criminal responsibility. Another way of dealing with the problem was to allow factories to employ the children as sweated labor. Even in the civil war, when thousands of adult workers were laid off, there was a huge growth of child employment, with some workers as young as six, especially in the smaller factories where exploitative practices died hard. Despite widespread calls to limit the children to six hours of labor, and to make employers provide two hours of schooling, actually enforcing any such measures proved next to impossible, with the result that many minors ended up by working twelve or fourteen hours every day. Children also made excellent soldiers with the Civil War Armies often having many young teenagers in their ranks. Having spent the whole of their conscious lives surrounded by the violence of war and revolution, many of them had come to think that killing people was part of normal life. These little soldiers were noted for their readiness to do as they were told, their commanders often played the role of surrogate fathers, as well as for their ruthless ability to kill the enemy, especially when led to believe that they were avenging their parents' murder. Ironically, many of these children were in fact much better off in the army, which treated them as its own children, clothing and feeding them and teaching them to read, than they would have been living on the streets (4).

    Footnotes:

    (1) I should probably mention here that while Anastasia and her network have a pretty significant impact on American events, it bears remembering that she isn't bringing about these events without anything to build on. The anti-Red attitude in America was already very strong, what she is doing is amplifying it, connecting people who hold similar views on these issues, exerting pressure here or funding a media effort there. Leonard Wood might well have won the nomination or the presidency without her, but she played an important role.

    (2) This is really the last great effort in the eastern theatre. After this point the devastation of the famine and war exhaustion finally reaches a point where neither of the warring parties can really press forward. In Germany the continuing costs of the conflict are becoming ever more difficult to justify while the government wants to redirect money more towards industry and economic development. Everyone has just about been bled white by the conflict which has left millions dead. As the famine begins to consume everything, the civil war armies find their logistical support screeching to a halt and suddenly have more important things to worry about than the war. There are skirmishes and raids back and forth throughout the period to follow but the major battles which have characterized the struggle in the region for years have been brought to a screeching halt.


    (3) IOTL the famine occurred after the Communists had defeated all of their enemies and had the effect of starving out what remained of their peasant opposition. Here it has the effect of bringing the fighting to a screeching halt. While the Soviet Union IOTL tried to keep a lid on the famine, here the various factions find themselves forced to beg for external aid. Pomgol is thus a pan-Russian effort, which sees the Don Whites, Moscow Reds and Yekaterinburg Reds cooperate in order to bring an end to the famine. While their relations are extremely tense, they are able to set aside their differences here - although there is considerable jockeying between factions as they try to take credit for the good and throw blame for the bad onto each other. The ARA was also based on OTL, but there Hoover and the Americans had to negotiate with the Soviets for access. ITTL they use their relationship with the Siberian Whites to start providing aid in Siberia, establishing a cooperative relationship with Pomgol and providing aid through that organisation as well. In contrast to OTL, the Russian factions are far more inviting of aid and the relief effort eventually gets the League of Nations involved, who organise and coordinate the collection of supplies from across Europe (the Americans not wanting to work through the LoN, set up the ARA instead.

    (4) This is largely based on OTL and should help convey exactly how dire the situation is in Russia. Gorky and other government initiatives are actually far more successful than IOTL, having nearly a million more spots for orphan relief but there are more than a million more orphans than IOTL, an indication of how much worse the many-sided civil war has been for Russia, so dealing with the problem is next to impossible. This should give an understanding of why IOTL the Soviet Union seems to have had so casual an understanding of the use of violence, everyone had been completely desensitised to the violence by the end of the Civil War. We are, luckily, nearing an end to the horror and will be examining efforts at ending the conflict as we move forward so these sorts of sections should begin to see some level of reduction.

    537px-Biennio_rosso_settembre_1920_Milano_operai_armati_occupano_le_fabbriche.jpg

    A Fortified Spanish Factory

    The Third International

    The signing of the Saratov Treaty and the simultaneous establishment of the Third International would create the first truly revolutionary cross-border organisation in the post-Great War era, invigorating revolutionary parties and movements across the world and bringing a brewing revolutionary crisis to the boiling point. The formation of a united front in Russia and the tales of revolutionary Moscow, with its inclusive and revolutionary cultural renaissance, proved immensely moving and a strong force for revolutionary fervor. When coupled with the barrage of propaganda which began to issue forth from Moscow after Saratov, and the spreading of the revolution to Italy, these factors all combined to press revolutionaries everywhere towards action. As radicalised and well organised labor movements across much of Western Europe escalated their agitation in the midst of an increasingly fierce economic slow-down, as a result of deflationary government policies, high taxes and the loss of taxes to pay for post-war reconstruction, the situation grew increasingly worrisome for many European governments.

    The Schönbrunn Raid had a profound effect on governments and monarchies across Europe, clarifying the threat posed by revolutionary forces internationally and bringing to mind the horrors provoked by the assassination of royalty barely a decade earlier. In government after government this fear of revolutionary violence triggered a push to unite against the radical left. Maurice Sarrail's surrender of Turin to the Milanese Socialists under Gramsci brought many of these tensions to the forefront of French politics in mid-1921, just as reconstruction efforts were beginning to take off, the split between radicals and moderates within SFIO was beginning and the CGT grew to be dominated by radical anarchists. The conduct of General Sarrail became a major point of political contention and the general would find himself alternately vilified and lauded by the press, depending on their ideological persuasion. In order to address the surrender of Turin, the conservatives in the French Chamber of Deputies demanded a thorough review of the General's conduct and that he answer to them for his handling of the situation, with Sarrail to be placed on leave until the facts of the situation could be established.

    The Left reacted poorly to this gambit and Frossard would spend much of the Autumn of 1921 condemning the government, parliament and military's handling of the situation, riling up his backbenchers and provoking demonstrations in Paris. Rarely since the Dreyfuss Affair had an issue so divided the French. However, the uproar over Sarrail's handling of Turin would be dwarfed by the outrage felt by many on the right and in the centre when word of Sarrail's illicit funneling of arms and supplies to the Milanese Socialists spread. Rightist Ligues took to the streets of Paris in demonstration, which quickly turned into street fighting as the CGT called their members onto the streets to counter them. Violence, demonstrations and protests gripped the French capital for weeks in early 1922, only coming to a temporary end when heavy snow blanketed the city and forced the mobs indoors.

    It was in this lull that the CGT would commit its greatest mistake and set itself on the path towards ruin. Without consulting with the SFIO, breaking with a previous pledge given in early 1921 between the trade union and SFIO to coordinate any major actions, the leadership of CGT, most prominently Pierre Monatte himself, decided that the time had come to launch the long-awaited social revolution. Over the course of the previous year, as relations between the left and right grew ever more contentious, the CGT had begun creating arsenals of weaponry in working class neighbourhoods in preparation for the days of revolution to come. With the Ligues now out in the streets, attacking CGT members whenever the opportunity presented itself, and the working class in the streets protesting the treatment of the well-beloved General Sarrail, who had recently been forced to resign from his post and had been placed on administrative leave, it was felt that the time had come to press forward. Monatte felt uncertain of SFIO support for his plans, and as such decided to move ahead without informing them, expecting the party to support this move when it was already under way. Using the already mobilized leadership structures of the CGT, Pierre Monatte ordered his union members to arm themselves from their neighborhood arsenal in preparation for a rising on the 25th of January 1922, when the storm was expected to have passed and the demonstrators returned to the streets. However, before the storm could even come to an end on the 22nd, word had spread to the SFIO where Boris Souvarine and Frossard panicked. Believing that the time was not right, and that a failed rising might well destroy what progress they had made, the leadership of the SFIO decided to contact Briand, betraying the CGT's plans (5).

    The discovery that a major uprising was being planned by the CGT right under their noses confirmed all the worst fears held by Premier Briand and President Millerand. That it was the SFIO which warned them of it was, however, a surprising development and was sufficient to secure the socialists a promise of protection from rightist and government-sanctioned retaliation for the rising, as well as a promise to not pass any laws which would exclude parties for their political persuasions. However, now that the government had been made aware of the situation, the question of how to deal with the situation became the primary concern. The moderates who made up the government had very little support in the upper military hierarchy with the exception of Marshal Pétain, who had found his position increasingly undermined by right-wing subordinates who disdained the Marshal for his cooperation with the insurrectionaries against Generalissimo Foch in the dying months of the war, and they were uncertain of whether the army would answer to their call. The Paris police force under the recently appointed Paris Prefect Armand Naudin was insufficient to counter a rising, and many in government ranks thought that large sections of the police force had grown sympathetic to the CGT. After a great deal of wavering, debating back and forth, it was finally determined that there was only one way forward left to the government if it was to prevent the rising.

    On the 23rd of January, just as the winter storm came to an end, Ferdinand Foch found himself called to the Élysée by President Millerand, who asked the disgraced war hero to call upon his supporters to end the threat of revolution. Spending a moment to enjoy the irony of the moment, the seventy-year old former Generalissimo accepted and immediately sent out a call to the UNC calling on all loyal veterans to report for duty to protect the Republic and martialing the Ligues through the structures of the UD. On the 24th, a day before the planned rising, the government and its rightwing allies made their move. Attacking the CGT headquarters in Montrieul in the morning, just as the CGT leadership was gathering, a government-aligned force of some 80 men were able to storm the building to little resistance. Led by a young former lieutenant by the name of Joseph Danard, one of many demobilized veterans who had gravitated towards membership in both the UNC and Action Francaise, a squad of these liguists began executing the CGT members captured in the effort, most prominently Pierre Monatte himself, who was shot by a firing squad alongside three other CGT leaders. Attacks across the city coincided with the return of protestors to the streets, who were caught up in the government assault and were often arrested or forced off the streets. The locations of the various CGT neighborhood arsenals were raided as well, having been revealed by the SFIO leadership to prevent any chance of even a disorganized and unled uprising. More violence ensued here, as armed guards opened fire on the attacking forces, but were eventually all overrun by the morning of the 25th. Across the city some 160 people, mostly CGT union bosses, leadership or guards, were killed alongside seventeen men aligned with the government and four bystanders.

    The morning papers of the 25th laid out the details of the CGT's planned uprising and laid out the case against them. The SFIO was cleared of all involvement in the strike and their role in informing the government of the uprising was kept quiet, although rumors of their involvement would inevitably spread. The violence of crushing of the CGT would have a considerable impact on the French political scene and emboldened the right, but had the immediate effect of restoring order to the French state and ended the increasingly riotous struggle over General Sarrail's actions. The government would quietly drop their investigation into his actions once the situation calmed, as agreed to with the SFIO, and he was named Inspector General, a promotion in name, but with the effect of removing him from active command. However, the SFIO's betrayal of the revolution would deal a body blow to the party which it would be a long time recovering from, finding their support amongst the radicalized working classes significantly dampened (6).

    The international dimension of the Italian Civil War had been clear from the beginning, however, the increasing instability provoked by anarchists and socialists across much of Europe and the increasingly hostile attitudes towards particularly the Venetian Syndicate would bring about a new period of international involvement in the Italian Civil War. With the defeat of the CGT in France, the calls for action against Italian revolutionaries took off, particularly on the Right, and the French government began negotiations with D'Annuzio's government to cooperate against the revolutionaries of northern Italy. However, by early 1922 the nationalist outcry over the dismemberment of Italy and the occupation of Turin, to say nothing of Sarrail, and through him the French Army's, support for the Milanese Socialists, had become too great to deal with. While D'Annuzio was inclined to accept French aid, the vocal outcry of Mussolini and the Starace to the proposal, and populist agitation against the French eventually forced him to refuse the proposed support. This outcry was partly a result of the events of the last half year where the Italian government's partnership with the Austrians had turned out for the worse.

    Having forced the Black Navy into port, the Austrians had been able to use the K.u.K Navy to provide close support for their advancing forces, moving through the lands that the Austrians had been fighting for barely half a decade earlier. Black Army resistance proved limited, with what forces were available to the Venetians in the region finding themselves consistently under naval bombardment whenever they tried to find a defensive position from which to hold the line. Further south, around Rovigo and in the lands immediately north of the Adige, the Venetian anarchists had been successful in fighting the Royalists to a bloody halt, holding firm in the face of mass charges, aerial bombardment and heavy artillery. Bleeding the Facists and Royalists heavily, the Anarchists had slowly been pressed backward in the initial assault but had succeeded in steadying the line around the Euganean Hills south-west of Padua. However, as the Austrians advanced nearly unopposed, the pressure on the Syndicate leadership to respond grew greater and greater.

    Errico Malatesta eventually decided that the best option available to the Anarchists would to align themselves with Milan, declaring their allegiance to the Third International in late September. This alliance led to a stream of arms from the factories of Turin and Milan, greatly replenishing the dwindling stock they had secured from the Venetian Arsenal at the outset of the Civil War. With the Austrians growing ever closer to Venice, the Syndicate's leadership finally decided that they would have to hold the Piave river against the oncoming onslaught or they would be unable to retain the independence of the Venetian Syndicate. The resultant Battle of San Donà de Piave would prove a bloody affair, as Black Guard militia forces were thrown into the line while men and women from across Syndicate-controlled lands rushed to defend their homes against the Austrian invaders. However, all of these efforts would prove for naught, with Malatesta and his fellow leaders determining that it was more important to hold onto their contact with the Milanese, providing a possible escape valve, than holding onto the Piave. The fall of San Donà would precipitate a general exodus of anarchists from Venice itself, a process which grew increasingly panicked as word of Treviso's fall arrived in Venice and the sound of the guns grew closer. Nearly all Black Navy sailors joined this exodus, sinking their fleet in the waters of the Lagoon in order to prevent them from falling into the hands of the Austrians or Royalists.

    The Venetian Syndicate fell with a whimper, most of its leadership and core followers falling under the sway of the Milanese Socialists, who welcomed the Anarchists with open arms and reformed their proclaimed Socialist Republic in the image of Moscow by forming a Communist Party, into which the Anarchists and Socialists could unite, although for the duration of the Civil War it would be the former Socialists who came to dominate the party, marginalising most Anarchists for the time being. The Austrians marched into a half-deserted Venice on the 18th of October 1921, a week after taking the equally abandoned Padua from the north, and took up occupation of the city. The problem arose when the Royalists demanded the Austrians vacate the city, and the remainder of Italian lands, having accomplished what they had been invited for. The Austrians refused. This breach in the Royalist-Austrian relationship proved an instant source of conflict, and skirmishes between Austrian forces and Fascist squads around Padua quickly turned their relationship sour. The Austrians viewed themselves as peacekeepers who were fully justified in occupying Venice and the lands north-east of it to ensure that nothing like the Schönbrunn Raid could occur again. Having shielded their rear and emerged victorious from their Italian foray, the Austrians would turn their attentions towards the Hungarians while leaving a skeleton force to guard their rear. In the meanwhile, the Anarchists provided a welcome boost to the Milanese military capabilities and would come to provide several elite units, none more so than the Sailors' Brigade, made up of former Black Navy sailors (7).

    However, while the revolutionary agitation in France, Italy and Austria-Hungary and their associated conflicts were closely related to each other, events further afield, on the Iberian Peninsula, threatened to expand the conflict to all of Southern Europe. The first moments of the Great War had transformed the habitual pattern of the Spanish economy. The established flows and channels that had been followed by international trade and migratory networks collapsed. Initially, fear and uncertainty provoked a momentary collapse in economic activity. However, this shock lasted only a few weeks and overall, the conflict unleashed a state of feverish activity in the economy, which launched itself into external markets. The majority of the warring nations had been exporters of agricultural or industrial products, but as their own economic activities became focused on the war effort, they were obliged to import large amounts of goods to supply their troops or to meet the civilian needs on the home front. The businessmen of neutral countries discovered magnificent opportunities in these markets, and the Spaniards were no exception. Agricultural producers, industrialists and financiers, together with adventurers and entrepreneurs drawn by the promise of inordinate profits, all grew rich from supplying the combatants. The textile plants of the belligerent countries were not sufficient to supply their soldiers with blankets and uniforms, and so the Spanish textile industry helped to meet these needs and those of the warring powers’ domestic markets. Due to the poor quality of Spanish coal, Spanish industry had traditionally imported coal from abroad, but when the numbers of shipments of foreign coal collapsed domestic mines were required to supply the country, and their production rose precipitously during the war.

    In general, the war years saw an unprecedented expansion of the Spanish economy, but also brought with them severe shortages, inflation and provoked a subsistence crisis amongst the working classes. Serious labor unrest, already common before the war, spread across the rural south and flared up in the cities, leading to more than 750 deaths in the struggles between union supporters, employers and the police forces of the state. In Catalonia, most notably in Barcelona, the Confederation of Labour (CNT) aimed to create a Catalan Workers’ Republic that would sever all links with the unloved capital, Madrid, and had already in August 1917 joined the Socialist General Union of Labour (UGT) in calling for a general strike in Barcelona, a strike that was put down with brutal force, leaving seventy dead and thousands of suspected revolutionaries in prison. In the spring of 1920, encouraged by the revolutions in Russia and southern Europe, the CNT called for yet another general strike, prompting some 100,000 workers in Barcelona to down their tools for an entire month, but the strike failed to deliver a permanent solution that would have satisfied all sides involved. Within weeks solidarity strikes were held in other parts of Spain, notably in the south. There were major work stoppages in Andalusia, notably in Seville and Granada, while impoverished land laborer's working on the large semi-feudal estates in Spain’s deep south felt inspired by the radicalism with which the Communists were working to resolve the land question in Russia.

    Confronted with an increasingly volatile situation and agitated landless laborers', estate owners abandoned their country homes. Meanwhile the fear of Communism went far enough for the government to round up some 800 Russian citizens and other suspected foreign communists living in Spain at the time and forcibly send them to Odessa on board the steamer Manuel Calvo , which left Spain in the spring of 1919. Amid growing economic instability and internal strife, fifteen governments came and went between 1917 and 1923, while in 1921 the far left founded the Spanish Communist Party (PCE). Throughout this period, as the chaos and instability of Span grew worse, the successes of the Sidonist New Republic of Portugal to the west led many to urge the appointment of some powerful dictatorial figure to help bring peace and order to Spain (8).


    Following the establishment of the Portuguese Republic in a revolution in 1910, the young state had found itself in a state of considerable division. One of the most important political objectives of Portuguese interventionism in the republican era was the creation of a consensus on the home front. It was in this context that Sidónio Bernardino Cardoso da Silva Pais had been appointed ambassador to Berlin in 1912. He remained in that important diplomatic post during the critical period that led to the outbreak of the war, maintaining a difficult balance between the pressures of the Portuguese Government, with increasingly pro-war and Anglophile viewpoints, attempts to settle diplomatically border conflicts in areas of contact between the Portuguese and German colonies in Africa, and his own increasingly Germanophile position, before finally departing when Germany declared war on Portugal, following the seizure of German ships in ports under Portuguese control. In Portugal he formed a natural rallying point for those who opposed Portugal's participation in the war, catalysing the growing discontent caused by both the effects of the war effort at home and the poor results obtained by the Portuguese Expeditionary Corps at the front.

    This culminated in a coup in early December 1917 which brought Sidonio and his supporters to power. He moved swiftly to consolidate power, securing the position of President of the Council of Ministers in addition to the portfolios of War Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs and took over the functions of President until he could schedule a plebiscite in 1918 which returned a supermajority vote in favour of his power grab. Subsequently, Pais issued a set of dictatorial decrees, without consulting the Congress of the Republic, and suspended important parts of the Constitution, giving the regime a markedly presidential image. The President of the Republic in effect became Head of State and leader of the Government, which, significantly, was entirely composed of state secretaries instead of ministers, thereby making them subservient to his position and allowing him to appoint them. In this new political architecture, which his supporters called a "New Republic", the Head of State was placed in a position of power that had known no parallel in Portugal since the end of absolutism. He moved swiftly to normalise relations with the church, garnering widespread support from Catholics, moderate Republicans, and the rural population, then the vast majority of the Portuguese population, while outraging traditional Republicans and Freemasons who had played a key role in the establishment of the Republic.

    By late April, Sidonio had achieved an incredible amount of support for his regime and was well on the way to consolidating his regime when the Portuguese Expeditionary Force in Flanders was wiped out almost to the man in Operation GEORG. While the Allies pressed for the reformation of the PEF, Sidonio proved extremely reluctant, both wishing to end involvement in a war he did not believe in and because the internal situation in Portugal was growing grimmer as traditional republican forces sought to end his regime. Between alternating strikes, conflicts, and conspiracies, from the summer of 1918 onwards attempts to end the "Sidonist" regime escalated in severity and violence, which led the President to declare a state of emergency on the 13th of October of that year.

    With that act, and the harsh repression of opposing movements, he was able to regain momentary control of the political situation, and as the year neared its end he seemed to have his opponents on the ropes. Having already evaded one assassination attempt on the 5th of December 1918, Sidonio was nearly killed on the 14th when a left-wing assassin opened fire on him after breaching a police cordon at the Lisboa-Rossio Railway Station, hitting Sidonio once in the right arm while the second grazed his hip. The assassin was captured immediately and badly beaten by the outraged crowds, while Sidonio was rushed to the hospital. He would recover from the gunshot to his arm, although displaying considerable stiffness and weakened function for the rest of his life in that arm, and was able to continue putting the pressure to his enemies. This culminated, after a third failed assassination attempt on the 22nd of January 1919, in a bloody purge of traditional republicans and leftist agitators - who had several of their safehouses attacked.

    While 1919 would see the violence in Portugal reach an early peak in March, when an attempt at provoking a rising in Lisboa failed miserably and the instigators were able to reveal considerable details of leftist operations - which provoked nation-wide assaults. The end of the Great War would bring a sense of normality to Portugal, which would be further strengthened during the Conference Year when Sidonio's representatives at Copenhagen were able to secure major concessions in the Congo, provoking immense jubilation in Portugal. Over the following years, Sidonio had finished his consolidation of power and set about constructing a corporatistic state under strong governmental guidance, structuring private industry into easily directable cartels and allowing the Catholic Church to take up considerable educational, cultural and social positions in society once more - though with considerable government interference in their affairs (9).

    Footnotes:

    (5) It was bound to get to this point eventually. The growing divides in French society are finally coming to a head and the leftists are not in alignment for it. While the SFIO is by this point controlled by radicals, the leadership is also deeply pragmatic and well aware that a rising now would be disastrous for France. The CGT under Monatte are not quite as tuned into the international and national situation, and are more concerned with the interests of the working class. With a successful Anarchist rising in Venice, attempting to create an anarcho-syndicalist prototype for state-level rule, the pressure on Monatte and his fellow anarcho-syndicalists grows immensely to prove that themselves to the international revolutionary leftist world. These goads spur them on towards what seems increasingly certain to be a disaster.

    (6) I realise that there are a lot of parallels here to the crushing of the Spartacists and the use of Freikorps forces in Germany, which might make it a bit too on the nose, but I think this is a pretty plausible direction for events to take under the circumstances. There are some key differences in the actual operational approach with which the CGT is crushed and how broad the repercussions are, most importantly that rather than responding to an attempted uprising the government here cracks down before anything can actually erupt. The violence is regrettable, but will be presented in a similar manner to the violent crushing of the Paris Commune at the outset of the Third Republic, as a necessary act to maintain the stability of France. Given what is happening in Italy, Austria-Hungary and Russia this doesn't seem like too much of a leap. The SFIO gets a pretty bad rap for events here as well, but are able to ensure the continued allowance of revolutionary leftist parties. Another reason I wanted to move forward with this was because I wanted to consider how a French version of the event would differ from the German events of OTL. They are very different countries with very different attitudes and legacies, which should result in different results.

    (7) The entire situation in Italy is basically a mess, but the Milanese are now poised to make considerable gains. While the Royalists ineptly sought to beat the Anarchists in the east, they have made gains in the west and have been strengthened by anarchist refugees. The Royalists themselves are deeply divided with an ascendant Fascist faction which is increasingly overshadowing both the military and nationalists in D'Annuzio's mold. The breakdown of relations with the Austrians and refusal to accept French aid worsens their position considerably. The Austrians come out of it the best, with a relatively easy victory, security to their backs and prestige from dealing vengeance on the Anarchists for the Schönbrunn Raid.

    (8) This is largely based on OTL events in Spain. However, with events playing out differently around them the Spanish situation is bound to diverge quite significantly. The Spanish situation was extremely unstable in the post war period and I see no reason this would have changed ITTL. The extension of the Great War for another year of fighting and a second of negotiations also means that the impact on Spain's economy is somewhat delayed, which slows events down a bit further.

    (9) Portugal is able to establish what might be the earliest, most successful corporatist semi-fascist state in Europe when Sidonio is able to consolidate his hold on power. While it seems to me that Sidonio faced considerably resistance in late 1918, he seems to have had it generally pretty well in hand and was well on the way to consolidating power when he was assassinated. Here the second, fatal, shot to his belly instead grazes him and he is able to survive the assault. This means that corporatist/fascist states won't trace their origin to Italy, as happened IOTL, but rather to Portugal and it becomes the Sidonist model of corporatism/authoritarianism which initially inspires rightist political figures in much of Europe. I honestly am not quite sure what the consequences of this will be long-term, but I look forward to exploring it further.

    End Note:
    To be continued in the next post. Turns out you can't go over 100,000 characters in a post... :coldsweat:
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty (Pt. 2): The United International
  • The United International

    640px-Marineros-heltai--outlawsdiary00tormuoft.png

    Hungarian Soldiers Marching To The Front

    An Empire Divided

    Even as Austrian forces marched west into Italy, the situation across the southern Austro-Hungarian Empire was descending into all-out warfare. With the Serbian countryside largely up in arms, the Austrians rejecting Budapest's directives and Hungarian military forces marching southward, the political climate in Budapest took on an increasingly feverish atmosphere. At the centre of this was János Hadik, who found his leadership increasingly criticised from both the left and the right, and grew increasingly worried about the threat posed by these contending forces. In the south, Pál Nagy and the men of the Honved rushed into lands under the control of Kosta Pećanac and immediately found themselves bogged down in bitter guerrilla fighting. Ambushes and raids would characterise the fighting in this period, even as the Serbian Rising spilled across its borders and enflamed Bosnian Serbs to join.

    Over the course of the latter half of 1921, the bloodletting grew increasingly ferocious and the demands on Budapest increasingly onerous, even if the Hungarians saw considerable success in clearing much of northern Serbia. The most significant result of this growing pressure on Budapest lay in the impact it had on Croatia, where increasingly rapacious Hungarian behavior, as they sought to secure as much financing as possible for the struggle against the Serbs, provoked considerable unrest. This was made worse by the growth of revolutionary Anarchist, Communist, Socialist and Nationalist movements in the region, who all began to try to exert their own influence on Croatian politics. It was during this period that Stjepan Radić and his Croatian Peasant Party grew to prominence with Austrian backing, challenging the grip of traditional party politics and Hungarian-sympathetic leaders who dominated leadership posts in Croatia at this point in time.

    Warnings that the situation in Croatia was growing untenable arrived in Budapest in November 1921 but were largely ignored in favour of more pressing matters in the south and in Hungarian lands themselves. Despite having fought the Socialist insurgency under Tibor Szamuely since the failure of the Budapest Rising, the Hungarian government had been unable to destroy the movement in the previous years. While Tibor Szamuely was a remarkably brutal and feared leader, he was also deeply respected and had instilled a surprising degree of discipline in his fighters which had served them well as they sought to build a base amongst the peasantry of northern Hungary, a move deeply at odds with the movement's beginnings in an urban uprising. In order to secure popular peasant support, Tibor Szamuely and his followers supported radical land reforms which would see the peasantry secure ownership of all land and would see private property abolished in favor of communalizing all Hungarian land alongside a complete restructuring of the electorate in favor of universal suffrage under the auspices of a vanguard party. This was coupled with a campaign of terror against any who resisted the movement and support for those who aided the movement.

    The result was that as the insurgency survived, year after year, it had become an increasingly rural movement focused on promoting the interests of the peasantry, experiencing reduced urban support, which quickly cratered once the violence of the peasant uprising became known. With Honved and K.u.K. forces rushed south to fight the Serbs and the Austrians refusing to abide by Hungarian control of the Habsburgs, Szamuely and his followers spied an opportunity. Over the course of October and November 1921, the peasant movement rapidly escalated its attacks, launching assaults on government offices and military posts across northern Hungary while whipping the peasantry into a fury, unleashing them against their landlords. As the weather cooled and the Autumn rains gave way to winter snows, the Hungarian government found itself presented with a bitter peasant uprising to their north, Austrian supremacists to their west, Croatian nationalists to the south-west and Serbian rebels to their south (10).

    By early 1922 the Austrians were finally in position to move against the Hungarians, having secured their flanks and ensured support from both the Bohemians and Croatians for their coming series of moves. When the Austrians marched into Hungary on the 4th of February 1922, they did so to little actual resistance. Pressburg fell into their hands with barely a fight and as the Austrians advanced down the Danube they swept all before them. News of the Austrian advance was the signal Stjepan Radić had been waiting for, and prompted him to call on his followers to rise up and drive their Magyar oppressors from Croatia in the name of Emperor Karl. This declaration sent shockwaves through Croatia and prompted considerable unrest as Croatian nationalists and other partisans opposed to Hungarians rule followed Radić's declaration with one of their own. Zagreb fell into Croatian hands peacefully, prompting a wave of Croatian protests and demonstrations through the remainder of Croatia proper and well into Bosnia. It was here, in Bosnia, that the peaceful Croatian effort at separating their kingdom from the Hungarians turned bloody as Croatian and Serb Bosnians turned on one another and the Hungarian occupiers, only to be targeted indiscriminately by Honved forces as well.

    However, the Austrian invasion of Hungary had impact elsewhere as well, most significantly in Belgrade where Pál Nagy and the Honved's leadership decided that their forces were more needed defending Budapest. The result was a general Hungarian retreat from Serbia and Bosnia as forces were rushed northward and a skeleton defense dug into major cities and towns in northern Serbia and eastern Bosnia. This trickle of forces grew swiftly to a flood as Hungarian volunteers rushed to recruiting stations and veterans of the Great War dug out their rifles and marched to war. At Hadik's instigation, Emperor Karl, King Carol to the Hungarians, gave a benediction to the soldiers amassed in Budapest on the eve of their departure to the front. This benediction would permanently stain an already present distaste for the Emperor in Austrian ranks and provoked considerable protests across Cisleithania, spurring pan-Germanist sentiments in Austria and separatist attitudes in Bohemia, Croatia and Galicia.

    The first major clash between Austrian and Hungarian forces occurred at the Battle of Győr and served to demonstrate the mettle of Hungarian arms. Rushing northward, Pál Nagy was not available to take command of the force marching out to counter the Austrians, although he was able to dispatch a cavalry vanguard to aid, and as a result it was instead the war hero and former Commander-in-Chief of the K.u.K. Fleet Admiral Miklós Horthy who took command of the army as it marched out, having been forced to flee Pola in the face of Austrian efforts to take control of the navy. The forces clashing at Győr numbered around 3,000 Austrians to 2,200 Hungarians and saw casualties limited to a few hundred in total, but the Hungarian victory not only forced a halt to the Austrian thrust towards Budapest, it also brought a major morale victory for the Hungarians who had felt increasingly beset by failure. Horthy's military leadership was greatly praised and served to elevate his political star in Hungarian ranks, but in actuality his inability to follow up on the Battle of Győr and chase down the retreating Austrians would ensure that the conflict did not come to a swift end.

    When Pál Nagy reached Budapest he was swift to conclude that any opportunity to crush the Austrians quickly had been lost and instead turned his attentions to the rapidly growing peasant uprising in the north. Massing nearly 20,000 men, he ordered them into the countryside where they quickly began to clash with the peasant rebels. The bloody fighting that ensued lasted most of March and April, but saw Szamuely finally captured and executed. Further sweeps of the countryside would allow the Hungarians to restore order while noble landlords unleashed a flood of thugs and mercenaries on their riotous tenants, terrorizing them back into compliance. However, these two months were sufficient to allow the Croatians to coalesce into a functional faction of the civil war and to crush what pro-Hungarian resistance was present in Croatia proper while making accommodations with radical republican nationalists who wished to break fully with the Habsburgs, buying time for the Croatian national resistance to form (11).

    When Pál Nagy and the Honved turned their attentions towards the Croatians they soon found themselves opposed by the Croatian Home Guard under Stjepan Sarkotić, who had previously distinguished himself in Montenegro and Dalmatia during the Great War. Mustering Croatians from both Bosnia and Croatia proper, Sarkotić was able to form a formidable force with which to secure Croatian command. The first instance of fighting between the Croatians and the Honved would occur in a skirmish on the Drava at Barcs, which left half a dozen Croats and three Hungarians dead. The action at Barcs would set the stage for greater exertions to follow, as Croatian forces pressed into Bosnia, securing massive swathes of territory with the cooperation of Croatian Bosnians, who formed militias to aid their kinsmen, but running into bloody resistance from Serb Bosnians in the region. Hungarian thrusts into north-eastern Croatia quickly escalated the conflict while Austrian pressure grew further to the north.


    However, as the conflict really began to take off in the late spring of 1922, the spillover of the conflict into Albanian lands came to a head. Since the expansion of Albania following the Copenhagen Treaty, the country had existed in a barely functional limbo as Albanian tribes pressed into Kosovo and sought to eject the ethnic Serbs from the region with considerable violence, while Montenegrins extended their power and influence firmly into governmental structures, undermining Albanian leadership of the state. Over the course of 1920 and early 1921, the Albanians had found themselves increasingly marginalised in government ranks while the nominal rule of Prince William I of Wied remained just that - nominal. Prince William would find Albania too dangerous for his taste and remained in Germany even after the end of the Great War, searching for sufficient safety to return. This left effective leadership of the state completely up in the air and prompted divergent governmental paths, as the Albanian tribal societies sought to secure effective control of Kosovo for their peoples while finding themselves outmanoeuvred in governmental affairs by the Montenegrins.

    When the Third Serbian Rising was launched across the border in Austria-Hungary, it had quickly swept over the border and provoked the Serbs of Kosovo to rise up against the Albanians. With Serbs and Albanians openly at war in Kosovo, the balance of power was left firmly in the hands of the Montenegrin elite who, despite their ethnic ties to the Serbs, decided to join the conflict in favour of the Albanians, making weapons and supplies available to the tribesmen as they rushed into conflict with the Serbs in early 1922. This had the effect of cementing Montenegrin dominance of the Albanian state's structures but led to a fundamental cleave in Serb-Montenegrin relations, with the former viewing the latter as traitors to the Serb nation and peoples. This sea-change, which saw Albania emerge from its internal struggle with a temporarily symbiotic alliance between Albanians and Montenegrins, created an island of stability in an ocean of bloody conflict by late 1922. The ascendancy of the Montenegrins prompted Prince William to return to Albania, centering his regime at Shkodër and establishing a joint parliament and royal residence there while elevating the Principality to a Kingdom to match the inclusion of the Kingdom of Montenegro into his domains (12).

    As the struggle within Austria-Hungary escalated, the situation in Italy moved in a surprising direction when international pressure to pay its pre-war and war loans grew to a fever pitch. However, it was impossible for the government to actually pay these loans with their most prosperous lands in the hands of revolutionaries and foreign invaders. It was this fact which led D'Annuzio to first suspend interest payments on international loans in late 1921, before declaring state bankruptcy in January 1922 and defaulting on Italy's international loans. This struck a considerable blow to both French and British economies, and played a key role in both ending British deflationary policies and the establishment of the Root Plan to deal with Allied war debts. However, the impact on Italy itself could not have been greater. By defaulting on international loans, D'Annuzio had hoped to continue internal debt servicing, which played a key part in retaining the loyalty of the middle and upper classes to his regime, and for a time he was able to accomplish this.

    However, the British were swift to retaliate and suspended all trade with Royalist Italy until its loans were restored, an action D'Annuzio was unable to do given Italy's already collapsing economic situation. This loss of international trade with the British cut off access to the Royalists' primary source of military supplies and set the stage for a precipitous collapse. On the 18th of March 1922, Palmiro Togliatti launched an assault out of Milanese-held territory, sweeping Royalist forces before him and threatening to cut off the Fascists in north-eastern Italy. Within a week they had captured Bologna and Imola was swift to follow. This sent panic through the Fascists in Ferrara, who began an immediate evacuation of the region, rushing towards safety further south. Bloody rear actions at Ferrara, Ravenna and Forli ensued over the course of April, in which time Mussolini and Italo Balbo made their escape southward under the protection of a fascist militia commanded by the rising star Dino Grandi.

    However, nothing could mitigate from the colossal disaster that this retreat from the Po represented. In Rome D'Annuzio was the target of an assassination attempt on the 4th of April 1922 by a disgruntled anarchist which left him with a shattered knee and forced into a sickbed, vulnerable to political attack. This was the opportunity that the liberals had been waiting for. Joining together under the auspices of the relatively well-liked former Prime Minister Francesco Saverio Nitti, the political opposition was able to topple D'Annuzio's emergency government and formed a new coalition government. The rise of Nitti to power was an unmitigated disaster for the Fascists, not only did they lose the man viewed by many as the greatest hope of nationalist Italians in the face of the revolutionaries, it also brought to power one of the most virulent prominent anti-fascist politicians in Royalist Italy to power in the form of Nitti.

    Nitti, prioritizing international support to propping up an increasingly cataclysmic domestic economic situation, restored international debts on the condition that foreign aid be provided to fight the Communists and that interest payments be withheld for the duration of the crisis, a proposal that was met with acceptance by the Allied creditors who began funneling support to Nitti's government. However, the Fascists were swift to condemn this this new turn of events and Mussolini was soon joined by a chorus crying out at the Liberals' betrayal of the counter-revolution and their betrayal of the common people. From Starace in Liguria and Mussolini in Umbria, to Balbo in Tuscany and Grandi in Rome, the Fascists whipped up opposition to the Liberal government and led the calls for the restoration of D'Annuzio. As 1922 neared its mid-point, it seemed increasingly clear that a confrontation between nationalist and liberal forces in Royalist Italy was on the horizon, and little was being done to address the ever-growing threat posed by the Milanese Reds (13).

    Footnotes:

    (10) It is not easy to be king, as Hadik is discovering. The thing about Austria-Hungary is that everything is interconnected and interrelated, so if something goes wrong in one region, it is bound to cause problems elsewhere, which results in a rapidly snowballing series of crises which roll into each other and worsen them. At some point the Hungarians are going to have to make some pretty damn painful decisions about what they view as vital and what they can bear to lose.

    (11) We have now had the first clash between Austrians and Hungarians, while the Croatians begin to coalesce and the Serbian Rising is allowed to run amok. I know that there are a ton of different factions who are all swirling around, interacting across national, ethnic and ideological lines, but I hope that people can keep track.


    (12) So Albania emerges from the conflict both in a stronger position and with an accommodation between its Albanian and Montenegrin population - who together considerably outweigh the Serb populace. This is a major shift in Montenegrin attitudes but comes as a result of the Montenegrin elite realising that they stand to make major gains from within the Albanian kingdom rather than struggling to separate from it. Within the kingdom they are able to emerge in a dominant position, allowing the Albanians to push the Serbs from Kosovo but securing a firm grip on power. This is also a major reason for the capital shifting so far north to Shkodër, which basically places the capital on the pre-war border between Montenegro and Albania, in a bid to appease Montenegrin attitudes about nominally coming under Albanian rule.

    (13) IOTL the Italian government ended up having to default on international loans as well and nearly collapsed from that experience. ITTL the situation is a lot more heated and the Italian government has a lot more expenses to deal with, as a result while the default is still necessary it interacts in disastrous ways with both the domestic and international situation to topple D'Annuzio from power. How good of a Prime Minister D'Annuzio actually was will remain a topic of considerable dispute in Royalist Italian circles for some time, but his most important role was undoubtedly that he was able to keep a lid on the various divisions within the Royalist block. The sudden rise of Nitti and his Liberals changes this and sets loose the factions kept in check by D'Annuzio's leadership.

    LeonardWood.jpeg

    President Leonard Wood

    A Wooden Presidency

    The first years of the Leonard Wood Presidency were a time of considerable change and turmoil as the deflationary policies implemented during the lame duck period leading into Wood's ascendancy were continued and even expanded by Secretary of the Treasury Herbert Hoover as the government strove to secure America's position at the top of global finance. During this period, Wood faced considerable challenges as the Red Scare dragged on into its third year, and the public began to express exhaustion with the terror spread by the government and media over the threat of the Reds, yearning for a sense of stability. However, this would not hold back the US government from strengthening their support for the Romanov regime in the Transbaikal, funnelling dearly needed supplies and arms into Russian hands. This would escalate further with the famine in Russia and the establishment of the American Relief Administration, which would go on to function as an arm of government aid and relief for years to come after the Russian famine came to an end. The ARA would also come to play a key role in American assistance for French reconstruction, and saw the organisation provide labor and resources for the reconstruction work and low-interest loans for the French government, while weakening French trade barriers against American goods, a move which strengthened the poor Franco-American relationship and simultaneously worked to lessen French reliance on German products.

    In September 1921, as Wood was getting his feet under him and he was setting about implementing his key objectives, a key opening occurred which allowed him to greatly strengthen the power of anti-Red political interests. This opening was for the Directorship of the U.S. Bureau of Investigations following the resignation of Director William Flynn. Appointing the young and radical J. Edgar Hoover, Wood could be certain that the premier federal law enforcement bureau was in competent anti-red hands. However, Wood did not leave off there, considerably strengthening the power of the Bureau by merging it with the recently established Bureau of Prohibition, as the Agency of Investigations and Law Enforcement, an independent executive governmental body answering directly to the President and in charge of federal level law enforcement and investigations including into criminal groups, subversive movements and major crimes, but cooperating with the Justice Department on actual prosecution. The new Director Hoover would be swift to exploit his position and quickly proved himself an indispensable figure in the Wood Presidency (14).

    President Wood would also become known for his international outlook, sponsoring the Root Plan despite considerable pressure from the conservative business elite and creating a loosely defined defence agreement with the French which was vague enough to satisfy Congress but strong enough to help pacify French fears regarding their national security - in effect improving Franco-American relations further. Wood's relationship with the Conservative government of Bonar Law would prove considerably more contentious and saw major diplomatic clashes between the two - most prominently over the issue of Ireland. As British actions against their Irish subjects grew ever harsher, provoking a steadily growing stream of refugees, the US government became increasingly incensed, responding to Irish-American outrage. By the time of the Glenveagh Massacre, the American government under President Wood found its relationship with the British firmly on the rocks - with threats of sanctions and the imposition of higher interest rates. But by that point the Irish conflict had largely come to an end, and while neither Wood nor Law would repair their relationship, the incoming Prime Minister Austen Chamberlain quickly proved a very welcome change for the President.

    The 1922 midterm elections would see an erosion of Republican supremacy in Congress , reducing the Republican majority in the Senate to 54 and in the House to around 240, a fall of nearly 30 seats, in response to infighting between Progressive and Conservative factions with the Democrats exploiting these divisions. Soon after, one of President Wood's key ties to the conservative faction in the Republican Party was lost when Vice President Warren G. Harding sickened over the course of early 1923 before dying in early August. In his place, Leonard Wood decided to appoint fellow Progressive Interventionist and Secretary of State Elihu Root to Vice President, leaving the position of Secretary of State to be occupied by the former Governor of Massachusetts Calvin Coolidge. However, Root would continue to effectively lead the State Department, participating actively in cabinet meetings and serving as Wood's representative on various state visits around the world. While few could argue that Elihu Root wasn't qualified for the position of Vice President, there were many who could take issue with President Wood's decision to select a key Progressive insider rather than a conservative, and the appointment was only expected to last until the 1924 election when Wood would need to appoint someone more politically expedient (15).

    In 1915, the second Ku Klux Klan was founded atop Stone Mountain, Georgia by William Joseph Simmons. While Simmons relied on documents from the original Klan and memories of some surviving elders, the revived Klan was based significantly on the wildly popular film, The Birth of a Nation. The earlier Klan had not worn the white costumes or burned crosses; these were aspects introduced in the film. When the film was shown in Atlanta in December of that year, Simmons and his new Klansmen paraded to the theatre in robes and pointed hoods, many on robed horses, just like in the movie. These mass parades would become a hallmark of the new Klan that had not existed in the original Reconstruction-era organisation. The subsequent growth was based on a new anti-immigrant, Anti-Catholic, Prohibitionist and anti-Semitic agenda and saw various organisational and recruitment innovations introduced which prompted the Klan to experience extreme growth going into the 1920s.

    The new Klan founder William J. Simmons joined 12 different fraternal organisations and recruited for the Klan with his chest covered with fraternal badges, consciously modelling the Klan after fraternal organisations. Klan organizers were called "Kleagles" and signed up hundreds of new members, who paid initiation fees and received KKK costumes in return. The organizer kept half the money and sent the rest to state or national officials. When the organizer was done with an area, he organised a rally, often with burning crosses, and usually presented a Bible to a local Protestant preacher before leaving the town with the money collected. The local units operated like many fraternal organisations and occasionally brought in speakers from the wider national movement. However, Simmons had initially met with little success in either recruiting members or in raising money, and the Klan had remained a small operation in the Atlanta area until 1920.

    In 1920 Simmons handed the day-to-day activities of the national office over to two professional publicists, Elizabeth Tyler and Edward Young Clarke. The new leadership invigorated the Klan and it grew rapidly. It appealed to new members based on current social tensions, and stressed responses to fears raised by defiance of Prohibition, the rising threat of immigrant leftists and new sexual freedoms. Over the course of the first couple year of the 1920s, the Klan experienced explosive growth across the South and into the Midwest and West, Indiana's Klan swiftly growing into the most prominent branch under the energetic leadership of David Curtis Stephenson, a war veteran and former member of the Socialist Party of the United States who had grown more conservative following the war and had come to despise all foreigners.

    Building on the momentum, Stephenson set up a base in Indianapolis, where he helped create the Klan's state newspaper, Fiery Cross. He quickly recruited new agents and organizers, building on news about the organization. Protestant ministers were offered free membership. In Indiana from July 1922 to July 1923, nearly 2,000 new members joined the Klan each week. Hiram Wesley Evans, who led recruiting for the national organization, maintained close ties to state leaders throughout 1921-1922 and he was especially close to Stephenson, because by then, Indiana had grown into the largest state Klan organization. In November 1922 Stephenson backed Evans when he unseated William J. Simmons as Imperial Wizard of the national KKK, sidelining Simmons in partnership with Tyler and Clarke.

    While Stephenson was appointed Grand Dragon of Indiana for his loyalty to Evans, the ambitions, greed and differing visions of the Klan's future amongst the Klan leadership soon turned these leaders to infighting. Evans was convinced that the way forward for the Klan was to increase its political presence and to work within the law as far as possible, partnering with local and state politicians and law enforcement in order to build a framework with which to expand into national politics under centralized leadership, while others wanted it to remain a diffuse social movement or even looked to it as a more revolutionary movement against foreign interests. In January 1921, Evans and a group of grand dragons expelled the publicist Clarke, who had been critical of Evans' efforts to involve the Klan in electoral politics.

    During this period Stephenson had grown increasingly distant and hostile towards Evans, who he viewed as encroaching on the leadership of the state Klans and despised for his ambitious gambits which included exploiting the death of a klansman following riots in Pennsylvania in response to a Klan rally. Stephensons' tendency towards independence, extreme ambition and problematic sexual proclivities all combined to exacerbate the strained Klan leadership moving towards the 1924 election, with Stephenson increasingly working towards separating his Indiana Klan branch from the national Klan - in effect setting the groundwork for a rival Ku Klux Klan or challenging Evans' leadership of the movement as a whole (16).

    As the United States' deflationary policies caused increasing levels of economic hardship for the population while strengthening the value of the Dollar, there were strong hopes in financial circles that America might emerge from the crisis on as strong a financial footing as could be imagined. However, as prices plunged and interest rates increased, nominal wages remained stubbornly high. With both the British and German economies booming, and particularly the British economy experiencing considerable economic growth, the American industrial complex came increasingly under pressure as producers faced a ruinous surge in real costs and debtors were plunged into negative equity. By mid-1922 bankruptcies were on the rise and unemployment surged. At the same time, British debt servicing fell rapidly in value alongside the plunging pound with which the British insisted on paying their debts. With the value of their massive European loans shrinking rapidly, J.P. Morgan and other major war-time lenders found themselves engulfed in crisis even as new competitors emerged to exploit the economic turbulence, making money hand over fist. Exploiting insider knowledge and widespread market manipulation, a series of competitors to the House of Morgan emerged, amongst them a young Joseph P. Kennedy Sr who used his bank the Columbia Trust Bank and position in the stock-brokerage company Hayden, Stone & Co to create a fortune out of thin air. Exploiting school connections and connections made during his time as General Manager of the Fore River Shipyard on behalf of Bethlem Steel during the Great War - which he had been able to secure a minority stake in before he moved on to Wall Street to join Hayden, Stone & Co (17).

    However, this was far from the only challenge to the Morgan hegemony, and over the course of 1922 and 1923, as the Root Plan weakened J.P. Morgan's ability to recover its loans from Britain and France while doing little to stop the inflationary British policies which were ruining the value of those loans. With warning bells ringing, J.P. Morgan Jr used his extensive connections throughout the world of New York finance to sound the alarm and muster support. However, by this point the House of Morgan was already slipping from its position of dominance at the heart of World Finance. The death of Bonar Law and ascension of Austen Chamberlain opened up for the possibility of resolution, with one of President Wood's first messages to the new British Prime Minister being conducted by Elihu Root who was able to convince the UK PM to begin cutting back on the United Kingdom's inflationary policies. While this was sufficient to stem the bleeding for J.P. Morgan, it was not enough to allow them a return to dominance. The ferocious blow dealt to J.P. Morgan & Co and the Mellon Banks and Trust, amongst others, as the value of their international loans shrank played a key part in creating an opening for new financial powers to ascend. At the same time, in early 1923, President Wood eased up on the deflationary policies of the government.

    Over the course of 1923 and 1924 the American economy began to slowly recover from the self-inflicted deflationary crisis, with the pressure on debtors slowly easing and the costs of industrial production falling. It was in this recovery period that a select few banks and brokers rose to prominence and challenged the established titans - the major movers being Hayden, Stone & Co and Dillon, Read & Co, while a conglomeration of German-Jewish financial institutions such as Lehman Brothers and Goldman Sachs made a fortune investing in Germany during the same period to bring themselves into contention as well. While the financial sector recovered with relative speed once deflationary policies were ended and the deal with Austen Chamberlain to bring an end to the British inflationary policies was implemented, ending the rapid reduction in the value of their loans, recovery would take longer for the rest of the American economy. As domestic investments grew and the new financial environment set the stage for an intense period of competition between investors, it would take until mid-1924 before the impact of these developments could begin to be felt by the general public (18).

    However, before the American economy began its recovery it had experienced considerable conflict and crisis. Even as President Wood had taken the oath of office, labor relations and the political situation on the left had already begun to become problems. As the economic situation deteriorated under deflationary pressure, social and cultural pressures began to grow. Alongside a variety of other labor conflicts, the long-standing West Virginia Coal War exploded into open conflict before Wood became President, when a standoff between the United Mine Workers of America and Burnwell Coal & Coke Company during a wider UMWA strike in West Virginia, turned deadly at the Battle of Matewan in July of 1920. With local law enforcement under Police Chief Sid Hatfield protesting the extrajudicial intervention of Baldwin-Felts agents on behalf of the Burnwell company during a mine strike, terrorizing the miners and destroying their homes, the situation quickly spun out of control and a firefight ensued which left ten dead, including the town's Mayor who had tried to intervene in the firefight and two younger brothers of the Baldwin-Felts chief Thomas Felt - Albert and Lee.

    The Battle of Matewan radicalized the district and led it to join in the wider UMWA strike. Miners and mine guards engaged in several armed skirmishes over the closure of coal mines and access to rail routes in the summer and fall of 1920 until the West Virginia government declared martial law and sent federal troops to quell the strike, but backed down under threat of a general strike of all union coal miners in West Virginia. Throughout the summer and into the fall of 1920 the union gained strength in Mingo County, as did the resistance of the coal operators. Low-intensity warfare was waged up and down the Tug River. In late June state police under the command of Captain Brockus raided the Lick Creek tent colony near Williamson. Miners fired on Brockus and Martin's men from the colony, and in response the state police shot and arrested miners, ripped their canvas tents to shreds and scattered the mining families' belongings. On 26th January, 1921, the trial of Sid Hatfield for killing Albert Felts began. It was in the national spotlight and brought much attention to the miners' cause. Hatfield's stature and status grew as the trial proceeded. All men were acquitted in the end, but overall the union was facing significant setbacks with eighty percent of mines reopened through the importation of replacements and the signing of yellow-dog contracts by ex-strikers returning to the mines which prevented them from joining or being part of the union.

    In mid-May 1921 union miners launched a full-scale assault on non-union mines. In a short time the conflict had consumed the entire Tug River Valley. This "Three Days Battle" was finally ended by a flag of truce and the implementation of martial law. From the beginning, the miners perceived the enforcement of martial law as one-sided as Hundreds of miners were arrested for the smallest of infractions, while those on the side of "law and order" were seen as immune, prompting the miners to respond with guerrilla tactics and violence. In the midst of this tense situation, Hatfield traveled to McDowell County on 1st August 1921 to stand trial on charges of dynamiting a coal tipple. Along with him traveled a good friend, Ed Chambers, and their wives. However, as they walked up the courthouse stairs, unarmed and flanked by their wives, a group of Baldwin-Felts agents standing at the top of the stairs opened fire. Hatfield was killed instantly while Chambers was bullet-riddled and rolled to the bottom of the stairs. Despite Sally Chambers' protests, one of the agents ran down the stairs and shot Chambers once more, point blank to the back of the head, killing him. Hatfield's and Chambers' bodies were returned to Matewan, and word of the slayings spread through the West Virginia mountains.

    The miners were angry at the way Hatfield had been slain, and that it appeared the assassins would escape punishment, prompting them to pour out of the mountains and take up arms. Miners along the Little Coal River were among the first to militarize, and began patrolling and guarding the area. Sheriff Don Chafin sent Logan County troopers to the Little Coal River area, where armed miners captured the troopers, disarmed them and sent them fleeing. On 7th August, 1921, the leaders of the United Mine Workers District 17, Frank Keeny and Fred Moony, encompassing much of southern West Virginia, called a rally at the state capitol in Charleston. Keeney and Mooney met with Governor Ephraim Morgan and presented him with a petition of the miners' demands. When Morgan summarily rejected the demands, the miners became more restless and began to talk of a march on Mingo to free the confined miners, end martial law and organize the county (19).

    At a rally on 7th August, Mary Harris "Mother" Jones, a prominent union and community organizer, called on the miners not to march into Logan and Mingo counties and set up the union by force. Accused by some of losing her nerve, she feared a bloodbath in a battle between lightly armed union forces and the more heavily armed Logan County deputies. Yet, feeling Governor Morgan had lied to them, armed men began gathering at Lens Creek Mountain, near Marmet in Kanawha County, on 20th August. Four days later an estimated 13,000 had gathered and began marching towards Logan County. Impatient to get to the fighting, miners near St. Albans, in Kanawha County, commandeered a Chesapeake and Ohio freight train, renamed by the miners the Blue Steel Special, to meet up with the advanced column of marchers at Danville in Boone County on their way to Mingo County. During this time Keeney and Mooney fled to Ohio, while the fiery Bill Blizzard assumed quasi-leadership of the miners. In the meanwhile, the anti-union Sheriff Chafin had begun to set up defences on Blair Mountain. He was supported financially by the Logan County Coal Operators Association, creating the nation's largest private armed force of nearly 2,000. The first skirmishes occurred on the morning of 25th August with the bulk of the miners were still 15 miles away. The following day, President Leonard Wood threatened to send in federal troops and Army Martin MB-1 Bombers. After a long meeting in Madison, the seat of Boone County, the miners, resigning themselves to fighting against their oppressors, voted firmly in favour of an attack (20).

    Whipping each other up for action, many of the miners being former veterans of the Great War, the miners attacked the Chafin's force at Blair Mountain. Rushing out of the evening gloom, the miners caught Chafin and his men by surprise and overran their outer lines before an alarm could be raised. These initial losses would prove crucial, as it gave the miners access to machine guns and other weaponry while sending the defenders into a panic. Bloody fighting ensued, as both sides poured fire into each other only for the mercenary fighters under Chafin to give way before the miner's onslaught. Chafin himself was killed in the fighting alongside nearly three hundred of his men, with the rest scattering into the countryside where another two hundred would die to either the harsh landscape or unfriendly locals. However, the most important part of the victory at Blair Mountain would prove to be the arms and armaments left behind by Chafin and his men, which the miners swiftly equipped themselves with before continuing on towards their targets in the un-unionized counties of Logan and Mingo.

    Before the State government under Morgan could act, these two counties had fallen into miner hands and the Blizzard Rising began to spread like wildfire though Coal Country, threatening to spill across West Virginia's borders into other states. In response to this threat, the West Virginia National Guard was called up under Colonel William Eubanks while President Wood ordered federal troops into West Virginia at Morgan's invitation. However, having wreaked havoc through the targeted counties, the miners dispersed as swiftly as they had amassed - leaving no concentrated force to fight. Instead, they took to the mountains and forests fighting a guerrilla conflict with the state National Guard and against federal troops once they made their way into West Virginia. Efforts at negotiation were attempted by the miners through UMWA intermediaries, but the UMWA found itself the focus of national and presidential ire with calls for the disbanding of the union growing louder. At the same time, Army bombers began to drop bombs on miners' towns and the fighting grew increasingly fierce.


    The UMWA would be forcefully disbanded in early 1922, with membership in the UMWA joining Galleanist and Communist affiliations as immediate black marks. This would lead to an exodus from the UMWA, which grew into a radical underground movement in response to this development and took on increasingly revolutionary overtones, including proclaiming themselves a part of the Third International, while most of the UMWA members joined the International Union of Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers. For the three years following the Battle of Blair Mountain the West Virginian coal industry would find itself crippled by the fighting that followed, which would come claim upward of four thousand lives in that three year period in various ambushes, raids and bombings. The failure to bring Bill Blizzard to justice would remain a black mark against the federal government as elections grew nearer and voices rose in protest, with both socialists and conservatives criticising the government's handling of the entire conflict (21).

    Footnotes:

    (14) With Hoover coming to power earlier and with a president very interested in strengthening the capabilities of federal law enforcement, the handling of law enforcement plays out rather differently to OTL. Instead of having federal law enforcement handled by various different Bureaus under separate government departments, as IOTL, here it instead is placed into a semi-autonomous government Agency answering directly to the President. However, this agency is connected to the various government departments in a variety of ways, including Justice, State and Treasury when it comes to a number of its tasks.

    (15) Harding dies on schedule, but since he is Vice President rather than President, this only has a limited impact on the immediate prospects of the Wood Presidency. However, the appointment of Elihu Root and the increasing dissatisfaction in Conservative Republican ranks does present a challenge. Important to note, there is no Teapot Dome Scandal ITTL. Coolidge isn't really a particularly charismatic or energetic figure in his new post as Secretary of State, and largely finds himself sidelined by Elihu Root when he has tried to be more proactive, effectively leaving Elihu Root to fill the roles of both Vice President and Secretary of State. He also becomes the first Vice President to sit in on cabinet meetings, a distinction held by Coolidge IOTL but given Root's prominence in the cabinet previously and his close links to Wood I don't think this is too much of a leap. The appointment of Root is more a matter of expedience, filling the post before the Conservatives can try to foist someone of Wood, than anything and Root expects to step back when the time comes.

    (16) There are of course some differences in the Ku Klux Klan of TTL, most prominently the wider dispersal of military experience, but most of these developments are basically OTL. The Klan needs to be introduced at this point because of its rapidly growing importance, particularly moving into the coming 1924 elections, but there are a few differences. First of all, Stephenson is a war hero and veteran ITTL rather than spending the Great War in training and garrison, having served with some distinction during the Battle of Argonne Forest and at Laon. This has caused some minor differences in personality and image which should come into play the next time we deal with the Klan.

    (17) Where the Americans were able to secure American predominance in the global financial markets with their deflationary efforts, imposing their will elsewhere to press for similar efforts in France, Britain, Japan, Germany and more, IOTL the situation is quite different ITTL. While all the same reasons for imposing deflation are there ITTL as IOTL, the Americans don't have the same levers to enforce deflation ITTL. The result is that while the Dollar grows in value and American exports become more expensive, there is a counter-process whereby British and German exports become cheaper as inflation pushes their economies into drive. While an overheating economy might ordinarily be a significant worry here, the European economies are kicking off far below capacity and as such aren't as damaged by this inflation as they might be under other circumstances. Joe Kennedy Sr also plays into things. In contrast to OTL, where he remained an Assistant General Manager at Fore River, the extension of the war allows him to rise another step and allows him to get a foot in with Bethlem Steel. While he moves onto Wall Street as IOTL, it is with connections and stock in Bethlem Steel which serves as a good nest egg to fall back on if Wall Street doesn't go according to plan.

    (18) This is sort of a mix between OTL and divergences. With the 1920-21 Depression lasting longer and the British shift to inflationary policies, J.P. Morgan and Mellon institutions find that their war-time loans become a weight around their necks. As they struggle against these pressures, eventually turning to the government for help, younger and smaller competitors are able to exploit the situation to the fullest. While those mentioned are significant, they are far from the only financial businesses to emerge in this period. However, by 1924 the American economy is finally starting to make its way out of the economic depression, with new actors ready to make their mark.

    (19) This is basically the OTL lead-up to the Battle of Blair Mountain. I felt a rather detailed explanation of how events led to this point played out would be best before getting into what follows.

    (20) This is the point of divergence for the Battle of Blair Mountain ITTL. IOTL the miners felt that the threat by President Harding (identical to that of Wood ITTL) was too great of a threat and decided to withdraw. Chafin and the various state forces attacked these retreating forces, resulting in around 30 dead on the side of Chafin and between 50-100 among the Miners. Now there are a couple of reasons for this divergence. First of all, the worsened labor relations as compared to OTL and the brutal crushing of other strikes means that the miners are more aware of what they are signing up for when the go in, and thus more accepting of the threat of violence from the start. The second is that there are a lot more veterans of the Great War in the miners' ranks ITTL, many of them with a considerable degree of combat experience. This means that not only are they more competent in action, but they are also more willing to shed blood for their cause. There are a lot of American veterans who were profoundly affected by the Great War and a considerable number of them were influenced by the socialist and anarchist leanings widespread amongst frontline troops on all sides of the Great War by 1917-1919.

    (21) As with so many other examples ITTL, events start out quite similar to OTL but various shifts and changes pushes everything in a new direction. Just a couple of notes to start: The entire conflict comes to be known as the Blizzard Rising due to the role taken by Bill Blizzard in the period following the Blair Mountain, rather than during the Battle itself, where he was at best a loose figure directing people but not commanding them. In the years that follow he becomes a proper guerilla leader hiding out in Appalachia and using his experience from the war (yet another man who ended up with war experience due to the extension of the Great War) to help train and lead the miners. Another thing to note is that the disbanding of the UMWA actually has considerable consequences for the labor movement, given that the UMWA was affiliated with the AFL and followed their approach. Here, when most leave the union they instead join a union associated with the more radical IWW, which strengthens the radical wing of American unions. Finally, it is important to note that Chafin and his men are caught almost completely surprise by the rapid assault, which is why their various advantages of elevation and better armaments (the second of which is lessened by a greater number of armed veterans keeping hold of weapons from the war or buying them on their return) are largely mitigated and the miner's numbers overwhelm them.


    Summary:

    The Russian Civil War seems increasingly close to burning out as the massive toll of the Famine forces the factional warring to a near-halt while aid relief opens avenues of interaction across factional lines.

    International revolutionary energy finds expression in France, Italy and Spain while Portugal consolidates under the rule of Sidonio.

    The Italian and Austro-Hungarian Civil Wars both see factional strife and division as the conflicts grow more bloody. Albania consolidates around a Montenegrin-Albanian partnership.

    President Leonard Wood's presidency meets with considerable challenges in the face of an ascendant Ku Klux Klan and major labor unrest centering on West Virginia.

    End Note:

    This is yet another massive update which covers a ton of different events. We have the Russian Civil War slowing to a crawl as famine relief creates cross-factional bonds, opening the possibility of a negotiated truce to the constant warring. We see the ways in which the revolution has spilled over into other countries and provoked crisis and conflict across Southern Europe. We have the Austro-Hungarian Empire beginning to implode violently even as the Italian Royalists turn on each other. Finally, we have a comprehensive walkthrough of many of the events of the Wood Presidency, including the rise of the Ku Klux Klan, the resolution of the economic depression and the extended labor conflicts which characterise the period.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty-One: Imperial Turmoil
  • Imperial Turmoil

    ImperialConference1923.jpg

    Delegates at the Imperial Conference of 1920

    The Challenges of Dominion

    The Great War fundamentally weakened and undermined the British Empire, placing it under incredible pressure as the propaganda and course of the war, with its appeals to the rights of nations and self-determination created a common political language with which to make claims against London. Against this backdrop each protest vindicated others in their common appeal to the importance of this moment in history. At the same time the twofold calamities of inflation and deflation swept through the colonial economy. As the cost of living surged, it was matched by boiling labor unrest from Winnipeg to Bombay. In November 1919, facing a doubling of prices, stevedores in Trinidad demanded a 25 percent wage increase and the eight-hour day. In Sierra Leone in July 1919, the fivefold increase in the price of rice sparked unprecedented strikes. In southern Rhodesia wartime inflation left the workforce barefoot and ragged, triggering strikes amongst railway workers, miners and public servants. Britain found itself struggling both to overcome resistance to its imperial rule and to mobilise the internal resources necessary to uphold its power. The international legitimacy and the strategic rationale of the empire were both in doubt as never before. The empire was to survive the crisis, but the challenge it had faced was like nothing it had ever experienced before.

    Among the first efforts to resolve these issues was the calling of an Imperial Council near the end of the Conference Year to negotiate British relations with its dominions, most significantly those on the Pacific Rim. At the heart of the issue lay the safety and security of the British Empire as the Anglo-Japanese neared its expiration date and American pressure to prevent an extension of the alliance grew alongside growing Anglo-American acrimony over the struggle in Ireland and at the Copenhagen Conference. A variety of approaches to Pacific stability and security were discussed at the council and took shape alongside the Asiatic settlement of the Copenhagen Treaty. It was in this context that the Japanese diplomatic victory in securing all of the German Pacific Isles excepting Samoa and the main island of New Guinea provoked so much rancor in Imperial ranks. The immense sacrifices of the ANZACs at Gallipoli, in Egypt, the Palestine and on the Western Front, were widely viewed to have been wasted by the British who, while securing German New Guinea, had let the wolf in house when they accepted Japanese and American gains in the Pacific, which were sufficient to place Australia directly in the line of fire should it come to war with either power.

    Among the options discussed at the Imperial Council were the establishment of a major naval base in Singapore, which met with general approval, and the creation of a fleet. The British were firmly in favour of a deal in which the Dominions, including India, Australia and New Zealand, would pay for, man and maintain half of a fleet based in Singapore while the British provided the other half as well as the leadership of such a fleet. This was felt by all of the dominions to be a gross overreach by the British and, while accepting the idea of a half Dominion-manned navy, refused to subject it to British leadership. The issue expanded considerably and there was a great deal of back and forth on the issue, but eventually the Dominions were able to assert their power in this exchange. The result was that the British reduced their commitments to the Pacific Fleet to one third of the total but left the fleet under Dominion leadership. However, this concession was sufficient to spur Lloyd George to renew the Anglo-Japanese Alliance into the post-war period, to the outrage of the Australasians and relief on the part of the Royal Navy which had expressed doubts about the effectiveness of a Dominion-led navy. The renewal of the Anglo-Japanese alliance coincided with the generally degenerating relationship with the Americans in the first few years of the post-war period and simply became yet another source of animosity between the two war-time allies (1).

    During this period, preparations for the construction of a Channel Tunnel were also begun, but the cost estimates for the project soon proved prohibitive and while work would continue on the planning and mapping of the project, neither the Lloyd George nor the Bonar Law government proved particularly open to beginning actual work - partly due to the cost associated with the project and partly due to the relatively acrimonious Anglo-French relations during both Premierships. With Austen Chamberlain's ascension to the Premiership this changed, as his Francophilia pushed the Channel to the forefront of government policy and secured considerable French backing for the project, with initial construction work begun in early 1924 to considerable fanfare in both France and Britain. In fact, the ascension of Chamberlain led to a general warming of the Anglo-French relationship and resulted in cooperative approaches to European affairs in a particularly critical period as the chaos engulfing Europe began to calm (2).

    Although inflation was destabilizing, when deflation began in 1920 that too exacted a price. In West Africa the bursting of a post-war commodity bubble drove local businessmen into the ranks of the Pan African Congress. As the sterling rebounded from its lows against the dollar, gold prices plunged. The empire’s main gold producers, the mines of the South African Rand, faced a devastating blow to their corporate balance sheets. By the time the British government shifted back onto an inflationary track, much of the damage had already been done. With wages being slashed and the white workforce diluted with black labor, on 10th March 1922 the white miners of the Rand rose in rebellion. Drawing on both Boer military traditions and the recent world war experience of veterans, the strike commandos fought government forces in semi-conventional pitched battles involving trenched positions in the worker stronghold of Fordsburg. Although a futile clash, it expressed a desire for an order in which white workers would be considered of equal importance to other social classes composing the white community and guaranteed protection against the impoverishing notion of exploitative capitalism. To deal with the uprising, which at its peak involved tens of thousands of well-armed commandos, Prime Minister Smuts sent 20,000 troops, artillery, tanks and the air force to bomb the strikers back to work.

    Following the end of hostilities amongst the belligerent powers, the colonial governments of Africa, European concessionary companies, and white settlers, traders, and investors rapidly resumed seeking financial returns on investments made in Africa. Throughout Africa, the main resource was agriculture. Economic development therefore required agricultural development. As indigenous Africans throughout the continent had been gaining expertise in local agriculture and understood the ecosystems and seasonal climate changes in their respective regions of origin, they were often best positioned to adopt and expand on the new crops and new techniques to raise yields and develop new exports. The suppression of strikes in 1913 and 1914, the concomitant radicalisation of white labour, as well as the austere economic conditions in the gold mine industry during the war years, would have a profound and irreversible impact on the white South African labour movement. In July 1921 the Communist Party of South Africa, which would on paper strive towards a non-racial South African proletariat, was founded in Cape Town setting the stage for future clashes.

    In the years following the Great War, a complex array of African initiatives continued, while simultaneously undergoing changes informed by the realities of colonial rule. The majority of Africans accepted the reality of the colonial situation and worked within it while the colonies remained in what was termed a state of emergency throughout the early post-war era. The African strategies varied greatly with regard to their position within the colonial situation but the vast majority preferred a minimum of contact with the colonial institutions. In cash crop and plantation areas, the involvement of the local population with the colonial state was generally higher, though even in these cases most of the social and economic activities were organized by the Africans among themselves. A small but growing number of new elites who had received formal education and worked in colonial administration gained increasingly more influence. Some groups, like the Duala in Cameroon and the African-Brazilians in Togo, continued a tradition of political autonomy and agency long predating the colonial presence. The principle of self-determination as first presented by U.S. President Woodrow Wilson stood in opposition to the agenda of the colonial powers and caused considerable troubles. It introduced a new rhetoric into the context of colonialism and necessitated new justification strategies for colonialism. These new institutional discourses and strategies also opened up opportunities for colonial subjects, with many Africans working within the colonial system to support, use and subvert it. Theirs were not, however, unprecedented strategic choices but rather ones that dated back well into the 19th century which were being adapted to the new post-war world (3).


    The defeat and destruction of the Canadian Expeditionary Force during Operation GEORG was an unprecedented disaster for the young Canadian Dominion which brought the North American dominion to its knees. Following the defeat and capture of most of the CEF, the Canadians had been left to pick up the pieces. Luckily, the Conscription campaign of 1917 had already arranged for the recruitment of considerable forces which formed an instrumental part of Allenby's forces in northern France in 1919, fighting under the leadership of General Louis Lipsett who had been given overall command following the loss of so many prominent Canadian commanders, most significantly Arthur Currie himself. The end of the war and demobilisation which followed saw the Canadian forces return under a cloud of despair as many thousands of Prisoners of War were released, including Currie. There was considerable bitterness regarding British leadership and while Lipsett himself was widely respected and even admired, the fact that the Canadian Currie had been succeeded by a British commander as C-in-C of the CEF was widely viewed as an example of British snobbery and a disparagement of Canadian courage and ability.

    These factors, alongside the successive waves of labor unrest which rocked Canada late in the war and in its immediate aftermath, combined to create considerable discontent at British rule and led to a distancing of Canada from Britain itself. Rural protest shifted into political action with the formation of farmers’ parties both provincially and federally. Farmers’ parties came to power in Ontario and Alberta, and nationally, the new Progressive Party won seventy-five seats in the 1921 election while organised labor, which had become increasingly radicalised during the war, erupted in a nationwide wave of strikes in 1919, most significantly with the Winnipeg General Strike which paralysed the city for several weeks. There were other strains as well, along class and gender lines, over prohibition, woman’s suffrage, and efforts to implement moral reform such as temperance or, as others saw it, moral regulation. As the bonds of Empire diminished, they increasingly expressed this new nationalism in more North American terms. But this nationalism was not shared by all Canadians; although calm had been restored in Quebec, national unity remained strained and French Canadians increasingly began to identify themselves as Quebecois. Thus, as Canadians began to memorialise, interpret, and understand the war over the following decades it was clear that they did not all remember the war in the same way.

    The hope of Prime Minister Robert Borden and others that the ruling Union Party would reflect and capitalise on this new sense English-Canadian nationalism was never realised and the Union Government failed to achieve the cohesion necessary to ensure its survival and soon after the Armistice, Unionist Liberals began breaking ranks with the wider party. It was a party of English-Canadians that had run almost solely on winning the war, and there were too many groups in Canadian society who were opposed to it, including people whose votes had been taken away temporarily in 1917. The 1921 election would see a Liberal-Progressive government rise out of the chaos, while support for the Unionist party fractured back into its constituent parts, most prominently the Conservative Party, leading to the rise of Prime Minister William Lyon Mackenzie King on a very progressive platform of government spending, most significantly on the Prairie Region and the construction of a series of Canals, mirroring the inflationary policies of the British government and causing trouble with the Americans (4).

    It took over a year for the men of the Australian Imperial Force to return home. This was, for many of these citizen-soldiers, a time of frustration. They were returning to a society that, especially for those who had enlisted early in the war, was greatly changed from the one left behind. Such changes were experienced at the individual level. The war had been unkind to the Australian economy and jobs were scarce as the country experienced a wave of strikes as unions sought to make up for lost wages and conditions. Parallel systems of welfare had also emerged by the 1920s: one for ordinary people and one for returned soldiers. Before the war, Australia had been developing a rudimentary welfare state; afterwards, this project faltered so far as ordinary civilians were concerned. Returned soldiers were a significant presence in right-wing organisations and paramilitaries formed during the post-war years to fight “the enemy within”, such as union militants, unemployed workers, Irish, Germans and Communists. These secretive organisations were often led by very wealthy businessmen, sometimes ex-senior army officers, who had much to lose in the event of a social breakdown. They drew much of their support from the countryside, but were largely directed from the city offices of their leaders.

    The war brought a phase of Australian development to a close, helping to produce a more repressive, pessimistic, and inward-looking society. There was now a tendency among some intellectuals to regard modern European artistic and literary movements as a foreign infection. Art which did not express the nation’s soul was inferior; conservative landscape painting was held up as the style and subject best fitted for this role. The economy slowly stabilized, although demand for many of the products that Australia had to offer the world was precarious and unemployment would never drop below six percent for the remainder of the post-war years and was usually much higher. Still, by the mid-1920s, many Australians were beginning to enjoy a greater comfort than they had previously known: there were new household appliances, car ownership was spreading, the radio was becoming central to home entertainment while the cinema opened up to Australians a wider, more exotic, and more glamorous world. These comforts and pleasures were not spread evenly. It would be a long time before car ownership became common among the working classes, while Aboriginal people of the 1920s remained marginalized and often at the mercy of bureaucrats who controlled almost every aspect of their lives. Such officials were soon advocating the whitening of the population by a program of controlled mating between mixed race indigenous women and white men. Meanwhile, children were taken from their families and installed in institutions to prepare them for a lowly place in mainstream, or white, society.

    The rise of a new force in politics at the end of the war, the Country Party, resulted in the fall of William Morris Hughes as prime minister at the beginning of 1923 and the emergence of a coalition between a largely urban-based Nationalist Party, led by Stanley Melbourne Bruce, and the Country Party under the leadership of Earle Page. Post-war Australia was inevitably caught up to some extent in the turbulence and turmoil that occurred throughout the societies that had participated in the Great War. The scars afflicting society itself were evidence beyond such calculations. A relatively united and cohesive young nation found itself more divided and less confident about its future as a small and largely white country sheltering under a somewhat more tattered British imperial umbrella (5).

    Footnotes:

    (1) With the German fleet still afloat, the British are not able to make the decision they did IOTL to shift their Home Fleet to Singapore in case of war, and as such are forced into making some sort of concession. IOTL the Dominions were unwilling to go for a British-led Dominion navy based in Singapore and I don't see any reason for that to have changed ITTL. However, there were some efforts to ensure Dominion leadership as a possible concession which turned out to be unacceptable to the British. With the greater domestic requirements ITTL, the British are not able to simply break with the Dominion wishes and as such end up compromising. However, there is widespread distrust in British naval circles of the effectiveness of such a fleet and pressure to extend the Anglo-Japanese Alliance thus grows. IOTL the Americans ended up directly threatening the British into compliance, resulting in a jettisoning of the alliance, however ITTL the relationship between the two powers is already sufficiently bad that such threats ring hollow. The Americans have already done what they would be willing to do to rein in the British without success. This allows the alliance to go forward.

    (2) Austen Chamberlain's rise to power really marks a sea change in British politics and will be remembered quite fondly for years to come as an end to the chaos of the immediate post-war period. His ascension will widely come to be seen as the end of the post-war crises which have gripped Britain and the start of Britain's return to prosperity. The rebuilding of Anglo-French relations also cannot be underestimated both for the level of security and stability it brings to both France and Britain, but also for the impact of this alliance in foreign affairs - most significantly in the Mediterranean as we will come to see.


    (3) Events in Africa play out at least partially like IOTL. The main difference here is that without the implementation of LoN mandates and the vast articulated language of colonial administration that emerged from the Versailles Conference does not do so to anything like the same sort of degree as IOTL. In contrast to OTL the situation remains remarkably like the pre-war world in Africa and in contrast to OTL the path towards decolonisation seems a lot longer. This is primarily because of the lack of LoN mandates. The LoN mandates became forerunners for decolonisation and regions of considerable development and exploration of native rule which do not exist ITTL. However, like IOTL, the great dependence on colonial subjects during the Great War has left an indelible mark on particularly the French colonial Empire - including, as has been mentioned previously, the settling of colonial subjects in France as part of the reconstruction efforts and veterans settling down.

    (4) The Great War leaves a far more bitter taste in the mouths of the Canadians than IOTL, even more so than with the British, as a result of the effective destruction of the CEF in Flanders. Without their prominent role in the Hundred Days Campaign, the Canadians remain respected fighters but don't reach anything close to their mythical status of OTL - particularly in British ranks. The convulsions in Canada follow OTL generally but see a greater backlash against the Unionists which prompts stronger returns for the Progressives and as a result King's first premiership sees inflationary rather than deflationary policies adopted. This greater growth in Progressive power is also sufficient to keep the Thomas Crerar, the Progressive leader, in politics for longer, giving a stronger voice to the Progressives in the coalition.

    (5) This is actually not too different from Australia's OTL development in the post-war period and largely mirrors that process in a number of different ways. The shift towards conservative, insular politics with the exception of defence politics makes a lot of sense under the circumstances and beyond the global events of the TL, the only real difference for the Australians is the prolonged war - which has little direct impact outside of resulting in more casualties, and the failure to secure any pacific isles outside of the main island of Papua New Guinea. Both of these shifts should just exacerbate OTL tendencies anyway. I haven't gotten into events in New Zealand ITTL yet, but they also largely mirror OTL given how few changes directly impacting them there have been so far.


    Gandhi_Kheda_1918.jpg

    Mohandas Gandhi, A Leader in The Indian Swaraj Movement

    The Shades of Colonialism

    The scale of the challenge to British rule in India had become increasingly clear in 1916 when Bal Gangadhar Tilak and Annie Besant launched their Home Rule agitation. In 1918 the promise of the Montagu Declaration, named for the Secretary of State for India Edwin Samuel Montagu, which outlined a path towards gradual Home Rule, and the containment of the threatening monetary crisis had served to hold unrest at bay. But, within the year, London quite suddenly found itself facing a mass movement on an imposing scale. In 1916 the crowds had numbered in the tens of thousands but by 1919 the anti-British movement ran into the millions. The new energy of the Indian National Congress and the Home Rule League no doubt owed much to the common denominator of economic distress. However, it suited British administrators in the Raj to blame the upsurge of rebellion and protest in 1919 on economic factors. If it was hunger and frustration that were driving the Indians to revolt, then economic remedies would suffice. If a rising cost of living produced unrest, then deflation was the cure. Since before the war, Indian nationalists had been demanding the gold standard and in February 1920 London announced that they would have their wish. At the height of the post-war boom, the rupee was established on a gold standard. Given the exaggerated rate chosen by the British, the result was not stability but a monetary squeeze, which by the summer of 1920 had drained India’s currency reserves and triggered unrest amongst the business community. For the first time the Bombay bourgeoisie swung squarely behind the nationalist movement. If the aim was to depoliticize economic issues, the strategy backfired. In any case, the tendency of the Raj administration to explain away unrest as economically motivated was itself part of their failure to come to terms with the true scale of the rebellion.

    Compounded by religious feeling and local resentments, melded with the radical energy of millions of dissatisfied students, workers and peasants, the uprising against the Raj was a whirlwind of disparate elements. Economic grievances were one factor, but huge masses of the Indian population were now moved to political protest by outrage at the injustices of British rule. In 1918, to persuade the conservative British provincial governors to accept the liberal provisions of the Montagu-Chelmsford reforms, a committee had been appointed under Sir Sidney Rowlatt to consider the need for wide-ranging post-war security measures. In January 1919 the government of India proposed to extend its emergency wartime powers indefinitely. India would, in effect, remain in a state of siege until the war could be brought to an end, and potentially beyond that. This was initially accepted quite widely, though with considerable distaste, but as the Armistice was signed in June 1919 and the Conference Year came under way with no end in sight to wartime rule, the Indian populace grew increasingly angry. In late September, Bombay and Lahore were in uproar and Ahmedabad was under full martial law. On the 8th of October there began a wave of sweeping preventative arrests in Punjab, which was met with violent resistance, culminating in the death of three officers at Shahdara on the doorstep of Lahore. Widespread fears that Lahore might explode into open violence was sufficient to finally force an easing of the situation, ending the preventative arrests and prompting a push towards ending wartime government and the revocation of the Rowlatt Act which had been used to justify the preemptive arrests (6).


    As if the outrage in the Hindu community was not enough, the British in late 1919 faced another threat. Safeguarding the Muslim minority population had long provided the British with a rationale for their presence in India. In 1916 this had been thrown into question by the Lucknow Agreement between the Indian National Congress and the Muslim League. What gave Gandhi his pivotal role was his unique ability to orchestrate this unprecedented coalition, uniting Hindu and Muslim against the British. In November 1919 he attended the all-India Khilafat conference, held by the Khalifat movement, a growing social and political movement energising Muslim India which had turned against British rule as a result of the war with the Ottomans, in Delhi as the only representative of Hindu India. It was on that stage that he first advocated for India the strategy of non-cooperation he had first developed to protest anti-Asian racism in South Africa. At the same time Gandhi’s mass following transformed the staid assembly of the Indian National Congress. The Nagpur Congress of December 1920 was attended by a clamorous throng of 15,000 delegates. At Gandhi’s insistence, the Congress was reorganised so as to give recognition to the village as the ‘basic institution’ of Indian communal life. The effect of this was to empower the national leadership headed by Gandhi at the expense of the regional elites. Nor was gradual change any longer on the agenda. To the tumultuous applause of the assembly Gandhi promised self-rule, Swaraj, within the year. To achieve that goal Congress resolved to adopt not only constitutional methods, but any "legitimate and peaceful means".

    Whilst challenging British rule, Gandhi’s insistence on non-violence played on the liberal aspirations still cherished by Secretary of State for India Montagu and the new Viceroy, Lord Reading. In December 1919 the Government of India Bill passed both houses of the British Parliament intact. With some reluctance the British Parliament approved the separate electorates agreed between Congress and the Muslim League. There was still a hope in Indian ranks that as long as Montagu's reforms were implemented properly and in a timely manner that cooperation might still be possible. The first Indian General Election, as mandated by the Montagu Declaration, would go forward in late 1920 with both Indian Congress and Muslim League backing under the constrained franchise set out for the reforms. The resultant elections saw the British-aligned Democratic Party secure 32 of the 106 seats, while the Congress captured 44, the League 21 and Europeans 9, the remainder going to a variety of lesser parties who mostly coalesced behind the British.

    However, when it came to forming an actual government the issue proved considerably more contentious than anyone had initially thought they would be. At the heart of the issue lay the specific construction of the government coalition and who would lead the Imperial Legislative Council, provoking divisions between the League and Congress. Despite Gandhii's good relationship with the Muslims of India, this would eventually prove insufficient for Aga Khan III, the most prominent leader of the League at the time, and with the British stepping back from their overweening conduct following Shahdara there was a question of what benefit there would be to the League in backing the majority-Hindu Congress. This was further exacerbated by the offer of Hari Singh Gour, the most prominent figure in the Democratic Party, of a coalition between the League, the Democratic Party and a couple minor parties. After weighing the possible choices, the League eventually accepted this offer and joined actively in backing the Democratic Party's rule of the Imperial Legislative Council. This was mirrored in the regional elections, which saw a swathe of Brahmin-caste moderate elites or their Muslim counterparts secure the majority in every regional election, further strengthening pro-British sentiments.

    This greatly weakened the League-Congress alliance established by Gandhi through the unified Khalifat and Swaraj movements. However, while these developments occurred in the political realm, the reality of the situation in India would prove to be dominated by Gandhi's Swaraj movement. For the British and Indian elite alike, it was a bewildering new world. Gandhi’s vision of Swaraj was in many ways deliberately utopian. It appealed to a future freed not only from the oppression of British rule, but from any modern state or economic order. It refused any vision of colonial development. It was at odds with the aspirations of the established nationalist elite and it was pilloried as absurdly anachronistic by India’s emerging Communist movement. Gandhi and his supporters were convinced that if sufficient pressure could be placed on the Indian government through a non-cooperation movement, then they would be able to force the transition of India towards dominion status.
    The movement urged the use of khadi and other Indian materials as alternatives to those shipped from Britain while also urging people to boycott British educational institutions and law courts; resign from government employment; refuse to pay taxes; and forsake British titles and honours. Although this came too late to influence the framing of the new Government of India Act 1919, the movement enjoyed widespread popular support, and the resulting unparalleled magnitude of disorder presented a serious challenge to foreign rule. However, building through 1921 and into 1922 the movement took on an increasingly radicalised momentum which worried many moderates and several primary actors in the Khalifat movement who began to push for a distancing of the Khalifat movement from that of Swaraj (7).

    On the 2nd of February 1922, volunteers participating in the Swaraj Movement protested against high meat prices in the marketplace of Chauri Chaura. The demonstrators were beaten back by local police while several of their leaders were arrested and put in the lockup at the Chauri Chaura police station. In response, a protest against the police was called for on the 4th of February, to be held in the local marketplace. On the 5th of February, approximately 3,000 protesters assembled and began marching towards the market at Chauri Chaura. They had gathered to picket a liquor shop in the market place where one of their leaders was arrested. In response, part of the crowd gathered in front of the local police station shouting slogans demanding the release of their leader. Armed police were dispatched to control the situation while the crowd marched towards the market and started shouting anti-government slogans where, in an attempt to frighten and disperse the crowd, the police fired warning shots into the air. This only agitated the crowd who began to throw stones at the police.

    With the situation getting out of control, the Indian sub-inspector in charge ordered the police to open fire on the advancing crowd, killing three and wounding several others. However, rather than disperse the crowd, this threw them into a rage and in the ensuing chaos, the heavily outnumbered police fell back to the shelter of the ramshackle police station while the angry mob advanced. Infuriated by the gunfire into their ranks, the crowd set the police station ablaze, killing all of the Indian policemen and government messengers trapped inside. Most were burned to death, while those who attempted to escape the burning shack were killed by the crowd at the entrance to the station and had their bodies dumped back into the fire, leaving around 25 policemen and messengers dead. In response to the killing of the police, the British authorities declared martial law in and around Chauri Chaura. Several raids were conducted and hundreds of people were arrested.

    Appalled at this course of events in the Swaraj movement, Gandhi went on a five-day fast as penance for what he perceived as his culpability in the bloodshed. In reflection, Gandhi felt that he had acted too hastily in encouraging people to revolt against the British Raj without sufficiently emphasizing the importance of non-violence and without adequately training the people to exercise restraint in the face of attack. A total of 228 people were brought to trial on charges of "rioting and arson" in conjunction with the Chauri Chaura affair, of these 6 died while in police custody while 172 were sentenced to death by hanging following conviction in a trial which lasted eight months. A storm of protest erupted over the verdicts, which were characterized as "legalized murder" by Indian Communist leader M.N. Roy, who called for a general strike of Indian workers but eventually backed down when the Allahabad High Court reviewed the death verdicts. Nineteen death sentences were confirmed and 110 were sentenced to prison for life, with the rest sentenced to long terms of imprisonment.

    As far as London was concerned Gandhi was now a wanted man, but even at this moment, at the urgent pleading of the Viceroy’s moderate Indian collaborators, Reading held back. Gandhi had to be arrested, but first the government of India should solidify its moral position by removing the basic grievance that had driven the Muslim population into Gandhi’s arms. As a result a press release condemning the violence and instability of the Swaraj movement was published, which at the same time sought to differentiate between the Khalifat and Swaraj movements. Portraying the Swaraj as an exclusively Hindu violent revolutionary movement, the government sought to distance Muslims from the movement with considerable success. Only then was Gandhi placed under arrest and sentenced to six years of imprisonment. The Chauri Chaura Incident marked the end of the Swaraj movement, which found its support from the All-India Congress evaporate and the Khalifat movement reject it. This marked the end of the disorder and disarray of the early 1920s and set India back onto the path originally outlined in the Montagu Declaration (8).

    At the very end of the Great War, the man who had emerged as the leader of Egyptian nationalism, Sa’ad Pasha Zaghloul, a former Minister of Education and Minister of Justice, wavered on the edge of throwing Egypt into the abyss of open warfare. Originally a Patrician of the Egyptian ruling elite, had the threat of Egyptian nationalism remained confined to Zaghloul and his notable friends, imprisoning him or sidelining him might have been sufficient. However, over the winter of 1918–19 the cause gathered behind it an unprecedented popular coalition. By March 1919 the British faced a fully-fledged, but largely non-violent, popular uprising in which politics and economics were mingled together. The dislocation of the Egyptian economy caused by its incorporation into the imperial war effort was one of the driving forces of this unrest. Inflation was rampant as prices increased threefold and malnutrition rose to alarming levels. The cost of food hit the urban poor worst, but peasants too, who grew cotton for export, found themselves close to starvation. However, this was no mere food riot. It was the first time in modern Egyptian history that the whole of the native population had cooperated in a political movement.

    By March 1919, with Cairo in turmoil and Zaghloul debating whether to press forward towards revolution, the situation seemed dire. Instead of cracking down, the British were increasingly pressed towards compromising with the nationalists given the costs of the war. Discussions on whether General Chetwode would have sufficient forces to turn south from Palestine to Egypt in order to suppress the unrest raged through the days as the Egyptian government found itself paralyzed by a nationwide civil service strike. In a symbolic display of national unity, Easter Sunday 1919 was celebrated jointly by Copts and Muslims. Following the signing of the Armistice of 16th June 1919, Zaghloul and his supporters began demanding a voice at the Copenhagen Conference, pressing for Egypt to be treated as an independent co-belligerent on the side of the Allies in the war, but were eventually forced to reduce their demands to being present as one of the dozens of national independence movements which skirted around on the edges of the Copenhagen Conference. While this delegation accomplished little tangible at the Conference itself, it did provide them with an important platform from which they were able to create worldwide attention to the plight of Egypt.

    This would prove important for the events to follow, as the Wafd, the movement building up around Zaghloul, pressed for an acknowledgement of Egyptian independence, an end to martial law and a proper national reform programme. The British wavered on how to approach all this but as the costs of the war in Ireland grew ever greater through 1920 and 1921, Lloyd George's Coalition government became increasingly inclined towards compromise - particularly when it became clear that the Wafd were supportive of moderate progress, a reflection of the elite leadership of the movement and of Zaghloul himself. As was becoming clear, Egypt, while the nodal point of the entire British Empire, was not necessarily important to hold directly outside of a firm foothold in the Suez Canal Zone and in the Sudan. From these two regions, the British would be able to assert their power as needed in Egypt, but the independence movement was clearly growing so strong that open revolt would be difficult to defeat without immense costs. Given the recent British shift to deflationary policies and the ongoing conflict in Ireland this was deemed too much of a cost to be worth it.

    The result was that in mid-1921, bare months before Lloyd George's fall from power, the Coalition government acknowledged Egyptian independence and pulled back its military presence to the Canal Zone and into the Sudan while reducing their presence in Egypt proper significantly, while sponsoring the liberal constitution being pushed forward by Zaghloul. The result was the Constitution of 1921 which coincided with the declaration of independence of the Kingdom of Egypt under King Faud I, leaving Egypt itself with internal autonomy to push forward with various reforms under the leadership of the swiftly elected Wafd, under the new parliamentary representative government system inaugurated with the constitution, and the leadership of Zaghloul as Egypt's first Prime Minister with an excess of 90 percent of the vote (9).

    Footnotes:

    (6) This is a very significant divergence in India which sees the Amritsar Massacre butterflied and avoids the killing of Europeans, which prompted the outcry that led to Dyer's dispatch to Amritsar and the bloodbath that followed. Instead, cooler heads prevail and a de-escalation of the situation is begun. This has a couple of major consequences, most significantly removing a major point of nationalist/independence movement myth building. There are plenty of other things to protest about the Raj government but by avoiding Amritsar, the relations with the Indian populace don't quite collapse to the degree of OTL. You also avoid the complete discrediting of the British Liberal Imperial vision which happened IOTL.


    (7) There are a lot of divergences happening here which I think won't be generally recognisable unless someone has a pretty decent understanding of Indian events in the period, so please bear with me. The decision to rein in the Indian government, avoiding anything like the Amritsar Massacre, has a profound impact on the 1920 elections. IOTL the Congress and League both boycotted the elections and disbelieved British promises about the election due to the violence both at Amritsar and its aftermath. Furthermore, the Khalifat movement moved firmly in an anti-British direction following the Treaty of Sévres with Turkey, which deeply wounded British-Muslim relations, a key pillar of British power in India. Neither of these two events occur ITTL which means that both the League and Congress participate in the elections and Indian radicalisation is considerably weakened. Most importantly, the crucial alliance between the Khalifat/League and Congress/Swaraj are much weaker and troubled ITTL. While the League-Congress alliance collapses in the immediate after the elections, the Khalifat-Swaraj alliance continues if with a growing number of reservations on the Muslim side. The main thing to draw from this is that Indian support across the religious divide for the British is higher than IOTL, the Khalifat-Swaraj alliance and the religious harmony it was meant to promote are considerably weakened and the Swaraj movement as a whole is filled with fewer moderate voices as a result.

    (8) The Chauri Chaura Incident is almost entirely OTL, though with slightly more protesters and killed Policemen. The immediate aftermath is also largely the same as IOTL. The major divergence comes in how the British deal with Gandhi and the Muslim contingent and has considerable consequences for the British approach to India. IOTL, the situation in Turkey and across the Middle East was a key component in Muslim dissatisfaction and anger at the British, but ITTL none of those factors play into their decision-making. Without the humiliation of Sévres and the dismemberment of the Middle East, the Anglo-Muslim relationship in India is a lot less fraught. This means that instead of Montagu sending out a Liberal-skewed press release calling for the end of Greek occupation of Turkish lands, the restoration of the Caliph and Muslim control of the Holy Sites, and getting dismissed by the Conservative government in London as happened IOTL, the Liberals are able to keep control of India policy and continue their devolution efforts in the region. They are thus able to get away with condemning the Swaraj movement as a Hindu movement and blaming Gandhi for the violence, while acting like the Muslims played no part. This has some profound consequences for India and the British Empire. This also has the effect of shattering the relationship between the League and Congress, bringing the Muslims into alignment with the British and dealing a grievous blow to the Congress.

    (9) Egypt is where the extra costs of British focus on Ireland really comes to bear. In contrast to OTL, Zaghloul is never sent into exile because the extension of the Great War allows him more time to build greater support. Rather than imprisoning him, the British are forced to make compromises and he is present at Copenhagen. This brings considerable prestige and attention to Egypt which also restrains the British in how they react to the large nationalist movement. The effect of all this is to skip much of the chaotic, costly and harmful back and forth the British had between 1918 and 1923 over how precisely to deal with the Egyptians, leading them to skip straight to the point and allow for the OTL progressive constitution. In general, the fact that the liberal vision of empire isn't discredited and the British don't fall into repression in India and Egypt means that particularly Egypt comes out of all this extremely well. There is nowhere near the same level of British intervention in Egyptian domestic matters, with the result that a firm base for parliamentary democracy is established there. This all also combined to result in a much stronger Empire in the Middle East and India.


    640px-American_troops_in_Vladivostok_1918_HD-SN-99-02013.JPEG

    American Troops March Through the Streets of Vladivostok

    An Ending? A Beginning?

    While much of Russia east of the Urals found itself consumed by the horrific famine of 1922-1923, in Siberia the situation remained relatively fluid. allowing the Siberian Whites to exploit the situation. Having captured Omsk in early 1922, the Whites had spent the first few months of 1922 building up their rear elements to support the long logistical network which they now sat at the end of, while preparing for a push into the Urals. This was a gambit which had led to Kolchak's fall from grace not even three years previously, and few were eager to repeat those mistakes. However, these stretched supply lines, particularly once they began transporting the various resources of the AMA on behalf of the United States government, soon proved a target for the numerous desperate peasants, refugees and bandits who were struggling to survive along the route. It did not take long for them to start attacking trains across the length and breadth of Siberia. As the starving masses fled the Volga, they placed increasing pressures on the lands they passed through, provoking bloody violence in their desperation for food, which in turn triggered a rippling cascade of new refugees. Just as the final preparations for the White's next thrust west were coming to an end, Omsk found itself inundated with starving farmers who placed immense pressure on the Whites own ability to feed their troops and support elements.

    While the Yekaterinburg Reds' forces essentially disintegrated under the pressure, unable to even feed their own soldiery or the refugees with them, the Whites were able to hold the line, if barely. Further south, in the hellish conflict gripping Central Asia between Bukhara and Khiva, the refugee streams quickly found themselves subsumed in the war effort, with refugee soldiers fighting on either side for food while those unable to provide some sort of gain to a faction were often killed out of hand or driven away without regard. The Khivans in particular, already experienced in dealing with refugee streams from their inundation by primarily Armenian and Assyrian refugees late in the Great War, proved adept in this and were able to minimise the strain on their system while redirecting starving peasants eastward to Bukhara. Under ever-growing pressure, Bukhara finally collapsed under the strain in late 1922 in response to depleted food stocks and a Khivan attack which overran their anemic frontlines, sending another wave of refugees rushing northward towards the lands of the Siberian Whites. At this point, while the refugee stream from the west was increasingly becoming manageable, this new wave from the south proved too much for the Whites to bear and the decision was taken to undertake a strategic retreat in order to cut down the sheer scale of the logistical efforts that were required. As a result, the Siberian Whites pulled back to Novosibirsk with American promises of aid for the settlement of refugees.

    Over the course of 1923, the refugee crisis in the east would slowly abate as American food stocks helped keep the population alive while they were settled across the region. This mass-scale population movement would ultimately see the region east of Novosibirsk, most notable around Krasnoyarsk, Irkutsk and Chita grow immensely, increasing the region's population by nearly one-and-a-half million inhabitants from its pre-civil war population. As things began to settle down in the latter half of 1923, with the first good harvest on the basis of the AMA and Pomgol's work in Siberia, the Yekaterinburg Reds and Siberian Whites were slowly able to reestablish their forces and press forward into previously abandoned regions. However, these forces were surprisingly anemic and lacked much of the vigor of pre-famine forces. After fighting a few skirmishes and a couple of minor battles by the standards of the pre-famine period, the two forces disengaged and the border settled down around fifty miles west of Novosibirsk. To the south, the Khivan Khanate and its ruling class of Caucasian Clique leaders extended their regime far into Central Asia, eventually running into the forces of the Chinese Xinjiang Clique, who they skirmished with briefly before the border settled down once more. By early 1924 negotiations had begun between the Siberian Whites and the Yekaterinburg Reds for a truce, neither side believing themselves able to emerge victorious from any further clashes and wishing to lick their wounds in preparation for future clashes (10).


    In the west, Pomgol would serve as the ignition for diplomatic interactions and communications between the deeply opposed factions of the Russian Civil War even as the famine and its associated wave of refugees put incredible pressure on the factional governments. In Yekaterinburg, large portions of the population were forced to near-starvation while the Upper Volga, which had once been tamed by Kaganovich, was decimated. The cities of the Urals, already considerably diminished in population, were given another blow as the rural-urban exchange mechanisms ground to a halt and forceful requisitioning by the central government turned up very little food stock. The Pomgol assistance would go, above anywhere else, to the Yekaterinburg Reds who experienced considerable disillusionment in their own ranks as the inability of Trotsky's government to deal with the crisis itself became increasingly clear. However, with aid from the Muscovites and a flood of international aid funnelled through Pomgol, Trotsky and his supporters were able to right the ship by the end of 1923.

    The crisis would see the Muscovites emerge as the dominant partner of the United Front and saw Trotsky's Yekaterinburg Reds reduced considerably in power and authority - increasingly reliant on Muscovite aid in most of their endeavours. It was this dependence which forced Trotsky and the rest of the Yekaterinburg Reds to accept the Muscovite push towards peace with the Don Whites, eventually extending to the Siberian Whites as well. The Muscovite reasoning for this peace effort was first and foremost a belief that a continuation of the current conflict could only favour their enemies. By presenting themselves as peace-makers, the Communists were able to weaken the widespread criticism of their leadership, which focused primarily on their extension of the war far into the post-war period. However, for them to have any chance of success the Communists would be reliant on a Don White wish to accomplish the same. On this issue it would prove the growing costs of the war for Germany and a German shift in attention towards events in Italy and Austria-Hungary which would prove most important.

    With their German backers increasingly pressing for an end to the costly war effort in the east and war weariness on all parts, not to mention the weakening health of Brusilov, which brought succession to the forefront of the Don White political scene, it finally seemed that there might be a way to end the long and bitter civil war. While all parties knew that any peace which left factional rivals in place would likely be little more than a temporary truce, the needs of the moment were sufficient to see a push on all sides for peace. Pomgol played a vital role in ensuring that the opposing factions became aware of these changes in attitude, and it would be Gorky who made the first entreaties to the Don Whites. Over the course of 1923, as relief efforts led to increasing cross-factional interactions, the push towards peace grew ever greater. Finally, in early 1924 this push for peace saw tangible results when delegates from Moscow, Rostov and Yekaterinburg all met near Petrograd at the former Imperial palace complex of Tsarskoye Selo, in the magnificent Catherine Palace (11).

    The Catherine Palace Conference began on the 22nd of February 1924 and initially was comprised of three delegations, one from each Red faction and the Don Whites, as well as a German and a Finnish delegation alongside a number of observers from various interested nations - most significantly France, Britain and Sweden. However, in early March a fourth delegation led by Boris Savinkov arrived on behalf of the Romanov-Ungern Siberian Whites from the United States, to the angry whispers of all other Russian delegations, alongside American representatives, feeling they would be able to get a better result from the joint negotiations than in a one-on-one scenario with the Reds. Despite multiple efforts, the Khanate of Khiva and the Caucasian Clique with it were unable to secure access for their own delegation, and they were thus forced to rely on securing a couple posts in the Muscovite delegation, held by Mikoyan and Kirov, in return for a promise to remain in the Third International and as part of the United Red Front.

    Thus, by the middle of March 1924 the negotiations could truly come under way. While the Khivan-Siberian-Yekaterinburgian borders would remain extremely amorphous and unclear, becoming a constant source of conflict in the post-war period, a degree of clarity not previously established was created in the East, with Novosibirsk serving as the key dividing point between White and Red forces, near where the current frontlines were located, while the border with Khiva would eventually be settled along a line from the Caspian, stretching along the northern coast of the Aral Sea, before reaching Lake Balkash and ending at the easternmost edge of the Tien Shan mountain range. The right of transit for Red trade goods along the Trans-Siberian Railway was assured by the treaty, but the details remained murky and would continue to be a constant source of tension between Red and Whites factions in the region for years to come.

    The negotiations in the west would prove somewhat more sedate than in the east but contained some surprising results. The vast majority of the negotiations would focus on settling the border between the Don Whites and Moscow Reds, a task of considerable difficulty. In the end the border would largely follow the frontlines as in the east, although the Don Whites would cede control of all lands east of the Volga to the Yekaterinburg Reds. From south of Saratov on the Volga, the border ran in an almost straight line to the Don south of Voronezh, from there to Chernigov north of Kiev before running to Pinsk, where the border ran into the German-Polish occupied territories of Belarus. This nearly straight line cut European Russian in half, leaving the south under White rule and the north under Muscovite leadership. Trade and diplomatic relations were mandated immediately, while right of passage along the various rivers that bisected the two factions were written into the treaty.

    The focus next turned to the Muscovites' western and northern border where the Belarussian border was fixed on a line stretching north from Pinsk, with the southern portions going to the Kingdom of Poland and the northern parts to the Kingdom of Lithuania. It would be on the issue of Petrograd that a surprising development occurred. Since the German occupation of the city and its handover to White hands, the city had been in constant turmoil as the strong communist grass roots movement went underground and had continually provoked tension and outrage between the White rulership and the Red common populace, most people of White persuasions having fled abroad years earlier, and the new administration finding itself the target of bombings and assassinations on a consistent basis. The cost of garrisoning the city and keeping it pacified had increasingly ballooned out of all proportion with German investment in keeping the city secured. As a result, the negotiating team led by Graf von Kühlmann, called out of semi-retirement to aid in the negotiations given his expertise in dealing with the Russian Reds, proved amenable to surrendering control of the former Russian capital but looked to extract concessions where they could.

    The most tangible results of these concessions would be securing Karelia and the Kola Peninsula for Finland, the partial restoration of German investments in Russia - although with the requirement that the Communist government be granted a stake alongside local workers and international investors in any investment. Further, the Muscovites were made to pledge to not construct any Baltic fleet. There were a vast variety of lesser dealings at the negotiations, but along this broader outline was the Tsarskoye Selo Treaty signed on the 14th of April 1924, bringing to an end the long and grueling Russian Civil War. Few believed the settlement more than a temporary reprieve, as the warring factions caught their breath and recovered from the last decade of constant warfare, but the settlement was an end to the bloody conflict which many had been praying for (12).


    The signing of the Treaty of Tsarskoye Selo did not bring the fighting to an end, with continued skirmishes and raids through the rest of 1924, but it did mark the end of open conflict and finally allowed the various factions to turn their attentions to internal matters. This allowed the various regimes to deal with the hyperinflation of the war and to restore some measure of economic stability and security. The end of the Russian Civil War also allowed for the slow withdrawal of foreign forces, most prominently German and American in nature, although they were rapidly replaced by a vast number of advisors in the fields of economics, agriculture, governance and much else as two of the most powerful nations in the world sought to secure the factions they had chosen to back.

    Trade was slowly restored, although particularly Muscovite fears that they would find themselves swamped by imports meant that careful control of all trade in and out of Red Russia was undertaken and anything that might threaten the rebuilding economies of Red Russia was kept at bay. The German trade and investment normalisation agreement with the Muscovites met with immense critique, particularly from French, American and British quarters, for the limitation on the agreement to a restoration of pre-war loans to Germany, not to the international community as a whole. Efforts at economically sanctioning the Muscovites found themselves stymied by German dominance of trade with Red Russia, a rapidly growing international market which complemented the pre-existing German economic dominance of Eastern Europe. Efforts at sanctioning the Germans for trading with the Muscovites while the Russian war loans remained unaddressed were undertaken, but ran into almost immediate difficulties when it became clear that German retaliatory measures would do at least as much damage as the sanctioning powers might be able to achieve and would threaten the tenuous prosperity that was beginning to blossom across much of Europe by the middle of the 1920s.

    Despite initial hesitancy towards the Russian Communists, the end of active aid for revolutionary movements internationally, a concession secured by Central Committee Member Grigori Sokolnikov in the name of securing German aid for the weakened industry of Red Russia in early 1925, proved sufficient to end all questions on the matter. German technological aid streamed into Russia, while the reopening of communications between Moscow and Berlin meant that a flood of Russian art, cinema and music associated with the Poletkult movement became widely available in urban Germany, provoking a German cultural renaissance as the Poletkult movement's focus on the working classes proved wildly popular, particularly in Berlin and the Ruhr. From Berlin, these new cultural and artistic movements would spread throughout Europe, following German trade and investments into Eastern Europe and west into France, the Netherlands and Britain where it was met with varying degrees of interest.

    Russia's return to peace and the restoration of its ties to the rest of the world, no matter how tenuous those were, would have a profound impact on the people of Muscovite Russia. In Siberia, the departure of American troops were eventually followed by those of Japan, whose new liberal government felt that their military investments in the region now had to be compensated by economic gains. As such, both American and Japanese investments in the Russian Far East grew exponentially in the post-civil war period and saw a wave of primarily Korean and Japanese migrants move northward to work in the growing industry of the region. With Tsar Roman largely disinterested in the day-to-day rule of the realm, active rule was left in the hands of Tsaritsa Olga Romanova, who proved extremely welcoming of both Japanese and American aid in whatever form it took. Soon after the signing of the Treaty of Tsarskoye Selo, Olga gave birth to a second daughter named Alexandra (13).

    Footnotes:

    (10) The major problem in Siberia is not, at least initially, famine, or at least nowhere near the degree of challenge it is further westward. However, their problem is instead a massive flood of starving refugees who rush out of Western Russia, mostly from the Urals and along the Volga, who seek food and safety in Siberia. To begin with there is enough available, but as the crisis rapidly escalates the requisite food stocks just to keep an army in the field prove insufficient and the entire region collapses into complete chaos. By pulling back to Novosibirsk, a decision pressed for by the Americans, the Whites under Ungern are able to shorten their supply lines and significantly ease the pressure on transports from further east while also extending the distance that refugees need to cover before they get to the Whites, reducing the number of people who survive the trek considerably and thereby lessening the burden on the Whites. The really interesting point here is the resettlement of many of these refugees in the Baikal region, greatly strengthening the population base on which the Whites can rely and providing them with a broad assortment of competencies from amongst this new settler population. The aforementioned cities grow considerably while the settled peasant population gets a major infusion as well. It is important to note that the famine has immense impacts on the military and administrative capabilities on all sides, significantly reducing the amount of forces available to all sides and completely exhausting them in many cases, leading to a push towards peace.

    (11) Gasp! Is that progress I see? Yes, we are now moving firmly towards an end to the Russian Civil War which has been raging since 1918. It has been a long and gruelling effort, with incredible losses and sacrifices on all sides, but now the end is finally nearing. The use of Tsarskoye Selo is put forward by the Germans, given that it is both a place of considerable weight, which will transfer legitimacy and authority to the proceedings, but it is also a complex which is close to German lines but within Muscovite control. It has been left quite run down from neglect and a variety of different looters, squatters and vandals, but its tarnished majesty is still there. I hope that this comes across as plausible. All sides are pretty much exhausted an cannot keep fighting. The Germans want peace, and they want it now, with pressure to rein in military spending and worries about the situation in Southern Europe. At the same time Pomgol presents the first real opportunity for the various factions to really communicate once more, and becomes an unofficial diplomatic network for dialogue between the factions while the relief efforts go on. By the time the crisis provoked by the famine comes to an end, these diplomatic efforts have grown into a hope for peace on all sides which we now see acted on.

    (12) There we have it, the Russian Civil War has come to an end. The road to recovery will be long and fraught with challenges, but there is now hope for a path towards a return to prosperity. I realise that I have given barely any details on internal developments in the latter periods of the conflict, but I have set aside sections in coming updates in which to get into all of those things. For now, just enjoy that the conflict has come to an end. It is more a matter of everyone running themselves to exhaustion than anything else, and how feasible these new borders will be is a question everyone is asking themselves. It is important to note that these new factions all still claim to be the rightful government of Russia, and that there is plenty that remains unsettled at this point, but at the moment everyone is just happy to have peace. A map of the settlement is located in the End Notes.


    (13) I have refrained from actually detailing many of the developments in the various Russian states, leaving that for a later update. However, the importance here is in the relatively swift reestablishment of Red (Muscovite) Russia as part of the international order and its step back from supporting revolutionary movements officially. The fact that it is the Germans leading this effort also means that it is them who reap the rewards from this. In fact, as we move forward the Germans are going to find themselves increasingly appreciative of the competent collective leadership in Moscow as contrasted with the increasingly back-biting and factionalised Don Whites who actively jockey for support from the British, French and Americans to counter German influence. The Muscovites don't really have much of a choice in who they can deal with given that they are unlikely to be able to pay the massive war loans and various other loans taken with the Allied powers both during and prior to the war. Germany's pre-war investments were more limited in scope and as such are relatively manageable. It is a decision similar to the pragmatism of the negotiators who signed the Rapallo Treaty and the various cooperative efforts with Weimar IOTL. Germany is by this point so large of a force that if it turned all its resources on Moscow there would be little they could do to stop them, being friendly towards the Hegemon of Eastern Europe seems like a good idea.

    627px-Returning_from_World_War_I.jpg

    Military Parade in Washington By Demobilizing Soldiers

    A Time of Troubles

    The end of the Russian Civil War could not have come at a better time for the increasingly embattled President Wood, who found his position assailed from all sides on a variety of issues. The continuing fighting in West Virginia, the continual state of war experienced by the United States since its entry into the Great War in 1917, the continual mind-numbing paranoia provoked by government and media about the power and influence of the Reds, the continued economic fallout from governmental deflationary policies and growing accusations that the Wood government was compromised by foreign interests all combined to create a furour in American society all aimed at the President. The close relationship between the President's aid, Quentin Roosevelt, and Grand Duchess Anastasia Romanova was scrutinised constantly, and the presence of various Russian emigres, particularly in New York and Washington society, proved contentious and an avenue of criticism of the government which avoided the continued influence of informal censorship guidelines at many major US newspapers. On the Right, Republican Conservative voices rose in anger at the sidelining of their faction, most clearly illustrated in the appointment of Elihu Root to Vice President, which remained a sore point regardless of Progressive Interventionist efforts to downplay the move, while nationalist and isolationist forces grew, with the Ku Klux Klan exploiting popular dissatisfaction to the utmost.

    The end of the Siberian Expedition was marked by considerable celebration on the part of the government, and military parades were organised in several major cities to celebrate the return of the expeditionary force. While the first parade in San Francisco proved relatively problem-free, and saw crowds swarm out to greet the soldiers as they disembarked, the same could not be said of those in Chicago, Detroit, New York and Washington. Most significantly in Chicago, the soldiers were met with boos, rotten fruit and protests provoked by a recently published story in the communist newspaper The Voice of Labor which included a lengthy feature written by John Reed from Moscow which detailed horrific stories of expeditionary forces brutalising the Russian populace of Siberia, collected and carefully documented by Reed before being smuggled into the United States for publication in all the major Socialist and Communist papers. With claims that the expeditionary soldiers had burned, raped and murdered by the dozens - looting and destroying with wild abandon in the far reaches of Siberia, the mood in Chicago had turned ugly. It was no accident that the publication of the story, titled The American Tartar, coincided with the parades, and as such should come as little surprise when violence ensued.

    The returned soldiers, who had just spent the last several years fighting in one of the most bitter and horrific conflicts in human memory, were first shocked and then enraged at the response they got. As bricks and stones began to be thrown into the columns, joining the hail of eggs and rotten tomatoes, the soldiers did what they had been taught to do when under assault. They attacked. Rushing forward in their parade uniforms with their rifles raised high, a melee erupted along the parade route and quickly spread as more men on either side piled in. The soldiers initially refrained from firing their weapons, and instead used them as clubs, but when a pair of them were stabbed in the chaos, sporadic gunfire began to erupt. As the parade collapsed into chaos, people fled in all directions. Order was finally restored two hours later, but not before eighteen protesters and four soldiers were left to bleed out in the streets. The media storm which ensued was immense and did much to tarnish the return of the expeditionary force. While few in the major media publications refused to address John Reed's allegations, there was little that could be done to keep a lid on it. Calls began to arise from the left-wing of the Republican Party as the Isolationists raised the question of whether American intervention had tarnished its unique position in the world - soon followed by quiet discussions on whether to push for an investigation into the claims, although any such idea was dropped in the face of what damage it might do to the reputation of the United States (14).

    The tumultuous situation in the United States proved ideal for the strengthening and expansion of the Ku Klux Klan, even as that very increase in power brought the struggle for control of the Klan to the forefront of Klan politics. The immense power and influence of the Indiana Klan placed Stephenson in a position to strengthen his own influence in the national organisation, seeking to unite other Grand Dragons at a state level in opposition to the pressure from Evans to consolidate power at the national level. A major backer of Stephenson found himself removed from a position of authority in the Illinois Klan when an ill-considered declaration in favour of the soldiers in the Chicago Parade Affair damaged Klan membership in the suburbs of Chicago, allowing Evans to replace him with one of his own supporters. A struggle for control of the mid-west Klan branches ensued over the course of 1923.

    Despite the efforts required in the quiet struggle with Stephenson, Evans was able to make significant gains in his national ambitions, making contact with a number of southern Senators and Congressmen, building on the wider opposition to the President's openness towards foreigners. In a moment of unanticipated irony, both the Klan and Communist newspapers in Chicago carried stories criticising the Wood Presidency's close relationship with the Ungern-Romanovs, explicitly pointing to the corrosive influence of Boris Savinkov as a dangerous foreign agent. In fact, both the Klan and the Communists would often prove equally opposed to the waves of Russian migrants which had begun arriving in the US in response to the revolution and subsequent civil war, most of them of one White alignment or other. Klan rallies became increasingly brazen and tales of attacks on immigrants, Catholics and African Americans became a stock section of many newspapers.

    However, perhaps the most alluring aspect of the Klan as the 1924 elections grew closer was its promise of a return to the peace and tranquility of the pre-war years. Pointing to the chaos and turmoil which had engulfed the nation during the past decade, the young Klan was able to paint itself as a defender of peace and order, framing its activities as actions meant to promote those very means with varying degrees of success. However, as the Klan grew larger and more influential, its very structure seemed to encourage corruption, as the heterogenous nature of the decentralized Klan left little organization or oversight of the state-level Grand Dragons. This was brought to the forefront when Stephenson broke with the national Klan in September 1923 and formed a rival Klan with chapters in a dozen different states, mostly centred on the Mid-west. This was a major blow to the national KKK and led Evans to press forward with a vocal condemnation of the ambitious Stephenson, who was already then moving to secure control of Indiana.

    Since 1922, the Indiana Klan had been in a protracted struggle with the governor, Warren T. McCray. This had begun when Klansmen in the Indiana General Assembly passed a bill which established a Klan Day at the Indiana State Fair, complete with a nighttime cross burning, only to have Governor Warren T. McCray veto the bill, beginning his public resistance to the Klan. The same year Edward L. Jackson, a Klan member who had been elected as the Secretary of State for Indiana, granted the Klan a state charter which McCray immediately demanded be revoked because the leaders of the Klan had not reveal themselves to sign the document but Jackson refused to revoke the charter. In a bid to end his resistance, Stephenson ordered Jackson to offer McCray a $10,000 bribe to try to end his anti-Klan stance but McCray was personally wealthy and he refused the bribe to the Klan's chagrin.

    Alongside founding his independent Klan, Stephenson changed his affiliation from the Democratic to the Republican Party, which predominated in Indiana and much of the Midwest, and supported Jackson for governor in 1924. With its high rate of membership, the Indiana Klan was becoming influential in the Indiana politics and a public endorsement from the organization leadership could practically guarantee victory at the polls, which led many Indiana politicians at all levels of government to join the Klan in order to gain their support. Having proven themselves unable to bring Governor McCray to their side, leaders in the Indiana Klan worked to uncover dirt on McCray to force him out office. They uncovered loans solicited by McCray in a questionable way which, because the solicitations were sent by mail, were subject to federal mail fraud laws. The Indiana Klan leaders then used their influence to have McCray tried, convicted, and imprisoned for mail fraud, forcing him to resign from office in 1924, where to Jackson would succeed him as Governor (15).

    The end of deflation and slow recovery of late 1923-1924 was a pained affair, where the continued domestic turmoil and growing threat of international trade pressures held back American industrial might. While new and exciting industries were developing and various nascent industries were coming into their own globally, the Americans lagged behind. The harsh shocks of the post-war period slowed the spread of new technologies and hampered the growth of industries as diverse as cinema, car and radio. While the early years of the recovery would see the Americans win back some of these initial losses, they were unable to emerge as a clearly dominant power in these important new drivers of industrialisation and allowed companies like the German Benz, Daimler and Opel to make significant market gains to the detriment of Ford and General Motors. These had all found their international market share weaken in the face of the cheaper and increasingly well-made German products, German business men having proven fervent in a push for industrial rationalisation.

    Over the course of 1924, American industry began to make inroads internationally once more while the flow of money which had been streaming out of the United States and into Northern and Central Europe found itself turned towards domestic investments once more. Many fortunes were made in the complex financial wrangling of this period, as clever financiers exploited shifts appreciation and depreciation in assorted currencies for personal gain. Having been slowed to a crawl by the Great War and subsequent turmoil, electrification took on an increasingly ferocious pace while major oil strikes in East Texas saw pushed the economy back into gear. The economic doldrums of the early 1920s slowly began to give way to increasing consumption as money was injected back into the economy by returning investments, beginning to put money back into the pockets of the working classes after a long period of struggle (16).

    However, this had the unanticipated of fuelling the illicit bootlegging industry, and the slowly coalescing network of criminal gangs which took control of it. Dominated primarily by Irish gangs in the North-East, swelled with refugees from Irelands whose members often had combat experience either from service in the Great War or the Irish War of Independence that followed, these organisations grew incredibly powerful in a very short amount of time on the basis of the immense sums of money they were beginning to rake in. However, the most significant development came in the consolidation of the Irish White Hand gangs under the leadership of Wild Bill Lovett, who was able to exploit the growth in the Irish population to crush their Italian rivals in the Black Hand, firmly securing control of the New York criminal scene for the Irish White Hand. Having survived several assassination attempts, Lovett had at one point been considering retirement in early 1922 but the economic hardship of the period had eventually forced to reconsider, although he was able to end his drinking while pushing the Irish mob into bootlegging.

    With a strong base in New York, the White Hand had been able to establish a loose alliance with the rapidly growing Gustin Gang in Boston which allowed them to secure control of the eastern smuggling routes from Canada, coming into conflict with many of the powerful Chicago gangs who felt that this expansion infringed on their own bootlegging across the Great Lakes. A flood of Italian refugees began arriving as the Italian Civil War began to heat up, but they lacked much of the organisation or discipline that Lovett had been able to enforce upon the White Hand during the early 1920s, and as such found themselves largely marginalised by the powerful Irish criminal organisation in New York, pressing the Italians towards other cities, most prominently Detroit and Chicago (17).

    The incredible turbulence of the early 1920s would also spill over into the political realm, where President Wood found his ability to act increasingly slowed by growing political opposition. The maverick William Borah was a key figure in this opposition, rallying Progressive Republican resistance to President Wood's wilful ignorance of the considerable breaches of civil liberties by the AILE under J. Edgar Hoover. The semi-autonomous nature of the agency proved a major boon for the young Director, who had been allowed to unleash a reign of terror on peoples as diverse as communists, socialists, civil libertarians, more radical progressives and various other leftists, complete with secret courts, flimsy and wide-ranging writs of authority as well as the widespread use of deportation and long prison sentences on the slightest provocation. The fact that Hoover soon began clashing with the Ku Klux Klan and the White Hand, saw further political opposition to the AILE grow. This in turn had prompted the overzealous Hoover to turn his gaze upon Congress itself, initiating a series of investigations into the conduct of dozens of vocal political opponents to Hoover's power.

    When William Borah began making intimations that the President's victory at the Republican Convention had occurred through bribery and blackmail, Hoover spied a chance at removing his most vocal opponent. A deep-ranging investigation by Hoover loyalists in the AILE soon uncovered a scandal which he hoped would end Borah - the married Senator was engaged in a torrid love affair with none other than Alice Roosevelt Longworth, the poisonous flower of Washington. First threatening Borah with exposure, a move which did little other than enrage the senator and warn him of Hoover's animus, Hoover decided to leak the scandal to the newspapers. The furour which ensued was soon turned on its head by Alice Roosevelt herself, who used a combination of wit and threats, having already served for over a decade as a key gatekeeper in Washington society, to turn much of the Capitol against the young and arrogant director.

    While Borah came under some fire, and saw his moral standing damaged, he was able to retain his popularity and his seat in Congress. For Hoover, it was a different matter entirely. With Alice Roosevelt leading the way, Hoover soon found that even the President's sanction could only reach so far and that even the greatest of men have to answer to their supporters. With his own backers and supporters now baying for Hoover's head, there was little President Wood could do other than acquiesce. As a result, J. Edgar Hoover was asked to resign from the directorship in mid-1924 under a scandalous cloud and soon found himself replaced by the man known as "America's Sherlock Holmes", William J. Burns.

    The departure of Hoover coincided with a weakening of the AILE, which found its independent authority sharply curtailed while an oversight panel of Senators was instituted to ensure the judicious running of the agency. Hoover himself was directly recruited by the Pinkerton Detective Agency, where he was able to secure a prominent position on the strength of his personal vigour and extensive law enforcement network, having used his few years at the head of the AILE to place his supporters throughout much of the agency. With the Pinkerton Detective Agency, Hoover would take up the task initially envisioned by the company's founder, the collection and centralisation of a clearly organised national criminal and subversive database (18).

    Footnotes:

    (14) I have a hard time believing that anyone could have remained involved in the Russian Civil War for nearly five years and not have gotten their hands dirty. Sure, some of the claims are probably hyperbolic and intentionally worded to be inflammatory, but there is undoubtedly a kernel of truth to the matter. Considering the sheer corruption of Kolchak's Siberian Whites and the sheer brutality of the Ungern Siberian Whites, it seems like a given that American expeditionary forces would get swept up in the horror. As regards the Chicago Parade fiasco, it might be a bit dramatic, but it should illustrate how divided the country is and that there is an undercurrent of violence layered beneath everything at this point in time.

    (15) The Klan sees greater support than IOTL, and as such the power struggles become somewhat more heated. This is still primarily OTL, particularly the specifics of events in Indiana are actually almost all OTL, which is kind of scary to think about. The most significant point here is probably that the split between the Indiana Klan, and its subsidiaries, and the Atlanta-based National Klan happens more explicitly early on and is more well-known because of clashes between Klan figures in the Mid-West. The Indiana Klan is stronger than IOTL and is increasingly the more dynamic of the two. There is also a more explicit political divide between the Republican-aligned Indiana Klan and the Democrat-aligned National Klan developing here.

    (16) With the economic problems experienced by the United States in the early 1920s and its inability to enforce worldwide deflationary policies, American industries take a pretty significant hit. This means that while particularly German industry is able to get off to a running start, winning market share across much of Europe, the Americans find themselves faltering early on. That doesn't mean that Ford, GM or hundreds of other American companies aren't growing considerably but it does prevent the OTL dominance they were able to secure.

    (17) In contrast to OTL, the United States finds itself flooded with Irish refugees just as Prohibition begins to take off, similarly to the OTL Italian immigration, while it takes a few years longer for the Italian refugees to start arriving. Furthermore, in contrast to OTL where the Sicilian Mafia was a key section of the exodus in the face of Mussolini's efforts to suppress them - ITTL it is a much more diverse collection of refugees while the Mafia stays put in Sicily. Combined with the greater military experience of the Irish gangs, their larger population compared to OTL, the pre-existing ties of the Irish War of Liberation coming to serve as the foundation for these new criminal networks and the luck of the draw which pushes the talented and energetic Wild Bill Lovett to stay in the criminal life all combine to allow for the beginnings of a consolidation of Irish criminal power in New York - in contrast to their OTL destruction and defeat, whereupon they were replaced with the American Mafia. That isn't to say that the Italians aren't strong elsewhere, but the Irish are able to hold onto their historical dominance of the criminal underworld in much of the Mid-West and North East. The greater Italian presence in the Mid-Western cities, most significantly Detroit and Chicago, play a key role in pushing even greater recruitment into the KKK in the region.

    (18) Hoover gets overly ambitious and overreaches, leading to his fall from grace. For Now. Given his expanded authority, presidential backing and zeal to crush his enemies I think it is plausible for him to overreach early on under the circumstances of TTL. He remains a significant figure and still has followers in the ranks of the AILE, but for the time being he has had his legs cut out from underneath him. Note that it isn't his infringement on civil liberties or extremism against leftists which does him in, but rather his decision to drag in a key backer of the President in his vendetta with Borah. The resignation of Hoover does mark the quiet end of the Red Scare as the Russian Civil War comes to an end and focus turns towards a return to peace-time stability. Hoover's decision to alienate key supporters of President Wood in the lead-up to the election isn't exactly going to help either. All in all, the prospects of a second term for President Wood seem questionable.


    Summary:

    Britain struggles to secure its relationship with its dominions even as they recover from the Great War and move forward into the post-war period.

    The Liberal Imperial Experiment survives the challenges of the initial post-war period in India and Egypt.

    After a final bout of conflict, the Russian Civil War comes to a close with the Treaty of Tsarskoye Selo.

    Even as the United States begins to recover from its economic doldrums it continues to struggle with social, economic and cultural divisions - leading to strife on multiple levels.

    End Note:

    Alright, that is it for now. I am going on Hiatus for the time being so that I can get RL on track and get a clearer idea of how to proceed with the TL. I realise that there are still threads left hanging which I will get back to as we move forward, but for now I just need some time. I am aiming for the start of November as a possible point to restart the TL at - I will keep you updated as I move forward. If you have any region, topic or figure you want to learn more about, or good ideas for the timeline moving forward, this is the time to put it forward.

    Thanks for following this TL so far!

    Map of Russia following the Treaty of Tsarskoye Selo (White = Don Whites, Red = Moscow Reds, Orange = Yekaterinburg Reds, Grey = Siberian Whites, Green = Khiva) - Keep in mind that this is a very rough map:


    Russia Treaty Map.png
     
    Last edited:
    Interlude Two: Kaiser Chris' Map of Post-Russian Civil War
  • upload_2018-10-15_16-24-49.png

    Map of Post Russian Civil War

    Grey: Russian Empire (Ungern-Romanov). Orange:Yekaterinburg Reds. Green: Khiva. Red: Moscow Reds. White: Don Whites. Violet: Georgia. Brown: Ottoman Empire. Light Blue: Kingdom of Finland. Purple: United Baltic Duchy. Dark Green: Kingdom of Lithuania. Red: Poland.
     
    Narrative Seven: The Emperor's Son & The Young Fish
  • The Emperor's Son

    Die_Kinder_von_Kaiser_Karl_und_Kaiserin_Zita.jpg

    The Habsburg Children in the mid-1920s

    Midday, 19th of March 1923
    Királyi Palota, Budapest, Hungary, Austro-Hungarian Empire


    Otto chased Adelhaid down the stairs of the turret, grinning at the high-pitched laughter of his sister (1). He hoped to catch her quickly, but she was proving surprisingly adept at evading him.

    It was still quite cold out and they were bundled up quite extensively, making the chase an exhausting and sweaty endeavor.

    They crossed through a colonnade and swung around the harried servants rushing about.

    Adelhaid swung around a corner, catching Otto by surprise, and he was forced to turn on his heels to get back into the chase.

    It took him a moment, but Otto let out a curse which would have left his mother scandalized when he realized where his sister was going. She was running for safety in their parents' bedrooms! Unfair!

    Running at a near-sprint down the hallway, he saw his sister make another turn, taking her out of his view.

    However, when he turned the corner, he discovered that the space he was passing through was not as unoccupied as he might have hoped.

    He slammed into an elder man, knocking him to the ground with a pained grunt.

    "Sorry!" Otto shouted, as he sought to get to his feet to continue the chase, only to realize just who had run into with horror. Mom would have to hear of this… The Horror!

    "I am so sorry! I didn't see you President Hadik, I was just following Adelhaid, I swear!" The words gushed over his lips like a waterfall turned tsunami.

    "Did you see where she went?", "Let me help you!" and "Please don't tell Mama!" all fought for precedence and ended up coming out a garbled mess, barely comprehensible even to Otto himself.

    Feeling the blood rush to his ears and spreading from there to his neck, so that he was certain he was red as a tomato, Otto knelt to help the statesman back onto his feet and shut his mouth.

    Hadik groaned as Otto helped him to his feet and responded, "If you keep this up, the Army won't need to take back the Empire, Your Imperial Highness, we just need to point you at the enemy and have you crush them before us."

    Hadik had a pained grin on his face, even as attendants came rushing from further up the hall, drawn to the sound of the crash. Otto ducked his head in embarrassed shame, but couldn't help but grin at the statement.

    "Do you think so Minister-President? I hope that I might get to join the cadets soon. Who knows, if the war lasts long enough I might get to fight!" Otto's voice rose along with his excitement, the painful and embarrassing fall half forgotten already, particularly in the excitement at the idea of serving in the military.

    Minister-President Hadik suddenly looked even older than he was, a weird expression crossing his face for a moment.

    "I would hope that by the time you are old enough to fight, there will be no wars for you to fight in, my Prince. The happiest day in my life will be the day this infernal war, and all other wars with it, is finished." (2)

    Otto found this answer puzzling, why wouldn't the President want him to fight in the war? It was what all true men did. Papa had been a General and Uncle Max had fought in Lombardy, even winning a medal for his service. Who wouldn't want that? He considered asking the Minister-President, weighing whether he actually wanted to hear the answer. Papa once told Otto to think his questions through before he asked them, the wrong question could be as bad as the wrong answer.

    Before he could decide one way or the other, Hadik spoke again: "Now get out of here or your Mother might catch you out, your highness, I have a meeting with your father to get to but don't worry I won't say a word." He smiled and shooed the prince along.

    Otto grinned and took off down the hall once more, looking for his sister, although in the back of his mind he continued to consider what the Minister-President had told him.

    Footnotes:

    (1) Otto and his sister should be around ten years old at this point in time, so Otto isn't super aware of what is going on in the world around him beyond the most basic of ideas.

    (2) Keep in mind that Hungary, with the civil war and Great War, is reaching around three quarters of a decade of warfare with barely a year or two between, as well as immense amounts of social and societal convulsion. Hadik is under immense pressure but is holding up under the pressure for now.


    The Young Fish

    hpl4rr_comm_lbox.jpg

    Huey P. Long 1918 Railroad Commissioner Election Pamphlet

    Mid-Morning, 20th February 1924
    Shreveport, Louisiana, United States of America


    Huey was a gleeful scoundrel. Had always been, and always would be. However, who would have imagined that at the age of thirty he would be Governor of Louisiana?

    It had been a close affair, and Huey knew better than anyone how close he had come to defeat, but with clear weather and anti-Catholic sentiments high, he had been able to just scrape past Fuqua to secure the second place in the primaries and had secure victory over Bouanchaud in the second round of the primaries with Fuqua's voters rallying behind him, although he was a bit embarrassed at his own performance during his rather amateurish campaign. The General Election had, however, been no contest, and Huey Long had recently taken his seat as governor (1).

    There was so much to do in the time to come. The poverty and neglect with which Louisiana's former governors had treated the state would need to be addressed.

    The election effort had been a mess, and Huey would need much greater efficiency if he wanted any chance of displacing the grave-robbing politicos of New Orleans in the long run. He would need Catholic support to join with his base in the north. He would need to make good on his promises to the people, and he would need to draw more people to his cause (2).

    He smiled in a self-satisfied manner, stretching out his long frame in the governor's chair he had only recently gotten to sit in, and thought towards the future.

    He would need time to consolidate his power and deal with the many money-grubbing corporate blowhards who were exploiting his constituents. He would make them bleed for their arrogance, for their overweening confidence, and ensure that they payed their fair share (3).

    Roads would need to be laid, schools would have to be built, bridges strengthened and his enemies removed from the state government. Sheriffs' departments would need to be cleared of partisans and trusted men placed in their stead. Hell, he might even take the time to get rid of the lying newsies - if he had his way it wouldn’t take long before the press sang a different tune. By the time he was done, the old order would be fully replaced.

    He would have to find replacements for both Ransdell and Broussard in the Senate. Their failure to support his candidacy despite his tireless support for them made it clear that more suitable men would have to be found for their positions.

    He had four years to build an empire, potentially eight if it came to that, and he would use those years as best possible. By the time he was done with Louisiana it would be unrecognizable.

    Footnotes:

    (1) Huey Long ran for the Governorship in 1924 IOTL as well, losing by a goodly margin but with a surprisingly strong showing. IOTL election day coincided with a lot of bad weather which kept people at home, particularly in the rural parishes of northern Louisiana where Long had the most support. The greater power of the KKK means that Fuqua, who Long was most directly contesting votes with, does not publicly call for unmasking legislation, which makes Long's silence on the issue less of a deal breaker. This is combined with greater anti-Catholic sentiments from a more active KKK effort to drive Protestant turnout and weakens Catholic turnout. All of which combines to strengthen Long enough to beat Fuqua in the first round of the primaries, and with Fuqua's supporters voting for Long, he is able to beat Bouanchaud. The major reason Long is able to succeed ITTL is that neither of his rivals actually thought he would get anywhere close to the backing he got. He blindsides the New Orleans Machine and as such they awaken with a considerable shock when Long wins the election.

    (2) In 1924, Huey Long's electoral machine remained something of a ramshackle mess, thrown together with considerable speed. This means that in contrast to OTL, where Huey had everything ready to run in 1928, the Long machine will need some time to build up and consolidate its hold on power. Long's initial period in power will be even more contentious than IOTL and he will run into considerable opposition from the beginning without the same sort of network he had IOTL. Importantly, he hasn't yet built the network he had IOTL of supporters to run alongside him.

    (3) Huey Long is a really interesting figure, who broke with a lot of norms and ran a populist campaign of considerable popularity. He was noted for his fierce conflicts with various major corporations, feuding most significantly with Standard Oil Company. He was also famous for his vindictive nature, as a child, one of his favourite books was apparently the Count of Monte Christo.

    End Note:

    These two updates introduce us to Otto von Habsburg and Huey P. Long, who I hope to make a semi-regular presence in narrative updates. They both have some interesting times before them and should play an important role moving forward in their respective regions.

    Sorry about how short these updates are, but I think this is a good starting point for the restart of the TL. I am using this in place of a normal update this time around, so expect the next update in around a week, but once we get back up and running I will try to get back to schedule. Things have been super busy, so I have been quite limited in how much time I have to deal with the work on the TL.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty-Two: A New Order
  • A New Order

    640px-German_Soldiers_arresting_in_1941_people_in_Kragujevac.jpg

    Hungarian Troops Lead Away Captive Serbian Guerillas

    A Broken Empire

    The Hungarian thrust into Croatian territory met with immense resistance and the bloody fighting which resulted grew rapidly in scale and viciousness. Alongside the more direct military opposition of the Croatian Home Guard, the Honved also found itself inundated in a large number of partisans, who took to raiding and ambushing smaller contingents of Hungarian soldiers whenever possible. These partisan groups, which were strongest in the chaos of Bosnia and often saw young Croatian Bosnian men and women emerge as dominant in the region, proved an absolute pest to the Hungarians, blending seamlessly into the native population and easily being mistaken for any of the many equally hostile Muslim Bosniak or Serb Bosnian partisan groups which had emerged by this time. With the partisan groups fighting not only amongst themselves along ethnic lines, but against Honved forces caught in the middle of the various sides, the brutality of the struggle proved incredible.

    Alongside the strong showing by Serb forces in Bosnia, further south in Serbia proper the situation was growing increasingly dire for the Hungarians. While Pál Nagy had turned westward in his focus, he had left the south under the command of Janky Kocsard, who had in turn spent that time developing an incredibly effective counter-partisan military effort which had seen Serb forces suppressed across much of the region north of the Danube. However, in that time Kosta Pećanac had been able to muster an incredible 30,000 Serb irregulars south of the river, a significant portion of which were veterans of the Great War, and had effectively driven the Hungarians from much of central Serbia. In late 1922, with the Austrians preparing for another assault from the north and the struggle in Croatia growing ever more bitter, Pećanac saw an opportunity. While Kocsard was preparing to push south of the Danube and had already largely purged Belgrade of partisans, he had nowhere near the forces required to hold back the sudden Serb onslaught. Rushing out of the countryside, Pećanac and his men swept across the region and crushed all resistance before them - sending Kocsard and his subordinates into a panic and placing Belgrade under threat of defeat. Hungarian resistance proved insufficient to the needs, and with other fronts taking a forefront it was only a matter of time before the Hungarian positions around Belgrade collapsed.

    On the 8th of December 1922, the Serb Rising retook Belgrade to immense celebrations, despite paying heavily for it in the form of nearly 6,000 casualties, executing many of the prisoners taken, including Kocsard. Barely a week later, on the 16th, Croatian forces met and defeated the Honved invaders at the Battle of Bjelovar and sent Pál Nagy and his men into retreat. As if this was not enough, the Austrians made a new series of forays, clearly searching for weakness in anticipation of a spring offensive against the Hungarians. With defeat and crisis on all sides, Minister-President Hadik's position became increasingly embattled and calls for his removal grew increasingly incessant. Cries for the release and appointment of Mihály Károlyi began to spread and relations within the liberal ruling elite became increasingly loud even as the political star of Admiral Miklos Horthy grew ever brighter in response to his successful countering of the Austrian thrusts towards Budapest (1).

    In Vienna, conflict between the pan-Germanist government and its supporting coalition on one side and the splintered nationalist, republican, imperialist and anarchist opposition became increasingly heated as German entreaties to mediate the Austro-Hungarian conflict and initial forays surrounding the possibilities of supporting an Anschluss of Austria to Germany came under way. For the time being, the matter remained unresolved, even as Galicia saw itself engulfed by a growing nationalist movement pushing for unification with the Kingdom of Poland, and the Czechs began to question whether their continued alliance with the Austrians might actually put them in a worse position than in a Hungarian-dominated Empire. German entreaties were met with rather mixed responses in Budapest, where it was felt that the Germans were incapable of serving as neutral arbiters in the conflict. However, these diplomatic efforts were able to open a line for dialogue between Vienna and Budapest in early 1923, just in time for the Austrian Spring Offensive to meet with disaster at the Battle of Sárvár when Pál Nagy's recently defeated Honved forces and Miklos Horthy's Hungarian Volunteers were able to catch the Austrians from both sides, cutting off their vanguard and driving the rest of the invasion force back in a chaotic retreat.

    This defeat was sufficient to drive the Galicians into action, as Polish and Ruthenian nationalists took over military strongpoints and armed their supporters. It did not take long before Ruthenian and Poles were at each other's throats, having expelled the barebones Viennese administration, and the region began to collapse into bloody civil war. This provoked Poles in the Kingdom of Poland into action, and by May of 1923 Polish forces were crossing the border into Galicia to aid their brethren. The bitter ethnic fighting quickly turned in Polish favor, even as in the Duchy of Bukovina Romanian, Ukrainian and Polish figures each declared the Duchy annexed to the individual ethnic states they associated with. While the White Russians proved uninterested in participating in yet another conflict, with negotiations to end the Russian Civil War ongoing, the Romanians and Poles were swift to jump into action, with the Ukrainians swiftly aligning with the Romanians given the violent suppression of Ruthenians in Galicia. While neither the Romanian or Poles entered the Bukovinian Civil War officially, they would supply arms and volunteers in the bitter struggle which erupted in the small duchy.

    With the civil war seemingly spreading across its borders, the Germans turned to harsher methods of diplomacy just as the disappointment following the Battle of Sárvar led to a collapse in support for Imperialist and Nationalist ideological forces in favor of the Pan-Germanists, the dream of a Austrian-dominated Habsburg Empire having seemingly died on the field of battle. With talks of Anschluss in the streets of Vienna, the Austrians turned to diplomatic means with the support of their German backers. The arrival of the ambitious and unscrupulous Franz von Pappen as leader of the German delegation to Budapest to negotiate an end to the Austro-Hungarian struggle proved immensely worrying for Hadik, who had found his position increasingly under assault from all sides. With Horthy publicly opposed to any deal which would sunder the Habsburg Empire while Karolyi called for the removal of Hadik and the Habsburgs in their entirety in favor of a Hungarian-dominated Danubian Republic, in effect seeking to form a Magna Hungaria, Hadik found himself struggling to stay afloat (1).

    With the Serbs on the Danube, raiding and pillaging the Hungarian hinterlands in revenge for Hungarian actions in Serbia, the Croats in fine fighting form and the Germans seemingly on the verge of direct intervention into the Austro-Hungarian Civil War, it was becoming increasingly clear that the Hungarians would be unable to hold onto everything they wanted to keep. Hadik met multiple times with both Károlyi and Horthy in search of a solution, while Emperor Karl gave voice to his willingness to part with parts of the Empire if it should save the larger part and keep his family safe. With Imperial backing, Hadik stood in a better place with the royalists, who in turn exerted considerable influence on Horthy to bring his begrudging support for an end to Austro-Hungarian struggle. Károlyi remained steadfast in his opposition to anything like the deal imagined by the Germans, but soon found himself bombarded by rumours, slander and sabotage, which it soon became clear was the work of Ambassador von Pappen. Using overt diplomatic power and covert force, Pappen was able to weaken Károlyi's support and successfully turned sections of the nationalist wing against him, using his own presence at various events to insinuate some sort of partnership with Károlyi, leaving some convinced that the magnetic Hungarian politician was in fact a German agent.

    By zoning out Károlyi and leaving him busy with internal clashes with his own supporters, Pappen cleared the road for a compromise with Hadik. In a series of covert negotiations, with the Germans doing double duty as neutral party and representative of the Austrians, much to the frustration of the Hungarians, a set of agreements were laid out which would see Cisleithania and Transleithania split, with Dalmatia to be transferred to Hungarian control. The key development of this agreement was that it essentially abandoned the Croatians to their fate while providing the Hungarians with control of the Dalmatian coast, which should allow them to cut off the Croatians from external trade and thus weaken the Croatian independence movement sufficiently to strangle it. After a great deal of back and forth, the Hungarians eventually assented to the agreement, with Archduke Maximilian Eugen von Habsburg, the Emperor's brother, to take up rule of Austria in his brother's place. Emperor Karl and his successors would still be entitled to rule as King and Emperor of the Hungarian Empire, but would surrender their claims in Cisleithania to Maximilian Eugen.

    The signing of the Treaty of Budapest in mid-1923 would bring an end to the Austro-Hungarian Empire, as Cisleithania was divided according to German whims under the nominal rule of Maximilian Eugen von Habsburg, while Transleithania expanded and found itself transformed into the whole of the Empire. Bohemia, Moravia and Czech Silesia, united in the Bohemian Crown Lands as the Kingdom of Bohemia, were offered independence along similar lines to that enjoyed by the Poles and Lithuanians under the Kingship of Carl Alexander von Württemberg, Emperor Karl's cousin by his eldest aunt, who would take the throne as King Karel IV from his cousin. Carl Alexander was a deeply devout man and following his experiences as a captain in the Great War, he had hoped to enter into a monastery, but had been held back by his family's ambitions which came to final expression in this gambit. After a good deal of back and forth internally, the Bohemians eventually acquiesced, though with significant reservations and stringent limitations on royal power, greatly displeased with what they viewed as a German-enforced settlement.

    With German backing, the Poles would secure their control of Bukowina and Galicia, the Romanians find themselves pressured into abandoning their Bukovinian supporters, while the Poles found themselves forced to accept the establishment of German military bases and a further weakening of Polish trade barriers to German trade in return for these developments. Austria proper and the myriad associated smaller duchies, margraviates and counties would find themselves incorporated into the German Empire under Maximilian Eugen von Habsburg, finally fulfilling the dreams held by many German nationalists of Greater Germany. The end of the war with Austria allowed the Hungarians to shift considerable resources southward and westward to counter the encroachment of the Croats and Serbs, and allowed them to reestablish their relationship with the Germans, setting the stage for a potential Hungarian resurgence (2).


    As fighting in Austria-Hungary shifted and changed, the struggle in Italy took on increasing complexity, most significantly amongst the Royalists. It was in this increasingly tenuous environment that Pope Benedict XV had passed and a chaotic conclave had ensued. At the time of his death, there were 60 cardinals - although one died the same day as Benedict. However, of the 59 remaining cardinals only 53 would actually participate, with three too sickly to attend and three cardinals from the Americas left unable to arrive in time with the Italian cardinals pushing for a swift conclave in order to secure strong leadership in this time of crisis. Key to the conclave was the issue of the Italian Civil War, which had seen increasing amounts of anti-clerical violence as the communist regime grew more confident in its message and spurred on violence against the Holy Church in a bid to strengthen their public appeal.

    As the conclave was coming under way, word of lynchings of church figures, most significantly the recently raised Archbishop of Milan and Cardinal, Achille Ratti, who had been torn apart by a mob in Milan when anti-clerical attitudes had first exploded, the vandalisation of church sites and the repurposing of churches, monasteries and abbeys to the purposes of the Communist state, spread and provoked considerable unease and worry. To make matters worse, the bitter infighting between Royalist factions, with both dominant factions quite vocally anti-clerical in outlook, presented immense worries on behalf of the church.

    At the conclave, the College of Cardinals was divided into two factions. One conservative faction known as the "irreconcilables" and "integrationists" led by the Secretary of the Holy Office Cardinal Rafael Merry del Val favored the stringent and forceful policies and style of Pope Pius X, and called for the use of all church resources in the conflict against anti-clerical regimes like that in Milan. The other more conciliatory faction favoured the style and policies of Pope Benedict XV, was led by the Cardinal-Camerlengo Pietro Gasparri, who had served as Benedict's Secretary of State. The key difference lay not so much in objective as methodology, with the conciliators more interested in a diplomatic approach which would see some sort of accommodation reached with the anti-clerical forces in order to save what one could of the church in Italy. The Irreconcilables called this cowardice and were firmly wedded to opposing the communists and any other who would infringe on the rights of the Holy Catholic Church.

    There was a fierce back and forth, and for the first several days neither side was able to secure the backing needed to emerge victorious. The conciliators looked increasingly towards some compromise figure, anyone not associated with the irreconcilables, who might be able to lead the church on a more moderate path and navigate the chaos and fury of the times. However, these efforts proved for naught as the irreconcilables were able to prey on the fears of the moderate cardinals, swaying them in their favor with lurid descriptions of what the communists would do to them if given the chance. More than a week after the conclave began the Spanish Cardinal Rafael Merry del Val found himself with the majority required and as such secured his ascension as Pope. Taking the name Gregory XVII, del Val signaled his intensions to resist any encroachment on the church and immediately threw himself into the brewing struggle in the Royalist camp (3).

    The appointment of the combative and activist Pope Gregory served to further split the Royalists when it might have proven a unifying boon. This was mainly due to the intense opposition of the Liberals to Papal and Church influence on domestic affairs, their political alignment having traditionally focused significantly on combatting Church power. The meant that the most obvious potential center of power, between a Church experiencing an upward swing in popularity in response to outrage at the Communist treatment of church members and the Liberal government, was next to impossible while the contrasting potential alignment with the Fascists quickly led to considerable hesitancy on the part of the church, and fierce opposition from several sections of the Fascist movement.

    Achille Starace was amongst the most vocal in his resistance to an alliance with the church, viewing them as little more than leeches out to bleed the good people of Italy of their last coppers. The result was that rather than the church's entry into the conflict serving to swing the power struggle between Fascist and Liberal power centers one way or the other, it instead created further division and created a third power base of conservatives who were opposed to both Fascist and Liberal leadership and looked to the Pope as a possible temporary leader figure to lead them through this time of crisis.

    On the 22nd of August 1922 the Communists launched a long-delayed offensive into Liguria, having previously threatened a crossing of the Apennines into Tuscany and another thrust down the east-coast of Italy, and caught the Royalists by surprise. With power increasingly split between heavily armed Fascist militias and increasingly disillusioned Royalist conscript soldiers, the front had collapsed within a week and the Communists were able to sweep into Genoa to the shock of the world, the international press and the royalists having largely been lulled into a sense of complacency by reports of a power struggle in the Communist leadership. While there had been considerable conflict within the ruling clique of the Communist movement, centring on the issues of behaviour towards the church and relations to the both the international revolution, most significantly in Russia, and the Bourgeois world, by the latter half of 1922 most of these tensions had either been buried temporarily or resolved.

    Most significantly, the conflict between Amadeo Bordiga and Errico Malatesta on one hand and Giacinto Serrati and Antonio Gramsci, ably supported by Palmiro Togliatto, on the other over the internal division of power in the party had been at least partially resolved by the adoption of a veto on the part of each member of the Central Committee. The issue of Gramsci and his supporters overwhelming the rest of the committee had first come into play when he had pushed for the deadly turn against the Church and had really exploded over the role of the Anarchists in the movement, most significantly on the Central Committee, due to the belief on the part of Serrati and Togliatto that it would be impossible to achieve peace with the Habsburg realms as long as a primary figure in the events leading to the Schönbrunn Raid sat amongst them. In this case Gramsci had broken with his primary supporters, believing that retaining the link to the Anarchists in the form of Malatesta was necessary, for the time being, to ensure the internal cohesion of the party.

    The capture of Genoa sent shockwaves through Europe and lead to the French deciding to coordinate their response with the British, backing the Liberal Royalist government. These events proved a step too far for the Fascists who had finally had enough. The arrival of Achille Starace in Rome, having covered himself in glory in Liguria at the expense of the Royal Army, set the fuse which erupted late on the 3rd of October 1922 when a mob of Fascist supporters attempted to storm the Ministerial Palace and were broken by the palace guard. This unorganized and unplanned mob, which had been whipped into a fury by Starace's inflammatory language during an event earlier in the day, was all the liberals needed to act. With royal sanction and Anglo-French volunteers in support, the Liberals went on the counterattack in Rome and began rounding up everyone they could get their hands on - quickly turning into an open conflict in the streets of Rome as Fascist bands fought the police and Royal Army. Caught by surprise, the Fascist positions in the city themselves collapsed and Dino Grandi was captured and imprisoned by the Liberals, although Starace himself was able to make his escape southward, ending his flight in Naples where he immediately set about mounting a force to take Rome itself. In the meanwhile, Royal Army forces and Fascist militias began to clash across the length and breadth of the peninsula while Mussolini and Italo Balbo went into hiding in Umbria, wherefrom they hoped to lead the resistance to this Liberal crackdown (4).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Everything is shifting and changing in Austria-Hungary with incredible rapidity, and it is threatening to spin out of control. With Germany's puppet regimes proving themselves capable of independent action, the Germans are now suddenly staring down the worrying possibility that their grip on the vast eastern empire they carved out during the Great War might not be as stable as expected. At the same time, both the Austrians and Hungarians are faltering in the face of fierce internal divides and pressure from minority ethnicities. With Galicia lost and the Bohemians increasingly questioning their position in the whole matter, there is reason to be worried in both Vienna and Budapest. The chaos has also proven sufficient to stir the Germans to action, resulting in the dispatch of everyone's favorite conspirator - Franz von Pappen.

    (2) Thus ends the Austro-Hungarian Empire. The Hungarians are still standing, but both they and the Austrians realized that they would be unable to secure control of the whole Empire. As such, they end up going the route of Solomon, if neither can have the whole - then they can split it between themselves. This does completely screw over the Croats, but the Austrians are interested in forcing an end to a disastrous war which they have come to accept they cannot win. The question now will be how well Germany copes with this massive new territorial expansion which gives Germany naval access to the North Sea, Baltic Sea and Mediterranean Sea, and whether matters with the Ruthenians will fester. Furthermore, how will the Hungarians deal with the sudden reduction in pressure alongside their abandonment of half the Empire. I will have a map of the situation in the next update.

    (3) So I decided to kill off Pius XI in favor of the irreconcilables. I actually find Pius a really interesting figure who dealt with a lot of the contemporary issues with surprising competence. He was an intellectual who was forced to deal with a lot of worldly chaos but was able to leave a significant mark on the Papacy. Without him we instead have Gregory XVII. Del Val is in many ways more interesting than Pius to me. He was the son of a Spanish diplomat and nobleman who grew up mostly in Great Britain and was largely educated there. He went into the church and rose quite quickly, becoming a significant voice in the church's internal matters by the turn of the century. Over the next decades he became one of the leading figures in the church and came to head the irreconcilables. He will have an active and complicated papacy, much as that of Pius XI was complicated and action-packed, but brings a very different outlook and life experience which should present some interesting possibilities.

    (4) Things go dreadfully wrong for the Royalists, who go to war with each other by the end of 1922. It is important to note the continued impact of anti-French sentiment in Fascist and ultra-nationalist ranks on triggering this break within the Royalist faction and the challenges faced by the Communists. While the Communists have so far been able to keep a lid on their differences, and haven't even come close to the absolute shitshow the Royalists have turned into, as time goes on there are going to be more and more issues which divide them. The current status quo there works for the time being, but it is a tenuous situation which could quickly turn against the leaders of the Communist movement in Italy.


    640px-The_Conference_on_Limitation_of_Armaments%2C_Washington%2C_D.C..jpg

    Amsterdam Armaments Conference

    The Amsterdam Conference

    Since the end of the Great War, popular proposals for some sort of measure to prevent a return to its horrors had found fertile ground in all major combatant nations. While war had continued to rage across much of the continent for years after the official end of the conflict, a general push towards some sort of conference to settle the rules of war, and to prevent what could easily turn into an arms race before it could take off, made itself felt. During the immediate post-war period, a boom in pacifist and anti-war literature, poems, paintings and other forms of art centred on the topics of loss and despair, featuring death and chaos heavily, seemed to dominate much of the social sphere, providing a counterpoint and contrast with the hopeful and often utopian works of artists inspired by the revolutionary movements of the time. Books like All Quiet on the West Front, The Death of a Hero and Cry Havoc were all published in this period and had an incredible impact on many. Veterans' associations and organizations held parades and peace fairs, while veterans of the conflict, particularly the French and Germans , came together in the construction of memorials, monuments and worked to further the cause of wounded veterans across borders. There were even efforts on the part of French and German veterans' organisations to create some sort of veterans' organization within the League of Nations framework which would allow for further cooperation and contact between these organisations. This effort was ultimately stymied when the British proved extremely hostile to the suggestion, with the Conservative government worried that their grip on the veteran voting base might slip under such circumstances. The sentiment was soon echoed in the United States, and joined by many of the neutral nations who were unwilling to pay for such measures.

    This forced the French and German cooperation efforts to remain bilateral in nature. It was under these circumstances, and with the recent shoring up of the situation in Austria, that Gustav Stresemann and Aristide Briand decided to push for an international peace and disarmament conference now that many of the great powers were beginning to recover from the Great War and talks had already begun in Germany, France and Britain for an expansion of their naval resources, even though none of them could really afford such an expansion at the time. The British were initially leery in the face of Franco-German cooperation, but eventually jumped aboard what they had proposed, namely a League of Nations' sponsored conference to be held on Armaments and the rules of war, with the Dutch having already presented themselves as a potential host.

    The British were able to convince the Liberal government in Japan to participate, while the Chinese found themselves snubbed and ignored on the basis that it was unclear whether the northern restored Qing dynasty or the southern KMT dominated republic should be considered the legitimate government of China. The Iberian nations were convinced to join, and the Scandinavians were swift to jump aboard as well, hoping to build on the successes they had secured at the Copenhagen Conference. The most problematic and difficult party to entice into participation would prove to be the Americans, which was already then experiencing a growing wave of isolationism and conservatism, where it would require the heartfelt and passionate efforts of William Borah to convince Congress to participate. It was during this period that Alice Roosevelt Longworth and William Borah rekindled their longtime friendship, with Alice turning the mighty Roosevelt Machine in support of Borah's proposal. By mid-1923, as the Russian Civil War came to an end, it seemed as though this dark period in world history was nearing an end and the Amsterdam Conference was increasingly looked upon as the solution to all the world's problems - an exorcism of the many woes of the Great War. With Russian participation, as well as that of the Hungarian Empire, the Amsterdam Conference was ready to meet, with the starting date set for the 19th of November 1923 (5).


    The Amsterdam Conference of 1923 was the single largest gathering of powers since the Copenhagen Conference and met with far more hope than was present at Copenhagen. The media addressed the Spirit of Amsterdam as the global hope and wish for peace and stability, an end to war and a settling of society. There was immense pressure to limit armaments and to prevent any sort of conflict which might ignite another Great War. The Great War had left an indelible mark in how people perceived warfare, having turned what was viewed as a great and noble endeavour into grimy industrial murder - with gas, sickness, trenches and an endless bombardment by artillery the most memorable aspects of the conflict. It was under these circumstances that efforts at negotiating a naval arms limitation agreement were undertaken.

    At the heart of this effort was the United States, which feared the potential of an unchecked Japan, and the United Kingdom, which remained fearful of its ability to protect the Home Isles and the eastern Dominions at the same time. It was in this area that the creation of the Dominion Navy at Singapore, even if still grossly understaffed and underfunded, presented an opportunity. In the intense negotiations over naval armaments it quickly became clear that the British simply did not have the finances required to remain a dominant naval power, and as such they worked hard to limit naval armaments where possible and sought to cut naval commitments globally where possible. The issue was a challenging one as none of the participants were truly willing to push forward with a naval arms race, but at the same time could not trust that the other states wouldn't exploit this weakness to make gains.

    At the crux of this division was the United States, which had the capacity for significant naval spending - it might even help spur further economic growth and help shield America from Japanese expansionism in the Pacific. The British and Germans were also divided on the issue, with the British unable to accept German parity with their own naval resources because of the danger it would present to the Home Isles. At the same time the Germans were unwilling to see themselves limited in the naval arena after they had been able to demonstrate its potential during the Great War. Ultimately the solution would be to leave the specifics of the agreement vague, essentially having the powers that be pledge to limit naval expansion, while establishing an oversight committee which would keep a check on the signatories' naval capacities which would need to be consulted prior to any major changes in naval tonnage (6).

    Alongside these naval armaments limitation efforts, the Amsterdam Conference also saw the use of asphyxiating and poisonous gasses prohibited in inter-state conflicts, which was expanded at German suggestion to include a prohibition on the use of bacteriological weaponry. An independent inspection agency under the League of Nations was also established at the Amsterdam Conference which would monitor the conduct of warfare wherever it may occur to ensure compliance with what would come to be known as the Amsterdam Protocol. It was also here that the signatory nations publicly renounced warfare for aggressive purposes and placed demands that any annexationist activities must occur with popular backing in the region. While the definition of aggressive purposes and popular backing were left vague on purpose, this would have the effect of severely limiting the ability of aggressive powers to act unilaterally and created an expectation that warfare would only occur under absolutely necessary circumstances. While there were plenty of loopholes left, and rhetorical finagling would allow most states to circumvent this renunciation, it was firmly in line with the pacifistic beliefs dominant at Amsterdam and which would come to be characterized as the Spirit of Amsterdam in the years to come. By the time the Amsterdam Conference came to an end with the signing of the Amsterdam Treaty on the 4th of January 1924 it was felt that a dark era had been brought firmly to a close. A feeling of hope suffused many, as the economic motors in Europe and America began to speed up and prosperity seemed to beckon (7).

    The Spirit of Amsterdam and the general push to end war between "Civilized States" would have a profound impact on the years that followed the Amsterdam Conference. While individual nations would fall into and out of the Spirit of Amsterdam in the years to come, the general direction remained consistent across Europe, and much of the rest of the world. The League of Nations would truly come into its own in this period as more and more tasks were turned over to it, and it came to serve as a coordination platform for international activities. The International Olympic Committee was linked to the League alongside a newly established International Research Committee meant to foster scientific cooperation amongst the members of the League for the betterment of all. This was in addition to the Trade Arbitration Court and the International Court of Justice as well as the Secretariat for International Displaced Peoples and charity designed to help fund the efforts of the League. Furthermore, a profusion of agencies, organisations and secretariats bloomed in this period in an effort to coordinate cultural, social and economic exchange with the aim of creating a united and peaceful world.

    After the savage blow given to the international relations by the Great War, the efforts of the League to soothe the hurt would help propel its popularity. Its scrupulous efforts at neutrality and the decision to primarily locate League headquarters and major offices in smaller nations outside the larger power blocks did much to help this with Switzerland, the Netherlands and the Scandinavian nations becoming the primary bearers of this standard. Perhaps the most significant event for the League of Nations in the years immediately following the Amsterdam Conference was the assembly of a proper Congress of Nations with permanent representatives in Copenhagen, as had initially been agreed in the Copenhagen Treaty, only to be delayed time after time as crisis upon crisis kept everyone occupied. Perhaps the most interesting development in this period was the rapidly expanding efforts of the League in Africa, where it secured permission to set about efforts at uplifting the populace. While it would remain severely underfunded and largely insufficient, the League's establishment of schools, clinics and a system for small-scale loans, and their hiring of many natives to staff these institutions at low cost, would set the stage for a blossoming of Africa. With particularly the Germans and French proving inviting towards the League, viewing them as a cheap supplement to their own administrative efforts, it would be these colonies that reaped the benefits and challenges of these efforts the most, with the Portuguese essentially refusing the League entry while the British proved leery of the prospect. These would mark the early steps in the creation of indigenous institutions and would serve as the foundation for many later efforts on the part of the African people to improve their lot (8).

    Footnotes:

    (5) The Amsterdam Conference is a much more multilateral and all-encompassing conference than the OTL Washington Conference, and in many ways combines many of the efforts of the OTL post-war conferences together. Without the issue of reparations hanging over everything, there hasn't been the same need to meet constantly, and with crises sort of limited to Austria-Hungary, where the Germans are taking a lead, and Italy, where the British and French play the role of most important external power, there hasn't been the same immediate need for conferences. This means that the Amsterdam Conference ends up serving as stand in for the Conferences of Washington, Genoa, Rapallo, Lausanne and Spa, as well as a good deal of the diplomatic partnership efforts of the Kellogg-Briand pact. This is also the first real test of the LoN framework which, while having a set of small delegations, has largely been sidelined in favour of bilateral relations for a while.

    (6) None of the powers are actually able to come to an agreement on specific tonnage or parities with each other, leaving them forced to make a gentleman's pledge instead with an oversight committee to keep everyone honest. This isn't exactly a particularly robust agreement, but it is enough of a fig leaf to allow for a significant reduction in naval spending. The vagueness of the agreement leaves it open to exploitation, but it is better than nothing.

    (7) It really cannot be understated how influential the Amsterdam Conference is in marking a clear end to the horrors which have engulfed the world arguably since 1910. It is the end of an era and the dawning of a new one. While there continues to be war and the threat of revolutionary agitation is felt everywhere, there is a general feeling that people want to leave the dark times behind and move into a brighter future.


    (8) This section takes somewhat of an idealistic outlook on events, but I thought it would be a good idea to show the slow change in attitudes. People are trying to leave the Great War behind and recover from its devastating consequences. The small-scale loans mentioned in Africa can be considered a forerunner to OTL's micro-loans, although even less standardised and organised than that. Keep in mind that a lot of the Europeans involved in the Leagues efforts in Africa are going to have time-relevant biases, and while they are probably better than the average on such issues - they will have various hang ups. The US is probably where the League is least popular, both because it tries to intervene in state affairs, but also for these precise efforts in Africa, which stick in many a racist's craw.

    328px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_146-1989-040-27%2C_Gustav_Stresemann_%28cropped%29.jpg

    Gustav Ernst Stresemann, Chancellor of Germany

    The Elections of '24

    The elections of 1924, occurring in many of the most powerful and important states in the world, are widely acknowledged as the last point in the post-war period where the aftermath of the Great War could have fundamentally overthrown the emerging status quo. With contentious elections in the US, Germany, France and Great Britain, it was a year of considerable worry and action which would set the stage for the years to follow. 1924 would prove to be a year of growing dissatisfaction with the Republican regime, as many felt it was time to leave behind the world of yesterday and embrace the exciting new world peaking out from behind the economic doldrums and chaos of the Wood Presidency. Ford and General Electric were beginning to grow hand over fist, with particularly the innovations of Henry Ford making him world-renowned and an inspiration to European automakers. Electrification was under way at a breakneck pace and new consumer goods seemed to be entering the market every day. The atmosphere in the United States was thus at once excited and angry, with many disappointed by the government.

    The Ku Klux Klan made itself felt from early in the race towards the American elections with their vocal support for the Democratic Senator for Indiana, Samuel Ralston. With a surge of support, pushed forward by the Ku Klux Klan but also supported by a wide variety of more establishment forces in the Democratic Party, it seemed as though Ralston would feature heavily in the primaries and convention to come. However, Ralston's weakening health eventually forced him to end any consideration of running for president and the Ku Klux Klan was suddenly left to scramble for another candidate to support. In the meantime the former presidential candidate McAdoo was back at it again, hoping that second time would be the charm. He schmoozed the powers that be and redirected any ire at the results of the last election onto the shoulders of former President Marshall while strengthening his already powerful ties to labor and the Wilsonians. He toured the South and the West, as well as working hard to secure the backing of elites in both New York and Washington with a campaign focused on economic prosperity, the removal of foreign influence on American governmental affairs, a thinly veiled criticism of the close relationship of Grand Duchess Anastasia with the Roosevelt clan, and stronger enforcement of Prohibition and the criminality it had brought to the surface.

    While the Republicans clashed internally, with the Conservatives in near-open revolt against a President who had increasingly sidelined them from his government and had gone against their own wishes, most recently in the signing of the Treaty of Amsterdam, the Democrats were surprisingly soft-spoken in the lead-up to the Democratic Convention. The gains made by the Democrats in 1922 had many convinced that the Democratic Party was on the rebound and that there was a good chance of emerging victorious against the unpopular President Wood. As such, the Democratic Convention in Philadelphia in late June proved an immensely contentious affair as the issues of the Ku Klux Klan, Catholicism, Immigration and Prohibition, all of which divided the party.

    While McAdoo was a clear favorite to begin with, he experienced a surprising amount of opposition on the basis of his unwillingness to clearly identify where he fell on many of these precise issues. He had remained silent on the Klan, although aping some of their more popular points, vocally opposed to immigration, which was predominantly Catholic at the time and was seemingly without position on the issue of prohibition. McAdoo would find himself challenged on these positions, and opposed in many of them by the Irish-Catholic Governor of New York, Al Smith, who was not only vocally wet but opposed both the Klan and the anti-immigrant talk of McAdoo. The fiery Governor of New York launched scathing attacks on McAdoo but found his own position relatively weak. In search of a compromise, many looked to venerable John W. Davis and the popular James M. Cox. However, in the end it would be McAdoo who emerged victorious, his supporters quenching the attempt at finding a compromise and instead driving the supporters of Smith from the convention, several fist fights breaking out in the chaos. With Smith's supporters driven out, the Democratic Party rallied behind William Gibbs McAdoo and his platform, causing a severe rift in the party with the Catholic faction in the party, which led Smith to publicly declare his support for the ongoing Progressive Party campaign of Robert M. La Follette, strengthening the Progressive Party campaign with a large number of Irish voters, most significantly in New York and Massachusetts. The Republican Convention would settle for renominating President Wood, but replaced Elihu Root with the firmly conservative Calvin Coolidge in a major defeat for the progressive wing of the party. It would be this development which pushed La Follette to restart the Progressive Party and put forward a run for the presidency in 1924 (9).


    The US elections of 1924 would prove extremely contentious, with powerful accusations levelled at McAdoo that he was little more than a puppet of the Klan, with a great deal of fear-mongering on the part of Republicans to drive voting against the Democratic candidate. At the same time McAdoo and his supporters slammed the President for the failures of his administration and highlighted what the Democrats would paint as considerable foreign influence in the government. McAdoo was able to secure the backing of various Dry organisations as a result of considerable lobbying efforts aimed at them but was faced with a major challenge in the form of staunch Catholic opposition to his candidacy. By rallying nativist sentiments, McAdoo was able to contrast himself with President Wood, who he was swift to claim had allowed a flood of foreigners into the country who would be unable to hold proper allegiance to the American nation, an unsubtle dig at Catholic allegiance to the Papacy.

    While the President and McAdoo went each other like wild beasts, La Follette and the Progressives were left effectively unchecked, running on an agrarian, progressive and isolationist platform, and as a result were able to run rampant across much of the Prairie region, the North-West and the upper Great Lakes region, winning significant gains in the region. It would be in these regions that the Progressive Party, Socialist Party of America and the incipient Communist Party of America, would all find themselves vying for the Farmer-Labor vote in a series of bitterly contested local elections. While this placed the Socialists at odds with the Progressives, it also had the effect of driving the party platform of the Progressives further to the left, as they sought to compete with the Socialists.

    When election night finally came it would be the Democrats who emerged as the clear victors in the clash between the Republicans and Democrats, however it would be the results for the Progressive Party which would truly shock political figures on all sides. Robert M. La Follette emerged from the election with 94 electoral votes, having swept much of the the Prairie, Upper Great Lakes and the North-West states in the greatest results for the Progressive Party in its history. Having won 274 electoral votes, William Gibbs McAdoo became just the third elected Democratic President since the American Civil War, with the defeated President Wood having to content himself with just 163 electoral votes. With this success, and the electoral success of Progressive candidates down-ballot, it was decided that the Progressive Party would continue its existence as a major political party, having secured a combined 8 senate seats, preventing either of the other parties from securing control of the Senate, with the Republicans holding onto 43 to the Democrats 45. In the House of Representatives, the Progressives secured 34 seats - mostly in the regions they dominated in the presidential vote, but also in a surprising development consisting of a large section of the formerly Democratic Irish Catholics in the north-east, most significantly in New England, New York, Illinois and Pennsylvania. This left the Democrats to secure 188 seats while the Republicans retained the majority of their House seats with 209 - the Socialists securing 3 seats and Farmer-Labor a single seat (10).

    The German elections occurred at a time of cultural, social and technological flowering under the protective auspices of the NLP-DKP-Centre national government. While the majority of the credit for much of this development was rightly given to the innovative and forward-thinking SPD-FVP government in Prussia under Friedrich Ebert, Stresemann and his government's light touch had allowed much of this prosperity to bloom while focusing on foreign affairs and the repayment of state debts, helping to fuel the growing prosperity of a divided middle-class, as the employed white-collar working classes, working primarily in public and private office settings, began to challenge the old middle-classes of self-employed merchants, artisans and small-scale business people. The years of relative stability and recovery proved sufficiently popular to extend Stresemann's government by another term. Nonetheless, while power remained concentrated in these three parties, the SPD and FVP became something more than a token force in the Reichstag for the first time since the recent government reforms.

    However, while in Germany the 1924 elections changed relatively little and proved surprisingly sedate, the same could not be said of France, where powerful forces on the right posed a significant challenge to the centrist government which had led the French reconstruction since the end of the Great War. The 1924 election saw Millerand's term as President come to an end and led the fabulously popular Briand to seek the Presidential post. While Briand would cruise on to secure the presidency with barely any challenge, no one believing that they would be able to challenge the most popular French politician of the time, the same could not be said for Briand's protege Philippe Berthelot who sought to succeed his mentor and close friend as Premier. The challenge came from the Right, where the relatively right-wing Radical Paul Doumer had emerged victorious in a leadership struggle against both Clemenceau's political heir Georges Mandel and the wildly popular protestant politician Gaston Doumergue. By turning further to the right than either of the two others, draping himself in his Catholicism and anti-communist attitudes, Doumer had been able to exploit a surging feeling of Catholic reaction to events in Italy and defeated his two closest contenders in the process. The elections had seen the centrist block which had served as a bulwark for the Briand and Millerand government shaken by a surging rightwing but were able to secure a majority despite these losses.


    While the Right emerged as the major challenger to the centrists in France, in Germany it would be the Left which pushed forth its challenge instead. The intra-Leftist relations between the SPD and KPD proved particularly tense and marked by considerable discord as major ideological differences became increasingly clear. Under the influence of Rosa Luxembourg and other former Spartacists, the KPD had opened up to Anarchist influences with the result that the party took on an increasingly anti-statist outlook, looking more towards local autonomy, cooperative and volunteer organisations and a on the part of a few idealistic souls, a total disengagement from government affairs, in some ways mirroring the radical religious sects of yore which sought to disengage from the rest of the world to live in isolated autarky. While only the most radically idealistic in outlook would follow this path of disengagement, the remainder of the movement remained firmly anchored in political affairs and stood for elections at local, regional and state levels - having proven unable to breach the barriers erected around the Reichstag.

    In contrast, the SPD increasingly looked towards a merging of nationalist, socialist and centralist ideological strains as presented by a young and rapidly rising clique of National Socialists, many of them veterans of the trenches and freikorps, who sought to unite their fierce pride in their German nationality with their wish for a more socialist order. Amongst the young leaders of this movement within the SPD were Otto Strasser, Ernst Niekisch, Walther Ehrhardt and Walther Stennes who had been influenced by more senior ideologues such as Johann Plenge, Werner Sombart and Oswald Spengler (11).

    In Great Britain it was a nearly newly-minted Prime Minister in the form of Austen Chamberlain who found himself forced to call for re-elections. While Chamberlain himself proved quite popular and had been able to accomplish a great deal in the short time he had been in power, many felt that the Conservative Party as a whole had mismanaged the post-war period. Thus, while Chamberlain's appointment and steady leadership over the past year had done much to repair the damage, many in the party feared it would prove insufficient. At the same time a stark divide within the Conservative Party presented significant challenges to Chamberlain as the more Liberal-Conservative wing of the party, aligned with Chamberlain and in favour of a push to restore Britain the grandeur of the pre-war years, continued foreign involvement and an alliance with the Liberals, perhaps even compromising with Labour to ease the transition out of the crisis period, found itself increasingly at odds with the Nationalist and Unionist wing of the party which aligned behind the powerful and intelligent Chancellor Stanley Baldwin. While the relationship between Chamberlain and his Chancellor remained functioning, these divisions strained the party considerably and weakened its cohesion.

    This created an opportunity for both the Liberals and the Labour Party to challenge the supremacy of the Conservatives in the 1924 elections. While H. H. Asquith's reunited Liberal Party had emerged from its coalition woes, it found itself targeted by the Labour Party who viewed the weakened state of the Liberals as an unprecedented opportunity to emerge from their previous secondary role in parliament into the sole party on the Left in Britain. To this end, the Labour Party invested considerable energies into races going up against the Liberals and sought to secure control of as many urban seats as possible in the emerging scrum. Labour promised a great deal, wanting major social and economic reforms including unemployment insurance, a wider social security system, regulations on housing, a minimum wage law and an expanded pensions act. Perhaps the most enticing proposition on the part of the Labour party under Ramsay MacDonald, was the idea of taking the preexisting veterans' security system and expanding them to cover the entire population, although the feasibility of such activities were widely questioned.


    The most significant argument on the part of both the Liberals and Conservatives against Labour hinged on their belief that Labour was quite simply incapable of judicious rule and was unfit to rule. They used a mix of red-baiting and enticements in their quest to weaken the appeal of Labour, an act which actually met with considerable success in better-off areas. The spectre of revolution still lingered, not helped by the terminal calls for a General Strike from one section of the Labour Party or another, and with Italy to point to immediately as a scare tactic the Conservatives and Liberals were able to drive voters to the polls in opposition to Labour, if nothing else.

    The end result was a major victory for the Conservatives and a significant defeat for the Liberals, who saw their seats in Parliament significantly reduced, mostly to the benefit of Labour. The Conservatives were just barely able to eke out a majority allowing Chamberlain to continue as Prime Minister for another term, relying heavily on the continued dominance in Ireland of Unionist politicians. However, Labour was able to present a surprising challenge to the Unionist dominance of Ireland in areas previously dominated by Irish Nationalists, more out of opposition to the Unionist-Conservatives than any particular Labour affiliation. The entry of Labour into Irish politics would prove massively important, for it served as the introduction of Celtic Communism to Ireland at the hands of John MacLean, who saw an opportunity to unite the oppressed Celtic Peoples against their Anglo-Saxon bourgeois exploiters (12).

    Footnotes:

    (9) The main take-away from all of this should be that the Ku Klux Klan is extending its tentacles into national politics, that the Catholics of the Democratic Party have been alienated from the party and are seeking shelter with the slowly rebounding Progressive Party, and that McAdoo has emerged from the chaos of the Democratic Primaries with strong backing. Without the Teapot Dome Scandal he is in a much stronger position than IOTL and if it weren't for the vocal and powerful Irish Catholics in the party, the convention wouldn't have been anything close to the shit-show of OTL. ITTL there is still drama, but it is resolved quite quickly and McAdoo emerges relatively unharmed from it. He will have a hard time with immigrants and Catholics, but the nativist vote should outweigh that considerably. The Progressive Party's reappearance is stronger than IOTL, but is still unlikely to win. The major effect of the 1924 election is that it sees the Irish Catholic wing of the Democratic Party make the jump to support the Progressives though with a weaker siphoning of progressive votes from the Democrats and Republicans than IOTL due to the ostensibly progressive credentials of both Wood and McAdoo.

    (10) This is a momentous election to say the least, seeing not only the fall of the Wood Presidency and its replacement by a Democratic regime, but also the outsized success of the progressive party, which is in part a counterreaction to the rise of the Ku Klux Klan, disapproval of rising conservative power in the Republican Party and a response to fatigue with red-baiting from both Republican and Democratic side. One important thing to note is that with the Progressive Party's greater success, both the Republicans and Democrats have had their own Progressive wings weakened and as such take on a more conservative or nativist outlook respectively. I have included an election map in the end notes if that should interest anyone. I have to say, it is an interesting experience writing about a US election during US elections.


    (11) The two central powers of the Continent continue plodding forward but both see their governmental coalitions begin to erode as more radical forces begin to impact their ideological development. The important development in France is the sudden rise in Catholic power which had been on the wane for decades, largely in response to the horrors perpetrated against the Catholic Church in Italy which outrage even relatively irreligious Catholics. This is a central reason for Doumergue's loss to Doumer ITTL. This rising Catholicism on the right will have some interesting consequences as we move forward but at least for the time being the rising power is on the Right, not on the Left, in France. The matter is almost directly the opposite in Germany where it is the Left which is experiencing a growth in power. One interesting development to note, beyond the presence of various OTL National Socialists in the SPD, is that the SPD is moving in a more Centralist direction - i.e. wanting to reduce the regionalisation of Germany and to consolidate power on a national level under their control. For now the older leadership is content with demonstrating its competence on a regional level, but eventually ambitious figures in the SPD are likely to look into strengthening their national platform. The greatest challenge they face in this matter is overcoming the indirect electoral system to the Reichstag, which has already proven a significant challenge to overcome for them.

    (12) The UK also retains the recently secured status quo under Austen Chamberlain's leadership, but how long that will hold is very much in question. Perhaps as interesting is the introduction of Celtic Communism to Ireland. While there remain only a few Celtic Communists amongst the Irish, it will prove influential in the Irish Labour movement and begins building a bond between the strong leftist movement in Scotland and the nascent leftist movement in Ireland. The Liberal party comes out of the election having taken a beating, but they are actually better off than IOTL while Labour has done worse than IOTL.

    635px-Policeman_and_wrecked_car_and_cases_of_moonshine.jpg

    Moonshine and Prohibition

    Prosperity, Prohibition and the Ku Klux Klan

    The post-war recession had already been nearing its end as the election campaign of 1924 went into high gear, but despite this it would be the new president William Gibbs McAdoo who reaped the rewards of the rebounding economy. The last few months of President Wood's term as a lame-duck president would see him rush to stamp out a few of the most significant stains on his presidency, most significantly he ramped up efforts against the West Virginian insurgents before offering terms to their leader Bill Blizzard which amounted to a wide-ranging pardon for his supporters in return for Blizzard's own surrender to federal authorities and a promise of leniency towards the young Blizzard himself. After a good deal of back and forth in the insurgent camp, where supplies were running low and casualties rising rapidly, Blizzard decided to accept the deal and surrendered himself into the hands of agents from the AILE. From there he was conducted before a federal judge and bid to plead guilty of insurrection, which he promptly did. Having plead guilty of insurrection, all other charges which might have been brought against him were dropped and he was officially sentenced to a decade imprisonment, although he was effectively guaranteed parole within two years due to the specifics of his agreement. With this headache taken care of, and West Virginia returning to a more peaceful equilibrium, President Wood was able to end his term with a clear conscience.

    The arrival of President McAdoo would see a prodigious spurt of legislation passed in a bid to return much of the American foreign investments made overseas, particularly in Europe, in a bid to secure greater domestic investment. The result of this was the issuing of a warning to all major American investors in foreign markets that capital gains taxation on international investments would be implemented to spur domestic investments as part of McAdoo's promise to strengthen the American domestic economy. This was coupled with the implementation of a series of major tariffs on both agricultural and industrial goods in a bid to shield the rapidly strengthening economic growth of America's domestic industries. Much of this work was done with the backing of the Republican Conservatives, who found a willing partner in the new President. McAdoo's economic plans would be implemented in the first half of 1925 and had major consequences for the economic development of the United States. He proved more than willing to throw the federal government behind American business in both domestic and foreign affairs and appointed a series of pro-business figures to his cabinet which left many nativists questioning his intentions and allegiances. All of these efforts would have the effect of greatly strengthening American domestic economic prospects and would play a key role in allowing Ford to truly emerge as the undisputed hegemon of the American automotive industry (13).


    The implementation of Prohibition in the early post-war years was a matter widely considered a failure of the Republican government. With much of the Republican leadership firmly in the Wet camp on the issue and far more concerned with the ideological protection of the American citizenry, the issue had largely been left severely underfunded and ignored in Republican circles. In fact, there was so little interest in pursuing the matter that most cities, particularly in the Urban North, continued on as though the Eighteenth Amendment had not been passed. While state governments, particularly in Rural and Southern regions of the country, went forward with prohibition efforts it was widely felt by various Dry organisations, such as the Temperance Movement and the Anti-Saloon League, that the Republican government was failing in its duties to uphold the constitutional amendment. It was also in this time period that the Ku Klux Klan became firmly entrenched on the side of the Dry's, using prohibitionist agitation in conjunction with their anti-Catholic, racist and anti-immigrant propaganda efforts. The growing outrage on the part of the Drys had the effect of spurring Klan recruitment and played a key role in the Klan's rise to prominence.

    McAdoo's staunchly Dry political alignment, even if he was prone to a quiet drink or two in the evenings, would play a key role in his victory and his Presidency would see a major realignment on the issue of prohibition. Significantly, the AILE had seen its mandate expanded to include prohibition enforcement under the Wood Presidency, although for the first several years they had largely left prohibition enforcement severely underfunded in favour of focusing their efforts against subversive movements. This changed with the ascension of McAdoo, who immediately ordered the organisation to shift its attention away from the ideological struggle and towards the enforcement of prohibition.

    The first pillar to fall was the massively successful George Remus, a former Chicago Criminal Lawyer turned bootlegger, who had moved to Cincinnati and grown to dominate the cross-Great Lake alcohol trade. Living a lavish lifestyle and doing little to hide his activities, Remus was well known throughout the mid-west for his central role in the distribution of alcohol. The AILE came down hard on Remus and made a public example of him, imprisoning him for racketeering and tearing apart his family before an incredulous news media, who turned Remus' trial into the first of several media sensations.

    The fall of George Remus in mid-1925 signaled the first in a series of major arrests as the AILE turned its hard-earned experience combatting subversive elements against the gangsters, bootleggers and racketeers who had felt themselves safe from persecution. New York, Chicago, Boston and Atlantic City all found themselves targeted by the AILE in the year that followed, with several major organizations crushed, most significantly the Chicago South Side Gang under Johnny Torrio, who was imprisoned while several of his associates, including Alphonse Capone and the three Genna brothers, Angelo, Antonio and Mike, were killed either in the power struggle that followed or as the Irish North-Side gang moved in against the Italians. Also in New York would the hammer come down disproportionately on Italian criminal organizations, with the Black Hand gangs largely shattered in the effort. The White Hand under Wild Bill Lovett was able to maneuver through much of this with success, having been slow to get into bootlegging and were thus able to both learn from Italian mistakes, better hiding their activities, and secure control of Italian infrastructure abandoned when the AILE came down on them. Under considerable pressure from the Irish, Jewish and Italian criminal organizations now began to subordinate themselves to Irish dominance, making money where they could but always under pressure from the Irish (14).

    Alongside his criminal and economic reforms, President McAdoo would also sponsor the passage of a major immigration act meant to sharply curtail immigration and set out clear ethnic and religious quotas to entry into the United States. In 1921 there had been an effort on the part of more conservative forces in the Republican Party alongside the Democratic Party to implement restrictions on immigration, but this had met with resistance from President Wood and his supporters who had stalled out the effort for fear of its impact on international relations. A major plank in the Democratic presidential campaign centred on immigration reform, specifically aimed at preventing the flood of Catholic migrants who were arriving in large numbers at the time and forcing a halt to the large amount of Asian migration experienced by the Western states, most prominently California.

    Thus, McAdoo focused a considerable amount of his resources on the passage of an immigration act in 1925 and was able to secure its passage with Democratic and Conservative Republican backing. The 1925 Immigration Act would see the implementation of the National Origins Quota which restricted immigration on the basis of existing proportions of the population. It aimed to reduce the overall number of unskilled immigrants, especially from Eastern Europe and Asia, to allow families to re-unite, and to prevent immigration from changing the ethnic distribution of the largely Protestant Northwestern European-descended United States population.

    The Act established preferences under the quota system for certain relatives of US residents, including their unmarried children under 21, their parents, and spouses aged 21 and over while also preferring immigrants aged 21 and over who were skilled in agriculture, as well as their wives and dependent children under age sixteen. Non-quota status was accorded to wives and unmarried children under eighteen of US citizens; natives of Western Hemisphere countries, with their families; non-immigrants; and a few other minor categories. The 1925 Act also established a consular control system of immigration, which divided responsibility for immigration between the State Department and the Immigration and Naturalization Service. It mandated that no alien should be allowed to enter the United States without a valid immigration visa issued by an American consular officer abroad and provided that no alien ineligible to become a citizen could be admitted to the United States as an immigrant, this was aimed primarily at Japanese and Chinese migrants. It imposed fines on transportation companies who landed aliens in violation of U.S. immigration laws and defined the term "immigrant" while designating all other alien entries into the United States as "non-immigrant" - in effect temporary visitors.

    This sharp curtailment of immigrants opened up a large amount of jobs in the north and served to accelerate what had already been an emergent trend of northward and westward migration by the African Americans of the South. Over the course of the next several years, African American populations in northern cities would grow rapidly, bringing with them a unique culture and flavor to many of these cities and causing clashes with the traditional white population of the north as the African Americans often filled in for union workers as scabs, sometimes even displacing the former white workers in the region. During this time it became increasingly clear that the Supreme Court was deeply divided between Progressive and Conservative figures, with the Conservatives having a majority of the seats while the Progressives held the seat of Chief Justice in the form of the Chief Justice Learned Hand, a man with deep ties tot he Roosevelts who had been appointed in 1921 to replace Edward Douglass White (15).


    During this time the Ku Klux Klan firmly entered the political arena and became an issue of national importance. With a President championing many of their longed-for changes and the election of several local, state and even a couple of national figures with Klan ties, the menace presented by the Ku Klux Klan seemed increasingly magnified. Immigrants, Jews and Blacks found themselves under attack, most prominently in the South, the Mid-Atlantic Belt and in the Midwest, the latter of which saw the powerful Indiana Klan growing ever more powerful. There were varied efforts to combat the Klan across the country. In Indiana, the Attorney General Arthur Gilliom arrested Edward Shumaker, the leader of the Indiana Anti-Saloon League, and charged Shumaker with contempt of court because of newsletters he was circulating that attacked the Supreme Court of Indiana, he criticised them for what he viewed as lax enforcement of prohibition laws. He was convicted and sentenced to serve time on the Indiana work farm.

    As Shumaker was a Klan member and leader of a key Republican support group, the recently elected Klan-backed governor Edward Jackson pardoned Shumaker and when Gilliom took the pardon to court to have the pardon overturned by the Indiana Supreme Court he found his proposal tossed out, several of the justices having illicit ties to the Klan. It wouldn't take more than a month before Gillom himself was removed from his position by a public pressure campaign. Many groups and leaders, including prominent Protestant ministers such as Reinhold Niebuhr in Detroit, spoke out against the Klan, gaining national attention. The Jewish Anti-Defamation League was formed in the early 20th century in response to attacks on Jewish Americans, including the lynching of Leo Frank in Atlanta, and the Klan's campaign to prohibit private schools which was chiefly aimed at Catholic parochial schools.

    These opposing groups worked to penetrate the Klan's secrecy and experienced some success, with one group even succeeding in publishing a partial list of Klan members in Indiana at the start of President McAdoo's term. However, this event was soon pushed aside by the national media by a much more heart wrenching and horrific tale, for the body of a young woman by the name of Madge Oberholtzer had been discovered in a garbage heap in an immigrant neighbourhood of Indianapolis, mutilated and horribly abused. The Klan was swift to champion Oberholtzer's case and was presented as the archetypical maiden of Protestant Womanhood, their case made the stronger for Madge's participation in Klan events and service as aide to Indiana Grand Wizard D. C. Stephenson. Stephenson would use the Oberholtzer case as a cudgel against his enemies, pointing to her death as a clear example of the way in which white protestant women could not remain safe from the Black, Jew or Catholic. While the Oberholtzer case remained unsolved, this did not prevent the Klan from exacting punishment, raiding immigrant neighborhoods near where she had been discovered and lynching several individuals they suspected of the crime. The publicity of the Oberholtzer case served as the key to allowing Stephenson to separate his branch of the Klan from that under Imperial Wizard Evans, beginning a bitter intra-Klan struggle for supremacy between the young, charismatic and dynamic Stephenson and the calculated Hiram Wesley Evans (16).

    Footnotes:

    (13) Interestingly, McAdoo's early presidency has a lot in common economically with the approach taken by the Harding and Coolidge governments IOTL, The Tariffs mentioned as implemented in 1925 are based on the OTL 1921 and 1922 Tariffs. The capital gains taxation scheme is something which is meant to appeal to his more nativist base and has the impact of calling back a good portion of the money American investors funnelled out of the US during its recession and serves as a proper kick-off to the growing American economy. For many it will be the implementation of these reforms which will be considered the end of the US' economic turmoil.

    (14) As I have mentioned before, the Sicilian Mafia isn't really getting sent into exile ITTL and as such the Italian criminal organisations are less tradition-bound, less cohesive and not nearly as powerful. However, they are early adopters of bootlegging and as such get hit hard by the AILE when crackdowns begin. While there are a swarm of Italian refugees entering the United States at this time, the majority of them are political refugees and as such they don't really come to dominate the criminal underworld as the Italians did IOTL. By contrast, the Irish are a great deal stronger, are reinforced by veteran fighters in the bitter war in Ireland, are lucky in avoiding the initial AILE crackdown and are consolidating under more centralised leadership - Bill Lovett in New York and Dean O'Banion in Chicago.

    (15) This is actually very similar to the immigration laws of OTL in the same period. The most significant difference on this issue is that the OTL migrant stream which was largely shut down in 1921 with the emergency act, here continues to 1925, giving four more years of relatively high levels of migration before the gates are shut. The Great Migration is also largely OTL, although the timing and numbers are slightly different, not enough to really matter, ITTL. Finally, I would like to thank @DTF955Baseballfan for mentioning Learned Hand, who I decided would work well as Chief Justice in this context. This has the interesting dynamic of leaving Hand and Brandeis in prominent positions on the court, but largely outnumbered by Conservative justices.

    (16) This is a really dark series of events and I hope people aren't too discouraged by it - but I think that a lot of the necessary elements were there for the Klan to really take off in the 1920s. I don't know if everyone is aware of this, but I think I should mention either way that Madge Oberholter was murdered by D.C. Stephenson IOTL (and presumably ITTL). The main difference here is that rather than her death becoming a scandal which fundamentally weakened and undermined the Klan, she instead becomes a macabre martyr for their movement and helps to both strengthen the Klan and spur Stephenson to publicly challenge Evans.


    Summary:

    Cisleithania is partitioned while the Hungarians seek to strengthen their grip. In Italy relations collapse completely while a new pope ascends to the Throne of St. Peter.

    The Amsterdam Conference sets vague but important limitations on armaments and fosters a spirit of international cooperation.

    The 1924 elections see the status quo retained with some difficulty in Europe while the Democrats take power in the United States.

    The new McAdoo Presidency sees several major changes legislatively in economic, justice and migration realms while the Irish Mob entrenches in New York and Chicago and the Klan grows stronger despite increasing internal divisions.

    End Note:

    There are a lot of things going on in this update and I hope people are able to manage the whiplash. I know that there are a lot of dark and worrying developments in this update and some hopeful steps elsewhere, but I think and hope that it all remains at least mostly plausible. I am having a lot of fun reading up on the history of the Irish Mob during Prohibition and playing around with electoral results. I will see if I can't get a map up of the situation in Austria-Hungary once the war comes to a proper end.

    One thing, I was changing around the results on the electoral map and got to wondering what an actual three-way tie electorally would look like. I know that if no candidate can secure a majority of the electors it is sent to the House for a vote on presidency and senate for VP, but what if those houses were also divided in three on that issue and unable to secure a majority there?


    I don't know quite how stable of an update rate I will have moving forward, there are a lot of threads to keep track of and research to do on these things, but I hope that people enjoy this latest instalment in A Day in July.

    US Electoral Map for 1924:
    1924 Electoral Map.png
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty-Three: A World Under Pressure
  • A World Under Pressure

    454px-Emperor_Taisho%27s_sons_1921.jpg

    The Four Princes of Japan: Hirohito, Takahito, Nobuhito and Yasuhito

    Japan under the Taisho Democracy and the Chinese Civil War

    The two-party political system that had been developing in Japan since the turn of the century came of age after World War I, giving rise to the nickname for the period, "Taishō Democracy". In 1918, Hara Takashi, a protégé of the former Prime Minister Saionji Kinmochi and a major influence in the prewar Seiyūkai cabinets, had become the first commoner to serve as prime minister. He took advantage of long-standing relationships he had throughout the government, won the support of the surviving genrō and the House of Peers, and brought into his cabinet as army minister Tanaka Giichi, who had a greater appreciation of favorable civil-military relations than his predecessors, who had struggled to manage that relationship. Nevertheless, major problems confronted Hara: inflation, the need to adjust the Japanese economy to postwar circumstances, an influx of foreign ideas, an intervention in Russia and an emerging labor movement however, they ended up applying prewar solutions to these postwar problems, and little was done to reform the government.

    Hara worked to ensure a Seiyūkai majority through time-tested methods, such as new election laws and electoral redistricting, and embarked on major government-funded public works programs. The public grew disillusioned with the growing national debt and the new election laws, which retained the old minimum tax qualifications for voters. Calls were raised for universal suffrage and the dismantling of the old political party network. Students, university professors, and journalists, bolstered by labor unions and inspired by a variety of democratic, socialist, communist, anarchist, and other Western schools of thought, mounted large but orderly public demonstrations in favor of universal male suffrage in 1920 and 1921. New elections brought still another Seiyūkai majority, but barely so. In the political environment of the day, there was a proliferation of new parties, including socialist and communist parties.

    In Korea, Japan found its power challenged by the Sam-il Rebellion, where public dissent and a declaration criticizing Japanese rule spun out of control and was put down violently by the Japanese military, leaving thousands dead. Particularly following the Sam-il Uprising, Hara pursued a conciliatory policy towards Japan's colonies, particularly Korea. He arranged for his political ally, Saitō Makoto, a political moderate, to take over as governor-general of Korea; instituted a colonial administration consisting mainly of civilians rather than military; and he permitted a degree of cultural freedom, including - for the first time - a school curriculum that featured Korean language and history. He also sought to encourage a limited amount of self-rule in the country - provided that, ultimately, Koreans remained under Japanese imperial control. His overtures, however, won few supporters either among Koreans or Japanese; the former considered them inadequate, the latter considered them excessive. In 1921, Hara was stabbed to death by a right-wing railroad switchman, Nakaoka Kon'ichi, at Tōkyō Station, throwing the political equilibrium into chaos.

    After Hara was assassinated, Takahashi Korekiyo was appointed both Prime Minister and the Rikken Seiyūkai party president. Takahashi was the second Christian Prime Minister in Japanese history but his term lasted less than seven months and he was removed from power in June 1922, primarily due to his inability as an outsider to control the factions in his party, and his lack of a power base in the party. In Takahashi's place was appointed Uchida Kōsai, who served as Foreign Minister in the cabinet and had been used as interim Prime Minister between the death of Hara and appointment of Takahashi. Uchida's rule was characterized primarily by an investment in the continued Russian Civil War, in the victory of the Fengtian Clique in China and with projecting Japanese power internationally through various diplomatic and trade efforts. Uchida's reign would last until September 1923 when a series of major crises shook Japan to its core and swept aside the previous status quo (1).

    On Saturday, the 1st of September 1923, the Kanto plain on the isle of Honshu was struck by an immensely destructive earthquake which left Tokyo, the port city of Yokohama, and the surrounding prefectures of Chiba, Kanagawa, and Shizuoka devastated, and caused widespread damage throughout the Kantō region. Because the earthquake struck at lunchtime when many people were cooking meals over fire, many people died as a result of the many large fires that broke out. Some fires developed into firestorms that swept across cities. Manymore people died when their feet became stuck on melting tarmac while the single greatest loss of life was caused by a fire tornado that engulfed the Rikugun Honjo Hifukusho in downtown Tokyo, where about 38,000 people were incinerated after taking shelter following the earthquake. The earthquake broke water mains all over the city, and putting out the fires took nearly two full days.

    A strong typhoon centred off the coast of the Noto Peninsula in Ishikawa Prefecture brought high winds to Tokyo Bay at about the same time as the earthquake and caused the fires to spread rapidly. Many homes were buried or swept away by landslides in the mountainous and hilly coastal areas in western Kanagawa Prefecture and around 800 people died when a collapsing mountainside in the village of Nebukawa, west of Odawara, pushed the entire village and a passenger train carrying over 100 passengers, along with the railway station, into the sea. A tsunami with waves of up to 10 meters struck the coast of Sagami Bay, Bōsō Peninsula, Izu Islands, and the east coast of Izu Peninsula within minutes. The tsunami killed many, including about 100 people along Yui-ga-hama Beach in Kamakura and an some 50 people on the Enoshima causeway. Over 570,000 homes were destroyed, leaving an nearly 1.9 million homeless. There were an estimated 142,800 deaths, including around 40,000 who went missing and were presumed dead.


    The Home Ministry declared martial law and ordered all sectional police chiefs to make maintenance of order and security a top priority. A false rumor was spread that Koreans were taking advantage of the disaster, committing arson and robbery, and were in possession of bombs. In the confusion after the quake, mass murder of Koreans by mobs occurred across urban Tokyo and Yokohama, fueled by rumors of rebellion and sabotage. The government reported 231 Koreans were killed by mobs in Tokyo and Yokohama in the first week of September but independent reports indicated that it was far higher, ranging from 6,000 to 10,000 murdered. Some newspapers reported the rumors as fact, including the allegation that Koreans were poisoning wells which the numerous fires and cloudy well water, a little-known effect of a large quake, all seemed to confirm. Vigilante groups set up roadblocks in cities, and tested residents with a shibboleth for supposedly Korean-accented Japanese: deporting, beating, or killing those who failed with the army and police personnel colluding in the vigilante killings in some areas. Moreover, anyone mistakenly identified as Korean, such as Chinese, Ryukyuans, and Japanese speakers of some regional dialects, suffered the same fate with around 700 Chinese, mostly from Wenzhou, killed in the chaos.

    In response, the government called upon the Japanese Army and the police to protect Koreans; with 23,715 Koreans placed in protective custody across Japan, 12,000 in Tokyo alone. In some towns, even police stations to which Korean people had sought escape were attacked by mobs, whereas in other neighbourhoods, residents took steps to protect them. The Army distributed flyers denying the rumors and warning civilians against attacking Koreans, but in many cases vigilante activity only ceased as a result of Army operations against it.

    Amidst the mob violence against Koreans in the Kantō Region, regional police and the Imperial Army used the pretext of civil unrest to liquidate political dissidents. Socialists such as Hirasawa Keishichi, anarchists such as Sakae Ōsugi and Noe Itō, and the Chinese communal leader, Ō Kiten, were abducted and killed by local police and Imperial Army, who claimed the radicals intended to use the crisis as an opportunity to overthrow the Japanese government. In reconstructing the city, the nation, and the Japanese people, the earthquake fostered a culture of catastrophe and reconstruction that amplified discourses of moral degeneracy and national renovation in interwar Japan. After the earthquake, Gotō Shinpei, former Mayor of Tokyo and current Home Minister, organized a reconstruction plan of Tokyo with modern networks of roads, trains, and public services. Parks were placed all over Tokyo as refuge spots, and public buildings were constructed with stricter standards than private buildings to accommodate refugees (2).

    The impact of the 1923 Kanto Earthquake was to place the Uchida government under extreme pressure and led to a significant drawdown in forces in Siberia and a general reduction in funds for the armed forces, provoking considerable anger, most significantly in the upper ranks of the military. The survival of Battlecruiser Amagi, which had just recently finished construction, left the navy content for the time from their own reduction in funds, particularly given the outsized impact of the budget cuts on the military. Uchida now found himself increasingly on the outs with the military and was being pressured to resign when the second major catastrophe of 1923 occurred.

    On the 27th of December 1923, the Crown Prince and Regent Hirohito was on his way to the opening of the 48th Session of the Imperial Diet when the young son of a member of the Diet, Daisuke Namba, fired a small pistol at his carriage. The window of the carriage shattered and the Crown Prince was hit in the side of the head by the bullet, killing him instantly. The Crown Prince's guards were swift to act and Namba was taken into custody immediately, alive if heavily beaten. The shock of the Toranomon Incident, as it would come to be known for the street on which it occurred, could not have been greater had it been the Emperor himself killed. It sent shockwaves through Japan and led to the resignation of both the Prime Minister Uchida Kōsai and the Minster of War Tanaka Giichi in disgrace at the failure to protect the Crown Prince. This was yet another major blow to the military, which saw one of its most significant figures in Tanaka forced into retirement while Uchida, who had been relatively supportive of the military's activities up until the earthquake, departed as well. Nanba's attempt was motivated partly by his leftist ideology, and also by a strong desire to avenge the death of Shūsui Kōtoku, who had been executed for his alleged role in the High Treason Incident of 1910. Although Nanba claimed that he was rational, a view agreed upon in the court records, he would be proclaimed insane to the public, sentenced to death on 13 November 1924, and executed two days later.

    The incoming government of Yamamoto Gonbee, an Admiral and former Prime Minister who was noted for his efforts to reduce the involvement of active armed forces figures in government and democratic tendencies, was a major change from the previous government of Uchida. Under Yamamoto a series of anti-leftist and democratic reforms were undertaken with the support of a coalition of minority parties, the Conservative Kenseikai, the Constitutionalist Kenseito and the Democratic Kokuminto, which saw the franchise extended universally to all men over 21 of age with the General Election Law, and the Peace Preservation Laws which outlawed Communist, Anarchist and Socialist parties passed. A "Thought Police" section, named the Tokkō, was formed within the Home Ministry, with branches all over Japan and in overseas locations with high concentrations of Japanese subjects to monitor activity by socialists and communists. A Student Section was also established under the Ministry of Education to monitor university professors and students. Within the Ministry of Justice, special "Thought Prosecutors" were appointed to suppress "thought criminals", either through punishment or through "conversion" back to orthodoxy via reeducation. The 1924 elections would see the formerly dominant Rikken Seiyukai fall from their previously dominant position, with the Kenseito, Kokuminto and Kenseikai all making major gains and governing as a coalition under the leadership of Yamamoto Gonbee (3).

    In the years since he had returned to China from exile in 1917, Sun Yat-Sen had remained one of the most important ideological and political figures in China, re-establishing the Kuomintang in late 1919, exploiting the fury of the May 12th Movement to fuel support for his growing movement and establishing a military government in Southern China centred on Guangzhou in 1921. His plan focused on defeating the warlords who had taken power of the country before the party could guide China until the country was ready to move to democracy. This rival government led by Sun, however, was at a disadvantage against the warlords from a military point of view. Despite his requests for aid from the West, badly needed financial and arms support were hard to come by in the early 1920s whose proclaimed enemies were backed primarily by Japanese and Imperial Russian patrons. While Sun Yat-Sen allied with local warlords, turning one against the other, in a bid to secure better military forces, he focused immense resources on building international interest.

    It was in this context that the Kuomintang was able to secure limited American backing, which soon provoked the Germans to enter into the game as well, offering cheap armaments, trainers and observer, followed by the Japanese, French, British and Communist Russians. The prospect of relying on foreign backing left a bad taste in the mouths of many, but at least for a few years Sun Yat-Sen was able to play the various factions off against each other with some success. While Sun Yat-Sen was able to secure the establishment of a Central Bank under his brother-in-law T.V. Soong, he found himself increasingly mired in both internal and external factional clashes. Key to the issue was the sudden strengthening of the Russian Communists after the negotiated end to the Russian Civil War and the resultant availability of resources on the part of various powers which had until recently been occupied in Russia and now sought to influence events in China. It was here that Germany, the United States and Japan emerged as the three most powerful external factions for the Kuomintang, while internally the divide between nationalist, socialist and liberal-democrats grew increasingly strained. In early 1924 Sun Yat-Sen decided to throw his lot in with the Americans, who under President Wood proved extremely interested in creating a counterweight to the Japanese-dominated Imperial China to the north under the Fengtian Clique.

    This alliance with the Americans proved immediately beneficial, and Sun Yat-Sen was able to extend the KMT's power through much of southern China, defeating the Guangxi Clique and making swift work of the Yunnan Clique by mid-1924. At this time the internal divisions between the left and right-wings of the party were reaching a breaking point with the powerful leftist Wang Jingwei believing Sun Yat-Sen had decided to turn his back on the Chinese people in favour of foreign-controlled nationalist rule, specifically focused on the issue of who would inherit Sun Yat-Sen's mantle as leader, with the military man and prominent member of the nationalist faction Chiang Kai-Shek increasingly seen as a potential successor. These tensions boiled over in late-1924 when the Fengtian Clique, having spent the preceding four years crushing one warlord state after another with growing alacrity, finally turned its attentions southward.

    It was at this moment, when the young Republic was at its most vulnerable, that Sun Yat-Sen's decision to throw in with the Americans proved itself a disaster. The election of President McAdoo, whose anti-interventionist agenda had included limiting American involvement to trade and economics in China, was a massive blow to Sun-Yat Sen's prestige and led to the sudden collapse of Republican fortunes as American investors and arms dealers abandoned the Kuomintang. The Fengtian onslaught proved impossible to stop with city after city falling to the rush of Imperial forces, with Zhang Zuolin leading the way. In the years since taking control of Beijing, the old Marshal had shaped an unparalleled Chinese military machine which chewed through warlord forces with surprising ease, having secured the most talented commanders, best weaponry on the open market and with the quantity needed to swamp any enemy.

    Sun Yat-Sen would die in his sleep in early 1925, the stress of the situation proving too much for the sickly old man, which served to ignite an internal struggle which was resolved by the betrayal of Chiang Kai-Shek, who united with the right-wing of the KMT to declare themselves in support of the Fengtian Clique. Wang Jingwei and a number of other left-wing figures in the KMT were able to make their escape, but the Kuomintang was collapsing like a house of cards. Zhang Zuolin would accept Chiang Kai-Shek's surrender of Guangzhou with equanimity, taking a liking to the young and ambitious general. Thus, by March of 1925 Imperial China had been restored under the rule of Xuantong Emperor, although effective rule lay in the clique of military figures who had congregated around Zhang Zhuolin (4).

    Footnotes:

    (1) It bears mentioning that the vast majority of this is OTL. The divergences happen following the fall of Takahashi Korekiyo where instead of Katō Tomosaburō, it is Uchida Kōsai who is appointed Prime Minister. This is because Katō's appointment IOTL was a result of his performance at the OTL Washington Conference. Here the Washington Conference is replaced by the Amsterdam Conference which plays out two years later and very differently from the Washington Conference. Uchida was used generally as something of a placeholder PM and seems to have been trusted enough on the part of most factions that he would be a suitable replacement. This also means that the same impetuses which led to Japan's withdrawal from Russia and China do not occur, at least for the time being.

    (2) This is all basically OTL, the 1923 earthquake is honestly like something out of a nightmare and had a profound impact on popular opinion.

    (3) This is where this really start to move in a different direction for Japan ITTL. The assassination of Hirohito, which is based on an OTL attempt on his life, means that it is Yasuhito who becomes Crown Prince and Regent at the age of 21, and stands to succeed his father, the elderly and mentally challenged Showa, as Emperor. It also bears mentioning that the General Election Law is passed a year earlier than OTL, impacting the 1924 elections as a result, and that it lowers the election age to 21 rather than OTL's 25 years. Perhaps the most significant change is the explicit naming of Anarchists, Communists and Socialists as those targeted by the Peace Preservation Laws rather than the vague formulation of OTL which left the meaning of dissent (the focus of the laws) extremely vague and generally applicable to almost any political position.

    (4) The lack of a unified and activist Soviet Union really ends up killing the Republic of China. IOTL the Soviets were instrumental in helping build up the KMT and their military forces as well as forcing their cooperation with the Communists. ITTL the Chinese Communists never ally with the KMT, instead remaining a strong and disruptive presence in many of the cities along the coast. There are some ties between the KMT leftists like Wang Jingwei and the Communists, but it isn't anything like an actual alliance. This leaves the KMT and Sun Yat-Sen forced to rely on imperialist powers for backing - the very thing they were railing against to begin with - which further weakens their position. While the Wood Presidency does allow the KMT to make some pretty significant gains, the election of McAdoo means all that is lost and the whole thing collapses around them. With Sun Yat-Sen dead and the Fengtian Clique bearing down, Chiang Kai-Shek jumps ship and the wholse thing collapses in on itself. I am sorry about not covering the doings of the Fengtian Clique more, but it mainly consists of beating down one warlord clique after another. How stable the Fengtian Clique is and whether it can hold onto power as things stand is very much in question, but for now China is finally reunited under its loving emperor.


    336px-AhmadShahQajar2.jpg

    Ahmad Shah Qajar, Shah of Persia

    The Persian Games

    While Persia had been experiencing a steady decline since before the start of the Great War, the spill-over of the conflict in the form of the Persian Campaign during the Great War had severely weakened the Persian state. In fact, shortly after the Great War had officially come to an end, a series of socialist revolts in northern Persia, inspired by events in Russia, further degraded state authority and set the state on the path towards dissolution. Most significant of these revolts was the Jangal Movement in Gilan. After the initial defeat of the Caucasian Clique by the Don Whites, they had initially departed for the southern coast of the Caspian Sea with significant forces in preparations for their later transfer further eastward to Khiva. However, in this short period in Persia the presence of the Caucasian Clique and its supporters proved successful in pushing the leadership of the Jangal movement into open revolutionary revolt, resulting in the declaration of independence of the Socialist Republic of Gilan under the leadership of the Persian revolutionary Mirza Kuchik Khan. The Republic did not redistribute land to poor peasants which was considered as a conservative position by the more radical forces of the Jangal movement. However, these more radical forces found themselves easily outmatched by the forces around Kuchik Khan and he was able to strengthen his own position over the course of several months while the Caucasian Clique moved on to Khiva. Kuchik Khan would borrow a great deal of inspiration from the Basmachi movement in his bid to create an Islamo-socialist state opposed to the powerful influence of the British and aiming to bring to an end the incompetent monarchical rule of the Qajar dynasty.

    All of this came to a head just as the British were beginning to withdraw from their more exposed positions around the world in order to consolidate their hold on the most important elements of their empire. It was for this reason that the British influence in Persia entered into a severe decline over the course of the early 1920s, increasingly focused exclusively on a thin band along the coast where the majority of Persian oil extraction was located. the Qajar government's actual authority had already been limited by 1920 to the environs of the capital itself, which was further worsened when the deeply unpopular Anglo-Persian Agreement was signed, granting British access to Persian oil fields across Persia, including the five provinces previously held exclusively by Russians. Moderates and Democrats often clashed, particularly when it came to minority rights and secularism, while the debates between the two political parties often led to violence and even provoked assassinations.

    The weak economic state of Persia put the Persian Shah, Ahmad Shah Qajar, and his government at the mercy of foreign influence; they had to obtain loans from the British-controlled Imperial Bank of Persia. Furthermore, under the Anglo-Persian Agreement, Persia received only a small fraction of the income generated by the Anglo-Persian Oil Company. Alongside the Republic of Gilan, the countryside was largely given over to warlords, bandits and rebels. In early 1921 there was an attempted coup against the Qajar government led by the self-made military man Reza Khan Pahlavi which failed due to his inability to turn the sole effective military formation, the Persian Cossack Brigade, in his favor. With the British distancing themselves from anything that might destabilize the region and with the commander of the Brigade, Ghassem Khan Vali, remaining loyal to his distant cousin the Shah. Reza Khan Pahlavi would be executed by firing squad in May of 1921 (5).

    With British backing and under Ghassem Khan's relatively competent leadership, the Qajar government was able to slowly extend its power into the bordering province over the course of 1921, most significantly wresting back direct control of the cities of Qom, Kashan and Saveh south of Tehran and secured a swathe of territory south of the Alborz mountains in northern Persia. It was around this time that Mohammad Taqi Pessian, who had wrested control of the Autonomous Province of Khorasan from the central government in 1920, sought to extend his influence southward into Kerman province, using his control of the Gendarmerie in the region to strengthen his personal power. He would recruit forces for the Gendarmerie heavily and would over the course of 1921 and 1922 transform it into a personal army. This led the former governor of Khorasan, Ahmad Qavam, who Pessian had expelled, to beg for Ghassem Khan's aid against his ouster, which Ghassem Khan proved reluctant to give, fearing that abdicating any control of the Persian Cossacks would allow a potential rival like Ahmad Qavam to replace him. This power struggle between Qavam and Ghassem Khan would occupy a great deal of time and resources on both sides and by the time they had resolved their differences, there were far more pressing issues than the governor of Khorasan and, by 1923, governor of Khorasan.

    This greater threat came in the form of the increasingly out-of-control Ottoman-backed Simko Shikak Revolt, a Kurdish seperatist uprising led by the Kurdish chieftain Simko Shikak which had been ongoing since 1918. Having allied with the Ottomans during the war and actively supported their efforts to eradicate the Kurds' Assyrian and Armenian neighbors, Simko had been able to build close ties to local Ottoman commanders during the war who proved instrumental in equipping and supporting his rebellion well into the post-war period. While the Ottoman central government focused its efforts in the Khivan-Bukharan war, its regional representatives would spend considerable resources aiding the Kurds in their fight against their Qajar overlords. While a large portion of Iranian Azerbaijan had already been transferred to Ottoman control at the Copenhagen Treaty, the Turks hoped to use the Kurds as a wedge with which to tear apart their erstwhile Persian neighbors and incorporate a few more morsels along their common border. Simko went on a rampage over the following years, capturing town after time and defeating one force of Gendarmiers after another sent to bring him to justice. In the Battle of Gulmakhana, Kurdish forces under the command of Simko Shikak took control of Gulmakhana and the Urmia-Tabriz road from Iranian forces while at the Battle of Shekar Yazi, the commander of the Iranian Army, General Amir Ershad, was killed. After the the Battle of Miandoab Ghassem Khan dispatched Khaloo Qurban to counter the Kurdish expansion, but he was defeated and killed by Simko's forces in 1922. By 1923 Simko was commanding a force numbering nearly 20,000 Kurdish rebels stretching across much of the Turko-Persian border and had nearly complete control of Kurdish regions while threatening to take Kermanshah itself.

    It was these failures which ultimately ended Ghassem Khan's career and saw his rival Ahmad Qavam displace the commander of the Persian Cossacks. However, rather than turn west to deal with the Kurds, Qavam instead rushed eastward and launched an open attack on Pessian's Khorasani warlord statelet using the full might of the Persian Cossacks. The result was that the hard-won control of central Persia established under Ghassem Khan collapsed completely behind Qavam while the increasingly worried Shah, Ahmad Shah Qajar, began to consider how he might emerge from the crisis that now engulfed Persia (6).


    While chaos gripped the Qajar government, the Gilani Socialist Republic had been swift to exploit the situation, creating a powerful administrative apparatus behind Kuchik Khan and allowing him time to stamp his leadership firmly on the Jangal movement, removing rivals and consolidating control of both the movement and province. Furthermore, he had extended an open hand towards the peoples of Mazaradan who were growing increasingly disillusioned with the inept Qajar regime and looked with great interest to the burgeoning economic prosperity of Gilan, as cross-Caspian trade and piracy brought a great deal of wealth to the Gilani. However, during the period between 1922 and 1924, the Gilani republic would find itself increasingly under threat from the Ottoman Empire, which looked upon its socialist ideology, support for the Khivans and promotion of piracy in the Caspian as a stain upon their imperial interests. While the Bukharans were crushed and the Ottomans lost their direct link to the Trans-Caspian region in the process during 1923, this did nothing to prevent their avaricious interest in securing the Ardabil region and possibly even Gilan itself.

    However, before the Turks could make a move on Gilan, events in Tehran exploded with the fall of Ghassem Khan, rise of Ahmad Qavam, Qavam's abandonment of Tehran and the subsequent flight of the Shah for Britain. The departure of the Shah in late-1923 created a sudden vacuum which triggered a bitter and confused power struggle in Tehran itself, provoked the Kurds under Simko Shikak to press their advantage, pressured the Arabs of Khuzestan under Sheikh Khazal to erupt in separatist revolt and led to the complete collapse of Qavam's Khorastani thrust as the Persian Cossacks turned coat and declared themselves in support of Mohammad Taqi Pessian. The Gilani under Kuchik Khan immediately exploited the situation, rushing Red Guard militia forces trained by veterans of the Russian Black Army south towards Tehran. Tehran fell before any of the traditional powers knew what was happening and saw the Mazaradani declare themselves in support of the Gilanis under Kuchik Khan, who declared the establishment of a Persian Socialist Republic from the Golestan Palace.

    In response to this event, the Ottomans under Kemal Pasha launched an invasion of Persia, ostensibly to end the threat of socialism to the Islamic world, but with the focus located on sweeping up Ardabil, Kurdistan and the stretches of borderland held by the Kurds under Simko Shikak's forces. This invasion, however, sat badly with Simko Shikak, who had begun to envision a Kurdistan independent of the Turks, and the Kurds were soon fighting as fiercely against the Turkish invaders as they were their Persian oppressors. Pessian was swift to exploit the situation and declared himself the rightful regent on behalf of Ahmad Shah Qajar, in effect claiming to rule on behalf of the dynasty. Pessian was able to swiftly extend his power southward, securing Kerman, Baluchistan, Hormuzgan and Fars without any real opposition before running into bitter Gilani resistance around the city of Semnan which forced him to a halt. In the south, the British reacted swiftly to the Sheikh Khazal Revolt, rushing forces from Basra into the region and cutting deals with the Sheikh and his people ensuring their autonomy at the cost of surrendering all resource extraction rights to the British and accepting incorporation into the Basra "Dominion". At the same time the fighting in western Persia grew to an incredible ferocity as the Kurdish struggle began to spill over the border into Turkey, causing considerable unrest and threatening to set off the entire region and threatening the security of the rapidly growing Turkish oil industry. It was this threat which in early 1924 led Kemal Pasha to contact Kuchik Khan to negotiate the Ottoman annexation of Ardabil in return for military aid against Pessian, the Kurds and the remaining warlords (7).

    Kuchik Khan considered the proposed deal with the Ottomans carefully and consulted with his Khivan and Russian allies before accepting. The conflict which followed in western Persia was extremely bitter as the Kurds found themselves pressured on both sides, their own mountainous homes turned into military targets. Simko Shikak was finally killed after a bitter period of back and forth over the course of 1924, betrayed by one of his lieutenants in return for a pardon and an end to Kurdish persecutions. Relations between the Jangal government and the Kurds would remain extremely tense for years to come, but by mid-1925 the region would finally be pacified.

    In the meantime, Pessian's regime faced stiff resistance from the Bakhtiari tribes which had so plagued the Qajar earlier in the century. Bitter skirmishes and battles were fought across the sands and deserts of southern Persia from control of the region while continuing clashes in the north left the situation stalemated. Ruling from Kerman, Pessian dedicated the majority of his forces to the region, securing control of Baluchistan against troublesome tribal forces and was slowly able to wear down the Bakhtiari. By late-1924 Pessian was finally able to come to an accord with the Bakhtiari, whereupon he rushed to recruit as many of the hardy tribesmen for his army. With British backing, Pessian was able to hold the line despite the significant population advantage held by the government in Tehran, having accepted the loss of Khuzestan to the British. While the south would be dominated by skirmishes and raids across the arid region, the focus of the fighting would be in the north where the city of Semnan traded hands several times over the course of 1924 and 1925. Finally, in early 1926, both sides found themselves fought to exhaustion and negotiations for an end to the conflict were begun. Bizarrely mirroring the division once established between British and Russian influence, the Treaty of Bahrain would split Persia in half, one section a republic and the other a Shahdom ruled from Tehran and Kerman respectively. With the border falling near the frontlines, the treaty also acknowledged the territorial concessions both sides had made to their backers and effectively divided Persia between them, or at least that was the understanding of both the British and Ottomans.


    Over the coming years it would become increasingly clear that the Socialist Republic of Persia under Kuchik Khan was much more closely aligned with the Khanate of Khiva and Red Russia, trading and interacting with them on a constant basis. Over the course of the remainder of the 1920s, Socialist Persia would undergo an incredible transformation as efforts at secularisation, modernisation, socialisation and democratisation were undertaken on a broad basis. The Republic was able to hold its first democratic elections in 1928, which unsurprisingly returned the Jangal government to rule after defeating a disorganised but energetic field of upstart contenders. Land reforms would be undertaken at a slow but steady pace which satisfied no-one but kept both landlords and the peasantry in line.

    The contrast to the increasingly British dominated Shahdom of Persia in the south could not have been clearer. In Kerman, Pessian initially ruled as regent on behalf of the Qajars but gave up that fiction in 1927 when he had himself crowned as Shah with British blessing. With the Reds making headway into the Middle East, the Austen Chamberlain government would prove open to investing quite heavily in the region, particularly in the form of the military which continued to expand from its origins as a Gendarmerie. In effect, Pessian Persia would grow increasingly to resemble a military dictatorship with a powerful and militant police force, secret police and complex internal intelligence gathering machine. The Pessian regime would find itself combatting seditionists, radicals, revolutionaries and ideologues on a constant basis while struggling to manage the complex relationship between the Pessian state and the religious leaders, most significantly in Mashad, often giving way on matters of religion when leading religious figures such as Mohammad Hossein Naini Gharavi and Abu l-Hasan al-Isfahani demanded it (8).

    Footnotes:

    (5) The main thing to note here is that in contrast to OTL, Edmund Ironside, the key figure in laying the groundwork for Pahlavi's coup IOTL, is not present in Persia and is instead in India at this point in time serving as a high-standing officer for the Indian Dominion Army. This, as well as the differing Russian and British positions, have critical consequences for events in Iran. With the Caucasian Clique being the instigating force ITTL, they don't press for the radicals to take power, as happened IOTL, and Kuchik Khan is thus able to strengthen his grip on the Jangal movement. Additionally, without Ironside, Pahlavi isn't made commander of the Persian Cossack Brigade and as such isn't in anywhere close to as strong a position when he launches his coup attempt. All of this combines to a failed coup and an extension of the Qajar regime, although for how long remains an important question.

    (6) Simko and Pessian's revolts are based on OTL but ITTL have the opportunity to grow into actual threats to the Qajar regime because of the continued disfunction of the Qajar leadership and the greater damage done to the state's prestige from the Great War. While Ghassem does a pretty decent job, he is unable to accomplish anything close to what Reza Shah did IOTL because they lack both his talented leadership and direction. Ghassem also happens to find himself engulfed in conspiracies and intrigue which severely limit his capabilities. Pessian has been given time to transform his OTL control of the Gendarmerie in north-eastern Persia into an actual military force while Qavam's relatively limited command capabilities severely limit the capabilities of the Persian Cossacks.

    (7) Yes, yes, I know I have a tendency to make things go completely batshit, but I am honestly drawing most of these factions from OTL. Persia in the early 1900s was an absolute shit show, with warlords, foreign exploiters, socialist rebels, separatist forces and an incompetent central government. The more I have read up on it, the more I am impressed by Reza Shah Pahlavi's ability to pull together a functional Shahdom from the absolute chaos it was in at the outset of the 1920s.


    (8) I know that things really started going quickly in this section, but I hope you can forgive the rapid progress of this update. There is a rough map of the Treaty of Bahrain in the end notes for those who might be interested. The end result is the partitioning of Iran into two halfs, one monarchical and religious, the other socialist and atheistic, which develop in radically different directions. The fact that the Ottomans are unable to strengthen their grip on Socialist Persia is one of several major failures, the others being the fall of Bukhara and inability to establish a true Pan-Turkic empire, which finally weakens Pan-Turkic nationalism in the Ottoman Empire enough for Kemal Pasha to really press forward with his reforms. The Ottoman Empire is entering into a period of inward focus which should consume much of the rest of the 1920s, in which their oil industry grows rapidly and the money from it really starts to explode, leading to significant inward investment in modernisation efforts.

    353px-Cardinal_Rafael_Merry_del_Val.jpg

    Pope Gregory XVII (Rafael Merry del Val) in 1905

    The Balkan Rumble

    With Cisleithania carved out of the Habsburg Empire, the Hungarians were finally able to turn their attentions fully to their weaker, if rebellious, Slavic subjects. While clashes with the Croatians continued, it was widely believed in government ranks, with both Horthy and Nágy in agreement, that the focus should be on the Serbs as a greater direct threat to the Hungarian populace along the Danube. The result was that rather than press their forces fully against the Croatians, which might have been sufficient to overwhelm the equally distracted Croatians, who were themselves deeply enmeshed in the Bosnian bloodshed, they turned their fury firmly onto the Serbs. Having made their gains primarily on the basis of a weak defence using scavenged and captured military materials, the Serbs found themselves firmly outclassed by the heavily armed Hungarians who came rushing south. Having raided and pillaged large swathes of southern Hungary proper, the Serbian insurgents found little mercy at the hands of the onrushing Magyar forces, who crushed any and all opposition they faced.

    By October 1923 the Serbian insurgents had been driven back over the Danube and Belgrade itself faced the full might of the Magyar. Pećanac and his supporters wavered on how to deal with this sudden threat and soon fell into infighting as many of those not personally loyal to the erstwhile Serbian leader began to desert the cause, hoping to either go to ground and bide their time or flee abroad to safety in France or Russia. The end result was that rather than present a staunch but futile defense of Belgrade, the city fell to a coup de main, with Hungarian troops catching the weakened and divided defenders completely unprepared - more worried over whether their neighbor would start firing on them than the Hungarians. The result was a complete and utter rout, with Pećanac himself caught up in the chaos and captured.

    The Hungarian commander, Elemér Gorondy-Novák, a young up-and-coming Horthy supporter who had fought primarily against the Austrians during the Civil War, proved more than capable of mopping up the remaining resistance. However, it would be the aftermath of the Battle of Belgrade which would come to be remembered with horror in the history books, for Elemér ordered the mass execution of all captured combatants, some 12,000 in all, including Pećanac himself, which dealt a mortal blow to the Serbian insurgency, resulted in the death of a significant portion of the already deeply depopulated Serbian peoples, and earned Elemér the epithet Butcher of Belgrade. Over the course of the next year, the Serbian insurgency would find itself ground to dust by the bloody-handed Butcher of Belgrade, who continued his efforts to exterminate resistance wherever it was encountered to loud international protest, but resulted in little active aid for the Serbs themselves. A rapidly growing stream of Serbian refugees would flee across the border into Bulgaria as the situation grew more intolerable (9).

    With the Hungarians focused firmly in the south up until the Battle of Belgrade, and committing significant resources even after that, the Croatians were given what amounted to free reign in Bosnia, overrunning Serb Bosnian militias one by one and subsuming them into a larger whole. Over the course of 1923 and early 1924, the Croats forged an alliance with the Muslim Bosniaks while seeking to remove any affiliation that their Serb Bosnian subjects had to their Serbian identity - in a manner similar to the treatment of Macedonian nationalists around the turn of the century. Bloody punishment was exacted on significant portions of the population while Orthodox churches were shuttered and their priests imprisoned as key figures in the insurgency. However, the Croats would never quite go to the same lengths as the Hungarians in Serbia proper, and refrained from murdering Serbs out of hand.

    It was during this period that the French and British became involved in the conflict, alarmed at the expansion of the German Empire and the increasingly cruel and bitter actions of the Hungarians. With the Croats having been abandoned by their erstwhile backers in Vienna, they were on the lookout for potential patrons in the conflict and proved extremely welcoming of both French and British delegates to Zagreb with open arms. Stjepan Radić, who had recently been elected as Prime Minister of Croatia, looked upon these new arrivals as a solution to the significant resource and training shortages they had been experiencing in recent years while to the British and French the Croats presented a counterpoint to the ever-advancing Red forces in Italy and a check on German power in the Balkans. The resultant deal saw the Franco-British alliance pledge to provide arms and training, as well as dispatching advisors to aid in the fighting. In response to these developments, the Hungarians deepened their ties to the Germans and were able to secure their backing in the conflict. Thus, by early April 1925 the Anglo-French backed Croatians and German-backed Hungarians were ready to clash on a previously unmatched scale. The resultant conflict, stretching along much of the Hungaro-Croatian border, were relatively short lived but fantastically bloody. Over the course of barely two weeks an excess of 30,000 soldiers on either side were killed as the newest armored vehicles, small arms and artillery in the possession of the two backers were pitted against each other. These bloody clashes quickly proved too much for either side to press forward and both sides were swift to disengage. Over the course of May the Croats and Hungarians clashed in a series of smaller battles along the border, but neither side was willing to commit the necessary resources to force a breakthrough.

    It was at around this time that Briand's successor as Foreign Minister, Édouard Herriot, met with Walther Rathenau in a secret meeting in Geneva aimed at bringing an end to the conflict in Austria-Hungary. Without Hungarian or Croatian input the two foreign ministers proceeded to hammer out a settlement which would see the Croats replace the Austrians as co-equal partners in the Habsburg Empire - their territory extending across Croatia proper, Slavonia, Dalmatia and Bosnia, while the Hungarian half would consist of the Kingdom of Hungary proper and Serbia proper, both sections to be ruled by Emperor Karl von Habsburg. It was these terms which the French and Germans presented to the Croats and Hungarians, threatening to cut their support should either refuse to accept these terms. While neither side proved particularly happy about it, the leadership in either state saw little option other than to accept - fearing that if they refused the deal while their opponent accepted, they would be left out to dry. The signing of the Treaty of Salzburg, as the concluding document came to be known, in July 1925 would unhappily marry the two halves of the Habsburg Empire back together and bring an end to the years-long civil war and left behind a fundamentally changed realm (10).

    Just as with the rest of the Balkans, Bulgaria was in a state of considerable turmoil throughout the early post-war years. Even before the eruption of the Serbian Rising, the country had found itself deeply mired in political and economic turmoil. By the end of the Great War, Bulgaria had experienced near-constant warfare for almost a decade and had been at war with all of its neighbors at one point or another for control of territories across the Balkans in that period. A large section of the populace had been killed or been displaced in the bloody turmoil which left a good portion of the country in ruins. As a result, the end of the Great War inaugurated a period of hard-fought reconstruction as the immense costs of large-scale rebuilding proved too much for the Bulgarians to cope with. Large and important loans were taken from Habsburg and German banks to keep afloat while bitter divisions between the landed elites and a massive and militant peasant populace provoked major internal disturbances.

    While the Radomir Rising and the death of Aleksandar Stambolisky had been a major blow to the powerful Bulgarian Agrarian National Union party, and the party splintered the peasant base when it was outlawed soon after the Treaty of Copenhagen, this simply had the effect of creating a many-headed hydra. Communist, Anarchist, Nationalist, Socialist and Separatist movements swept into the vacuum created by the outlawing of the BANU while over a dozen Peasant parties contested the one-time BANU monopoly on peasant backing. The result was that while dissatisfaction and anger at the autocratic government of Tsar Ferdinand, none of these factions were truly able to unite that opposition behind them and as such spent much of their time fighting each other rather than the government. However, it was becoming increasingly clear that the Tsar's unpopularity was putting an insurmountable degree of pressure on the government and as a result support for Ferdinand's abdication grew within government ranks.

    It was at this point that the Serbian Rising occurred and effectively threw Bulgaria into chaos. With the fighting concentrated primarily in Macedonia, the Bulgarians were able to initially deal with the relatively limited numbers of insurgents. However, as the fighting north of the border grew ever fiercer and reprisals grew ever more violent on either side, Serbian refugees began to stream across the border, strengthening the insurgents and placing an immense burden on the already overstretched Bulgarian state. As the situation grew more dire and Tsar Ferdinand seemed unable to find any real solution to the issue, Serbian refugees increasingly found themselves the target of violent attacks by the Bulgarian populace. By early 1923 the situation had grown so dire that large swathes of western Bulgaria remained outside of effective government control, Serb insurgents and local strongmen having secured control in its place. The Tsar's personal extravagance and overt interest in young men, while neglecting rule of the state, ultimately proved too much for the Bulgarian government under the Andrey Lyapchev, who was able to secure Crown Prince Boris' support for the removal of his father. In coordination with General Ivan Valkov, Lyapchey launched a palace coup against the Tsar, placing him under house arrest and demanding his abdication. Occurring almost entirely in secrecy, the first the general public would learn of a change in government was the news that Tsar Ferdinand had abdicated in favor of his son Boris and that Ivan Valkov had been promoted to War Minister.

    Tsar Boris, Prime Minister Lyapchev and Minister of War Valkov would form a powerful triumvirate which focused its efforts firmly on bringing to an end the violence in western Bulgaria. Conscripts were called up and massive troop numbers were ordered into the rebellious regions. With numbers, equipment and the support of local Macedonians, the Bulgarian government was able to crush the insurgency while corralling the Serbian refugees into massive camps wherefrom they would find themselves conscripted into Bulgarian reconstruction efforts across the country under something approaching forced labor. Across the border, in Serbia proper, the Hungarian government sponsored significant settlement efforts by Magyar men while promoting marriages between Serb women and Magyar men in an effort to extinguish the Serb populace (11).

    The bitter fighting between Royalists and Fascists which erupted in Central Italy in late 1922 proved immediately disastrous in the war against the Reds in Milan. With Liguria falling to the Socialists and the Apennines under immense pressure, Naples erupted into bloody chaos as Starace and his followers secured control of the city and sent its Mayor Enrico Presutti fleeing north. Across the Peninsula, Fascists rose up and declared their support for Starace, with the key exception of Umbria where Mussolini and Balbo fumed at the recklessness of Starace. The Liberals were swift to ask for aid from the French ambassador in Rome, securing a promise of arms shipments and their support on the international stage. The British proved even more welcoming, landing forces in Ostia to help protect Rome from the growing menace to the south. In Naples, Starace rushed to call up all the men available to him and conscripted large sections of the city's populace into the rapidly forming force he was assembling.

    The cold weather would do much to prevent major actions for the duration of the winter, most significantly allowing the Liberals to strip the Apennine garrisons of troops given the sluggish Socialist attacks to construct a defensive force to protect Rome from Fascist aggression. On the 8th of February, Starace finally felt ready to move and set out with a large and disorganized force of nearly 50,000 men, many of them little more than poorly armed militia soldiers, while loudly denouncing Mussolini and Balbo as cowards unwilling to fight for the Italian People. These jibes presented a significant threat to Mussolini and Balbo's position and they were soon calling up militia forces as well in Umbria and Tuscany. However, this would unleash bloody strife in Tuscany as the Liberals held control of the region. Bitter riots in San Gimignano and Siena left dozens dead before the Liberals cracked down, arresting and executing nearly a hundred key Fascist figures in Tuscany alone, while beefing up their defenses in preparation for the oncoming Fascist onslaught. The mass of peoples Starace had been able to martial crashed into the defensive positions south of Rome on the 22nd of February where they were met with a hail of machinegun fire and heavy artillery. The result was unsurprising. Nearly 5,000 were left dead in the field while the mob splintered, nearly half of it being corralled by Liberal cavalry forces.

    Yet again, Starace was able to miraculously escape and pass on the blame to others. This time the target of his ire would be Mussolini and Balbo who he now claimed were agents of a zionist conspiracy who had betrayed the Fascist cause, pointing to their failure to support his March on Rome as proof. Returning to Naples, Starace soon found his position less than comfortable, with Enrico Presutti's supporters in the city of Naples launching a sudden assault on Starace's home which nearly caught him in bed. Leaving behind the two women occupying his bed, Starace jumped out of a second floor window stark naked, making his escape from the city. For the following months Starace's whereabout would remain unknown, and soon both the Fascists and Liberals soon had far more immediate issues to deal with (12).


    When the Communists in Milan discovered that the Apennine garrisons had been stripped to deal with Fascist forces around Rome, they were swift to exploit the situation. Palmiro Togliatti unleashed his forces into the cold and wet of late-winter and swiftly overran the undermanned garrisons. From there the Communists rushed into Tuscany, sweeping the disorganised resistance before them while purging undesirables elements of society where they found them, primarily priests, nobles and politicians. Panic swept through both the Fascists and Liberals and entreaties from the Liberals were soon making their way into Umbria, reaching the ears of Mussolini. However, by this point the Fascists of Umbria were already beginning to fall apart, Starace's claims having deeply wounded his rivals' credibility with their followers. In Rome, Prime Minister Saverio Nitti met with the captive Dino Grandi who proposed an accommodation with the Liberals, in return for the release of falsely imprisoned fascists, the appointment of the recently recovered D'Annuzio as Minister of War and the revocation of the banning of the Fascist Party, he would support the Nitti government against the Communists. Nitti thought hard on the issue and consulted his supporters, but was ultimately forced to accept that he had no choice but to agree with the deal.

    The release of Grandi, alongside a host of other Roman Fascists, did much to strengthen Grandi's power within the Fascist movement and sent him catapulting past the collapsing support of Mussolini and Balbo. Italo Balbo was able to see the writing on the wall, but Mussolini proved intransigent, leading Balbo to have a couple of his supporters knock out Mussolini long enough for him to surrender them into Royalist custody. With a magnanimous Grandi welcoming Balbo back, while Mussolini was imprisoned, the Fascists were suddenly well on their way to restoring coordination to their party. It could not have happened at a better time. With the Royalist army rushed back northward, Tuscany had been turned into a bloody battleground. However, the Royalists continued to steadily give ground, with Florence, Lucca, Pisa and Siena falling one after another. Perugia fell shortly after Balbo's departure and the Lazio was soon under direct threat. With trust in the government's ability to hold the line collapsing, the Vatican began to evacuate the city. Initially, the Pope and the wider court were given temporary permission to seek refuge in France. Over the course of March, April and May of 1923, the Vatican transferred its massive archives, treasury and much else by ship to southern France. The Pope himself remained in the city, urging on the government and giving daily public masses to urge on resistance to the Communists.

    In mid-June the Communists broke through the Royalist lines and pounced for Rome. With Grandi supporting them, the Royalists were able to call up a massive militia force to hold the line and, with the aid of newly arrived French armored vehicles, drove back the Communist assault. However, the damage done in the fighting was significant and the northern outskirts of Rome were left in ruins. The decision was made by the government in the aftermath of the Battle of Bracciano, as the battle came to be known, that an evacuation come under way. Over the course of July and August, the Communists swept down the east coast of Italy while the King, his family and the Liberal government evacuated to Palermo on Sicily. The Pope would depart next, finding himself welcomed in Toulouse for the time being. Rome fell in September while Naples was turned over in early October, in both instances seeing mass casualties as enemies of the people were lined up against a wall and shot, with widespread vandalism and arson accompanying the takeover. As for Achille Starace, he would appear quite suddenly at a dinner with Nitti at the home of Calogero Vizzini, a powerful Mafia Don in western Sicily, in early 1924. Nitti would soon learn that Starace had gained the support of Don Calo and had been asked to represent him to the government in Palermo (13).

    Footnotes:

    (9) Things take a turn for the really dark with the Serbs. From the beginning this was shaping up to be a Serb Screw, just based on the implications of a CP survival/victory, but I can honestly say i didn't think it would get this bad before I really sat down and thought about it. I couldn't really see a way around it. Sure, the Hungarians didn't need to get this merciless about it, but I think that there would be sufficient factors in place for it to be plausible. The Serbs have already been absolutely impossible to deal with on the part of the Hungarians, and after ravaging a wide swathe of Hungary the Magyars finally had enough. It should be mentioned that Elemér didn't have specific orders for his actions at Belgrade, but no one in Budapest is shedding a tear about this course of events.

    (10) With that we bring this chapter of the Austro-Hungarian saga to an end and inaugurate a new one. Rather than splinter completely, the Habsburg realm instead consolidates under two heads - one Hungarian and the other Croatian. How stable this will be in the long run is very much in question, but for the time being it brings to an end another of the few lingering maladies of the Great War. While the involvement of the French, British and Germans escalates the conflict, and creates a platform for the testing of military equipment on both sides, it also proves instrumental in forcing the conflict to a close. There is a map of the Treat of Salzburg in the endnotes, I should probably mention that the Hungaro-Croatian borders are placed on the Drava and Drina Rivers.

    (11) Shit is dark, but by this point much of the Serbian male population is dead or in exile and the nationalist Hungarian government sees this as an opportunity to strengthen the Hungarian ethnic population. It is essentially ethnocide, the eradication of the Serbs as a distinct peoples while the Serbs in Bulgaria find themselves pressured to assimilate into the Bulgarian population. There is still a significant Serbian population in the Balkans, but it has been under concentrated attack from all sides for over a decade at this point. That isn't to take away anything from the fact that the Bulgarians have turned the Serbian refugees into something resembling slaves of the government. They are used as hard labor in mines, infrastructure construction, agriculture and much else. Hell, when Bulgaria starts electrification they will be a primary source of labor for that as well.

    (12) I am not going to lie, I have no idea what the hell just happened with Starace. One minute I am writing up about him whipping people into a frenzy to capture Naples, the next he is escaping bare-ass naked through the streets of Naples, somehow having more lives than a cat. I don't even think it stretches credulity too greatly, there are numerous examples of people like Starace in history. He talks a big game and is second-to-none when it comes to getting people to support him, and escaping when everything collapses around him, but is a walking disaster for those who support him. Don't worry, there will be plenty of people more than happy to point out the fact that this is the second time Starace got a bunch of people killed in one of his mad jaunts into the guns of the enemy.

    (13) So, the Italian Civil War nears its end as Rome falls to the Communists and the Vatican goes into exile. Mussolini was left in his cell when the government departed Rome, and he is among those executed by the Communists when they take the city. The situation in Sicily is pretty much a shit show, refugees from the mainland are rushing across the Messina Strait, getting fleeced by the Mafia in the process, while Fascist, Liberal and Conservative political forces are pressed into a marriage of inconvenience and the Communists run rampant in Italy proper. The British Navy is present in large numbers and patrol the straits while money streams into the island from the British and French, the former of whom cannot allow a Communist nation free access to the Mediterranean and the latter of whom see the Sicilian Royalist government as the best way of keeping the Communists focused away from their common border. With the government forced to Sicily, the Mafia suddenly finds itself with the opportunity of a lifetime - catapulted to a position of immense power in the politics of Italy.


    Boycott.jpg

    Peaceful Religious Protestors in Mexico Demonstrating Against Anti-Catholic Legislation

    A Popular Crisis

    The second decade of the 20th century had seen Mexico soaked in blood as revolution and civil war gripped the state. One government after another had seen itself toppled, first Porfirio Diaz, then Francisco Madero until he was toppled and replaced by Victoriano Huerta, only to see this new counter-revolutionary regime driven from power by a Constitutionalist alliance which allowed Venustiano Carranza to secure power. Under Carranza, the Constitutionalists had turned on each other as the central government sought to defeat figures such as Emilio Zapata and Pancho Villa. In 1919 Zapata was assassinated and Carranza's term neared an end. Since Porfirio Díaz's continuous re-election had been one of the major factors in his ouster, Carranza prudently decided against running for re-election in 1920. His natural successor was Álvaro Obregón, the powerful and well-loved Carrancista general who had won the Battle of Celaya against Villa, securing Carranza's regime in 1915. However, believing that Mexico should have a civilian president, Carranza instead endorsed Ignacio Bonillas, an obscure diplomat who had represented Mexico in Washington, for the presidency. As government supporters set about suppressing and killing those supportive of Obregón, the general decided that Carranza would never leave the office peacefully.

    Obregón and allied Sonoran generals, including Plutarco Elías Calles and Adolfo de la Huerta, who were the strongest power bloc in Mexico, issued the Plan of Agua Prieta which repudiated Carranza's government and renewed the Revolution on their own. On the 8th of April 1920, a campaign aide to Obregón attempted to assassinate Carranza. After the failure, Obregón brought his army to Mexico City and drove Carranza out sending him fleeing for Veracruz, where he hoped to regroup. However, before he could do so, Carranza was betrayed and killed on the 21st May 1920 while sleeping in Tlaxcalantongo in the Sierra Norte de Puebla mountains, as his forces came under attack there by General Rodolfo Herrero, a local chieftain and supporter of Carranza's former allies, resulting in a complete collapse of the Carrancista position. Adolpho de la Huerta was appointed interim President while elections were undertaken which would lead to Obregón's victory and ascension as President of Mexico, although before this happened Pancho Villa surrendered to the federal government, was pardoned and allowed to retire to a massive hacienda in northern Mexico (14).

    One of the major issues that faced Alvaro Obregón's government was stabilizing Mexico. Regional caciques, chiefs, were still fighting each other in small skirmishes. The populace demanded the implementation of reforms promised by the 1917 constitution while a host of issues faced the working poor, such as debt peonage and company stores that kept the populace poor. The military was dominated by ambitious generals who looked for an opportunity to overthrow the regime and take power for themselves while foreign governments, primarily the United States, feared Mexico would take a communist turn such as Russia had done. Obregón was in a difficult position; he had to appeal to both the left and the right to ensure Mexico would not fall back into civil war, without alienating either side. With regard to the masses, Obregón, who was conservative but still a reformer, started listening to demands to appease the populace and began to implement the ambitious plans previously laid out in the constitution.


    Obregón's first focus, in 1920, was land reform. He had governors in various states push forward the reforms promised in the 1917 constitution. However, these reforms were to prove quite limited in most parts of the country while former Zapatistas, who still had strong influence in the post-revolutionary government, focused on implementing the reforms in Morelos, the birthplace of the Zapatista movement. Many leaders and members of the Roman Catholic Church in Mexico were highly critical of the 1917 constitution. They especially criticised Article 3, which forbade religious instruction in schools, and Article 130, which adopted an extreme form of separation of church and state, including a series of restrictions on priests and ministers of all religions to hold public office, canvass on behalf of political parties or candidates, or to inherit from persons other than close blood relatives.

    In spite of Obregón's moderate approach, his presidency saw the beginnings of clashes between Catholics and supporters of the Mexican Revolution. Some bishops campaigned actively against land distribution and against the organization of workers into secular unions. Catholic Action movements were founded in Mexico and supporters of the Young Mexican Catholic Action soon found themselves in violent conflict with the powerful government-backed Union CROM. During this period, Obrégon opened up diplomatic relations with the Communist regime in Moscow and allowed the opening of the first Muscovite Embassy in Mexico City. Beyond that, communist and socialist rhetoric, supported by murals of Lenin, Bukharin, Makhno and Sverdlov served to invigorate the labor and farmer classes behind the government's reformist line (14).

    By mid-1923 Pancho Villa was flirting with the idea of returning to politics, eyeing the 1924 election as a possible moment to springboard to the top. While the agreement leading to Villa's pardon had not included any explicit wording forbidding his participation in politics, amongst the Obrégonistas it was viewed as fact. Thus, when word began to spread of the initial feelers sent out by Villa, a number of Sonoran generals reacted rather poorly to this development. With Plutarco Elías Calles and Joaquín Amaro backing the conspiracy and with Obrégon's tacit support, the conspirators set about planning Villa's assassination. The attack occurred on the 20th of July 1923 as he was driving back to his hacienda from a bank visit in Parral, with a squad of seven lying in ambush and a spotter dressed as a pumpkinseed vendor. As Villa drove past the vendor, he shouted "Viva Villa!", which served as a signal to the assassins to rush onto the road and open fire. While the driver, Colonel Trillo, and a bodyguard, Ramon Contreras, were killed instantly and Villa himself was wounded, the assassins had not accounted for the car to continue forward - ramming through their formation, killing two and wounding a third. Villa's head bodyguard, Rafael Madreno, opened fire as the car slowed to a halt, soon joined by Villa's private secretary Danie Tamayo and Villa himself, killing the remainder while leaving Madreno wounded as well. Villa and Madreno were rushed to a nearby clinic where their wounds were seen to, even as word began to spread of the assassination attempt.

    However, before anyone hotheaded could exploit the situation, Obrégon had men rushed to Villa's home town of Canutillo to prevent reprisals. In Parral large crowds took to the streets in protest at the treatment of Villa and wild stories that Obrégon was planning to make himself into another Porfirio Diaz became the talk of the town. Villa recovered from the assassination attempt over the course of the following month and was able to calm his supporters for the time being, although he now surrounded himself with a massive bodyguard and delegated trips to Parral to others as he began to plot his revenge. During this period the whispers that Villa was planning to run for president cooled considerably and a more immediate threat to the peace emerged as the fight over Obrégon's succession grew increasingly heated.


    At the heart of the matter was the divide between Obrégon's favoured successor of Plutarco Elías Calles and the powerful Governor of Sonora and Minister of Finance, Adolfo de la Huerta. Key to the issue was Calles' radical political persuasions and wish to enforce the constitutional articles related to the Catholic Church as Catholics, conservatives and a considerable portion of the army officers, who felt Obregón had reversed Carranza's policy of favoring the army at the expense of the farmer-labor sector, supported de la Huerta. Over the course of 1923 it became increasingly clear that this would be no fair contest, as Obrégonistas mirrored the one-time tactics of the Carranzistas by closing down any opposition to Calles' nomination. To make matters worse, Obrégon had recently signed the Bucerali Treaty which restored Mexico's relationship to the United States in return for significant remuneration of expropriations during the revolution, while including limitations of which constitutional articles would be applied to US companies operating in Mexico. De la Huerta was a vocal opponent of the treaty and believed that the treaty violated national sovereignty and constituted a national humiliation. With the cry that Obrégon was selling Mexico to the Americans, de la Huerta hoped to martial support against the current regime and thereby take power for himself. He went so far as to resign in protest at the treaty, retreating to his native Sonora while he sought out support for a push for power (15).

    The powder keg that was Mexico in late 1923 finally went off in early December when the Delaheurtista faction of the government accused Obrégon of dedazo, appointing his successor without popular backing, and demanded that he step aside while an interim government ensured free and fair elections. Obrégon's response was firmly in the negative, prompting Adolfo de la Huerta's supporters to take up arms and go into rebellion. Residing in Vera Cruz at the time of the Delahuertist Rising, de la Huerta fled south to the state of Tabasco where Fernando Segovia, José Lozano and Eustorgio Vidal, as well as General Carlos Greene, jointly rose up against the governor Tomas Garrido Canabal, catching him by surprise and forcing him to flee into the countryside where he was soon discovered and executed. In response to events in Tabasco, rebels in the state of Oaxaca rose up as well, declaring their support for de la Huerta and capturing the city of Oaxaca for the rebels. Obrégon responded by ordering the aerial bombardment of the city by the Durango pilot Ralph O'Neill, only to meet with disaster when O'Neill and his promising co-pilot Pablo Sidar, as well as the three other passengers, were all killed when the bombers machines failed. This was an early and important blow to Obrégon's prestige which saw the head of his vaunted Air Force and several important figures in the nascent organization killed. Nonetheless, Obrégon was swift to follow up this disaster with the dispatch of Generals Vicente González and Miguel Henríquez Guzmán, while calling on Calles to martial forces from the north to aid in the fighting.

    However, it would be this weakening of the northern garrisons and siphoning of Obrégonists which created a sudden opportunity for Pancho Villa. Rallying his own supporters, Villa rose up in revolt against Obrégon as well with calls for free and fair elections, avoiding a direct alliance with de la Huerta in the process. Villa's call was met with immense enthusiasm, as was his promise of massively expanded land reform and in a surprising twist - protections for the Catholic Church which was experiencing a resurgence in popularity as word of Communist atrocities in Italy. With Calles explicitly in favor of enforcing the constitutional articles against the Church, Villa and de la Huerta was able to martial considerable support with these efforts. In addition, de la Huerta's call for rebellion met with considerable success amongst the ambitious military classes of Mexico and resulted in the desertion of significant sections of the Mexican Army to the Delahuertistas.

    On the 20th of February 1924 de la Huerta declared Frontera in Tabasco the temporary Capital of Mexico and promised the abrogation of the key articles 3 and 130 of the constitution, in the process securing Church support. With the new Pope Gregory XVII expressing a willingness to fight to protect the church, the Mexican clergy proved open to preaching in support of the rebellion. The first explosion of violence would come in Guadalajara, Jalisco, when armed men locked themselves in the Church of Our Lady of Guadelupe and exchanged gunfire with federal troops, having previously arranged this through church message routes with Pancho Villa. This served as sufficient distraction for Villista forces to storm the city, capturing it in a coup de main, and catching the Obrégonists by complete surprise. In Morellos, so long the home of the Mexican Revolution, old Zapatistas and other peasants of the state rose in response to fiery sermons by the Catholic Priest José Reyes Vega, calling for them to free the Holy Church from the satanic clutches of the Communist Obrégon and Calles. By late spring of 1924, Obrégon found his own position of power crumbling in response to this reignition of the Mexican Revolution, the combined might of his own generals, the Catholic Church and his old enemy Pancho Villa all aiming to bring him down (16).

    Footnotes:


    (14) This is essentially a rehash of OTL events as we move towards our point of divergence in Mexico. The Mexican Revolution is an interesting moment in time and the way in which the country continued to experience violent tumult following the official end of the Revolution seems to present some interesting opportunities for further development. The different development of Soviet Russia results in support for the reforms implemented under the Communist regime in Moscow and a general idealisation of the Russian Revolution as a sister to that of Mexico.

    (15) Pancho Villa survives his assassination and as a result is a political operative, with a powerful faction at his back, when things go south between Obrégon and de la Huerta. I realise that the OTL assassination attempt would be difficult to survive, but in this case Villa gets extraordinarily lucky and escapes wounded but alive. With Villa shutting up about his hopes for the presidency, the spotlight on him is temporarily reduced as the threat of de la Huerta looms larger.

    (16) Oh. Oops, I think I broke somewhere again. I really hadn't meant to do this, but when I read about Mexico during the 1920s I simply couldn't resist. There were so many things that could, and did, go wrong IOTL and it could easily have been worse. ITTL Catholics across the globe are even more worried about the safety and security of the Holy Church, given events in Italy, and as such the threat of Calles, rather than the reality, proves sufficient to set off the Cristeros ITTL. The fact that you had the murder of Villa, followed barely half a year later by the failed delahuertista rebellion and a couple years after that the Cristero War is honestly mind-boggling. If just two of those went a bit differently, the Mexican Revolution easily sees itself extended well into the 1920s. It might be having just finished bingeing Narcos: Mexico, but I was really fascinated by the developments in Mexico and thought it would be mean to leave them out of the fun.

    Summary:

    The Kanto Earthquake is a disaster which is soon followed by the assassination of the Crown Prince of Japan, with recovery a long and hard battle which threatens nascent Japanese democracy. In China, the Fengtian Clique restores the Chinese Empire under the Qing Dynasty.

    After a bitter civil war, Persia finds itself divided into a Socialist Republican and Imperial Persian state.

    The Serbian peoples are driven to ruin while the Croats and Hungarians eventually set aside their differences. Bulgaria emerges from the crisis stronger than before while Royalist Italy collapses under the bloody infighting and sees the Vatican and the Royal family of Italy forced to flee Rome.

    In Mexico Pancho Villa survives assassination and joins in a rising against Obrégon when de la Huerta makes his move. The Cristeros, fighting for the Holy Church, are swift to join them.

    End Note:

    This is a messy update with a ton of things happening all over the place. I am not going to be able to keep a consistent schedule with these updates, but I will try to keep them to around a week apart. There is just too much other stuff I have to deal with and a ton of research which goes into these updates to keep up the earlier pace. Now that we are into the 1920s I am also having to deal with the consequences of all the butterflies, which makes the whole endeavor a bit difficult to manage without more time to work on it. The aforementioned maps are below.

    I didn't have a lot of time to read through the update for errors, since there was a bit of a mishap with the power and I am now stuck without being able to recharge my computer, and I am having some difficulty finding the time to write on the various updates. I am still going to be aiming for posting weekly on Sundays, but I just wanted to warn everyone that I don't think I will be able to keep to that schedule.

    Map of Borders at The Treaty of Bahrain: Red - Britain, Green - Ottomans, Yellow - Socialist Republic of Persia, Blue - Shahdom of Persia
    Persian Borders.png


    Map of Border at The Treaty of Salzburg: Red is German, Green is Hungary, Tan is Croatian, Blue Bohemian and Yellow Polish. Reminder that Croatia and Hungary are a Dual-Kingdom under the Habsburgs.
    A-H Borders.png
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty-Four (Pt. 1): The Wheel Grinds On
  • The Wheel Grinds On

    640px-Nikolay_Bukharin_1925.jpg

    Nikolai Bukharin At A Meeting of The Sub-Committee on Revolutionary Communist Ideology

    A World of Rust

    Moscow in the immediate aftermath of the Russian Civil War was a city of extreme contrasts. On the one hand there was the freedom necessary to create a cornucopia of leftist ideological expression, be it through street theatre, unions and syndicates competing for membership, public debates over matters of revolutionary ideology and policy as well as an incredible flowering of workers' and revolutionary literature and art meant to edify and electrify the proletariat. There were workers' and farmers' schools established throughout the lands held by Moscow through which to elevate the masses and a stunning array of news papers, pamphlets, magazines and more which bombarded the populace with a flurry of ideas. On the other hand, the Cheka infiltrated any suspected counter-revolutionary organization, hunted down suspected right-wingers and enforced leftist loyalty to the larger Communist Party and its Central Committee with extreme prejudice.

    A complex web of committees, sub-committees and commissariats formed an incomprehensible and often overlapping mess of bureaucracy through which the members of the Central Committee duelled for power - promoting proteges, removing rivals and expanding official powers in bids to strengthen their faction of the party. The Communist Party itself was bound together by fraying ties of camaraderie and patronage, the centrifugal power of the Central Committee pulling together the government and steering it along a common path. Alongside an increasingly powerful, if contradictory, central government, Muscovite civil society blossomed under the leadership of powerful figures such as Maxim Gorky or Mikhail Tomsky, who sought to strengthen the country outside the state apparatus. As the challenges of reconstruction reared their heads, the Central Committee embarked on a mix of governmental-led and civil-society led efforts to rebuild Russia in the image of the revolution, mythologizing the events of the revolution and civil war.

    It was also during this period that the Central Committee decided to push forward with the long hoped-for abolition of religion within Russia and the implementation of State Atheism. Under the doctrine of state atheism there was a government-sponsored program of conversion to atheism conducted by the Communist regime. The Communists targeted religions based on state interests, and while most organized religions were not outlawed, religious property was confiscated, believers were harassed, and religion was ridiculed while atheism was propagated in schools. In 1925 the government founded the League of Militant Atheists to intensify the persecution and conversion. Accordingly, although personal expressions of religious faith were not explicitly banned, a strong sense of social stigma was imposed on them by the official structures and mass media and it was generally considered unacceptable for members of certain professions, such as teachers, state bureaucrats, soldiers, to be openly religious. The vast majority of people in the Russian empire were, at the time of the revolution, religious believers, whereas the communists aimed to break the power of all religious institutions and eventually replace religious belief with atheism. "Science" was counter posed to "religious superstition" in the media and in academic writing. Generally, this meant that believers were free to worship in private and in their respective religious buildings, but public displays of religion outside of such designations were prohibited and, religious institutions were not allowed to express their views in any type of mass media, while many religious buildings were demolished or used for other purposes (1).

    In the Urals, the Yekaterinburg Reds under Trotsky had worked hard to militarise the entire population, assigning the every inhabitant to various "regiments", "brigades" and "divisions" which were ordered about like military troops in domestic "campaigns" meant to aid in the reconstruction of society, operating from a village and neighborhood level up to the state as a whole. Factories were restored and mines across the region were rapidly reopened as the surviving populace of the region was pressed into the service of the state. Schools were set up across the region with in highly regimented and regulated manners in which the both adults and children could be directed firmly towards their purpose in life, teaching skills based on aptitude tests in the hopes of creating a state in which everyone got what they needed and exerted what they could. Cultural products such as film, books and art of all kind were carefully curated and censored into serving as propaganda for the Yekaterinburg regime, urging loyalty and fealty from the populace.

    In the countryside the new Commissar of Agriculture, Lazar Kaganovich, set about creating a truly industrialised rural economy which would be able to cope with the needs of the state. Village communes were abolished and in their place were established local entities built along military lines, led by externally appointed local commissars who took charge of village law and order. Unsurprisingly, the result was the creation of a ruling commissariat and officer class which drew upon the carefully rationed national resources of a fully planned economy for their personal gain. The working classes were reformed as a carefully structured society under military discipline, meant to create the soldiers of the vanguard of revolution. While corruption and incompetence were rife, particularly in the more isolated reaches of Siberia, both were also punished brutally by the central regime. Rather than create a separate secret police, as had been done in Moscow with the Cheka, the Yekaterinburg regime would see the task of securing internal stability and loyalty delegated to the military police.

    It was in this period that the last vestiges of the RSDLP were abolished and all governmental authority transferred to the military under Trotsky. This was combined with a massive expansion of the army into civilian life and the extension of authority across the entire population. Travel was severely restricted and any transportation was closely regulated in an effort to restrict access to the wider world. News was heavily censored, with only state-military news sources legalized. While there were feeble efforts at resistance across much of Yekaterinburg society, these were crushed with harsh measures, with starvation often used as a weapon against more stubborn resistance in order to break their will and to serve as an example to others, being covered in great detail by state media. While production margins and efficiency remained low, with sabotage and wastage common, by sheer force of will, Trotsky was able to push the engines of industry to work. As for Trotsky and his court of supporters, they lived a life of moderate luxury as they directed the machine they had built in search to power a global revolution (2).

    At the heart of these developments, which to outsiders seemed rather counterproductive and worrying, was Trotsky's continued dream of a perpetual revolution which would spread across the globe and bring revolutionary rule to the workers of the world. While he was forced to accept the limitations of his regime outside the lands held by Yekaterinburg for the time being, he had a great many plans for the future. Perhaps the most significant element of these plans was his effort to join the Communist Central Committee in Moscow in order to weld his own domains to those of Moscow. While he acknowledged the bright light of Moscow as a thing of beauty and hoped to one day see it spread to the rest of the world, Trotsky had grown increasingly apocalyptic in his world views over the course of the long and bitter civil war. While Moscow was a look into the utopia a worker's revolution might become, it had to be protected. That was the role he envisioned for the peoples under the rule of Yekaterinburg, a shield and protector of the workers of the world, and a sword with which to spread the revolution.

    Contacts were established to socialist and communist movements around the world and their most dedicated fighters were invited to Siberia to train alongside the Vanguard of the Revolution, grooming them for the revolutionary wars to come. The focus, to start with, would be on Persia where nearly 5,000 "volunteer worker-soldiers" would join in the fight to secure the Persian Socialist Republic's place in the world. These worker-soldiers would win world-wide renown for a holding action in northern Persia where a brigade was able to hold the line against an all-out attack by a division of Persian Gendarmes for over a week. Yekaterinburg would also become a secretive hub for radical revolutionaries of various sorts, as the regime sought to build a global network of radicals willing to do anything to promote the spread of the revolution.

    The city of Yekaterinburg itself would be a viewed by the outside world with considerable interest and mystique, for a short time featuring heavily in dime store spy thriller novels. Efforts to infiltrate Yekaterinburg were undertaken on the part of many concerned states, but met with frequent failure as a result of the high level of opacity in government dealings. However, within a couple of years the city would become a dumping ground for failed ambassadors and staff, understaffed and underpaid, as a result of these failures and the seeming integration of Yekaterinburg into the Muscovite Communist fold. Trotsky's inner circle would shrink to a couple figures, most prominently Kamenev and Adolph Joffe, while Martov found himself completely sidelined and despairing at what had come of their revolution. The dissolution of the RSDLP was a body blow to the few dedicated democratic socialists left in the party, leading many to lose what little significance to international affairs they had left (3).


    In the meanwhile, the relative cordiality and setting aside of differences which had characterised the Communist Central Committee during the years of the Civil War began to break down as pre-existing fractures, ambitions and ideological differences were allowed free reign in the post-civil war period. The act which would really kick off the infighting within the Central Committee would be the death of Felix Dzerzhinsky in early 1925, creating a vital opening on the Central Committee, ending the dominant position held by the original members of the Central Committee through their majority, while leaving Dzerzhinsky's control of Law Enforcement and Justice, crucially including the Cheka, up in the air.

    During the preceding year, ties to the Yekaterinburg Reds had been strengthened, most significantly through military exercises and joint operations, which had brought the ambitious Tukhachevsky into contact with Trotsky and Frunze, developing a surprisingly good relationship between the three in the process. Tukhachevsky found himself fascinated and interested in the militarization campaigns and wider approach taken by Trotsky and his allies, and came to view Trotsky as a potential ally against both the Anarchist and Governing cliques of the Central Committee, the former consisting of Anarchist Lev Cherniy, former SR leader Maria Spiridonova and revolutionary hero Nestor Makhno, who had been given Bubnov's seat and significant power over military and collectivisation policy for his successes during the Civil War, and the latter consisting of the original three Committe Members Sokolnikov, Bukharin and Sverdlov.

    The struggle for Dzerzhinsky's seat proved a rather bitter one, with particularly Tukhachevsky's support for Trotsky taking a seat rather bitterly opposed on both sides while the Governing clique pushed for Anatoly Lunacharsky, whose work with education and cultural development was viewed as particularly critical for the strengthening and empowerment of Communist Russia, while the Anarchists pushed for the appointment of the powerful department head of Zhenotdel - the Women's Department, which prescribed and defended women's freedoms, Alexandra Kollontai. To take over Dzherzhinsky's post at the head of the Cheka and Law Enforcement as a whole, the Governing Clique proposed Moisei Uritsky. While neither the military clique, as Tukhachevsky's single mandate was known, nor the anarchist clique were particularly happy about appointing a man who was clearly part of the governing clique, none of them could truly find a reason not to support his appointment.

    With Dzerzhinsky's posts already passed on to Uritsky, the matter of the Committee seat took center stage. While neither major clique found anything significant to disapprove about the other's candidate, neither could they afford to allow the current power balance to swing too far in one direction, which would be the consequence of either was accepted without the other. At the same time, the idea of permitting Trotsky to sit on the Central Committee left a sour taste in the mouths of many, who viewed him as tyrannical and overly ambitious, out for his own gain. Both the Governing Clique and the Anarchist Clique contacted Tukhachevsky and sought to persuade him to join their camp. Significant incentives were presented by both sides, but Tukhachevsky held firm, certain that he would be able to win out if he could just position himself and Trotsky as the decisive swing vote. As week after week passed without decision, the matter grew increasingly heated and soon spread into the surrounding party bureaucracy.

    A solution which none would enjoy but which would prove acceptable all was eventually proposed by Bukharin, who believed the governing clique a more cohesive unit than the anarchists, that rather than choose between the three candidates, they should instead expand the Central Committee to ten seats. This suggestion was immediately supported by Tukhachevsky, but both the Anarchists and Sokolnikov proved extremely hesitant to back the proposal. Ultimately, it would take Bukharin an additional week to convince his fellows and the Anarchists to back the proposal. Thus, in mid-March 1925 the Central Committee was expanded to ten seats, four each for the governing and anarchist cliques and two for what would come to be known as the Trotskyite clique, with tie breakers decided by the Chairman of the Central Committee - Yakov Sverdlov (4).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Basically, Communist Russia sees pretty wide-ranging acceptance of left-wing beliefs and significant press freedoms, but are far less welcoming of ideological frameworks outside that spectrum. There is a concerted effort to promote atheism and remove the power of religion. Perhaps most significant, and different from OTL, is the rather significant role played by non-governmental actors in civil society. While profit-based businesses are strictly regulated and severely limited in what they can do, coops, union-run factories and a whole host of non-profit organisations largely take their place. Mind you, law enforcement generally is rather spotty and corruption is still present in a number of places. There are also a lot of non-profit organisations in-name-only, effectively functioning as corporations but siphoning profits away through salaries, money transfers and the like.

    (2) The Yekaterinburg Reds are basically using a mix of War Communism and the societal militarisation imagined by Trotsky late in the Civil War to create a military dictatorship. While Trotsky later abandoned some of these ideas, he was extremely interested in organising all of society along military lines and imposing military discipline on it. The result isn't exactly pretty and far from the most effective social system. Combine this deeply militarised society with highly coordinated educational efforts and a powerful ideological message like that present in socialism, and this quickly becomes a rather scary state. Just because the Yekaterinburg Reds are more of a military dictatorship than a socialist/communist dictatorship does not mean that Trotsky has completely abandoned those ideas.

    (3) There are a couple reasons people aren't completely freaking out about the Yekaterinburg Reds and calling for their destruction. First of all, it was attempted and failed during the Civil War, and no one wants to go through that again. Second, it is in such a far-away corner of the world that few even give the region a thought, most don't really understand or differentiate between Yekaterinburg and Moscow, even on a governmental level, and those that do view Trotsky's entry into the Communist Central Committee as the effective end of his independent regime, which it isn't. The situation is a bit weird here, Trotsky rules the Yekaterinburg Reds with an iron fist as little more than a military dictator, while at the same time sitting as part of the Communist Central Committee. It is exactly as complicated and misunderstood a relationship as you imagine it is. I think the only person who actually understands exactly how all of this fits together might be Trotsky and Kamenev, the latter of whom plays a key role in convincing Trotsky to move forward with this effort. As for Yekaterinburg's sponsoring of foreign revolutionaries, it is very much in its early days and will grow into more of a menace the longer time passes by. As for Trotsky's view of the Yekaterinburg Reds - he sees them as the Arsenal, Training Grounds and Recruiting Grounds of the Workers' Revolution. That is how he justifies the harsh nature of his regime, he is shaping an army with which to spread revolution to the world - not creating a functional state.

    (4) Whereas during the Civil War the governing clique remained firmly in power, consisting of five out of eight Central Committee seats, after the war and the loss of both Bubnov and Dzerzhinsky the governing clique finds its margin of power severely limited. The inclusion of Trotsky in the Central Committee is something neither the Anarchists nor the governing faction are particularly happy about, but it serves as an important step in incorporating the Yekaterinburg Reds into Communist Russia and allows the main cliques to strengthen their power. Interestingly, one fifth of the Central Committee is now female.


    290px-Pyotr_Wrangel%2C_portrait_medium.jpg

    Pyotr Wrangel, Commander-in-Chief of The Russian Armed Forces

    A Winter of Discontent

    The situation in Rostov-on-Don following the end of the Russian Civil War was one of considerable tumult and uncertainty as disparate factions previously united in the struggle against the Reds found their temporary bonds loosened. With the influx of foreign influence beyond the Germans, most significantly in the form of the British and French, a series of disparate factions soon developed centred on these foreign backers. At the centre of all this was Aleksei Brusilov, serving as Commander-in-Chief and effective dictator of White Russia, who balanced precariously between the different sides. During the first few years following the end of the Civil War, Brusilov worked to slowly strengthen the anaemic civil administration of the Don Whites, turning to men like Pavel Milyukov, Alexander Guchkov and Mikhail Rodzianko, who were associated with a push for strong republican government, while asking for economic support in the reconstruction of southern Russia.

    Exploiting the chaos created during the civil war, Brusilov's regime parcelled out unoccupied lands in the Ukraine and along the Don to veterans of the army. Economic exploitation of natural resources followed soon after, as German, French and British corporations were allowed access to the Don White lands in pursuit of raw resources for their production. Multi-crop rotations and the consolidation of farmlands into larger estates were undertaken in a bid to centralize and improve the efficiency of production. Business interests were welcomed with open arms and economic progress was prioritized in an effort to strengthen the Don White state. Most significantly, Brusilov would secure a major investment in the industrialisation of the lower Don River and the expansion of the rail network between the Volga and Don, working to create a strong and independent economy which might be able to stand on its own in the future.

    Like in much of Russia in the years following the Russian Civil War, the population experienced a significant boom which prompted many to discuss the need for a strong and healthy population with which to defend the fragile Republic from the Communist hordes. By mid-1925, the Don seemed on the road to recovery but was increasingly looking forward to an oncoming succession crisis as Brusilov visibly weakened. While few could question the credentials of Pyotr Wrangel, Brusilov's long-time right hand man, it was felt on the part of many that allowing him to succeed Brusilov without some form of check on his power would fundamentally undermine any hope of creating a stable and democratic republic for the future, and place far too much influence with the Germans, who Wrangel had come to regard highly for their aid during the Civil War (5).

    Brusilov remained stubbornly supportive of Wrangel despite the protests of Milyukov and his supporters, as well as a clique of generals surrounding the General Yudenich, who had spent the post-civil war period ingratiating himself with the British, and worked hard to secure his succession. However, the argument that if Wrangel was left with no check on his power it could well cause the end of the Don state was a persuasive one and Brusilov was eventually convinced into creating a body which could pose as a check. Despite some anger at what he viewed as ill-talk of his personal honor, Wrangel proved open to a solution and even set out a pretty proposal. Under Wrangel's proposal, he would become Commander-in-Chief of the Military and serve as the Head of State for the Republic, however a Council of Generals would be instated which would seat the generals of the Don Republic and serve as a check on Wrangel's command of military policy, with two-thirds vote to veto a decision and the capacity to propose actions. At the same time a civilian government would be established under the Speaker of the Duma with responsibility for the running of internal governmental matters and foreign affairs, requiring a two-thirds vote of the Duma to veto. In effect, Wrangel would serve as the balancing point between the military and civilian government, with authority over both but veto-able by either.

    While many were suspicious of Wrangel's willingness to put boundaries on his own power, searching endlessly for some plot or plan to explain it, the proposal would eventually get the assent of all parties. With this in place, Brusilov declared his own retirement and handed over power to Wrangel. Brusilov would spend the next two years in relatively happy retirement with his wife on the Black Sea coast, enjoying a respite from worry while serving as advisor and a friendly ear when Wrangel needed it. Brusilov would pass in his sleep in early autumn 1927, marking the end of an epic career and considered by many the most brilliant Russian of his generation. His funeral in Rostov was a grand affair, attended by representatives from across Europe and Asia, as well as a couple from the Americas, and served as the coming of age for the Don Republic.

    Pyotr Wrangel's early government, from 1925 to 1927, would be marked by a series of efforts to improve what had been increasingly deteriorated relations with the Germans while efforts were made to make the Ukrainians feel invested in the Don regime. The Ukrainian language was spoken openly and even used in education across the western reaches of the Don Republic, while local autonomy and self-government was implemented in many areas. Wrangel's experience fighting alongside the Cossacks saw him in good stead, and he was able to secure them as some of his fiercest proponents, even as both civilian and military contenders to power plotted and planned against him. The liberal economic policies embraced under Brusilov were continued, and economic growth occurred in spurts. By the end of this period, the industrial development of the Lower Don would finally become self-sustaining, setting off an industrial boom across the region as trade along the rivers and coasts of the Don Republic exploded (6).

    In the opposite end of Russia, the Siberian Whites under Tsar Roman von Ungern-Sternberg were discovering that being ruled by an eccentric and murderous warlord might not be the most productive of situations. While the influx of refugees caused by the famine provided a major population boost to the region and were able to be settled with relative ease, life was hard in the region and much of the population often skirted hunger, kept alive only by the monthly shipments of foodstuffs from China and the United States. This dependence allowed the Siberian state to exert an immense amount of power and control over its subjects, who were left with little choice but to follow the government's directives. Chita experienced rapid and significant growth as new ministries were founded and a governmental bureaucracy was established through which the Tsar might direct his government.

    While the Tsar himself proved surprisingly disinterested in the day-to-day running of his new empire, his wife Olga Romanova would exert considerable influence in his place, creating a web of her supporters in the higher echelons of the government and slowly freezing out the Tsar from governance of the realm. In the meanwhile, Roman engaged himself in restructuring and strengthening his military, conducting exercises and directing the development of the army alongside his cronies. However, at this point he had already begun to look outward in hopes of spreading his own pan-monarchist beliefs. He travelled regularly south to Beijing, and even provided aid in the suppression of northern Chinese warlords. Perhaps most significantly, he was able to secure the support of Zhang Zuolin for the creation of a vassal Mongolia under the Bogd Khan, who would swear fealty to the Xuantong Emperor, but with the actual governance and control of the region to be split equally between Chita and Beijing.

    Olga Romanova truly came into her own in this period, both serving as the administrative nexus of the Siberian regime and as a patron of clever men. A surprising spurt of innovative developments in agriculture and mining would occur in this period which would slowly allow for the stabilization of the Siberian realm and an end to its reliance on food imports by 1926. Olga was well loved and celebrated by many, enjoying a surprising degree of popularity even in the United States, serving as the subject of several movies and books, while her husband was widely feared. This was a fact which became increasingly clear to the Tsar as one year after another passed and his own power waned steadily. After placing the Bogd Khan atop the throne in Mongolia, he returned to a Chita seemingly changed beyond all recognition. In meetings and councils it was clear that most looked to Olga first and Roman second. This was a source of considerable bitterness to the Tsar who, despite his love of monarchism and the Romanov as a dynastic ideal, viewed his sidelining by his own wife as an assault upon his personal honour. By mid-1925 the tension between the Tsar and his wife was clear to members of the court, news of which was soon to spread to the various foreign delegations which had set up in Chita (7).


    In August of 1926, the Siberian court was visited by the Tsaritsa's sister, Grand Duchess Anastasia Romanova, who had spent the better part of the last decade in the United States. Anastasia was closely connected to the former Wood government and had quickly become a fixture of New York and Washington society, scandalising many with her closeness to Quentin Roosevelt, and through him the wider Roosevelt machine. Anastasia was a target of considerable anger and scorn by various nativist sections of the population as well as various sections of White Russian factions which continued to contest the Romanov-Ungern regime's right to rule. She had even been the target of three separate assassination attempts over the last four years, only narrowly avoiding the third due to the assassin missing his shot and killing a bystander. It was this third assassination attempt, and what Anastasia viewed as a complete failure by the police to follow up on it, that prompted the trip to Chita.

    However, Anastasia's presence could not have proven more volatile to the stability of the court if she had tried. Her arrival alongside her long-time right-hand, Boris Savinkov, and a host of other supporters destabilized the previously precarious balance at the court, turning what had previously been a slow but growing advantage for her sister Olga into a landslide. The sudden arrival of Anastasia set off the Tsar's paranoia and soon provoked a series of intrigues and conspiracies as Roman sought to reclaim his power and authority. To make matters worse, Roman's poor treatment of Olga resulted in visible marks, which set whispers swirling and earned the Tsar the enmity of his sister-in-law. The attempted arrest of Boris Savinkov in mid-September 1926 by forces loyal to the Tsar was swiftly betrayed to Anastasia, who directed an immediate and heartfelt response. When the men set to arrest Savinkov arrived at his temporary residence, they were met with machinegun fire, while Roman only barely escaped the bullets of a pair of assassins.

    Rather than remain in Chita, which Roman had come to realize was firmly in his wife and sister-in-law's pocket, the Tsar fled the city for the safety of his former stronghold of Dauria, a walled and heavily protected fortress in the middle of the steppes, wherefrom Roman believed he would be able to direct the reclamation of his proper position. While the Tsar's supporters rushed about, searching for aid from foreign and domestic sources, Roman gave himself over to paranoia. Dauria quickly became a charnel house as anyone suspected of the slightest treason or treachery was tortured and confessions extracted. Dozens were killed and an elaborate conspiracy was slowly pieced together from their tortured ramblings which gave the Tsar what he believed was a clear picture of the enemy he faced, increasingly certain that Anastasia, his wife Olga, Trotsky and a wider Zionist conspiracy had joined together to murder him and place Siberia under Jewish rule.

    In his paranoia, the Tsar targeted any Jew he could get a hold of over the course of the next two months while Anastasia and Olga did what they could to minimize the critical situation and contained the Tsar's madness as best they could. There was, however, one man who Roman had felt no reason to suspect, his long-time aide, executioner and head-torturer, who had served the Tsar since early in the civil war, the Colonel Laurentz. This would prove a major mistake, for the colonel would be the one who opened Dauria's gates in the late hours of the night to permit a force aligned with Anastasia, having long since been turned by Olga against his former master. The Tsar was captured alive and transported to Chita where he was placed under a close house arrest, officially continuing to hold the crown but in effect left completely powerless, trapped in paranoid madness (8)

    Footnotes:

    (5) While the Don Republic, as the lands of the Don Whites are increasingly referred to, is experiencing a relatively swift recovery from the Civil War, it comes at the cost of selling out completely to foreign interests. The companies who dominate the Don Republic are German, French and British, with a firm grip on the state's national resources. While tolls, taxes and tariffs are paid and maintained, the sums collected are paltry when compared to the benefits these companies reap. However, all of this does, as mentioned, allow for an economic boom in the region.

    (6) I really hope that the framework set out for the Don Republic makes sense. Essentially, it remains under military leadership and the Council of Generals proves a powerful force in the governance and leadership of the state, but it is not a proper Military Dictatorship. Instead the military and civilian spheres are set alongside each other - hell, many will come to compare the Council of Generals to a House of Lords, and it will to some degree function as such. However, the Council of Generals also happens to essentially amount to a General Staff, where military actions are planned and action is determined. Wrangel remains a powerful and dominant figure, but there are ways of limiting his power. One thing to note is that Wrangel's support for Ukrainian cultural development won't exactly be popular with Great Russia proponents and the civilian government won't enjoy sharing authority and power with the military in the long term.

    (7) The Siberian Whites are starting from scratch, with little in the way of infrastructure or resources with which to manage their domains. In a surprisingly short period of time, Olga Romanova is able to address many of these challenges and over the course of the first few years of the post-civil war period she is able to build something out of nothing. However, her husband finds himself neutered and does not exactly enjoy the experience.

    (8) Tsar Roman lasts longer as a figure in power than one might expect, but he was never particularly suited to this game and eventually finds himself completely outplayed. He is kept alive mostly so that Olga doesn't have to worry about suitors and because, while the Tsar's authority has taken quite a beating, it was always easier to run a functional government in this period if the ruler, at least nominally, was a man. While many are happy to follow and obey Olga or Anastasia, the idea that they can call on the feared and respected Mad Tsar helps keep those who might object to the government in check.

    End Notes:
    I don't know when the second part will be available, these updates are taking me more time and I have a lot of other stuff to work on, but I hope to have it up within the next half week or so.

    That said, this division actually works out quite well, as it is focused exclusively on events in Russia. Let me know what you think.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty-Four (Pt. 2): The Wheel Grinds On
  • The Wheel Grinds On

    640px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_102-00888%2C_Berlin%2C_Wahlwerbung_f%C3%BCr_KPD.jpg

    Political Campaign in Berlin

    A Teutonic Imperium

    Gustav Stresemann's second term as Chancellor would see a number of social, economic and cultural clashes which placed considerable pressure on German post-war society. In Germany, the proportion of the working population engaged in agriculture had been on a steady decline for decades, but by the 1925 census 30.5 percent of the working population still remained involved in the agrarian and forestry sector. The agrarian situation varied so greatly across the country that it would be hard to make generalisations. No area represented only one kind of land tenure and social system, though there were prevailing trends. In East Prussia large estates worked either by tenant or sharecropping systems or by agricultural labourers still predominated, though there were many small peasant holdings as well. Saxony had a mix of estate and peasant holdings. The south and southwest had primarily peasant holdings, and the same was true of the north and northwest where dairy farming predominated. All of the farmers hated the system of market and price controls imposed during the war, which continued in uneven form for some years afterward. Most of them dodged, bent, and undermined the system by black market transactions and felt no compunction. All the farmers benefited from the fact that they controlled basic products for which there was great demand. The distortions of the market as a result of controls and inflation gave the agricultural sector relative power, and enraged city dwellers especially, as well as a huge range of officials who were trying to steer the economy toward recovery.

    Over the course of 1924 and early 1925, Friedrich Ebert and the SPD had turned its focus on the Junker estates of Prussia, and land reform generally, in a bid to extend support for the SPD beyond Germany's urban centres and end what they viewed as the exploitation of both rural and urban workers by the Junkers. At the heart of the issue lay the proven inability of the German state to feed its population during war-time and the clear inefficiencies of the large Junker estates which had struggled economically since the 1870s when American and Russian grain initially undercut the market. The Junker class had stubbornly held onto their estates across the region for decade after decade despite near-continuous economic losses and had secured the support of one pre-war government another.

    This had the effect of artificially kept these estates alive in spite of fierce competition, not only of a foreign nature but from German commercial and smallholder farms, while allowing for the exploitation of the wider population. Indebtedness was the scourge of agriculture. Farmers climbed out of debt during the inflation and managed almost immediately to sink back in. Always eager to buy more land, they invested too heavily when the terms of trade were in their favor, and suffered when prices collapsed and they could no longer carry their mortgages. Moreover, they bemoaned the shortage of labor that they endured, especially the paucity of girls and young women willing to put up with the strain of agricultural labor. On the farms girls and women endured sixteen- to seventeen-hour working days, dirty conditions, and heavy lifting, all under the ever-watchful eye of the owner of the farm and his wife. These workers continued to labor under the highly repressive labor codes (Gesindeordnungen) that gave agricultural employers nearly feudal powers over their farmhands, male and female.

    With Ebert pressing for the abolition of the Gesindeordnung and significant land redistribution in Prussia, the tenor of politics in Prussia rapidly turned hostile, with cries of treason rising from the ranks of the Junker class. At the same time, Ebert was able to secure support from the FVP and, surprisingly, the NLP for the effort with promises of support for commercial farming in these land reforms. While the more radical elements of land redistribution would ultimately not go through, Ebert was successful in securing the repeal of the Gesindeordnung, significant cuts to the subsidies granted to the Junker estates and, perhaps most significantly, the establishment of a governmental body and a body of legal requirements for productivity in order to enforce efficiency on the part of Junker estates, with the forced sale of estate lands should they be unable to follow regulations (9).

    The political victory which these reforms constituted could not have come at a better time for an increasingly embattled mainline SPD, which found itself challenged on all sides. Internally, the SPD leadership found itself challenged by a loose collection of young and nationalistic leaders who pressed for changes to the party platform and a change in leadership to bring new voices to bear. Most significant of these figures was the vocal Otto Strasser, who conducted a major campaign against the party leadership in hopes of overthrowing them and replacing them with himself and his pack of followers.

    At the same time, the SPD found itself attacked from the left by the Communists under Rosa Luxembourg, who claimed the SPD was little more than power-hungry bourgeoisie in workers' clothing - out to exploit the workers of Germany for their own gain. They pointed to the increasingly centralization focus of the SPD, who had made this shift in platform in order to consolidate their power over Prussia, as a clear example of the wrongheadedness of their rivals and pointed to the Communist regime in Moscow, with its leftist inclusiveness and internationalist outlook, as the only true form of socialism. The SPD and KPD clashed across a number of different planes, from establishing and supporting competing unions and challenging each other's candidates in working-class neighborhoods to the SPD using its governmental authority to come down harshly on more revolutionary cells, smearing the KPD with them by association.


    Finally, on the right, the passage of the aforementioned land and legislative reforms as well, as Ebert's signalling that the Prussian government would seek to centralise authority at the Kingdom level, and thereby reduce the power and autonomy of the sub-state level, brought out the DKP and DNVP in large numbers to oppose anything the SDP sought to accomplish in Prussia (10). On a national level, the government found itself increasingly divided over the spending of tax revenues and a series of cultural clashes. Of the two, it would be the latter which caused most problems, as large segments of the DNVP, DKP and Centre united in a campaign against what they considered "Trashy and Filthy" writings.

    The campaign had emerged well before 1914 and attracted a diverse array of supporters. Teachers, clerics, social workers, and all sorts of other conservatively minded people fumed about penny novels and other forms of cheap literature. The writings were, sometimes, pornographic, but more often were simply heart-thumping, horseback-mounting, detective-revolver-packing romance and adventure stories. Their wide availability and great popularity were signal features of modern, urban life. Enterprising publishers and authors spotted a lucrative market; high-volume printing presses, accustomed to churning out hundreds of thousands of copies of newspapers every day, could easily be adapted to pour out mass-market, cheaply made books or brochures. From pulpits and classrooms around Germany pastors, priests, and teachers spoke out against the dangers of Schund und Schmutz, trash and filth, and their portrayal of the excitement of the bright lights of the city, alcohol, bodies rubbing close to one another, sex. The writings appealed, so the critics said, to the most base human instincts and destroyed respect for authority. They were directly responsible for the frightening rise in criminal behavior, promiscuity, and sexually transmitted diseases. The works had no aesthetic value, the law’s advocates claimed, and were often the product of foreign, notably Jewish, authors. Reading them undermined young people’s ability to appreciate the great works of German literature and the deeper truths they revealed. Some of Germany’s leading intellectuals spoke out against the law as a blatant act of censorship that violated the constitution, but these intellectuals struggled mount a successful public campaign. The proponents were lodged in powerful institutions and successful pressure group, the Protestant and Catholic churches, the teachers’ association, the librarians’ association, middle-class women’s groups, and many others. For all their claims to be representing “traditional values,” they spearheaded a modern political mobilisation. They campaigned on the local level, organising exhibits, demonstrations, and rallies, which gelled into a national movement. They had direct social and personal links to the major centrist and conservative parties.

    The sole reason for the failure of this bill was the decision on the part of the both the KPD and SPD leadership to back the opposition to the bills alongside the NLP and FVP, deeming it a threat to their own growing power amongst the German youth. On a state and sub-state level, Bavaria and Wurttemberg as well as East and West Prussia would all pass a bill similar to these efforts, but after two readings in the Reichstag the law failed to pass at the national level and was defeated in the Prussian Landtag, marking a major morale blow to the right and a victory for the shaky Left-Liberal alliance (11).

    The middle years of the second decade of the twentieth century were amongst the most riotous and prosperous in German history. Germans went on a consumption binge, and they did it with modern flair. Even workers were looking for display and style, which more and more people were prepared to buy on credit. Rigid class lines dissolved around consumption as even middle-class people were buying on credit, whereas before the war only the poorest had gone into debt for consumer purchases. The better-off workers felt themselves to be more or less lower middle class, and they had taken on the requirements of the earlier lower-middle-class person without having the latter’s firm foundation of assets. In general, the sense of thrift had relaxed. People wanted to enjoy something from life, and they spent their money on clothes and externals of every kind. Even poor people bought butter instead of margarine, and everyone looked for good-quality meat. Shopkeepers, legislators, government inspectors, social workers all had the explanation: war and inflation. People had suffered enough deprivation and now wanted to enjoy themselves. In war and inflation they had learned that assets and goods, even life itself, were ephemeral. What had value one moment could, in a flash, depreciate to nothing. All that was solid melted into the air, not, as Marx said, under capitalism in general, but under the crisis conditions of total war and hyperinflation. Better to enjoy life now than live for the future.

    This was an attitude both well suited for and cultivated by the advertising industry, which blossomed in this era of mass consumption. Advertisers merged the appeal of sex with the clean lines of modernist design. The line between advertising and art was quite indistinct. Many artists worked for advertising firms, and intellectual journals like Die Neue Linie adopted covers that could just as easily have been product endorsements. The architects of the new department stores, like Erich Mendelsohn, devoted great energies to interior design to ensure that the goods were displayed attractively and seductively. Outside, new construction techniques of steel, reinforced concrete, and plate glass allowed for ever larger display windows. Window dressing became a recognized profession, complete with formal apprenticeships, exams, and licenses. All over Berlin and even in provincial towns one could see on the streets the display of wealth and the penchant for modern design and consumption (12).


    If modern consumption was one sign of the golden years of the post-war period; "Rationalisation” was the other. The term meant, most basically, the application of scientific methods to production in order to expand output, with less labor. Technological and managerial improvements were all the rage. Businesses combined, mechanised many processes, and shed workers. More than seven hundred institutes, state, private, and mixed, were involved in researching and planning rationalisation. The rewards were supposed to come in the form of economic prosperity for all, and it was on that basis, and because of their commitment to technology, that Social Democrats initially supported rationalisation. But the social benefits were never to emerge, at least not at the level at which they would have a highly beneficial impact on the broad mass of workers. Certainly, major companies deployed an array of welfare programs designed to bind workers to the firm. But major benefits like company housing were generally limited to an elite stratum of the workforce. For the rest, it was sports teams, parks and playgrounds, churches, cultural events, newspapers, and recreational associations, all sponsored by the company and dedicated to creating a loyal workforce. The companies directed many of their efforts at women, not female workers, but the wives of male workers. The presumption was that as the caretakers of the “orderly family,” widely understood as the bedrock of society, women would benefit from advice on how to conduct household labor more productively, which would also signify efficient use of the wages brought home by the male worker. A cozy, comfortable, and rationalised household would give the men the rest and recuperation they needed to perform well day in and day out, by the drill press, the mine seam, or the blast furnace (13).

    While economic rationalisation and modern consumption fuelled Germany's economic miracle of the 1920s, it did create a series of major social and political challenges which the federal and state governments found themselves forced to deal with. While rationalisation naturally generated unemployment as previously occupied positions were removed in step with growing efficiencies, the growing economy and opportunities presented not only within Germany, but across much of Eastern Europe, helped alleviate some of the stress on the system while widespread campaigning for government-run or sponsored social welfare systems to assist these rationalisation efforts proved surprisingly popular not only amongst the trade unions and workers but with employers and the centrist consensus increasingly forming around the SPD-NLP-FVP-Centre at a the national level and in the Prussia government. The outcry against ever longer working hours and insufficient job or unemployment security led to a series of governmental reforms placing legal limits on working hours and the establishment of unemployment insurance as a worker's right rather than a conditional benefit.

    The issue which would consume the most amount of time, and dominate political discourse for most of 1926 and the first half of 1927, would prove to centre on the role of the central government, the spending of government revenues and the degree to which it should intervene in state affairs. Central to the issue lay the current NLP-DKP-Centre government's focus on limiting governmental expenditure in favour of prioritising the repayment of state debts, almost to the exclusion on all else. There were clear reasons for why the government had this focus, given that most of this debt was help by the middle and upper classes, as well as by larger business and industry interests, the primary backers of the current government. With white-collar workers emerging as a stratum of the middle class and blue-collar workers' wages increasing, particularly in Prussia under the government-backed conflict conciliation system, the pressure for an end to the elite nature of the old middle-class of store owners and artisans and a sharing of tax contributions beyond the old elites became increasingly difficult to deal with for the federal government.

    With the SPD under Ebert pouring gasoline on this fire, the Stresemann government found itself increasingly pressed to act or fall. Rather than break under the pressure, Stresemann chose to compromise and sought out Ebert to negotiate an agreement which might help set Germany on a good path forward. What Stresemann had not reckoned with was the opposition to such an agreement which he might have to face within his own coalition. The DKP under Oskar Hergt had served as a crucial part of Stresemann's coalition over the preceding years, but in the face of what many in his party viewed as capitulation to the leftists, he was forced to openly oppose the effort, going so far as to threaten to leave the governmental coalition and bring down the government. Everything was balanced on the knife's edge in mid-1927 when Stresemann decided to go with his previous decision, pushing forward with the legislative proposal, passing it with SPD and FVP backing.

    This led to the departure of the DKP from the governmental coalition and strong pressure from Centre to depart as well, with some talking of a possible Centre-DKP-DNVP national-conservative government. What none of these figures had expected was for Stresemann to break with his long-held policy of keeping the SPD's power limited by inviting them to join the governmental coalition alongside the FVP, an offer which was accepted, marking the first time since the Great War that the SPD had been part of the national government. Centre politicians such as Wilhelm Marx and Heinrich Brauns called for Centre to abandon the governmental coalition as well, but the steadfast leadership under Matthias Erzberger remained aligned with Stresemann and backed the decision. The result was the restructuring of the governing coalition under Stresemann as NLP-Centre-FVP-SPD and a shift in governmental spending attitudes, allowing for the funding of a national unemployment insurance system, a series of significant school reforms which brought the curriculum up to date and introduced a host of modern ideas and concepts to the learning process and the establishment of a number of government-sponsored healthcare clinics in poorer urban districts - a move by the SPD to weaken support for the Communists which secured Stresemann's support (14).

    Footnotes:

    (9) With the more limited nature of constitutional changes ITTL, the Gesindordnung remains in place for another half-decade and is left to the SPD to abolish. Perhaps most significantly, Friedrich Ebert survives his OTL bout with gall stones by being in general better health, under less stress and without a court case to hold up his doctor's visit. As a result he gets medical aid in time and lives on past 1925 ITTL, providing the SPD with a strong central leader for at least a couple years longer.


    (10) With Ebert holding on for the time being, Strasser and his followers remain kept at bay. The question now is whether the current leadership and their supporters can hold the line against the Strasserites and their ilk and whether Strasser himself eventually gives up on securing power over the SPD. An interesting development which continues here is a push for the centralisation of power and authority in the regional government in a bid to weaken the power of the right in Prussia.

    (11) This clash over censorship is actually based on OTL, but with the stronger and more united Left and Liberal parties of TTL, resistance to the measure is stronger politically and the censorship efforts end up failing. This is actually a really interesting case which demonstrates how the political right in Germany learned to coordinate its mass populist efforts in the years before the Nazis came to power.

    (12) This consumption binge is something that occurred IOTL, although ITTL it isn't quite as manic and probably has more in common with the OTL American consumption boom than the German one - still a powerful force, but not quite as mindlessly ruinous. This is a country truly enjoying its time in the sun and at peace, drawing heavily on its large Eastern European empire and rapidly growing industrial capacity.


    (13) This is an extremely important point. In contrast to OTL, where the Weimar Republic really lacked the natural and economic resources to get rationalisation to function due to the mass unemployment it provoked, ITTL it large works as intended. The reason for this is that there are far more opportunities available to an unemployed German worker ITTL. With resources flooding Germany from Eastern Europe and global trade significantly stronger, not having been caught up quite as strongly by protectionist efforts, the factors are present to allow for Germany to really expand economically into the super-heavy-weight class. While unemployment remains an issue, alongside the general stress on workers and other issues which are discussed in the following segment, they are manageable ITTL, which is a sharp contrast to the completely unmanageable situation which presided IOTL. This results in a significantly more healthy economy, growing alongside the rationalisation efforts rather than the rationalization mechanisms provoking ever greater unemployment.

    (14) I really hope people find all of this stuff interesting. We see a series of shifts in governmental attitudes here and the importance of men like Erzberger surviving into the 1920s and the greater strength of Conservative politics in contrast to National-Conservative, as seen by the that Oskar Hergt goes into the DKP rather than the DNVP ITTL. The unemployment insurance scheme is based on a similar effort IOTL which started under significantly greater stress than IOTL and had to be abandoned within a couple of years because of the Great Depression. Weimar Germany really is an interesting place when looking into what sort of legislative initiatives were undertaken.

    481px-The_British_Army_in_Italy_1944_NA15496.jpg

    Ruins in Calabria

    The Building of an Empire

    Key to the economic prosperity of Germany was its massive extension of influence across much of eastern and south-eastern Europe, from Finland in the north to Romania in the south. With German royals brought to power across much of the region and a significant German influence on governmental affairs in these states, the German Empire was able to extend its economic dominance across most of Eastern and Central Europe. While Germany reaped many of the benefits from this relationship, that was not to say that the impact on Eastern Europe was not significant as well. Students from across Eastern Europe flocked to German universities where they were exposed to a host of new ideas. In the countries themselves, German corporations invested heavily in infrastructure projects and resource extraction - with vast railroad networks built out of seemingly thin air to bind together this massive enterprise. During this period many of the new states of Eastern Europe were struggling to set up proper tax and tariffs systems to help finance the new governmental bureaucracies they were working to create.

    Over the course of the early 1920s, these efforts provoked considerable clashes between German business interests and the protectionist efforts undertaken by these nascent states to protect themselves from the dangers of the international market. One particularly heated case centring on the efforts of the German chemical giant BASF seeking to export nitrates to Poland to support agricultural development, but finding its efforts mired in bureaucratic entry barriers and high tariffs, would provoke a collapse of the current Polish government and its replacement with the more business-friendly Gabriel Narutowicz, who supported the reduction and simplification of tariffs in order to secure greater foreign investment in Poland.

    However, this was just the most high profile of a series of similar cases where German investment and export efforts floundered in the face of ramshackle protectionist legislation. The solution, as viewed by the Germans, lay in the extension of the Zollverein to Eastern Europe, moving beyond its one-time role in uniting the German peoples and towards the creation of a Common Market. This would prove a central issue in European politics for much of 1924 and 1925, with protests and demonstrations for and against the proposal across much of the region. However, assent was eventually secured in Poland, Lithuania, Bohemia, the United Baltic Duchy and Romania for entrance into the Zollverein - secured at the Hamburg Conference of 1926, with currencies in all those states to be steadily brought into line with the German Reichsmark, the establishment of an equitable split in external tariffs and the establishment of a Zollverein Directorate in Prague to manage the customs and currency union.

    While Denmark, Finland and Bulgaria all remained outside of the Zollverein, they were able to negotiate a trade deal with the Zollverein nations which saw tariffs between them significantly lowered, eased the movement of peoples and created greater ease of money transfers. This would prove particularly important in the case of Denmark, which became a hub for British and American investments into the Zollverein, given that the Danish state had been able to negotiate favorable deals on financial transactions with both states. At the center of the Zollverein's financial apparatus lay the city of Frankfurt, which was growing rapidly into the pre-eminent center of Central and Eastern European finance, locking out British, French and American banking interests in the region through the Zollverein (15).

    The sudden incorporation of western Cisleithania, which would come to be referred to simply as the Kingdom of Austria, to Germany caused significant disruption to both Austrian and German state apparatuses. With the arrival of King Maximilian Eugen von Habsburg to Vienna, the Austrian peoples had much to celebrate. Under the continued leadership of Johannes Schober, the practicalities of Anschluss were undertaken as the Austrians were slowly transitioned to the German Reichsmark and the bureaucratic systems were aligned to German standards while large sections of the governmental bureaucracy was closed, no longer being necessary following the Austrian incorporation into Germany. Significant investment by German banks soon caused trouble, as Austrian banks found themselves threatened by hostile takeovers and powerful competitive forces which placed their formerly secure position under threat. The greatest blow of this period of financial instability came with the takeover of the debt-ridden Creditanstalt, which had over-leveraged itself when buying out the Anglo-Austrian Bank, by the Hamburg based Commerz- und Privat-bank AG. This merger created a banking goliath which would dominate German finance over the course of the 1920s, buying up dozens of smaller banks and several larger, although none would quite compete with Creditanstalt for size. The integration of Austrian industry to the wider German Empire would prove surprisingly painless, much of the groundwork for economic integration having already been undertaken in years prior as part of the Austro-Hungarian alliance with Germany and as part of its membership in the Zollverein. However, by 1928 most of the issues of incorporation had been at least partially resolved and the Austrian peoples looked forward to an age of prosperity mirroring what they saw their fellow Germans experience (16).

    Not to be left out, the German dominated Romania would experience a period of unparalleled economic growth as oil production ballooned and agricultural production skyrocketed in response to the introduction of modern best practices. Over the course of the 1920s, the Romanian economy would expand rapidly, with the country becoming one of the most significant migration points for entrepreneurial Germans hoping to strike it rich. While the court was inundated in luxuries, keeping the King occupied with a life of indolence, his German minders strengthened their grip on power in Romania. The Romanian military received numerous "advisors" who effectively took over the running of the army while German diplomats and advisors inundated every governmental ministry. Much of the wealth generated in this period would find itself siphoned away from the wider populace, with the new German elite enjoying the fruits of victory. While well-paying jobs were created in large numbers within the petroleum industry, these positions were primarily occupied by Germans while agricultural and other low-skilled work was left to poorly paid Romanians. While there was some discontent, particularly from the displaced Romanian elites and a small core of nationalists, for the vast majority of the population it felt as though little had changed. During this period many populist, peasant and socialist political parties found themselves marginalized but not forbidden, with the entire political apparatus largely turned into little more than a rubber stamp for the German dominated government bureaucracy (17).

    There was a great outcry following the fall of Rome to the Italian Communists in September of 1923 which had prompted further investment in the Royalist cause on the part of the French and British, while debate was undertaken in Parliament and the Reichstag over whether to intervene directly in the conflict. Catholic volunteers, particularly from Spain, rushed to volunteer to fight for the Royalists while communist unrest on Sardinia was put down with a hard hand, ensuring that the Royalists would at least remain secure in their control of the Mediterranean isles. With the royalists in disarray and the Communists on the offensive, there was little to prevent the subsequent fall of Naples and Foggia in November 1923. However, a harsh winter with driving rains which turned every road to slush and sickened even the heartiest would ensure that the Royalists would retain control of at least the southern sections of the Italian peninsula for the remainder of 1923.

    This reprieve allowed the Royalists to get their affairs in order, securing an equilibrium between the government and the powerful Mafia, Fascist and religious factions which had become ascendant in royalist ranks. Large numbers of Sicilian peasants were conscripted by the Mafia, trained by British and French advisors, and dispatched to the mainland to assist in holding southern Italy for the King. It was in this period that the British and French invested in an alliance with the Croatians in their war with the Hungarians, in the process securing permission to base naval forces out of their Dalmatian ports wherefrom they raided the Italian coastline incessantly. While tensions with the Germans grew in response to the Allied investment in the Croatians, they themselves soon found that the Italian Communists would not let Veneto go without a fight.

    Over the winter and spring of 1924, a bitter partisan conflict erupted in the Veneto as officers were murdered in their sleep and soldiers poisoned in their barracks, administrators were gunned down in the streets and collaborators were murdered and left on public display while women who consorted with German men were attacked and degraded. The sheer rancor came as a shock to the Germans, who had inherited the conflict with their incorporation of Austria, and as such they soon began implementing many of their counter-partisan methods which had caused so much trouble in Belgium. Anyone suspected of aiding in these activities were executed and houses of partisans were burned. The German government and public were consumed by debate over how to resolve the crisis, with many calling for the abandonment of Veneto rather than a continuation of the constant warfare of the last decade.

    In mid-1924 Rathenau met with Gramsci in Chur where they negotiated an end to hostilities, with the Milanese government handing over Camillo Berneri and the other surviving perpetrators of the Schönbrunn Raid for justice in return for an end to the occupation of Italian territories. While there was some discussion of whether to acknowledge the Communists as the rightful Italian government, this floundered in the face of Catholic opposition in Germany. Berneri and his compatriots, the two that survived to be handed over, were judged guilty of terrorism and received life-time sentences - a precondition for their handover having been that the death penalty would not be applied (18).

    When fighting restarted in the spring of 1924, the royalists proved surprisingly effective. Abandoning the flat heel of Italy, they had concentrated their forces in Calabria and the Basilicata, stretching north into the mountains surrounding Salerno. The result was a formidable defensive position from which the royalists and their allies were able to hold out against repeated communist assaults. With the coast covered by the British navy, the royalists were able to keep their men well supplied and in contact with each other, redirecting reinforcements by water at considerable speed and reacting with surprising ability to a series of major attacks. However, their position remained vulnerable in the north where Salerno sat at some remove from the remaining defensive positions. The result was that following the failed attacks of the spring and summer, the communists redirected their focus towards Salerno where they were able to slowly ground down the defenders, cutting them off from land by securing the long valley south of the city and limiting the ability of the British to aid them by emplacing large naval batteries off Amalfi. After bitter fighting, the Salernan defenders would surrender in the dying days of 1924, marking an end to another year of bitter fighting.

    In the meanwhile, the communist regime worked overtime to improve relations with the Germans, increasingly desperate for access to international markets. With the Allied intervention in Croatia growing by the day and the Germans increasingly aligned behind the Hungarians, the entreaties were increasingly met with interest in Berlin. An illicit trade deal was negotiated just as the Battle of Salerno came under way while diplomatic representatives from Moscow would arrive in time to celebrate the fall of the city. In Milan the communist regime set about reforming Italian history, pointing to the long history of republican rule in Italy as an antecedent to their own regime. Inspired by events in Russia, the government in Milan would embark on an ambitious educational program which saw schools established across much of the country under their control and an overhauling of the educational system to bring it into line with the ideological baseline of the regime. Marx, Bakunin and Fanelli all figured heavily in this curriculum and introduced leftist ideas at an early age.

    With the Allies and Germans increasingly focused on the war in the Habsburg realms in early 1925, the situation grew grimmer for the royalists in Calabria. At the same time tensions between Nitti and the Mafia began to flare, primarily over the Mafia's protection of the constantly agitating Achille Starace, which culminated in the assassination of Starace by a "rogue fascist" in March of 1925, gunning him down in the street while under the protection of Don Calogero Vizzini. This mortally offended Don Calo and as a result retaliation was swift to follow, with Premier Nitti's youngest son Federico being kidnapped in late March. Nitti reacted with considerable anger, ordering a police raid on a series of Mafia related businesses in Palermo, only to receive one of Federico's fingers from the Mafia in response. With the Mafia openly feuding with the government, Sicilian conscripts abandoned their posts and sailed home in fishing boats by the hundreds, gravely weakening the royalist positions in the south.


    With everything on the edge of disaster, Nitti was finally convinced by Dino Grandi to give way, apologising to Don Calo for the overreach and granting considerable leeway to the Mafia in the appointment of local politicians in central and southern Sicily. However, while Nitti's son would be returned less one finger, it would prove too late for the royalist positions on the mainland. With the Sicilians defecting by the hundreds, it had not taken long before this spread to the other troops - with the result that when the communists launched their Spring offensive, they encountered little to no actual opposition. The royalists were forced to sabotage what they could, fleeing the mainland in disarray. By May of 1925, the Communist government in Milan was able to declare the Italian mainland liberated. While the British would continue their naval blockade of Italy for the remainder of the year, they would soon find that the Germans unwelcoming of this intervention in the Adriatic, Berlin having negotiated a major trade deal with the Milanese regime and acknowledged their government in early June of 1925. This would be a key reason for the neutrality enforced upon the Habsburg realms, forcing the British from the Adriatic (19).

    Footnotes:

    (15) There are a number of points which should be mentioned here. First of all, I.G. Farben is never formed ITTL and as a result companies like Bayer and BASF are still independent of each other. Second, with the alternate course of events in Poland ITTL, Narutowicz is never assassinated and becomes part of the pro-German faction in government. While he remains nationalistic in outlook, he is willing to abide the Germans as long as they bring prosperity with them - which, for the time being, they are. As for the extension of the Zollverein, it seemed like the most obvious and logical way for Germany to expand its economic dominance over Eastern Europe and cut out competitors. While money is transferred through Denmark to Frankfurt, business within the Zollverein is conducted almost exclusively through German, Danish and Bohemian banks.


    (16) Without the Austrian state to bail out the Creditanstalt every time it overleveraged, it proves easy pickings for the German banks which come looking for ways to secure swift market entry in Austria. The result is Creditanstalt's merger with the Commerzbank, creating a large and powerful bank which dominates much of Austria and can use this advantage to outmanoeuvre its German competitors. The integration of Austria to Germany isn't particularly smooth, but it does eventually work out.

    (17) Romania experienced considerable economic prosperity in the 1920s and much of that is mirrored here, however little of that prosperity actually gets to the population as a whole. Much like in other oil-rich nations, a small elite are able to siphon off most of the wealth. Furthermore, Romania does not experience anything close to the same level of peasant unrest and disruption experienced in the neighbouring regions. The dominance of the National Liberals and Conservatives of the political sphere is upheld ITTL through German interference and the Peasant Party is not able to make its OTL gains in 1919 through their intervention in the electoral process. The Romanian electoral process has been turned into little more than a show election in which the winning candidates have already been selected by the government bureaucracy. However, there is some economic spillover which improves the lot of many Romanians, just nowhere near the level it would if they had control of their government.

    (18) The royalists have been granted the time they needed to build up defences and bring their house in order, while the French and British become even more open about their involvement in the conflict, but in return the communists have restored Veneto and brought an end to conflict with the Germans. While they lack international acknowledgement, their popularity is soaring as the restoration of Veneto buys them a lot of credit with the populace.

    (19) I know, I know, the whole Mafia kidnapping and finger cutting is a cliche, but there is a reason for that cliche. The main point I am trying to convey here is that the Liberal government and the Mafia are finding their recent closeness a bit of a chore. The toe of Italy is really fantastic defensive land, particularly given the British control of the seas. The decision by the Germans to acknowledge the Italian Communist regime in 1925, despite the protests of the Catholics and Conservatives, is another instance where Stresemann's pragmatism gets him into problems with his coalition partners. It is this strain, among others, which eventually leads to the collapse of the government coalition. In general, Stresemann is pretty open to working with socialists and social democrats if he believes it will benefit Germany, which he in this case does.


    Summary:

    Red Russia recovers from the Civil War and works hard to build a world in their ideological image. Trotsky joins the Communist Central Committee.

    The White Russias develop in disparate directions, with considerable tensions between the Tsar and his court, while on the Don Brusilov dies and is replaced with Wrangel.

    Germany enters a period of economic prosperity and considerable socio-cultural tension.

    Germany's extended empire contributes to Germany's prosperity while reaping some rewards. In Italy, the Civil War comes to an end with the expulsion of the Royalists to Sicily.
    End Note:

    Splitting the update significantly helped me get quality content ready for the TL and gave me more breathing room. I hope people will be able to content themselves with a continuation of these splits. Next we will have a narrative update. I am aiming to have it out on Sunday next week, but I am expanding the PoV to three instead of two (depending on how I manage time-wise I might even add a fourth). I hope you enjoy.
     
    Last edited:
    Narrative Eight: The Red Prince, The Irish Gentleman & For The Reich
  • The Red Prince

    112708455_137813828365.jpg

    Andrei Sverdlov as a Young Man

    Noon, 22nd of August 1925
    House of Government, Moscow, Soviet Republic of Russia (1)


    Andrei stared sourly out across the Moscow River at the Kremlin, wishing he could be there for the arrival of Trotsky for his first meeting as part of the Central Committee. Instead he was stuck here listening to the shrieks of the children running about.

    He glanced over at his equally broody friend Jan, who had taken his father's death hard this last year. They were nearly of an age, he and Jan, but Andrei could not help but feel that they were beginning to grow apart.

    While his father still sat at the head of the table in the Central Committee, Jan's father, Comrade Dzerzhinsky, was no longer able to (2). Andrei remembered his friend's father warmly, the bearded face always seemingly alight with interest in the world around him, even if he at times seemed to disappear into a world not their own - a trait his son exhibited on occasion.

    Little Anna Larina sat down suddenly in the windowsill beside him, tearing him from daydreams of sitting on the Central Committee, and with all the bravado of an eleven-year old asked him loudly: "What are you moping about Prince Andrei?" (3)

    She grinned up at him, her smile widening in time with his own growing frown. She knew he hated being called that. He was not a prince. As Uncle Bukharin often said, every man and woman was born and lived lives of equal importance, none above the other. Anything else was bourgeois arrogance.

    He opened his mouth to tell her just what he though of her jibe, it was a speech he had already given her twice and knew by heart from the many times he had had to explain the issue to others, but was interrupted by dark-haired Aleya Efron's loud exclamation.

    "What do you think you are doing Anna? You know exactly what he is going to say when you call him that. It isn't like it is the first time today he will explain it."

    Andrei blushed and turned to glare at Aleya, who sat on the floor with a couple of younger girls, one of them two-year old Svetlana Bukharin, trying to keep them in linem though all he got for his fury was her bright laughter.


    There was a year between Andrei and Aleya, but she had always been a clever one and spent much of her time in the same classes as he had. She was beautiful, wilful and intelligent but had never been a favourite with the teachers. Too much of her bourgeois father in her, they said, for her to truly shine as an example of worker's perfection. Her sister Irina on the other hand was sweet, loved by anyone who spent even a moment of time with her, and the darling of teachers everywhere (4).

    There had been some talk a couple years ago of them leaving for Berlin with their mother to reunite with their father, but uncle Gorky had eventually been able to talk Andrei's father around to allowing Aleya and Irina's father, Sergey Efron, back to Moscow to help enrich the Poletkult movement with his poems and writings.

    "I have not!" He said, an embarrassingly petulant note to his voice, well aware that he had tried to explain the issue not two hours earlier to one of the idiots his father insist he spend time with. Mikhail Mikhailovich Tomsky and Vladimir Andreevich Andreev were supposedly sons of up-and-comers in the party according to Andrei's father, but sometimes Andrei couldn't help but wonder what gave them a right to join them. Granted, neither of them were far removed from the farms they grew up on so less was to be expected, but only an idiot would fail to understand the concept of equality in a proper communist society (5).

    Aleya laughter gave way to a gasp of pain when her sister suddenly appeared behind her, quite clearly pinching her to get her to stop. "I am sorry about her, Andrei." Irina said with a smile. "You know how she gets. She had hoped to be there for Trotsky's arrival but Matushka would have none of it, so now she is stuck here with the rest of us instead of getting to see the big man arrive."

    "Irina!" Aleya shrieked in dismay, turning around and giving her sister a soft shove, just enough to tell her to shut up but not enough that she might be angered by it. "I just didn't want to sit here with the children when so much excitement is happening. Did you hear? They are going to have Boris Pasternak present from his latest collection of Poems! Can you imagine it! Him, speaking in front of hundreds of the most important people in society, so dashing, the perfect proletarian." (6)

    Andrei traded glances with a smirking Irina, rolling his eyes to convey exactly what he thought of Aleya's reason for wanting to attend the event. "I was hoping to be there as well, but Father is worried about the reaction to Trotsky arriving here and wanted to make sure we were safe. They caught some madman yesterday who wanted to blow them all up. Father mentioned that I might get to sit in on the trial, but that is probably why you weren't allowed to go."

    Andrei basked in the attention, enjoying the chance to show off his access to information. Jan grunted from behind him, turning to Andrei with a quiet smile on his lips. "You never did know when to shut up Andrei, I am pretty sure your father wouldn't be too happy about you blurting out stuff he told you in private."

    Andrei blinked, thought about it for a moment, before cursing so foully that little Anna gasped in shock. "I am an idiot!" he groaned. The snickers from Aleya made the whole matter so much worse, although Irina's comforting pat on his shoulder helped a bit to soften the blow to his ego.

    "Well, one thing is for certain, I can't be a prince. Can you imagine Aleksei Romanov accepting attacks like those I am under?" He said, with as put-upon an expression on his face as he could muster, before grinning, the others chuckling along in response and shaking their heads.

    Footnotes:

    (1) Like IOTL, the Kremlin has become the heart of Red Russia, and as such the OTL massive apartment complex known as the House of Government or the House of Embankment is still established as the best housing available for the Red Russian elite.

    (2) This is Jan Feliksovich Dzerzhisky, Felix Dzerzhinsky's eldest son who was of an age with Andrei Sverdlov and ITTL has grown up alongside him.

    (3) Andrei Sverdlov is at this point 14 years old and the son of the most powerful man in the Soviet Union. He has grown up in the lap of privilege, despite the hardships of the war years, and has been educated by the best minds available. He has emerged as one of the most capable of the leadership group, and is looked at by many as the future of the Communist Party alongside his friends and the other children of party leaders. As should be apparent, Andrei also is a bit full of himself and as a result is rather easy to tease. Anna Larina remains Yuri Larin's adopted daughter and, as a high standing figure within the Communist Party his family has a place in the House of Government.

    (4) Ariadna (Aleya) Efron was the daughter of prominent poets in Soviet Russia IOTL while her sister Irina IOTL died of starvation during the Civil War, ITTL she survives. In general there has been some shuffling about, with Aleya and Irina's mother and as a consequence they themselves being treated better due to the higher value placed on cultural achievements ITTL's Moscow government. It should be noted that IOTL Andrei Sverdlov (who had a massively different life IOTL) was a key figure in the imprisonment and torture of Aleya Efron and her mother IOTL, reportedly participating directly in Aleya's torture.

    (5) Andrei has, as is hopefully obvious by this point, been sheltered from much of what goes on outside the walls of the Kremlin. He is part of a treasured and protected elite who dream of ascending to the Central Committee to rule the Communist state. He hasn't quite understood that not everyone has gotten lectures over dinner from some of the foremost communist intellectuals in the world. Andrei is a product of his environment and understands the world through that lens, much in the same way a German royal might.

    (6) While this is quite early in Pasternak's career, the greater cultural flowering of Moscow and the reduced censorship and intervention into the creative arts of this period has allowed Pasternak's career to really blossom, making him among the most popular young writers and poets of the 1920s.


    The Irish Gentleman

    384px-Josephpatrickkennedysr.jpg

    Joseph P. Kennedy Sr.

    Afternoon, 22nd of April 1926
    New York City, United States of America


    Joseph P. Kennedy sat in his office on Wall Street, gazing out over the Manhattan skyline and wondered about his decisions over the last several years.

    Ever since his dear friend and mentor Galen Stone had retired in 1922, he had felt an itch to push forward in the name of prosperity for his family. First he had taken up a seat as partner with Hayden, Stone & Co while expanding his personal financial resources into New York real estate.


    He had seen a great deal of success in these endeavours and by 1924 he had thought all would be well, that his family's health and fortune had been assured.

    The election of President McAdoo disproved it all. The horrible rhetoric of hatred which had engulfed the Democratic Party left Joe disgusted alongside so many of his Irish compatriots.

    While Joe had never truly felt himself bound to the fate of the Irish American, striving to outgrow the prejudice which had haunted his people for centuries, and was well known in New York and Boston society, it seemed that even he could not outpace this prejudice.

    He had felt it at the Democratic Convention two years ago, the seething hatred of the delegates and the riotous Klan members. He had left, his vote abstained, alongside his fellow Irishmen. That was the first true moment of fellowship he had felt with them.

    Over the following year he had seen business opportunities vanish into thin air, his stock with Bethlem Steel come under assault and even found his position within Hayden, Stone and Co threatened (1).


    He felt bitter, betrayed by those he had thought his friends. It was under these circumstances that Joe first began to consider setting out on his own. His portfolio with Hayden, Stone & Co was sizeable and he had enough of a reputation for moneymaking that he would be able to make his way.

    On the 3rd of October last year that was exactly what he had done, and the response had been surprising. He had soon discovered that the Irish American was powerful and deeply imbedded. From Chicago, Boston, Philadelphia and New York itself he had discovered business associates unimagined.

    Real Estate, hospitality, manufacture and, most recently, entertainment. He had found entry into all of them. It had not taken long before he found himself in august company: de Valera, Collins and other heroes of the war in Ireland guested his dining room and excited his sons with tales of woe and war, Governor Smith invited him to receptions while Mitchell, Meehan and Smith all came to him in hopes of forging business alliances. He had even had the uncertain pleasure of Bill Lovett's company on occasion, a man of surprising intelligence and business acumen (2).

    Now, however, the matter had turned to politics. With the Democrats little more than lapdogs of the Klan, it was his duty as a proud American to stand up and defend the nation. To that end, Joe had begun canvassing the power brokers in Massachusetts, eying the seat of Senator Butler - once held by that venerable old goat Lodge. While he had quickly discovered that Walsh hoped to challenge for the seat, retaking a seat after losing his during the '24 election, Joe had been able to lean on the influence of his familial contacts in Boston with considerable success.

    The end result was that he was now running for United States Senate as a Progressive (3). Oh dear, Rose would not be happy, he had forgotten to mention that his bid had been accepted when they last talked.

    Oh well, you win some and you lose some. This one would definitely be a loss.

    Footnotes:

    (1) IOTL Kennedy was somewhat less successful early in his career, he didn't secure Bethlem stock and left HS&Co after his mentor Stone retired instead of getting a promotion to partner. However, the changed political climate following 1924 plays out quite a bit differently. Instead of really taking off economically in this period, Kennedy instead finds himself limited due to worries amongst his Wall Street colleagues that association with Irish Americans might make business in Washington harder and Kennedy is eventually forced out of HS&Co, starting his own business two years later and with a much stronger network as a starting point. However, this does mean that he never really gets involved in the film industry. IOTL he was able to secure a very significant role in Hollywood due to presenting a White, non-Jewish and moral persona which made him popular with the anti-Semites and racists who were beginning censorship efforts against Hollywood at the time.

    (2) Under the changed circumstances, Kennedy finds his opportunities limited to the Irish American sphere - however, in recent years that sphere has grown surprisingly powerful. His contacts to de Valera and Collins are limited, but give him bonafides with the Irish communist, Smith serves as his introduction to state-wide political life and his business associates from OTL make common cause with him ITTL, more so than OTL given the political climate forcing them to look out for each other. Finally, he has dealings with Bill Lovett and some other shady figures, mostly as a money man - buying up real estate and managing money. He isn't really involved in any criminality except for peripherally.

    (3) Again, the political situation is spurring Kennedy to action much earlier than IOTL. He has more of a fortune at this point than IOTL and has a good deal of time on his hands. IOTL he went to Hollywood, but ITTL he will seek to go to Washington. As has been mentioned, Irish alienation with the Democrats has led them to join the Progressive Party, giving that party a strong base of support on the East Coast. I might not mention it in an actual update, but he is elected in the 1926 mid-terms in place of David I. Walsh.


    For The Reich

    360px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_119-1721%2C_Gregor_Strasser_crop.jpg

    Gregor Strasser

    Afternoon, 22nd of June 1926
    Münich, Bayern, Germany


    "We cannot allow such filth to pervade our daily lives and infect our children with Communist-Jewish morals!" He thundered from the rostra of the Bavarian Landstag to considerable acclaim.

    It was not the first time Gregor Strasser had spoken before the assembly, but it was his best performance of his short parliamentary career.

    While his brother had spent the years trying to bring around the SPD to his way of thinking, and failing rather spectacularly at it, if Gregor was to give his opinion on the matter, Gregor had spent that time fighting.

    He had fought Frenchmen, Germans and Russians in turn, broken more than he could count and kept on going. He had done his country proud, shown his loyalty to the Kaiser, and now? Now, he was bringing that same attitude to righting the wrongs Germany had undergone. Smut and filth on display, women cavorting openly in the streets and, worst of all, the constant presence of Jew Socialists.

    It was impossible to go anywhere without hearing their bleating from the street corners, portraying themselves as martyrs of the people when in truth they were exploiting them, using the political influence they gathered to conspire with their Jew compatriots.

    At first, when he had returned from the fighting in Russia, Gregor had thought the war over. He had even finished his studies as a pharmacist, but the call to action had come soon after.


    In Italy, Jews, Anarchists, Socialists and Communists rose up and sought to overthrow the government. They tried to assassinate Emperors and murder children, looted and vandalised churches and made sport of priests and nuns. And what was the government's response? Nothing!

    While he had fought and bled alongside true patriots in the frozen wastes of Russia, the Jews had infiltrated the government and taken over government. That long-nose Rathenau taking on airs and betraying the fatherland, the traitor Stresemann betraying the fatherland and helping Trotsky and his fellow Zionists. Traitors one and all. He even had doubts about his brother Otto from time to time, living in Berlin, the Gomorrah of modern times, and working alongside traitors and Zionists (1).

    "We must stand up for what is right and proper, even if the government of Stresemann is willing to stand aside and let our youth be tarnished!" He basked in the roar of approval from his fellow DNVP and conservative Centre representatives. "It is only right that we protect our future. It is for this reason that I propose the establishment of a censorship board to ensure that immoral filth not be allowed to spread."


    Gregor had initially entered politics alongside a large number of other former Freikorps fighters as muscle for the dozens of smaller nationalist parties which had characterised the political landscape of Bavaria in 1922 and had participated in the brawls which erupted on a semi-regular basis between rival nationalist factions, communists and socialists.

    By 1923 he had caught the attention Ritter von Epp and ascended the political ladder, just as his brother was doing in the SPD. It was through von Epp that Gregor had found contacts in the DNVP and secured their backing for a bid to the Bavarian Landtag - a race he had won handily in 1924.

    He had arrived at a time of flux for the party, as Karl Helfferich's replacement as leader of the DNVP's Reichstag Kuno von Westarp began his campaign against the radicals within the party. It had been a hard time for Gregor, as men he looked up to in the party found their power weakened and attacked. It had boiled his blood and nearly made him leave the party, but now he and the others were making a comeback (2).

    The failures of the government to manage the situation in Italy, allying with Communists against their rightful rulers, and compromise with the socialists and liberals had created and opening for men like himself. It angered any true German when he saw the rightful rulers of the Reich sidelined in favor of Jews and traitors, a fact which many were finally catching on to.

    Henning, Wulle, von Graefe, Dinter, the Graf zu Rewentlow and Fritsch had welcomed him with open arms as they prepared to challenge that bastard Westarp, to take back their party for the true believers in the Reich's cause (3).


    It had started small, a protest here, a newspaper editorial there, criticising the leadership and calling for a return to the proper order of things. Then had come the fight against Land Reform in Prussia - a greater gift could not have been given for their cause, as Junkers and nobles of all ilk recoiled in protest and flocked to join their compatriots in the party. Now they would fight for the censorship boards, to win the hearts of the German Youth and ensure the purity of future generations (4).

    "I call on you to save our children, to save our civilisation. Let not the works of Goethe and Wagner be sidelined by filth and trash! Vote for The Bavarian Moral Protection of Children Act!"

    A roar went up in support and Gregor grinned.

    By the end of the day he would have cause to celebrate, with Centre and DKP backing his proposal had passed with an impressive margin (5).

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is mostly run-of-the-mill anti-semitic conspiracy theory which is prevalent on the far-right at this point in time and is pretty dominant in Gregor's outlook. He doesn't interact too much with Jews in daily life, as contrasted with his brother in the SPD, and as such the two will have some divergent views on the issue.

    (2) While the breach within the DNVP is not as great as IOTL, where the radicals in the party were running about assassinating people all over the place, there is still a schism between the National-Conservative wing of the DNVP and the Radical-Nationalist wing of the party which plays out in this period with the National-Conservatives under Westarp winning out to begin with. While the radicals aren't expelled from the party as IOTL, they are shunted from many national leadership positions and forced to content themselves with regional positions instead.

    (3) These are largely radicals from the OTL DNVP who were expelled from the party. ITTL they remain in the party and are trying to regain at least some of their political power within the party, with Gregor Strasser becoming a part of this push. Whether they will succeed is very much a question which will play out in the coming updates.

    (4) The far-right is experiencing a small but steady growth in this period but the most important factor is that they are able to secure financing from angry junkers eager to make the socialists pay. The far-right of the DNVP is working hard to absorb some of the small regional far-right parties into the DNVP to strengthen their position and throwing their support behind relatively popular causes like the censorship issue.

    (5) As mentioned in the previous update, there are only a few places where the censorship efforts succeed - with Bavaria among the greatest successes. Securing the censorship issue is a major feather in Gregor's cap and brings him a good deal of national renown and infamy.

    End Note:

    It was interesting to explore the Red Russian elite from the perspective of their children a bit. I hope that Andrei comes across as an intelligent but sheltered boy who idealises his father and believes himself destined for leadership. The arrival of Trotsky being something of a spectacle might be a bit of a surprise, but it is worth remembering that before Trotsky took up leadership of the RSDLP he was a prominent socialist writer, politician and thinker. While many have lamented what happened with him, he remained an idol to many - his role in the outbreak of the revolution celebrated by many. He is a man with a very mixed reputation in Moscow, but no one doubts the significance of him entering the fold.

    Kennedy is a fun figure. I have read a pretty good biography on him which made me want to include him given that he, to me at least, seems like one of the men who could have played a much greater role in the events of the 1920s, 30s and 40s than he did IOTL. His entry into the Progressive Party is also a signal of how widespread the move within the Liberal Democratic wing is towards the Progressives. It should also give an idea that the Irish American community is only growing more powerful and confident as time goes on.

    I feel like I have to take a bath after writing from Gregor's perspective, but I hope that he gives some insight into what is happening on the far-right in Germany. I decided to use Gregor Strasser instead of Adolph Hitler because I feel he is a better fit given the future and because I feel using Hitler for this would be cliche. Better to bring some new blood to the role of angry anti-semitic nationalist. He is anti-semitic, nationalistic and rather un-democratic in outlook but isn't as obsessively bound up in it as Hitler was. He is also able to play off his brother to a degree. While they are in rival parties, they aren't actually too far from each other in ideological composition however, while Otto remained behind and engaged himself fully in politics in northern Germany, getting swept into the SPD in the process, his brother went east to fight with the Freikorps and as such has taken on a much more militant outlook.

    I know this is a bit earlier than planned, but it gives me some more time to work on the next proper update, which I expect I will need as it deals with the technical, political, social and cultural developments of the period covered in the TL so far. Let me know if you have any suggestions or ideas for this - I am going to need some help with it. I would also like to hear what people think of this set of narratives.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twenty-Five (Pt. 1): Society in Flux
  • Society in Flux

    481px-Museum_of_Sozart_7.jpg

    Statue of Workers in a Moscow Park

    A Cultural Flowering

    The most defining feature of the cultural renaissance of the 1920s was the introduction and adaptation of the Proletkult movement by German artists and writers, wherefrom it would be adapted by a vast swathe of Europe. At the heart of this movement lay the idealisation of the worker and a far greater level of interactivity than previous cultural movements. Open-air theatre was a dominant feature of the movement, alongside gritty paintings of the worker-citizen in their environment and a celebration of urban and rural working life. However, just as important as the highlighting of the worker and farmer classes in this new cultural movement was the nihilistic license it created to refashion and reshape culture and social standing. While many artists already enamored with the working classes would focus on directly incorporating some of the innovations and developments coming out of Moscow, often melding it with Dadaist, under the title of “Proletkunstwerk”, a separate stream of cultural thought would develop in contrast to this movement dedicated to reshaping culture and society to fit with what they believed tomorrow's society would require (1).

    Borrowing heavily from futurism, modernism, constructivism and Art Deco Movement, this new cultural movement would take its name from Wagner's concept of a synthesis of art, with the movement believing in the search for unity in a synthesis of all aspects of life and art, rejecting class structures in the name of human unity, using the term "Gesamtkunstwerk" or Universal Artwork to describe their ideals. The movement would find its first expressions in Neus Bauen, or New Objective, architecture but quickly spread to other cultural productions as well, in the form of theatre, cinema, music, poetry and painting. It would also lead to a flowering of futurist and speculative novels and novellas, as well as inspiring numerous radio and film works of a modernist and futurist bent (2).

    Universalist, Proletarian and Expressionist art and cultural movements would all clash and conflict throughout 1920s Germany, inspiring artists, writers and directors such as Fritz Lang, Alfred Döblin and Bertolt Brecht to new heights and spurring on the cultural excitement gripping Germany. In France, it would be Dadaism, strongly inspired by both German and Russian proletarian movements, and Surrealism which initially made headway, with the former in particular proving extremely popular amongst the younger generation of artists. However, following the labour unrest of the early 1920s which culminated in the destruction of the CGT, there was a counterreaction to the more extreme cultural and social ideals of particularly the Dadaist movement and an associated shift towards more traditional, often Italian-inspired, styles in the Neoclassical movement of which Pablo Picasso for a period emerged as the most renowned participant (3).

    The influx of White Russian Emigres and Italian refugees would prove central to revitalizing right-wing interest in both Italian and Russian culture - with Russian classics experiencing a surge in popularity, most significantly expressed in the cinematic production of a planned five-film series based on Tolstoy's famed novel War and Peace by Abel Gance. Among the first major sound movies produced in Europe, the first two films would be produced and presented in late 1927 and 1929 respectively and stunned their audiences, elevating French cinema to world class (4).

    While cinema and film had been experiencing a rapid growth in popularity in the leadup to the Great War, it would be the post-war period of the 1920s which truly saw the full emergence of classical film making. At the start of the Great War, French and Italian cinema had been the most globally popular, however, the war came as a devastating interruption to European film industries. The American industry, or "Hollywood", as it was becoming known after its new geographical centre in California, gained considerable ground in its place and by the 1920s, the United States reach its greatest-ever output, producing an average of 800 feature films annually. The comedies of Charlie Chaplin and Buster Keaton, the swashbuckling adventures of Douglas Fairbanks and the romances of Clara Bow, to cite just a few examples, made these performers' faces well known on every continent.

    While silent films dominated the first half of the decade, often accompanied by live music and occasional narrators, a series of technological breakthroughs from 1919 and onward, on both sides of the Atlantic, would pave the road to sound film, with Lee De Forest in America and the German trio of Josef Engl, Hans Vogt, and Joseph Massolle in Germany both patenting sound-on-film technologies. While in America the transition to sound would struggle in the face of intense institutional pressures to continue the silent film industry, bitter competition and the worsening political climate towards the powerful Jewish influence in Hollywood would allow particularly German, French and Russian film-making to make significant headway on the international stage. Using the Tri-Ergon sound system developed by the German engineers and the sound-separating technological innovations invented by two Danish engineers, Axel Petersen and Arnold Poulsen, would become the European standard of the time.

    Universum Film AG, often shortened to UFA, was the single largest producer of films in Germany at the time, the company having been formed through a merger of several smaller film producers to improve German propaganda efforts during the war by the German High Command, and only truly competing with the heavy-industry dominated Deutsche Lichtbild-Gesellschaf, often referred to simply as DLG, and as such was the first to be offered the use of this sound technology. Having already been making money hand-over-fist due to the flamboyant spending habits of the German public at the time , UFA proved open to experimenting with this change to the medium in the hopes of ensuring the emergence of Berlin as a true competitor to Hollywood. While there were a few experiemental showings of the technology in smaller UFA films with some success, it would be Fritz Lang's masterpiece Metropolis, a founding block of Gesamtkunstwerk, as an ode to societal unity and the threat posed by class strife (5).

    While German and French cinema turned towards the topics of science fiction, fantasy and historical fiction, in the films Metropolis, Niebelunglied and War and Peace respectively, in Moscow Proletkult cinema blossomed under documentarians like Esfir Shub, with literary adaptations like those films directed by Vsevolod Pudovkin and feature-films like the film 1905 by Sergei Eisenstein.

    The work of nearly three years, from 1922-1925, the film was six hours long and covered many of the major events of the 1905 Revolution, being released on the twenty-year anniversary of the Moscow Rising in December 1905. Starting as a War Drama covering the Siege of Port Arthur, The Battle of the Yalu River and the Battle of the Yellow Sea, the movie spends two hours on demonstrating the cowardice and incompetence of the Tsarist government and military leadership, driving the brave workers and sailors to their death, before the movie moves on to Moscow. While the first two hours serve as a prelude, the next hour follows the events leading up to Bloody Sunday, the event itself, and its aftermath up to the founding of the State Duma. The final three hours follow the deteriorating circumstances which followed, as Armenian-Tartar massacres break out in the Caucasus, the Battleship Potemkin's crew rebels against its officers and the Saint Petersburg Soviet is established. As the tension rises, the movie comes to a bloody climax in the Moscow Uprising, lamenting the defeat of the revolution but concluding on a hopeful note that the revolution will endure and rise again stronger than before. While full showings of the movie in its entirety would prove rare, the structure of the film in episodes allowed for the showing of singular or a more limited number of scenes to cut down on play time.

    1905 would prove an incredible hit, spreading far beyond the government-backed and sponsored showings which initially served to premiere the movie. It would not take long before the film made the jump to Germany, where it was presented to massive crowds of workers in open-air showings in Berlin and the Ruhr. From Berlin and Paris, it wouldn't take long before covert showings popped up across the rest of Europe despite censorship boards condemning and banning the film. It would be prohibited by the McAdoo Presidency in America, in Canada, Australia, Great Britain and the Iberian Peninsula (6).


    With Hollywood's rise to global prominence in film had come a disturbing series of newspaper-driven scandals during the early 1920s which significantly marred the reputation of Hollywood and made it favourite target for nativist and conservative politicians as well as a bogeyman of the Ku Klux Klan. While a great deal of the hysteria which would come to engulf Hollywood would be exacerbated, and more than occasionally fabricated, by competing newspapers looking for the next story, there were a worrying number of incidents which lay at the base of the scandals. Some, such as the deaths of Olive Thomas and Thomas H. Ince, were likely accidental but found themselves part of rumor-filled media storms, while neglectful drug-and-alcohol related deaths like those of Wallace Reid and Barbara La Marr caused moral outrage. However, none of these could truly compete with the two dramatic court cases involving the murder of William Desmond Taylor and the prosecution of Roscoe "Fatty" Arbuckle.

    The first of these, the trial for the rape and murder Virginia Rappe, saw the popular comedic actor Fatty Arbuckle the target of a vicious media and legal campaign after Rappe fell ill from a pre-existing illness at a party hosted by Arbuckle and died four days later, with some of the more unsavoury participants at the party accusing Arbuckle of raping her and withholding medical care. However, there was little to no actual proof of wrongdoing on Arbuckle's part. However, District Attorney Matthew Brady had staked his career on the case and put considerable pressure on witnesses to fabricate statements which would strengthen his case. This first trial would eventually end in a deadlocked jury, 10-2 in favor of acquittal, after Arbuckle took the stand.

    The mistrial would lead to a second trial. The same evidence was presented, but this time one of the witnesses, Zey Prevon, testified that Brady had forced her to lie. Another witness who testified during the first trial, a former security guard named Jesse Norgard, who worked at Culver Studios where Arbuckle worked, testified that Arbuckle had once shown up at the studio and offered him cash in exchange for the key to Rappe's dressing room. The comedian supposedly said he wanted it to play a joke on the actress. Norgard said he refused to give him the key. During cross-examination, Norgard's testimony was called into question when he was revealed to be an ex-convict who was currently charged with sexually assaulting an eight-year-old girl, and who was also looking for a sentence reduction from Brady in exchange for his testimony. Further, in contrast to the first trial, Rappe's history of promiscuity and heavy drinking was detailed. The defense was so confident of an acquittal that Arbuckle was not called upon to testify. Arbuckle's lawyer, McNab, made no closing argument to the jury. This would prove a mistake. Arbuckle would be convicted on the charges of rape and criminal negligence, finding himself imprisoned soon after, wherefrom he would struggle to appeal his case until his death in 1930.

    It was in the heated media environment soon after this conviction that the famous actor and director William Desmond Taylor was gunned down, swiftly turning into another media circus. While there were several suspects in the crime, not least a number of former valets of Taylor, it would be Taylor's love-life that the media and detectives turned their full attentions towards. Taylor had been in a close relationship with the comedic actress Mabel Normand, who also happened to have appeared in multiple films with Charlie Chaplin and Roscoe Arbuckle, who he had struggled to help cure her cocaine addiction, with some suspecting that it might be some of Normand's former suppliers behind the murder. However, even this scandalous theory would fall to the wayside in favor of a far more sordid tale involving 49-year old Talyor, the 19-year former child actress Mary Miles Minter and her mother Charlotte Shelby. While Minter was quite clearly deeply infatuated with Taylor, he had rejected her advances on multiple occasions - although this was disbelieved by both the media and her mother. When Shelby's first statement quickly proved to have been filled with lies, and she was caught trying to flee the country, Charlotte Shelby and Mary Miles Minter soon found themselves at the heart of another Hollywood scandal. This case would last until late 1922 and spell-bind the nation as the dirty laundry of half of Hollywood was aired in open court and culminated in Charlotte Shelby being found guilty of murdering Taylor.

    All of these factors, as well as a moral panic over topics of sexual innuendo, miscegenation, mild profanity, illegal drug use, promiscuity, prostitution, infidelity, abortion, intense violence, and homosexuality in Hollywood films, led to calls for censorship of the Film industry. This was exactly what President McAdoo did in early-1925 on a wave of outrage following the latest Hollywood scandal - the trial of Mabel Normand's chauffeur Joe Kelly for the shooting death of millionaire playboy Courtland S. Dines, who alleged that Dines was trying to hold Normand captive after a long night of drinking. The resultant McAdoo Code which was imposed upon American film-making would prove very prohibitive, with severe fines imposed on any breach of the code, and the establishment of a board of censors in California through which any major movie would need to pass before receiving approval for public showings (7).

    While there were many who feared that the Olympics would be left by the wayside in the post-war world, there were many who dedicated themselves to ensuring their continuity. While the 1916 Olympics, scheduled to be held in Berlin, had been canceled due to the ongoing war, there were many who looked towards 1920 with hope. However, in 1912 when the location had been selected, it had been a combination of the Netherlands and Belgium which had won out, with Antwerp planned as the center for the Olympic events. With the dissolution of Belgium and its partition, there was a great deal of uncertainty about whether the Olympics would be held at all, only resolved when Queen Wilhelmina pledged to hold the Games in place of the Belgians. Antwerp was considered too unstable given the recent annexation and as such the events were rerouted northward, with Amsterdam coming to replace Antwerp. While there was some talk about boycotting the event given the participation of formerly belligerent states, in the end the issue would be resolved with surprising success.

    The 1920 Olympics would be the first to contain the Olympic Oath, the release of doves to symbolise and celebrate the recent peace and the Olympic Flag would be flown. In a display of post-war unity which augured well for the Spirit of Amsterdam, and at which this term was first coined to describe the surprising occurrence of former combatants participating in peaceful competition against each other, participants from across Europe journeyed to participate. New nations, such as Poland, Lithuania and the Baltic Duchy participated alongside Swedes, Frenchmen, Brits and Americans. A particularly strong German delegation would make a strong mark on the Games and competed almost medal-for-medal with the Americans, losing out by a couple bronze medals and a gold to the Americans in the fight to secure the best results. The games were widely viewed as a major success and when the determination on the next location was made in early 1921 the choice was made to recompense Berlin for its lost games.

    As such when delegations from across the world, including Red Russia and both White Russias, arrived in Berlin on the heels of the Amsterdam Conference it was widely believed that the games could do little but elevate the prevailing Spirit of Amsterdam to even greater heights. The 1924 Olympics were an opportunity for the Germans to put their best foot forward, building an impressive stadium in which to hold the Games and with a strong royal presence at the event. In a time when Russian tensions were only just beginning to ease and war in the Balkans was causing considerable worry and disquiet in the European community, it stood out as a calming and uniting event. In a surprising upset of the American streak of securing most medals at the event, the Germans were able to secure more Gold and Silver medals than the Americans while tying the number of bronze medals. In a bid to secure more popular backing in hopes of gaining re-election, President Wood would use his visit to Amsterdam to sign the Amsterdam Treaty as an opportunity to secure the Olympic Games for Los Angeles in 1928, an act which would prove insufficient to saving his hopes of re-election (8).

    Radio, recordings, photography and film opened up new worlds for peoples across the globe. These developing forms of media gave them some sense of connection to London or Berlin, New York or Chita. They saw the images and heard the sounds of these distant places in ways that penetrated their consciousness deeply and marveled at the rapidly moving images across the screen and the voices that came out of the ether. Many people, from great intellectuals and government bureaucrats to clergy and beyond, wrestled with the issue of mass media. On some level, all of them recognised that the changes wrought by the new mass media were profound at the deepest individual and collective levels. New media not only enabled the transmission of existing works of literature or music to ever greater numbers of people, they also changed the way people around the world experienced the world, changing the very nature of the world experienced. The encounter with a visual image or a collection of sounds was no longer based on the unique experience of live performance or viewing, the transforming moment of listening to a Beethoven sonata in the still quiet of a concert hall or of contemplating a masterpiece in ones drawing room.

    In the 1920s, visual images were reproducible, whether on printing presses or in film studios. The images on-screen moved rapidly across the spectator’s field of vision. Recordings and live performances could now, with radio, also be transmitted over great distances. Modernity was complex, contradictory, and contested; its greatest cultural figures understood that and used the media in which they worked, photography, film, radio, and recordings, to reflect upon the meaning of modernity. Across the modernising world and beyond, the post-war era showered people with new sounds and images. Britons flocked to the radio and the cinema, Argentines danced to recorded as well as live music, and wherever there was a movie projector and something resembling a screen, audiences laughed at Charlie Chaplin. The electrified and reproducible sound and image internationalized culture in the 1920s as never before, and inspired and worried people all across the social spectrum. Many artists, writers, directors, and composers jumped at the chance to work in the new media precisely because they signified a break with the past and provided one more way to express rejection of the pre-war world, with the old way of doing things - which many blamed for the calamitous second decade of the 20th century. However there were voices aplenty to challenge the supposedly degenerate and dissolute influences of the new media forms like cinema and radio. From the Ku Klux Klan in America's charges of Hollywood moral decay and Jewish degeneracy and anti-Communist hysteria in France to the Imperial elites of Germany and conservative powerbrokers in Britain, there were many who could find reason to fear and reject these new technologies and the world they brought with them (9).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Proletkunstwerk might be a bad translation, my German doesn't go very fa,- but should roughly translate to Prole(tarian) Artwork. It is a progression of the Dadaist art movement which became strongly influenced by the Poletkult movement in Russia, particularly the more worker-focused aspects of the movement and its embrace of popular culture through street art and engagement with workers at their place of work. They are big on street theater, on works glorifying the working classes and other works in a similar line.

    (2) Gesamtkunstwerk was the ideal behind the OTL Bauhaus (Neus Bauen) architectural movement which ITTL becomes considerably more widespread. Bauhaus architecture is still a thing, but the movement as a whole is much wider ITTL, encompassing art, music, film and literature, with Gesamtkunstwerk and Neus Bauen (New Objectivity) being closely related. Basically, the ideal behind the movement is one of unity, of bringing everything into harmony and removing conflict and strife from society. It proves relatively popular with the middle class which finds itself alienated by the proletkunst movement and yet find the expressionist movement too distant for their more practical tastes. There is a strong objectivist and practical outlook to the Gesamtkunst movement which appeals to many in the political center and finds a good deal of inspiration in what they imagine to be American culture (which is something quite distinct from what American culture is actually like).

    (3) While in Germany Dadaism was swallowed whole by Poletkult influence to create the Proletkunst movement, in France it remains far more "pure" in its dedication to the core tenants of dadaism, with its rejection of logic and reason in favour of nonsense. It is pretty strongly connected to the workers' movements of the period and when the CGT is crushed the Dadaist movement finds its following weakened significantly. This in turn leads to the strengthening of a neoclassical movement similar to that which developed IOTL in the same period. However, with the war in Italy going on the inspiration more comes from a horror at the cultural losses in Italy and Italian refugees than from French artists visiting Italy - for example, Picasso doesn't visit Italy in this period as he did IOTL.

    (4) With France and Germany arguably in a better place than IOTL, the adoption of sound film happens earlier and as such when Abel Gance gets working on a masterpiece in this period he is able to adopt it. Instead of producing his massive planned Napoléon series in this period, Gance is instead determined to produce War and Peace instead. There might be a Napoléon series in his future, but for now it is War and Peace which gets adapted to film. As with his Napoléon work, these are massive epics of several hours in length which really dig into the source material and even expands on them in some cases. It will later be held up as one of the masterpieces of Post-War cinema and one of the best examples of someone trying to grapple with the horrors of the Great War.

    (5) As some might notice, Metropolis is far from the same movie as IOTL. With greater funding and technological development in Germany at the time, particularly with significant investments in the entertainment sector, UFA is on significantly stronger financial footing and as such is better able to cope with the costs they ran up in this period - as well as being able to distribute and market their movies further than IOTL to better win back their money. Metropolis ITTL is the first major mature German sound-film and it proves a rather significant success for UFA, ensuring that UFA and DLG remain separate. Thea von Harbou is greatly influenced by the Universalist cultural movement and is viewed as a subversion of the Proletkunst movement given the movie's focus on class relations, but diverging from Proletkunst by promoting cooperation and unity between worker and employer.

    (6) I might have gone a bit overboard with the 1905 film, but it is actually based primarily on Eisenstein's original vision for what became the move Battleship Potemkin. IOTL he ran out of time because he only had a single year to complete the work and after some initial shoots gave up on the plan and instead focused entirely on a single episode of what he had originally planned should be a long multi-sequence film. ITTL, with the greater focus on culture in the Moscow government Eisenstein is given more resources and time to complete the film and as such is able to create this monstrous masterwork. Ordinarily the entire 1905 film won't be shown at screenings of the movie outside of special occasions - instead specific episodes in the movie will be brought out and shown as more manageable viewings. While the Bloody Sunday and Battleship Potemkin episodes remains a poignant favourite for many, the climactic Moscow Uprising is what the movie becomes remembered for. It is a masterful work of propaganda which proves integral to strengthening Proletkunst in Germany, really kickstarting Germany's own proletarian cinema which initially focuses much of its attention on the German Revolution of 1848, it proves vital to strengthening what had previously been a flagging French anti-capitalist cultural movement - in many ways serving as the spark for a nascent leftist cultural movement which will come to subsume and eclipse Dadaism. The Film 1905 itself is premiered during the Anniversary celebrations of the Moscow Uprising on the 21st of December 1925.

    (7) The scandals which IOTL hit Hollywood in the first half of the 1920s play out just that bit worse in order for censorship to get enforced. This very nearly happened IOTL, and the major studios would enforce the Hays Code voluntarily from the 1930s onward, but here it is just that bit worse with a more interventionist president who is willing to act. McAdoo was elected to reduce American interventionism and improve its moral standing, so policing Hollywood seems like an obvious course of action for him.

    (8) There are a couple of important butterflies with regards to the Olympics ITTL which shift the host cities around. First of all without Germany banished from the games for the first eight years of games, Paris isn't chosen to host the games once more and the missed Olympic Games for Berlin in 1916 are replaced by the games in 1924. At the same time the Dutch secure 1920, opening up the 1928 slot to allow for the Americans to win it. This will have the effect of ensuring that the Los Angeles Olympic Games don't occur during the Depression, which should have some pretty significant consequences for how they play out in contrast to OTL.

    (9) This is the introduction of mass media and a bit on its effects upon the wider populace. These are similar developments to those of OTL, although it bears mentioning that American film and music isn't quite as dominant ITTL, with particularly German, but also French and British, challengers to American supremacy in international media playing a key role in fostering an international dialogue through film, music and pictures.

    Endnotes:

    I know that this is only one segment, but please bear with me. There is a ton of stuff covered in this update which took quite a bit of research to get as close to right as possible. At the same time I had a bunch of job-search related meetings this week and preparations for Christmas this week. I do hope you appreciate it being out earlier than usual. Given that each section in this update is pretty self contained I will try to get them out one at a time as I finish them. Look for the next one around Christmas.

    This one is a bit experimental. It is difficult to work out potential cultural developments when you don't have a particularly firm grasp on it yourself - which is the case here - so any comments or notes on specific developments in this section are very welcome.
     
    Last edited:
    Top